S*-~^vJ**'«'!»!aia 


?t^x 


W 


« 


l.'^..^^ 


THE  RAND-MCNALLY 


A 


A 


^^^i*^ 


"-V-! 


HISTORICAL  AND  DESCRIPTIVE 


ILLUSTRATED 


t-m 


=Vt^ 


^\,~^ 


V\i       s  v 


*,^; 


m^i>  I 


'^     ': 


f    V 


"N 


SA/V  DIEGO 


i 


rt^dlerUii    /).    Qcht^/'n 


tm 


m^ 


w^s?^ 


presented  to  the 
UNIVERSITY  LIBRARY 
UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA 
SAN  DIEGO 

by 


lu. *""llll! 


OVERSIZE 

6.30 


BIBLE  ATLAS 


A  MANUAL  OF 


Biblical  Geography  and  History 


ESPECIALLY  PREPARED 


For  the  Use  of  Teachers  and  Students  of  the  Bible,  and  for  Sunday  School  Instruction,  containing 

Maps,  Plans,  Review  Charts,  Colored  Diagrams, 


ILLUSTRATED 

WITH  ACCURATE  VIEWS  OF  THE  PRINCIPAL  CITIES  AND  LOCALITIES  KNOWN 

TO  BIBLE  HISTORY. 


RRVISEID      RDITION. 


BIT  REV.  JESSE  L.  HURLBUT,  D.  D., 

Author    of    "  Eevised    Normal    Lessons,"    "Studies    in    the    Four    Gospels,"    "Studies    in    Old    Testament 

History,"    etc. 

WITH    AN     IXTKOnrCTION    HY 

REV.  BISHOP  JOHN  H.  VINCENT,  D.  D.,  LL.  D., 

Chancellor  of  the  Chautauqua  Univeusity. 


CIIIC'AOO: 

RAND,  MrNALLY  &  COMPANY, 

PUBLISIIEHS. 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHT. 

Copyright,  18cS4,  by  Rand,  McNally  &  Co. 
Copyright,  1887,  by  Rand,  McNally  &  Co. 
Copyright,  1S99,  by  R.\nd,  McNally  &  Co. 
Copyright,  1908,  by  Rand,  McNally  &  Co. 
Copyright,  1910,  by  Rand,  McNally  &  Co. 


INTRODUCTION. 


On  this  side  of  the  sea  we  sit  down  with  a  big 
book  in  our  hands.  It  is  an  old  book.  Neai'ly  two 
thousand  years  have  passed  since  the  last  word  of  it 
was  "rtTitten,  and  no  one  can  teU  how  many  thousands 
of  years  ago  the  records  were  made  or  the  words 
uttered,  out  of  which  its  ftrst  writer  prepared  his 
wonderful  statements. 

This  old  book  is  a  singular  book  as  to  the  variety 
of  its  contents, —  ranging  from  dry  chi'ouological  state- 
ment to  highest  flight  of  royal  poetry.  Many  pages 
of  it  are  simply  historical,  with  lists  of  kings,  and 
names  of  famUy  Unes  through  many  generations. 
Geographical  allusions  descending  to  minutest  detail 
are  strewn  thickly  througli  its  pages.  There  is  no 
department  of  natural  science  which  does  not  find 
some  of  its  data  recognized  in  the  chapters  of  this 
venerable  volume.  Stones  and  stars,  plants  and  rep- 
tiles, colossal  monsters  of  sea  and  land,  fleet  horse, 
bird  of  swift  flight,  lofty  cedar  and  lowly  lUy, —  these 
all  find  their  existence  recognized  and  recorded  in 
that  book  of  "various  theme." 

As  it  is  a  long  time  since  these  records  were 
made,  so  are  the  lands  far  away  in  which  the  events 
recorded  are  said  to  have  occurred.  We  measure  the 
years  by  millenaries,  and  by  the  thousand  miles  we 
measure  the  distance.  The  greatest  contrast  exists 
between  the  age  and  land  in  which  we  live  and  the 
age  and  lands  in  which  this  book  found  its  beginning, 
its  material  and  its  ending. 

To  one  famDiar  only  with  the  habits,  dress  and  cus- 
toms of  American  life,  the  every-day  events  recorded 
in  the  book  seem  fabulous.  We  do  not  dress  as  the 
book  says  that  people  dressed  in  those  far-away  years 
and  far-away  lands ;  we  do  not  eat  as  they  did ;  our 
houses  are  not  hke  theirs ;  we  do  not  measure  time 
as  they  did ;  we  do  not  speak  their  language ;  our 
seasons  do  not  answer  to  the  seasons  that  marked  then- 
year.  It  is  difficult,  knowing  only  our  modern  Amer- 
ican Ufe,  to  think  ourselves  into  the  conditions  under 
which  this  book  says  that  people  lived  and  thought 
in    those    long-ago    ages.     Their    wedding    feasts    and 


funeral  services  differed  utterly  from  ours.  They  hved 
and  died  in  another  atmosphere,  under  a  government 
that  no  longer  exists ;  made  war  upon  nations  that 
are  powerless  to-day  as  the  sleeping  dead  in  a  national 
cemeterj' ;  and  the  things  which  we  read  concerning 
them  seem  strange  enough  to  us. 

In  the  changes  which  have  taken  place  through  aU 
these  centuries,  it  would  be  an  easy  thing,  under  some 
circumstances,  for  men  to  deny  that  the  people  of  the 
book  ever  lived,  that  the  cities  of  the  book  were  ever 
buUt,  that  the  events  of  the  book  ever  transpu-ed. 
And,  if  its  historic  foundation  were  destroyed,  the  su- 
perstructure of  truth,  the  doctrinal  and  ethical  teach- 
ings resting  upon  it,  might  in  like  manner  be  swept 
away. 

This  old  Book  —  the  Bible,  a  divine  product,  wrought 
into  the  texture  of  human  history  and  literature  with 
the  gradually  unfolding  ages  —  is  the  old  Book  we 
study  to-day  on  this  side  the  sea. 

It  is  a  "Book  of  books,"  —  the  Book  out-shining 
aU  other  books  in  the  literary  firmament,  as  the  sun 
out-splendors  the  planets  that  move  in  their  orbits 
around  him. 

It  is  a  book  that  deals  with  man  as  an  immortal 
soul;  making  known  the  beginnings  of  the  race;  going 
back  of  the  beginning  to  God,  who  is  from  "ever- 
lasting to  everlasting,"  and  who  "in  the  beginning 
created  the  heaven  and  the  earth";  revealing  the  cre- 
ative purpose  and  loving  grace  of  God  ;  tracing  the 
fall  and  deterioration  of  man,  the  divine  interposition 
in  human  history,  the  preparation  of  a  family,  a  race, 
a  nation,  and  a  world  at  large,  for  the  coming  of  the 
Redeemer ;  revealing  the  glory  of  God  in  the  face  of 
Jesus  Christ ;  showing  how  the  Christ  came,  what  he 
did,  what  he  said,  what  he  resisted,  what  he  endured, 
what  he  suffered,  what  he  aclaieved ;  teUing  in  simple 
way  the  story  of  the  early  church,  from  the  little 
meeting  of  the  bereaved  disciples  in  the  upper  room 
to  the  magnificent  consummation  of  Christ's  coming, 
as  seen  in  the  prophetic  visions  of  St.  John  on  the 
Isle  of  Patmos. 


IV 


INTRODUCTION. 


It  is  a  book  full  of  history,  of  geography,  of  archae- 
ology, of  prophecy,  of  poetry,  of  doctrme,  of  "exceed- 
ing great  and  precious  promises." 

In  an  important  sense  the  fovmdations  of  this  book 
are  laid  in  human  history  and  geography.  However 
high  toward  the  heavens  it  may  reach  in  doctrine  and 
promise,  its  foundations  lay  hold  of  the  earth.  If  the 
chikh-en  of  Israel  did  not  hve  in  Egypt  and  Canaan 
and  tlie  far  East,  if  the  statements  of  their  history  as 
recorded  in  the  book  be  not  facts,  if  the  story  of 
Jesus  Christ  be  false, — everything  fails  us.  With  the 
sweeping  away  of  fact,  we  must  also  bid  farewell  to 
the  words  of  doctrine  and  of  promise  here  recorded; 
to  the  divine  words  of  assm-ance  which  now  give  com- 
fort to  the  penitent,  hope  to  the  despairing,  strength 
to  the  feeble,  and  immortal  hfe  to  the  dying. 

As  we  sit  down  on  this  side  of  the  sea,  it  is  weU 
that  we  are  able  to  look  beyond  the  sea  to  the  lands 
which  gave  to  the  world  the  book  in  our  hands.  And 
it  is  well,  that,  as  we  look,  we  are  able  to  connect 
the  book  of  to-day  -sAdth  those  same  lands  as  they 
now  he  among  the  rivers  and  by  the  seaside,  from 
the  sources  of  the  Tigris  and  Euphrates  to  the  mouths 
of  the  Nile,  from  the  palaces  of  Babylon  to  the  dock 
at  Puteoh  and  the  prison  at  Eome.  And  it  is  well 
that  the  lands  as  they  are  found  to-day  correspond  to 
the  records  of  the  Book  as  they  were  made  centuries 
and  centm-ies  ago.  The  Book,  on  its  human  historic, 
geographical  and  archaeological  side,  is  true  to  the  facts 
as  in  the  nineteenth  century  they  are  presented  to  us 
in  the  lands  of  the  East. 

There  are  those  who  beheve  with  firm  faith,  that, 
for  these  days  of  skepticism  and  of  merciless  and 
conscienceless  historic  criticism,  the  lands  ha\-e  been 
kept  almost  m  their  original  condition,  that  the  testi- 
mony of  the  modern  skeptical  traveler  might  (though 
unintentionally  on  his  part,  but  necessarily)  corrobo- 
rate the  teachmgs  of  the  Bible.  Have  the  mummy 
wrappings  of  Mohammedan  domination  held  the  far 
East  unchanged  through  the  centuries,  that  in  these 
days  of  doubt  the  hills  of  Canaan,  the  plains  of  Egypt 
and  the  ruins  of  Mesopotamia  might  hft  their  voice 
in  solemn  attestation  to  the  divine  truthfulness  of 
the  sacred  historians? 

These  lands  are  memorial  lands.  They  are  now 
what  the  Book  says  they  once  were.  Although  the 
sweeping  away  of  ancient  governments  and  the  reig-n 
of  anarchy  have  modified  the  face  of  the  country,  the 
evidences  stiU  remain  that  the  most  glowing  descrip- 
tions of  their  prosperity  were  not  exaggerated.     Infi- 


dels have  doubted,  for  example,  whether  Palestine 
could  contain  the  immense  populations  which,  in  its 
prosperous  days,  according  to  the  statements  ■  of  the 
Book,  were  resident  there.  But  scientists  show  that 
the  soil  of  Canaan,  vinder  cultivation,  is  one  of  the 
richest  and  most  fertile  in  the  world.  The  broken 
terraces  that  may  stiU  be  traced  on  the  hill-sides,  the 
walls  of  cities  and  otlier  ruins  that  fill  the  land,  sus- 
tain the  account  of  the  prosperous  days  and  the  im- 
mense poi^ulations  of   Bible  times. 

So  httle  have  the  conditions  of  social  hfe  been  modi- 
fied, that  one  may  hve  the  old  hfe  over  again  in 
Canaan.  Soil  and  scenery,  the  seasons  of  the  year, 
Jacob's  weU  and  the  Jordan,  Ebal  and  Gerizim,  the 
plain,  the  wilderness  and  the  city,  aU  give  witness 
to  the  ■words  of  the  Book. 

The  names  of  olden  time  still  linger.  One  lands 
at  Yafa,  the  ''Joppa"  of  old;  Jerusalem  is  now  el 
Khuds,  — "the  Ho}}-''  \    Bahr-lut—" the  Sea  of  Lot" 

—  is  the  Dead  Sea  in  the  Valley  of  Sodom  and  Gomor- 
rah ;  Bi7-  es  Seba  is  the  Beersheba  of  the  olden  time  ; 
el  Azariyeh  is  Bethany,  the  home  of  Lazarus ;  Beit- 
lahm  is  stiU  Bethlehem;  and  el  Klialil — "the  Friend" 

—  is  the  name  of  Hebron,  the  home  of  Abram,  "the 
Friend  of  God." 

In  the  customs  and  costumes,  in  the  habits  of 
speech  and  the  manners  of  the  people,  you  read  the 
same  lesson.  In  the  spring  of  1SC3  I  was  permitted 
to  spend  forty  days  and  forty  nights  in  Palestine.  I 
saw  Abraham  at  his  tent-door;  Eebekah  vailing  her- 
seK  at  the  approach  of  the  stranger ;  the  long  cara- 
van of  camels  and  Midianites  on  their  way  toward 
the  South.  I  saw  the  wailing  mourners  at  the  house 
of  death ;  the  roof  that  might  easily  have  been 
broken  up ;  the  wedding  procession  ;  the  grass  on  the 
house-tops ;  the  sparrow  making  a  nest  for  her 
young  in  the  synagogues  of  Jerusalem.  I  saw  the 
eldei's  m  the  gates ;  David  the  shepherd,  with  his 
sheep,  on  the  hiU-side ;  the  Jewish  mother  teaching 
Timothy  the  words  of  the  old  Book  in  the  old  city 
on  the  hill.  Verily,  it  is  the  old  land  ;  it  is  the  old 
hfe ;  it  is  the  memorial  presentation  in  concrete  form 
of  what  the  Book  says  was  true  there  thousands  of 
years  ago. 

As  I  stood  on  Safed,  overlooking  the  Sea  of  Gahlee 
and  the  lovely  land  about  it,  I  turned  and  looked 
toward  the  north,  and  saw  snow-sheathed  Hermon, 
probably  the  Mormt  of  Transfiguration,  as  it  stood  out 
that  day  against  the  blue  sky  of  Syria.  I  thought 
of  Buskin's  words:    "These  pm-e  white  hills,  near  to 


INTRODUCTION. 


the  heavens  and  sources  of  aU  good  to  the  earth,  are 
the  memorials  of  the  light  of  his  mercy  that  fell 
snow-hke  on  the  Mount  of  Transfiguration." 

I  once  saw  the  Alps  glorified  by  the  setting  sun.  I 
was  standing  on  La  Flegere,  looking  down  upon  the 
VaUey  of  Chamouuix,  and  ujiward  upon  the  magnifi- 
cent heights,  above  which  towered  the  great  Mont 
Blanc.  A  jjall  of  mist  had  hidden  the  rough  and  unil- 
luminated  rocks ;  but,  when  that  mist  grew  thin  as  a 
vail  of  delicate  lace,  I  saw  the  Alps  beyond,  and  they 
appeared  as  if  on  fire.  I  cried  out  in  ecstacy,  "Behold 
Mount  Zion."  Through  the  mists  of  earth  I  saw  the 
splendors  of  heaven.  The  story  of  the  transfiguration 
on  Mount  Hermon,  in  the  days  of  Jesus,  if  taken 
literally,  is  not  so  marvelous  as  the  history  we  caU 
the  hfe  and  character  of  Jesus.  Both  belong  to  the 
realm  of  the  supernatural.  The  "life"  granted,  the 
transfiguration  has  no  surprise  in  it.  So  I  discover 
the  strange  blending  of  the  natural  and  supernatural 
in  the  Land  and  the  Book,  — in  the  Land  as  to-day 
haUowed  by  the  Book,  —  in  the  Book  as  to-day  sup- 
ported and  made  real  by  the  Land. 

It  thus  easily  appears  that  every  Bible  reader  should 
be  acquainted  with  the  outhnes  of  Biblical  and  geo- 
graphical antiquities.  Without  such  knowledge  it  is 
impossible  properly  to  understand  the  divine  word. 
How  often,  through  ignorance  of  saci"ed  archaeology, 
we  overlook  the  force  and  beauty  of  the  allusions 
which  abound  in  the  narrative,  poetic  and  prophetic 
parts  of  Scripture.  And  there  is,  moreover,  an  air  of 
reahty  imparted  to  aU  history  by  familiarity  with  the 
geography  involved  in  it. 

In  view  of  the  supernatural  character  of  Bible  his- 
tory, acquaintance  with  Bible  geography  is  particu- 
larly important.  Once  give  its  wonderful  transactions 
an  actual  locality  among  tlie  hiUs,  valleys  and  cities 
which  may  still  be  found  and  visited,  connecting  and 
comparing  them  with  the  records  of  our  present  his- 
tory, and  our  youth  wiU  readily  distinguish  the  mirac- 
ulous from  the  mythical,  and  discover  not  only  clear 
illustrations  of  many  portions  of  the  Bible,  but  strong 
and  irresistible  evidence  in  favor  of  its  divinity. 

I  therefore  hail  with  joy  the  admirable  presenta- 
tion of  the  facts  of  Bible  history  and  geography  in 
this  volume  —  a  j^resentation  so  clear,  and  so  abundantly 
illustrative,  that  the  humblest  teacher  and  most  indif- 
ferent student  may  be  interested  and  instructed. 

The  study  of  Bible  histoiy  and  geography  must  not 
be  limited  to  the  theological  school,  the  pastor's  study, 
or  the  advanced  Bible  class.     It  is  a  department  pecul- 


iarly adapted  to  our  youngest  children,  and  by  them 
most  needed,  that  they  may  secure  the  vivid  realiza- 
tion of  actuality  in  the  Bible  narratives.  Boys  and 
girls  to-day  may  not  take  much  delight  in  the  advanced 
doctrinal  teachings  of  the  Bible ;  but  it  is  possible  so 
to  connect  its  history  with  stories  of  modern  travel, 
through  the  regions  referred  to  in  that  history,  that 
they  will  become  interested  in  the  one  because  of  the 
pleasure  they  find  in  the  other. 

Our  Sunday  School  libraries  should  contain  the 
many  books  of  travel  through  the  far  East  which  are 
published  in  these  days.  And  our  ministers  should 
enhst  young  people,  through  sj^ecial  classes,  in  the 
study  of  Bible  history  and  geography.  In  this  way 
a  "week-day  hold"  upon  our  young  people  may  be 
secured. 

During  ten  years  of  my  pastoral  life,  wherever  the 
itinerant  system  of  my  chru-ch  placed  me,  I  held  on 
every  Saturday  afternoon,  in  the  lecture-room  of  my 
church,  a  class  to  which  old  and  j'oung,  and  the  rep- 
resentatives of  aU  denominations,  were  admitted.  It 
was  called  "The  Palestine  Class,"  and  was  devoted  to 
the  study  of  Bible  history  and  geography.  An  outUne 
of  facts,  prepared  in  catechetical  form,  was  printed, 
and  committed  to  memory  by  every  pupil.  Difficult 
old  Hebrew  names  of  lands,  cities  and  mountains,  were 
arranged  in  a  rhythmic  way,  and  chanted  after  the 
manner  of  the  old-time  "singing  geography"  classes. 
Answers  were  given  in  concert  to  help  the  memory, 
and  personal  examinations  were  afterward  conducted 
to  test  it.  The  class  constituted  an  "ideal  company 
of  tourists  to  the  far  East."  The  course  of  lessons 
was  divided  into  five  sections,  covering  the  whole  of 
Bible  history.  As  each  member,  passing  a  persona] 
examination,  gave  proof  that  he  had  thoroughly  mas- 
tered "Section  One,"  he  was  constituted  a  Pilgrim  to 
the  Holy  Land,  and  given  a  certificate  to  that  effect. 
Having  studied  "Section  Two,"  and  passed  a  satisfac- 
tory examination,  he  was  made  a  Resident  in  Pales- 
tine, and  his  name  was  associated  with  one  town  or 
mountain.  In  that  way  every  principal  place  on  the 
map  was  associated  with  the  name  of  some  member, 
who  ^vas  held  responsible  to  the  class  for  informa- 
tion concerning  its  history  and  present  condition.  An 
examination  in  "Section  Three"  made  our  "pilgrim" 
and  "I'esident"  a  Dweller  in  Jerusalem.  Having 
been  examined  in  "Section  Four,"  he  was  made  an 
Explorer  of  other  Bible  lands,  and  was  located  on 
some  mountain,  or  city  of  Egypt,  Arabia,  Chaldea,  Asia 
Minor,  etc.     A  fijial  examination  made  him  a  Templar. 


VI 


INTEODUCTION. 


The  songs,  concert  exercises,  responses  and  ideal 
pilgi'image  gave  enthusiasm  to  the  class,  while  the 
personal  examinations  guaranteed  thoroughness.  As 
I  recall  those  Satiu'day  afternoons  of  my  early  minis- 
try, smTouuded  by  earnest  women  and  wide-awake 
boys  and  girls  of  all  ages,  I  am  amply  rewarded  for 
all  the  labor  and  time  expended.  The  enthusiasm  and 
dehght,  the  perceptible  gi*owth  in  knowledge,  the 
spirit  of  cathohcity,  the  steadiness  promoted  in  the 
frivolous,  the  gratification  afforded  on  the  occasion 
of  pubhc  examinations  and  reviews,  the  increased 
appreciation  of  the  Sunday  preaching,  visible  on  the 
faces  of  young  and  old,  the  grateful  words  that  have 
come  through  the  intervening  years  from  those  who 
were  by  these  studies  incited  to  a  more  intelligent 
and  earnest  Bible  study  —  these  are  some  of  the 
results  of  those  years  of  pastoral  ser\dce.  The  plan  is 
practicable  for  every  pastor.  The  book  which  I  now 
have  the  honor  of  introducing  to  the  pubhc  furnishes 
to  every  minister  a  complete  preparation  for  directing 
such  classes  —  a  preparation  which,  twenty-five  years 
ago,  would  have  been  a  great  benediction  to  me. 

One  of  these  Palestine  classes  reported  its  imagi- 
naiy  torn-  through  the  village  paper.  These  articles 
gave  local  interest  to  the  movement,  dehghting  the 
imaginary  tourists,  and  (through  no  fault  of  ours) 
deceiving  more  than  one  simple-hearted  reader  -  in 
the  community.  From  these  letters  I  make  a  few 
extracts. 

"PALESTINE    COREESPOXDENCE     OF    THE    'INDEPENDENT 
WATCHMAN.' 

"  Dear  Independent  :  In  fulfillment  of  the  promise  made 
the  night  before  our  departure,  I  sit  down  to  write  the  first  of 
a  series  of  letters  detailing  the  most  noteworthy  incidents  of 
our  journey  to  the  Holy  Land,  with  such  historical  and  geo- 
graphical facts  as  are  suggested  by  the  localities  we  may  be 
permitted  to  visit. 

"As  you  are  well  aware,  an  association,  which  lias  for  its 
specific  object  the  study  of  Bible  history  and  geograph}-,  was 
organized  in  j'our  town  some  months  ago.  After  a  course  of 
thorough  preliminary  training,  arrangements  were  consummated 
for  a  tour  of  observation  through  Egypt,  Arabia,  Palestine, — • 
the  lands  of  Hebrew  life  and  literature,  the  scenes  of  the  early 
Christian  history,  and,  later,  the  arena  of  Saracenic  invasion  and 
domination.  We  are  now  on  the  way  thither.  While  the  tide 
of  mighty  immigration  is  pouring  westward  toward  the  American 
desert,  the  Rocky  Mountains,  Pike's  Peak  and  Cherry  creek, 
a  tiny  rill  of  exploration  is  trickling  eastward  toward  the  desert 
of  Sinai,  the  mountains  of  Egypt,  the  peaks  of  Lebanon,  and 
the  river  of  Jordan."     ***** 

After  calling  attention  to  two  books  which  had 
just  then  appeared —"  The  Land  and  The  Book,"  by 


Dr.  Thomson,  and      Faleotine  Past  and   Present,"  by 
Dr.  Osborn — the  Palestine  correspondent  continued: 

"No  class  of  literature  is  more  refining  and  exalting  than 
the  records  of  cultivated  minds  made  amid  the  sacred  scenes 
of  Palestine,  and  the  not  less  interesting  ruins  of  Egypt,  Asia 
Minor  and  Greece.  A  taste  for  such  mental  pabulum  is  a 
better  safeguard  against  the  popular  and  polluting  fictions  of  | 
the  day  than  all  the  mandates  of  the  parent  or  the  uncompro-  I 
raising  denunciations  of  the  pulpit.  Preoccupy  by  the  good, 
and  there  will  be  no  evil  to  expel.  Create  a  taste  for  health- 
ful literature  in  our  young  people,  and  they  will  not  crave  the 
blood  and  fire  potions  now  so  mercilessly  provided  by  the  cor- 
rupt Dress.  This  is  one  object  of  our  present  pilgrimage  to 
Palestme.  We  would  open  a  new  world — the  newest  and  yet 
the  oldest  of  worlds  —  to.  their  view.  We  would  unfurl  bright 
maps  and  open  new  books,  and  delight  them  in  a  field  of 
thought  and  research,  in  which  healthful  influences  prevail,  a 
field  of  fragrant  and  thornless  flowers,  of  luscious  and  life- 
giving  fruit.  *****  The  association  to  which  I  have 
referred  is  composed  of  about  eighty  pilgrims.  On  Saturday 
morning,  the  2oth,  we  left  your  quiet  village,  reaching  Chicago 
the  same  evening.  Tuesday  morning  found  us  on  our  way  to 
New  York,  where  we  arrived  early  this  morning.  We  shall 
sail  on  Saturday,  April  2,  for  the  Orient.  In  order  to  diminish 
our  expenses,  we  forego  the  speed  of  the  regular  steam  route, 
and  have  chartered  the  sailing  vessel,  the  schooner  '  Star  of  Beth- 
lehem.' She  is  a  new  vessel,  and  a  'bright  light'  in  her  way. 
Well  rigged,  and  ably  manned,  she  is  prepared  for  the  bufl"eting 
of  old  ocean.  Her  captain  is  the  distinguished  and  experienced 
Hardstudy,  with  whom,  1  am  sure,  you  have  some  acquaintance. 
He  is  a  true  gentleman,  and,  I  am  told,  has  been  an  intimate 
companion  of  several  Oriental  travelers.  He  accompanied  Dr. 
Robinson  on  both  his  tours.  The  '  Star,'  built  expressly  for  excur- 
sions to  the  Mediterranean  waters,  is  a  stout  boat,  and  is  pro- 
vided with  the  modern  conveniences  and  luxuries  of  travel.  She 
is  about  150  tons  burden.  I  spent  an  hour  on  board  of  her  this 
afternoon,  and  am  much  gratified  with  the  neatness  and  elegance 
displayed  in  all  her  departments.  The  library  and  reading-room 
is  a  little  palace.  It  contains  about  1,500  volumes,  chiefly  of 
Eastern  travel,  which,  together  with  a  number  of  good  maps 
and  paintings,  will  afford  us  every  opportunity  to  prepare  for 
the  interesting  tour  we  are  about  making.  All  thus  far  are 
well.  Remember  us  in  our  wanderings,  and  send  us  copies  of 
your  paper,  directing  to  the  '  care  of  the  United  States  Consul 
at  Alexandria.'  Prepay'  to  New  York,  and  send  'Via  Liverpool 
and  Beyrout.' " 

The  next  letter  gives  an  account  of  the  various 
pilgrimages  which  have  beeia  made  to  Palestine  from 
the  days  of  Abraham  down  to  the  present. 

"Off  Sandy  Hook,  3.30  p.  m.,"  our  correspondent  wrote. 
"  The  wide  ocean  is  before  us.  We  have  passed  the  Battery, 
Brooklyn,  Staten  Island,  the  ruins  of  old  quarantine  and  the 
forts, —  feeble  protection  in  cases  of  invasion,  —  and  yonder  to 
the  east  is  Sandy  Hook.  The  bell  of  the  tug  rings.  In  five 
minutes  our  friends  who  accompany  us  down  will  return  to  the 
city,  and  we  shall  be  alone  upon  the  wide,  wide  sea.  The 
waters  appear  quiet ;  a  faint  west  wind  is  rising ;  all  the 
children  are  in  good  spirits.  If  they  are  as  bright  to-morrow 
it  will  be  strange.     Farewell,  native  land!     Farewell!" 


INTEODUCTION. 


Vll 


The  third  letter  opened  with  a  quotation  from 
Browning : 

'"In  the  dimmest  northeast  distance 
Dawned  Gibraltar,  grand  and  gray.' 

"Schooner  Star  op  Bethlehem, 

"Harbor  of  Gibraltar,  May  4,  '59. 
"  Dear  Ixdepexdent  :  Thirty-two  days  ago  we  left  the 
port  of  New  York,  and  day  before  yesterday  glided  through  the 
Straits  of  Gibraltar,  casting  anchor  in  this  harbor.  Our  voyage 
was  short  and  agreeable,  all  that  could  be  desired,  with  the 
exception  of  the  sea-sickness  that  prevailed  among  us  for  the 
first  four  or  five  days,  and  the  alarm  occasioned  by  the  heavy 
gale  of  last  week.  For  two  days  the  storm  raged  so  violently 
that  our  fears  were  much  excited.  On  the  evening  of  the  26th 
ult.  the  winds  were  lulled,  the  clouds  broke  away,  and  the 
rays  of  the  setting  sun  hurried  swiftly  across  the  yet  raging 
waves,  to  brighten  their  foaming  crests  with  golden  light,  and 
bring  hope  to  our  hearts.  Religious  services  were  conducted 
each  Sabbath  by  the  chaplain,  and  our  programme  of  study 
and  reading  was  faithfully  observed  every  day.  All  that  we 
did,  and  all  that  we  saw,  cannot  be  reported  in  a  single  letter. 
Our  young  friends  must  themselves  write  about  the  wonders  of 
the  sea, —  whales,  dolphins,  icebergs;  sunset,  sunrise,  midnight; 
calms,  storms,  water-spouts;  and  all  other  sources  of  joy  or 
terror  in  ocean  life.  Yesterday  was  spent  in  an  excursion  to 
the  town  of  Gibraltar."     ***** 

After  a  description  of  Gibraltar,  the  writer  says : 

"  The  whole  juvenile  forces  of  our  vessel  have  been  invited 
to  dine  this  afternoon  with  the  officers  of  H.  M.  S.  Manchester, 
in  company  with  the  British  and  American  consuls  of  Gibraltar, 
and  left  an  hour  ago,  under  the  charge  of  Captain  Hardstitdy, 
to  comply  with  the  gracious  invitation,  and  I  remain  to  prepare 
this  letter  for  the  morrow's  steamer  from  Valetta  to  Liverpool. 
The  sun  is  already  sinking  in  the  blue  and  gold  waters  of  the 
Mediterranean.  A  fresh  breeze  has  startled  the  sleeping  waves 
into  lively  gambols,  and  our  flag  points  eagerly  westward  and 
homeward.  See  our  party  of  little  travelers  just  off  for  the 
'Manchester'!  How  their  boats  dance  up  and  down  over  the 
water !  '  Boom  ! '  '  boom  ! '  go  the  signal  guns  from  the  kind 
old  ship  !  Now  hear  the  thunderous  volleys  from  the  batteries 
on  the  huge  mountain,  proclaiming  the  hour  of  sunset!" 

The  letters  which  foUow  are  from  '"Alexandria, 
Egypt,  May  28";  from  the  "Steamer  Eameses,  River 
Nile,   June   11";    from    "Off  Joppa,   June   IG";    from 


"Jerusalem,  July  5";  from  "Nablous,  'the  City  of 
Samaria,'  July  12";  from  "Beyrout,  Syria,  July  23"; 
and  on  Monday  morning,  July  25,  our  correspondent 
writes  his  farewell,  as  f oUows : 

"  Well,  friend  Independent,  our  travels  are  ended.  We 
came  on  board  the  '  Star  of  Bethlehem '  this  morning.  The 
steamer  for  Liverpool  leaves  this  afternoon,  and  we  shall  send 
our  letters  ashore  to  be  mailed.  By  the  30th  of  September  we 
hope  to  be  with  you  again.  We  have  seen  the  earthly  Canaan, 
with  its  degradation  and  defilement.  Our  minds  turn  toward 
the  better  Canaan.     With  Watts  we  sing : 

"  'Look  up,  our  souls,  pant  toward  the  eternal  hills; 
Those  heavens  are  fairer  than  they  seem. 
There  pleasures  all  sincere  glide  on  in  crystal  rills ; 
There  not  a  dreg  of  guilt  defiles. 

No  grief  disturbs  the  stream 

That  Canaan  knows, —  no  noxious  thing. 

No  cursed  soil,  no  tainted  spring ; 

No  roses  grow  on  thorns,  nor  honey  wears  a  sting.'" 

Such  devices  as  these  help  to  inspire  the  young 
with  an  interest  in  sacred  things.  They  may  not  yet 
be  prepared  to  appreciate  the  night  of  prayer  on  the 
mountain,  the  agony  of  the  Lord  in  Gethsemane,  or 
the  rapturous  experiences  of  St.  John  on  Patmos ;  but 
they  may  take  dehght  in  the  land,  its  customs,  its 
wonderful  histories,  read  with  gratification  an  account 
of  journeys  from  Dan  to  Beersheba,  with  perils  from 
robbers,  and  the  pranks  of  native  children,  the  lonely 
horseback  ride  from  Jerusalem  down  to  Jericho,  the 
encampment  by  the  ' '  Fountain  of  robbers "  north  of 
Jerusalem,  the  loveliness  of  Nazareth,  the  beauty  of 
the  Sea  of  GaUlee,  and  the  glories  of  Lebanon  and  Har- 
mon. Finding  dehght  in  these  more  human  things, 
they  may,  incidentally,  under  the  leadershii)  of  the 
divine  Providence  and  Spirit,  catch  ghmjjses  of  his 
face  who,  by  simile  and  word  and  spirit,  sanctified 
the  laud  from  north  to  south  and  from  Bashan  to 
the  sea. 

J.  H.  VINCENT. 


PREFACE  TO  THE  REVISED  EDITION. 


Dtjeing  the  fourteen  years  since  this  work  was  pre- 
pared great  advancement  has  been  gained  in  knowledge 
of  the  ancient  Oriental  world.  In  the  light  of  recent 
researches  it  has  become  necessary  to  revise  the  entire 
book.  The  work  has  been  done  with  care,  every  loca- 
tion has  been  reinvestigated,  and  the  historical  allusions 
have  been  compared  with  the  latest  and  best  authorities. 
In  this  revision  the  author  has  been  materially  aided  by 


Prof.  Robert  W.  Rogers  of  Madison,  N.  J.,  and  Prof. 
Karl  P.  Harrington  of  Chapel  Hill,  N.  C,  to  both  of 
whom  thanks  are  rendered.  It  is  possible  that  some 
errors  may  yet  remain,  and  if  any  appear  to  students 
who  make  use  of  this  work,  corrections  or  suggestions 
with  regard  to  them  will  be  gratefully  received. 

Jesse  L.  Huklbtjt. 


ge:n'eral  index. 


PAGE 


Ancient  T\^orkl,  and  the  Descendants  of  Noah 23 

Apostolic  History,  Early 112 

Bible  History,  Chart  of. 13 

Conquest  of  Canaan _ 50 

Empire  of  David  and  Solomon 68 

Illustrations,  List  of-:.. : 11 

Index  to  Descriptive  Matter... 157 

Index  to  Map  of  Old  Testament  World  (Map  on  pp.  18,  19) 156 

Index  to  Map  of  Palestine  (Map  on  pp.  152,  153) 151 

Introduction 3 

Isles  of  Greece  and  the  Seven  Churches 132 

Jerusalem,  Ancient 72 

Jerusalem,  Environs  of... 82 

Jerusalem,  Modern 77 

Journeys  of  the  Apostle  Paul 116 

Journeys  of  the  Patriarchs .. 33 

Kingdom  of  Saul 64 

Lands  of  the  Sojourn  and  Wandering... 41 

Life  of  Christ,  The.. 103 

Measures  of  the  Bible,  The. 148 

K'ew  Testament  Palestine  (Kingdom  of  Herod  the  Great)..... 100 

Old  Testament  World,  The -.-, 17 

Oriental  Empires,  The  Great — 91 

Palestine  Among  the  Twelve  Tribes - 55 

Palestine  Before  the  Conquest... 36 

Palestine,  Lessons  in  the  Geography  of. ..  143 

Palestine  Under  the  Judges — - -     60 

Physical  Palestine... - 28 

Roman  Empire,  The 97 

Solomon's  Empire,  The  Division  of -- -- - 86 

Tabernacle,  The.. 135 

Table  of  Contents - - - 9 

Temple,  The .-.-/ - 138 


VIll 


TABLE    OF    CONTENTS. 


PAGE 

.13-16 


CHART  OF  BIBLE  HISTORY 

I.  General  Periods. 

II.  SUBDri'ISIONS. 

III.  Persons  and  Rflers. 

IV.  Events  op  Bible  History. 
V.  Battles  of  Bible  History. 

VI.  Events  op  Religious  Prouress. 

VII.  The  Books  of  the  Bible. 

VIII.  Gre.\t  Oriental  Empires. 

IX.  Events  of  Secular  History. 


THE  OLD  TESTAMENT  WORLD 17-22 

I.     Extent. 
II.     Seas. 

III.  MOUNTAJQJ  RaSGES. 

IV.  Rivers. 

V.      L.\NDS. 

I.  iMTids  of  the  Mountain  System.      1.  Armenia;   2. 

Media;  3.  Persia. 
II.  Lands    of   the    Plain.      1.   Assyria;   2.  Elam;   3. 
Mesopotamia;  4.  Chaldea;  5.  Arabia. 
III.  Lands  of  the  Mediterranean.     1.  .^sia  Minor;  2. 
Syria;  3.  Plicenicia;  4.  Palestine;  5.  The  Wilder- 
ness; 6.  Egypt. 

ANCIENT  WORLD,  AND  DESCENDANTS  OF  NOAH 23-27 

I.     The  Japhetic    Nations.      1.  Gonicr;  2.  Magog;  3. 

Madai;  4.  Javan;  5.  Tubal;  6.  Mesliecli;  7.  Tiras. 
II.     The  II.\mitic  Races.     1.  Cush;  2.  Mizraim;  3.  Phut; 
4.  Canaan. 
III.     The    Semitic    Races.      1.  Elam;  2.  Asshur;   3.  Ar- 
phaxad;  4.  Lud;  5.  Aram. 

PHYSICAL  PALESTINE 28-82 

I.     Dimensions.     1.  Canaan;  2.  Palestine  Proper;  3.  The 

Land  of  Promise. 
n.     Natural  DnisiONS.     1.  Maritime  Plain;  2.  Mountain 
Region;  3.  Jordan  Valley;  4.  Eastern  Table-Land. 

III.  The  Waters  of  Palestine.     1.  The  River  Jordan ; 

2.  The  Three  Lakes;  3.  The  Brooks. 

IV.  The    Mountains    op    Palestine.      1.   West  of  the 

Jordan;  2.  East  of  the  Jordan. 

V.     The  Plains  op  Palestine.     I.Phoenicia;  3.  Sharon; 

3.  Philistia;   4.  Esdraelon;   5.  Negeb:   G.  Jordan;  7. 
Hauran. 


LANDS  OF  THE  SOJOURN  AND  WANDERING 41-49 

I.     The  Land  of  Egypt.     1.  Names;  2.  Boundaries  and 
Dimensions;  3.  Divisions;  4.  The  Nile;  5.  The  People; 
6.  History;  7.  Principal  Places. 
II.     The  Wilderness  of  the  Wandering.    1.  Situation; 

2.  Natural  Features;  3.  Inhabitants. 
HI.     The  Land   of   Edom.     1,  Boundaries;  2.  Names;  3. 

Natural  Features;  4.  Histor}^;  5.  Peculiarities. 
IV.  The  Wandering  in  the  Wilderness.  1.  Rameses 
to  the  Red  Sea;  2.  Red  Sea  to  Mt.  Sinai;  3.  Ml.  Sinai 
to  Kadesh  baruea;  4,  .5,  6.  Kadesh-bnruea  to  3It.  Hor, 
Ezion-gelier,  and  Return;  7,  8.  Kadesh-barnea  to 
Elath  and  Jordan;  Table  of  Stations. 

THE  CONQUEST  OF  CANAAN 50-54 

I.     Conquest    of    Eastern    Palestine.     1.  Gilcad;  2. 

Bashan;  3.  Midian. 
II.     Conquest  of  AVestern  Palestine.     1.  Central;   2. 

Southern;  3.  Northern. 
HI.     Supplementary  Conquests.     1.  Judah  and  Simeon; 

2.  Caleb  and  Othuiel;  3.  Dan. 

PALESTINE  AMONG  THE  TWELVE  TRIBES 55-59 

I.    Reuben. 
II.     Gad. 

III.  Manasseii  —  East. 

IV.  Simeon. 
V.     Judah. 

VI.  Benjamin. 

VII.  D.^. 

VIII.  Ephraim. 

IX.  Manasseh — West. 

X.  Issachar. 

XI.      ASHER. 

XII.     Zebulon. 

XIII.  Naphtali. 

XIV.  Levi. 

PALESTINE  UNDER  THE  JUDGES 60-63 

I.     Supplementary  to  the   Conquest.     1.  Judah  and 
Simeon;   3.  Danite   Migration;  3.  Civil  War. 
II.     Oppressions  and  Judges.     1.  Mesopotamian  (south); 

3.  Moabitc  (central);  3.  Early  Philistine  (south);  4. 
Canaanite  (north);  5.  Midiauite  (central  and  north); 
6.  Ammonite  (east);  7.  Philistine  (south  and  central). 

III.    Battles  op  the  Pekiod. 


THE  JOURNEYS  OF  THE  PATRIARCHS 

I.  The  Journeys  op  Abraham.  1.  Ur  to  Haran;  2. 
Haran  to  Canaan;. 3.  Visit  to  Egypt;  4.  Removal  to 
Hebron;  5.  Pursuit  of  the  Elamites;  6.  Settlement  at 
Beersheba;  7.  Offering  of  Isaac;  8.  Burial  of  Sarah. 
II.  The  Journeys  of  Isaac  Homes:  1.  Becr-lahai-roi; 
2.  Gerar;  3.  Rehoboth;  4.  Beersheba;  5.  Hebron. 
III.  The  Journeys  op  Jacob.  1.  Flight  to  Haran;  2. 
Return  to  Canaan;  3.  Residence  in  Canaan;  4.  Descent 
into  Egypt;  5.  Burial  Procession. 

PALESTINE  BEFORE  THE  CONQUEST 36 

I.  The  Earliest  Inhabitants.  1,  The  Rephaim;  2. 
The  Zuzim;  3.  The  Emini;  4.  The  Horim;  5.  The 
Avim;  6.  The  Anakim. 

II.  The  Tribes  op  the  Patriarchal  Era.  1.  Zidoni- 
ans;  3.  Canaanites;  3.  Phili.stines;  4.  Hittiles;  5. 
Girgashites;  6.  Ilivites;  7.  Perizzites;  8.  Jebusites; 
9.  Amorites. 

III.  The  Nations  at  thf.  Time  of  the  Conquest.    1. 

Amorites;  2.  Moabites  and  Ammonites. 

IV.  The    Surroctjding    Nations.     1.  Hivites,    Arkites, 

Sinites.    Arvadiles.    Hanialliites;    2.  Ammonites;    3. 
Amalekiles,  Keniles,  Edomites. 


.33-36 


THE  KINGDOM  OF  SAUL 

I.     Saul's  Appointment  as  King. 
II.     The  Wars  of  Saul. 
HI.     Saul's  Pursuit  of  D.wid. 
IV.     Saul's  De.\th. 

THE  EMPIRE  OF  DAVID  AND  SOLOMON.... 

I.  David's  Reign  o\~e.R  Judah. 

II.  The  Union  of  Palestine. 

HI.  David's  Foreign  Conquests. 

IV.  The  Calamities  of  David's  Reign. 

V.  The  Close  of  David's  Reign. 

VI.  The  Reign  of  Solomon. 


64-67 


68-71 


-40 


ANCIENT  JERUSALEM 

I.  Names. 

II.  Location. 

III.  Geologic  Formation. 

IV.  Valleys. 
V.  Mountains. 

VI.  Walls. 

VII.  History. 


.72-76 


MODERN  JERUSALEM 

I.  Location. 

II.  Walls. 

HI.  Gates. 

IV.  Quarters. 

V.  Fountains  and  Pools. 

VI.  Outside  the  Walls. 


.77-81 


X  TABLE  OF  CONTENTS. 

PAGI  PAUE 

THE  ENVIROXS  OF  JERUSALEM 82,  85      JOURNEYS  OF  THE  APOSTLE  PAUL 116-131 

L     NoRTHKKX    Road.      1.  Mizpeli:   2.  Nob;  3.  Gibeah;  L     The  Provinces  of  Asia  Minor.     1.  On  ihe  Black 

4.    Anathoth;    5.    Ramali;    6.  Miclimash;    7.  Ai;    8.  Sea;  2.  On  the  jEgean  Sea;  3.  On  the  Mediterranean; 

Beeroth;  9.  Bethel;  10.  Rimmon;  11.  Ephraim.  4.  In  the  Interior. 

II.     E.\STEBN    Ro.vD.     1.  Bethany;    2.  Steep  Descent;    3.  II.     The    FinsT    Missiosaky    JorRNET.     1.  Antioch    in 

Jericho.  Syria;  2.  Seleucia;  3.  Island  of  Cyprus;  4.  Salamis; 

UI.     Southern    Road.      1.   Plain    of    the    Rephaim;    3.  5"  Paphos;    6.  Perga;    7.   Antioch    in    Pisidia;    8. 

Rachels  Tomb;  3    Bethlehem;  4.  Valley  of  Elah;  5.  Iconium;     9.  Lystra;     10.  Derbe;     11.  Return,    and 

Hebron;  6.  Jeshimon.  Attalia. 

IV.     Southwestern-  Ro.\D.     ".Jerusalem  to  Gaza."  in.     The  Second  Missionary  Journey. 

V.    Western  Road.     1.  Emmaus:  2    Kiijath  jearim.  I-  -i-siatic  Stations.    1.  Syria;  2.  Cilicia:  3.  Derbe;  4. 

,-T      ^-                              T>              1     rj        1       .T    ri-i,           o  Lystra;  5.  Phrysria;  ti.  Galatia;  7.  Troas. 

\  I.     Northwestern    Road      1.  Raraali;    2.  Gibeon;    3.  ^,            ■'•'='   „ 

Beth-horon.  I^-  European    Nations.     1.  Pliihppi;   2.  Aniphipolis; 

3.   Apollonia;    4.   Thcssalonica;    5.   Berea;    6. 

\  DIVISION  OF  SOLOMON'S  EMPIRE 86-90  Athens;  7.  Corinth;  8.  Cenchrea. 

I.     Kingdoms:  1.  Syria;  2.  Israel;  3.  Judah;  4.  Moab;  5.  III.  Stations  of  the  Return  Journey.      1.  Ephesus;  2. 

Ednra.                "  Cffisarea;  3.  Jerusalem;  4    Antioch. 

II.     Periods:  1.  Period  of  Division;  2.  Syrian  Period;  3.  IV.     The  Third  Missionary  Journ-ey. 

Restoration   of  Israel;  4.  Fall   of   Israel;  5.  Fall   of  I    Otilirard    Journey.      1.  Antioch;    2.  Galatia;    3. 

Judah.  Phrys^ia;  4.  Ephesus;  5.  Troas;  6.  Macedonia; 

III.     B.vTTLES  OF  THE  Period.  7.  Gieece. 

n.  Return  Journey.     1.  Philippi;  2.  Troas;  3   Assos; 

THE  GREAT  ORIENTAL  EMPIRES 91  -96,  99  4.    Jiitylcne ;     5.  Chios;    6.   Samos:    7.   Tro- 

I.    The  E.\rly  Chalde.vn  Empire.  gylliuta;  8.  Miletus;  9.  Coos;  10.  Rhodes;  11. 

II.     The  Assyrian  Empire.  Patara;  12   Tyre;  13.  Ptolemais;  14.  Csesarea; 

III.  The  B.\bylonian  Empire.  15.  Jerusalem. 

IV.  The  Persl\n  Empire.  y.     The  Voyage  to  Rome.    1.  Jerusalem:  2.  Antipatris; 
The  DrvisioN  of  Alex.vnder's  Empire,  B.C  2.50.    I.Persian  3.  Csesarea;  4.  Zidon;  5.  Myra;  6.  Crete;   7.  Melila; 

Supremacy;    2.   Macedonian    Supremacy;    3.  Egyptian  8    SjTacuse;    9.  Rhegium;    10.  Puteoli;     11.  Appii 

Supremacy;  4.  Syrian  Supremacy;  5.  Maccabean  lude-  Forum;  12.  Rome. 

pendence;"  6.  Roman  Supremacy.  yj     The  Last  Journeys  of  Paul.    1.  Colosse,  Ephesus; 

THE  ROMAN  EMPIRE 97-99  |phesus?°™Home^'''''   ^'  ^'^'°P°"''  '■  '^'"""''  ^- 

I.    European  Provinces. 

II.     Insular  Provinces.  _ 

III.  Asiatic  Provinces.  THE  ISLES  OF  GREECE  AND  THE  SEVEN  CHLTICHES. .  133  -  134 

IV.  African  Provinces.  \_     Patmos. 

NEW  TESTAMENT  PALESTINE 100-102  jj};     jm '  SE^•EN    Chukches  of  Asia.      1.  Ephesus;    2. 

I.     The  Provinces  OF  Palestine.    1   Judea;  3.  Samaria;  Smyrna;    3.   Pergamos;    4.  Thyatira-    5.  Sardis;    6. 

3.  Galilee;  4.  Pertea;  5.  Decapolis.  Philadelphia;  7;  Laodicea. 
II.     The  Political  History  of    Palestine,  B.  C.  4- 

A.  D.  70.      1.  Kingdom    of    Herod    the    Great;    2.  THE  TABERNACLE 135-137 

Tetrarchy;  3   Kingdom  of  Herod  Agrippa;  4.  The  j      Origin 

Two  Provinces.                                      "  ^{     History. 

Ill     Depart.ments  of  the  Tabernacle.     1.  The  Court; 

THE  LIFE  OF  CHRIST 103-111  o.  xhe  Altar:   3.  The  Laver;    4   The  Tent;    5.  The 

I.  Period    of    Prep.\ration.     1.  Presentation    in    the  Holv  Place;  6.  The  Holy  of  Holies. 

Temple;    3    Flight    into    Egypt;    3.    Settlement    at 

Nazareth;  4.  Visit  to  the  Tem'ple.  THE  TEMPLE 138-142 

II.     Period  of   Inaugur.\tion.    1.  Baptism;  2.  Tempta-  I.     Court  of  the  Gentiles. 

tiou;    3.  Jlarriage   at  Cana;    4.  First    Passover;    5.  II.     S.^cred  Enclosure. 

Return  to  Galilee.  HI.     Court  of  the  Women. 

HI.     Period  of  Early  Galilean  Ministry.    1.  Opening  IV.     Court  of  Israel. 

of  the  Ministrv;  3.  Tour  in  Eastern  Galilee;  3.  Second  V.     Court  of  the  Priests. 

Passover;  4.  Sermon  on  the  Mount.  VI.     The  House  of  God. 
IV.     Period  of  Later  Galile.vn  Ministry.     1.  Tour  in 

Southern   Galilee;    3.  Gadarene  Voyage;  3.  Tour  in  LESSONS  IN  THE  GEOGRAPHY  OF  PALESTINE 143-147 

Central  Galilee;  4.  Retirement  to  Bethsaida.  t      t                     w          „ 

17       r.                             T>                                  1      T                   .      ni          •    •  I-      Ld-ES  and    \\  ATERS. 

V     Period    of    Retirement.     1.  Journev  to  Phoenicia;  „     „                    ^ 

3   Journev    to    Decapolis;    3.  Journev    to    Csesarea  I^-     -"-^mes  and  iJiST.M.CES. 

Philippi;  4.   Last  Return  to  Capernaum.  III.     N.^-TURal  Divisions.    1.  Sea-Coast  Plain;  3.  Mountain 
VI.     Period  of  Jud.ean  Ministry.      1.  Galilee  to  Jem-  J^*-^'"";  3.  Jordan  Valley;  4.  Eastern  Table-Land. 
salem;  3.  Jerusalem  to  Bethabara.  IV.     Mount.uns. 
Vn.     Period    of    Perjj.\n    Ministry.      1.  Bethabara    to  V.     Pl.\ces.     1.  In  the  Sea  Coast  Plain:  3.  In  the  Mount- 
Bethany;   3.  Retirement  to  Ephraim;   3.  Journey  in  ain    Region;   3.  In    the    Jordan   Valley;   4.   In    the 
Pera.>a;"4.  Jericho  to  Bethany.  Eastern  Table-Land. 
Vin.     Period  OF  THE  Passion.     1,  2,  3.  Bethany  to  Temple  \l.    Provinces.      1.  Judaa;    2.  Samaria;    3.  Galilee;    4. 
and   Return;   4.  Bethany  to    Supper;   5.  Supper  to  Pera;a;  5.  Bashan. 
Gethsemane;    6.  Getlisemane  to  House  of  Caiapbas; 

7.  Caiaphas  to  Pilate;  8.  Pilate  to  Herod  and  Reluru;  1'SE  MEASURES  OF  THE  BIBLE 148-150 

9.  Pilate  to  Calvary.  j      Smaller  Measures  of  Length. 

IX.     Period  of  the    Resurrection — The  Ten   Appear-  II     Larger  Measures  of  Length. 

ances  of  Christ:    1.  At  .Jerusalem;  2.  At  Jerusalem;  Hi'     d^y  Measures  of  Capacity. 

3.  Near  Emmaus;  4.  At  Jerusalem;  5.  At  Jerusa-  IV.    Liquid  Measures  of  Capacity. 

lem;  6.  At  Jerusalem;   7   Near  the  Sea  of  Galilee;  Y_    Measures  of  Weight. 

8.  On  a  Mountain  in  Galilee;  9.  At  Jerusalem;  10.  yf.     JIeasures  of  Value. 
Near  Bethany. 

EARLY   APOSTOLIC   HISTORY 112-115      INDEX  TO  AND  MAP  OF  PALESTINT; 151-155 

I.     Philip's  Journey. 

II.  S.\UL's  Journey.  -  INDEX  TO  MAP  OF  OLD  TESTAMENT  WORLD 156 

ni.     Peter's  Journey. 

^V.    ll^N^is  .iNo'slYL's  JouKNET.  INDEX  TO  DESCRIPTIVE  MATTER 157,  158 


LIST    OF    ILLUSTRATIONS. 


MAPS. 

PAGE 

Alexander's  Empire,  Division  of 94 

Ancient  Jerusalem  in  New  Testament  Period  73 
Ancient  World,  and  Descendants  of  Noah..  24 

Assyrian  Empire 92 

Babylonian  Empire  and  its  Surroundings  ...  92 

Betli  horon  and  Vicinity 50 

Conquest  of  Canaan 50 

Corinth  and  Vicinity 123 

Damascus  and  Vicinity 114 

Division  of  Solomon's  Empire 86 

Early  Apostolic  History 112 

Empire  of  Chedorlaomer 34 

Empire  of  David  and  Solomon 68 

Environs  of  Jerusalem 82 

Island  of  Cyprus 119 

Isles  of  Greece  and  the  Seven  Churches 133 

Isle  of  Patmos 134 

Journeys  of  the  Patriarchs 36 

Kadesh-barnea  and  Vicinity 48 

Kingdom  of  Egypt  at  its  gi'eatest  extent  under 

Kameses  II 42 

Kingdom  of  Herod  the  Great 100 

Kingdom  of  Saul 64 

Lands  of  the  Sojourn  and  Wandering 44 

Modern   Jerusalem 81 

Modern  Palestine lo2,  153 

Modern  World  and  Bible  Lands. . .  .facing  title. 

Mount  Sinai,  Vicinitj'  of 44 

Natural  Features  of  Jerusalem 75 

Nineveh  and  Vicinity 96 

Old  Testament  World 18,  19 

Oriental  World  in  the  Time  of  David 70 

Outline  Map  for  Review 26 

Outline  JIaps  (Geography  of  Palestine).  143- 146 

Palestine  among  the  Tribes 58 

Palestine  as  Promised  and  Possessed 53 

Palestine  before  the  Conquest 36 

Palestine  during  the  Ministry  of  Jesus 102 

Palestine  under  the  Judges 60 

Palestine  under  the  Maccabees,  B.  C.  100. ...  96 

Paul's  First  Missionary  Journey 116 

Paul's  Second  Missionary  Journey 120 

Paul's  Third  ^Missionary  Journey 124 

Paul's  Voyage  to  Rome 126 

Paul's  Last  Journeys 130 

Period  of  Preparation.            (Life  of  Christ).  104 
Period  of  Inauguration.                        "  104 

Period  of  Early  Galilean  Ministry.    "  106 

Period  of  Later  Galilean  Ministry.    "  107 

Period  of  Retirement.                           "  107 

Period  of  Juda-an  Ministry.                "  108 

Period  of  Peraean  Ministry.                "  .109 

Period  of  the  Passion.                          "  in9 

Persian  Empire 9-( 


MAPS  —  continued. 

PAOB 

Peter's  Journey - 113 

Philip's  Journey 113 

Physical  Palestine 28 

Plain  of  Esdraelon 60 

Restoration  of  Israel,  B.  C.  80(1 89 

Roman  Empire  in  New  Testament  Period.. .  .  98 

Saul's  Last  Battle 64 

Saul  of  Tarsus'  and  Barnabas'  Journeys 113 

St.  Paul's  Bay,  Malta,  enlarged 138 

Syrian  Period.  B.  C.  884-840 88 

The  Two  Provinces,  A.  D.  44-70 103 

ENGRAVINGS. 

Ancient  Coins 149,  150 

Antioch  in  Syria 117 

Arches  under  Temple  Area 147 

Areopagus  at  Athens 121 

Assj-rian  Palace 91 

Babylor  , 95 

Bashan,  View  in  the  Eastern  Table-Land 55 

Bethany    1,50 

Bethlehem 105 

Bible  Measures 148,  149 

Birs  Nimroud  (supposed  Tower  of  Babel) 23 

Black  Obelisk 93 

Brazen  Altar 137 

Capernaum  and  the  Sea  of  Galilee 101 

Church  of  the  Ascension 54 

Church  of  the  Holy  Sepulchre 16 

Church  of  Nativity,  Bethlehem 71 

Colosseum  at  Rome 97 

Damascus lis 

David's  Tomb 73 

Defile  between  Jerusalem  and  Jericho 83 

Dome  of  the  Rock  (Site  of  the  Temple)  139 

Egyptian  Temple 41 

Entry  of  Pilgrims  into  Bethlehem xii 

Garden  of  Gethsemane 49 

Gethsemane 85 

Grotto  of  Jeremiah 99 

Hebron 39 

Jericho  67 

.Jericho  and  the  Jordan 37 

Jews'  Wailing  Place  at  Jerusalem 27 

Laodicea  from  Hierapolis  133 

Moabite  Stone 88 

Modern  Jerusalem,    Panorama  and  Descrip- 
tion of 78,  79 

Mos(iue  El  Aske 90 

Mount  Ararat 20 

Mount  TaI)or 61 

Mount  Zion II5 

Mughcir  (supposed  to  be  Ur  of  the  C'haldees).  33 

si 


ENGRAVINGS  -  continued. 

FAOB 

Nazareth HO 

Pool  of  Siloam 103 

Ras  es  Sufsafeh  (Mount  Sinai) 43 

River  Jordan 30 

Round  about  Jerusalem. 59 

Shechem 51 

Solomon's  Pools   84 

Tabernacle 13,5 

Tower  of  David (j^ 

Table  of  Shew  Bread 136 

Via  Dolorosa m 

CHARTS. 

Bible  History .14,  15 

Chronological  Chart  of  Kings  of  Israel  and 

Judah 87 

Paul's  First  Journey,  Review 119 

Table  of  Nations,  Review 27 


COMPARATIVE  DIAGRAMS. 

Age  of  the  Patriarchs,  before  and  after   the 

Deluge 34 

Areas  of  Asia  Minor  and  Texas,  U.S 118 

Area  of  Egypt 43 

Areas  of  Palestine  and  New  England 29 

Area  of  Palestine  at  Different  Periods 70 

Areas  of  Assyrian,  Babylonian  and   Persian 

Empires 93 

Height  of  Bible  Jlountains  17 

Height  of  Mountains  in  Palestine 32 

Population  of  the  Twelve  Tribes  at  Entrance 

into  Canaan 57 

Size  of  the  Territory  of  the  Tribes 56 

United  Slates  and  Old  Testament  World 17 


PLANS. 

Antioch,  Ancient 114 

Athens,  Ancient 132 

Babylon , 93 

Camp  of  Israel 47 

Ephesus  and  Vicinity 135 

Rome,  Ancient 129 

Sacred  Enclosure  (Herod's  Temple) 141 

Section  of  Palestine,  North  to  South 31 

Section  of  Palestine,  East  to  West 31 

Section  Through  the  Middle  of  Temple,  East 

to  West 140 

Solomon's  Temple 71 

Temple  in  the  Time  of  Christ  (.Herod's) 138 


ESTRY    OF    PILGRIMS    INTO    BETHLEHEM. 


16 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


VII.  The  Oriental  Empires  are  indicated  upon  the 
seventh  column  of  the  chart.  While  they  follow  in 
regular  succession,  there  were  brief  periods  of  anarchy 
and  confusion  between  them,  which  cannot  be  indicated. 
(1.)  The  Early  Babylonian  Empire,  2280-1120  B.  C. 
Much  of  the  time  this  was  not  an  empire,  but  rather  the 
leading  state  in  the  oriental  world.  (2.)  The  Assyrian 
Empire,  1120-626  B.  C;  its  capital  at  Nineveh  on  the 
Tigris  River,  its  peox)le  fierce  warriors,  but  not  able 
rulers.  (3.)  The  Chaldean  Empire,  606-.536  B.  C,  estab- 
lished by  Nebuchadnezzar,  and  passing  away  soon  after 
his  death.  (4.)  The  Persian  Empire,  536-330,  founded 
by  Cyrus,  and  ruling  over  all  the  Old  Testament  lands. 


(5.)  The  Kingdoms  (not  empire)  of  Alexander's  Succes- 
sors, 330-60  B.  C.  The  empire  of  Alexander  the  Great 
lasted  only  seven  years  (330-323),  and  was  followed  by 
war  until  301,  when  the  four  generals  of  Alexander 
made  a  division  of  his  conquests.  (6.)  The  Roman  Em- 
pire became  dominant  in  the  east  about  60  B.  C, 
and  continued  supreme  until  after  the  New  Testament 
period. 

VIII.  The  World  in  General.  We  arrange  on  the 
last  column  events  showing  the  generai  progress  of  the 
world  outside  of  the  Bible  lands.  The  student  will  note 
that  Bible  History  antedates  the  annals  of  Greece  and 
Rome  by  many  centuries. 


THE   CllUltfll   uf   THE    IIOI.V    SKl'LI-CIIKK. 


CHART  OF  BIBLE  HISTORY. 


The  Geography  and  the  History  of  the  Bible  are  so 
closely  united  tliat  neither  subject  can  be  studied  to 
advantage  without  the  other.  We  therefore  present  at 
the  opening  of  our  work  the  Chart  of  Bible  History, 
upon  which  the  leading  events  of  Bible  History  and 
those  of  the  ancient  world  in  general  are  arranged  in 
])arallel  columns.  The  blue  lines  extending  across  the 
page  represent  the  centuries  before  Christ,  each  space 
between  them  being  100  years.  Until  recently  the 
common  chronology  found  in  all  reference  Bibles  and 
Biblical  works,  Avasthat  prepared  by  Archl)ishopUssher, 
who  died  in  1656,  long  before  the  present  sources  of 
information  from  "the  monuments"  had  been  discovered. 
His  chronology  has  not  been  regarded  as  trustworthy 
by  scholars  for  thirty  years  past ;  but  until  recently  it 
has  been  retained  because  students  of  Biblical  and  Ancient 
History  were  not  agreed  as  to  the  dates  which  should  be 
given  in  place  of  it.  But  there  is  now  a  substantial, 
though  not  complete  agreement  among  scholars;  and  we 
therefore  discard  the  Ussherian  system,  and  adopt  that 
obtained  from  the  information  given  in  the  inscriptions 
of  Assyria,  Babylonia,  and  Egypt,  when  compared  with 
statepients  in  the  Bible. 

We  begin  at  tlie  date  2500  B.  C.  as  the  events  of  Bible 
History  earlier  than  2500  B.  C.  can  not  be  fixed  with  any 
certainty.  And  it  must  be  admitted  that  none  of  the 
dates  earlier  than  lUOO  B.  C.  can  be  regarded  as  estab- 
lished. 

I.  General  Periods.  In  the  first  column  we.  note 
the  five  great  periods  of  Bible  History.  These  are  tiie 
natural  divisions  of  the  events  contained  in  the  Bible 
story. 

1.  The  Period  of  the  Early  Races,  from  the  Deluge, 
at  a  date  unknown,  to  the  Call  of  Abraham,  B.  C.  2280. 
Before  the  Call  of  Abraham,  the  history  in  the  book  of 
Genesis  is  introductory. 

2.  The  Perit)d  of  the  Chosen  Family,  from  the  Call  of 
Abraham,  B.  C.  2280,  to  the  Exodus  from  Egypt,  about 
1250  B.  C. 

3.  The  Period  of  the  Israelite  People,  from  the  Exodus, 
1250  B.  C,  to  the  Coronation  of  Saul,  about  1050  B.  C. 

4.  Tlie  Period  of  tlie  Israelite  Kingdom,  from  the 
Coronation  of  Saul,  lu50  B.  C,  to  the  Captivity  in 
Babylon,  B.  C.  587. 

5.  Tlie  Period  of  the  Jewish  Province,  from  the  Cap- 
tivity in  Babylon,  587  B.  C,  to  the  Destruction  of 
Jerusalem  by  the  Romans,  A.  D.  70. 

II.  In  thf'  second  colunin  the  larger  periods  are  broken 
up  into  Subdivisions.  1.  In  t\\e  Period  of  the  Early 
Races  the  line  of  ilivision  is  made  at  the  Dispersion  of 
the  Races,  to  which  no  date  is  assigned.  2.  TJie  Period 
of  the  Chosen  Family  is  subdivided  at  the  Descent  into 
l^gypt  by  Jacob  and  his  family,  about  2060  B.  C. 
3.  'Ihe  Period  of  the  Israel itish  People  has  three  subdi- 
visions. (1.)  Tile  Wandering  in  the  Wilderness,  from 
the  Exodus,  B.  C.  1250,  to  the  Entrance  into  Canaan, 
B.C.  1210.     (2.)   The  Settlement,  extending  to  the  Meso- 


potamian  Oppression,  B.  C.  1180.  (3.)  The  Rule  of  the 
Judges,  to  the  Coronation  of  Satil,  B.  C.  1050.  (4.)  T?ie 
Period  of  the  Israelitish  Kingdom  naturally  divides  itself 
into  three  sections.  (1.)  Unity,  to  the  Division  of  the 
Kingdom,  B.  C.  935.  (2.)  Division,  to  the  Captivity  of 
the  Ten  Tribes,  B.  C.  721.  (3.)  Decay,  the  stage  of  the 
kingdom  of  Judah  alone,  from  B.  C.  721  to  587,  the 
Babylonian  Captivity.  (5.)  The  Period  of  the  Jewish 
Province  has  five  subdivisions.  (1.)  Chaldean  Rule,  to  the 
Return  from  Captivity,  B.  C.  536.  (2.)  Persian  Rule,  to 
the  Conquest  by  Alexander  the  Great,  B.  C.  330.  (3.) 
Greek  Rule,  tinder  the  kingdoms  of  Alexander's  succes- 
sors to  the  Revolt  of  Mattathias,  B.  C.  168.  (4.)  Jewish 
Independence,  to  the  Annexation  of  Judaea  to  the  Roman 
Emi^ire,  A .  D.  6.  (5.)  Ronnin  Rule,  to  the  final  Destruc- 
tion of  Jerusalem,  A.  D.  70. 

III.  Next,  we  notice  the  prominent  Persons  and 
Rulers  in  Sacred  History.  The  perpendicular  lines  op- 
posite the  names  of  the  patriarchs  indicate  the  duration 
of  their  lives,  according  to  the  common  chronolog}^ 
Only  the  most  imj)ortant  of  the  Judges  are  named,  and 
with  each  is  given  his  number  in  the  order  of  the  list. 
The  crowns  show  the  kings,  and  the  years  show  the 
period  of  their  reigns.  The  chronology  during  the  age 
of  the  .ludges  is  very  uncertain,  and  the  dates  are  only 
conjectural. 

IV.  The  Events  of  Bible  History,  given  in  the 
fourth  column,  are  too  numerous  to  be  recapitulated. 
The  student  should  divide  them  according  to  the  Subdi- 
visions of  the  Periods,  already  given. 

V.  The  History  of  Eg^ypt  occupies  the  fifth  column. 
The  opinions  of  scliolars  are  greatly  at  variance  with 
regard  to  the  dates  of  the  first  eighteen  dynasties,  some 
of  them  differing  by  a  thousand  years.  The  ancient 
history  of  Egypt  is  divided  into  three  sections.  (1.)  The 
Old  Kingdom,  founded  by  Menes  perhaps  4700  B.  C, 
and  governed  by  ten  dynasties  in  succession.  (2.)  The 
Middle  Kingdom,  from' about  2900  B.  C.  to  1570  B.  C, 
Dvnasties  XL  to  XYII.  (3.)  The  New  Kingdom,  from 
1570  B.  C.  to  525  B.  C,  Dynasties  XII.  to  XXVII.  Egypt 
was  part  of  the  Persian  Emiiire  from  525  to  332  B.  C. 
After  323  B.  C.  it  was  governed  by  a  line  of  Greek 
kings,  who  bore  the  name  of  Ptolemy,  until  30  B.  C, 
when  it  became  a  Roman  province. 

VI.  The  Kingdoms  of  the  East,  Babylonia  and 
As.syria,  appear  on  the  sixth  column;  beginning  with  a 
number  of  states  in  Babylonia;  becoming  an  empire 
under  Hammurabi  about  2280  B.  C. ;  by  turns  strong  and 
weak  until  about  1100  B.  C,  when  tlie  Assyrian  empire 
arose,  overpowering  Babylon.  The  Assyrian  Empire 
lasted  until  625  B.  C,  when  Babylon  again  arose  to  power, 
though  the  Chaldean  Empire  did  not  begin  until  606 
B.  C.  In  536  B.  C.  it  fell  before  the  Persian  conquerors, 
and  the  whole  world  of  the  Bible  was  under  Persian  con- 
trol until  330  B.  C,  when  Alexander  the  Great  won  it.  No 
world-empire  arose  after  the  death  of  Alexander,  until  the 
Roman  period. 


13 


CHART  OF  BIBLE  HISTORY 


f 


The  Gengraphy  and  the  History  of  the  Bible  are  so 
closely  uuiteil  that  neither  subject  can  be  studied  to 
acUan'tage  without  the  other.  We  therefore  present  at 
the  opening  of  our  work  the  Chart  of  Bible  History, 
upon  wliicii  the  leading  events  of  Bible  History  and 
those  of  the  ancient  world  in  general  are  arranged  in 
parallel  columns.  The  blue  line.s  exteniling  across  the 
page  repre.sent  the  centuries  before  Christ,  each  space 
between  them  being  1"0  years.  Until  recently  the 
common  clirr>nology  found  in  all  reference  Bibles  and 
Biblical  works,  wasthat  pre]iared  by  An-hbishopUssher, 
who  died  in  Ifl.'ili,  long  bel'ore  the  ]iresent  sources  of 
infonnation  from  "the  monuments"  hail  been  discovered. 
His  chronology  has  not  been  regarded  as  trustworthy 
by  scholars  for  thirty  years  past;  but  nntil  recently  it 
has  been  retained  Ijecause  students  of  Biblical  and  Ancient 
History  were  not  agreed  as  to  the  dates  whicli  shonld  be 
given  in  place  of  it.  But  there  is  now  a  substantial, 
though  not  complete  agreement  among  schcdars;  and  we 
therefore  discard  the  Ussherian  system,  and  adopt  that 
obtained  from  the  infornuition  given  in  the  inscriptions 
of  Assyiia,  Babylonia,  and  Egypt,  when  compared  with 
statepients  in  the  Bible. 

We  begin  at  the  date  2500  B.  C.  as  the  events  of  Bible 
History  earliei-  than  2,'ino  B.  C.  can  not  be  fixed  with  any 
certainty.  And  it  must  be  admitted  that  none  of  the 
dates  earlier  than  1000  B.  C  I'an  be  regarded  as  estab- 
lished. 

I.  General  Periods.  In  the  first  column  we  note 
the  five  great  periods  of  Bible  History.  These  are  the 
natural  divisions  of  the  events  contained  in  the  Bible 
story. 

1.  The  Period  of  the  Early  Races,  from  the  Deluge, 
at  a  date  unknown,  to  the  Call  of  Abraham,  B.  C.  2280. 
Before  the  Call  of  Abraham,  the  history  in  the  book  of 
Genesis  is  introductory. 

2.  The  Period  of  the  Chosen  Family,  from  the  Call  of 
Abraham,  B.  C.  2280,  to  the  Exodus  from  Egypt,  about 
1250  B.  C. 

3.  The  Period  of  the  Israelite  People,  from  the  Exodus, 
1250  B.  C,  to  the  Coronation  of  Saul,  about  lo50  B.  C. 

4.  The  Period  of  the  Israelite  Kingdom,  from  the 
Coronation  of  Saul,  liiSO  B.  C,  to  the  Captivity  in 
Babylrm,  B.  C.  587. 

5.  The  Period  of  the  Jewish  Province,  from  the  Cap- 
tivity in  Babylon,  587  B.  C,  to  the  Destruction  of 
Jerusalem  l>y  the  Romans,  A.  D.  70. 

II.  In  t  he  second  column  the  larger  jjeriods  are  broken 
up  into  Subdivisions.  1.  Iji  the  Period  of  the  Early 
Races  the  line  of  division  is  made  at  the  Dispersion  of 
the  Races,  to  which  no  date  is  assigned.  2.  The  Period 
of  the  Chosen  Fumily  is  subdivided  at  the  Descent  into 
Egypt  by  Jacob  and  his  family,  about  2080  B.  C. 
3.  'Ihe  Period  of  the  Isrnelitish  Peop/c  has  three  subdi- 
visions. (1.)  The  Wandering  in  the  Wilderness,  from 
the  Exodus,  B.  C.  1251),  to  the  Entrance  into  Canaan, 
B.C.  1210.     (2.)  The  Settlement,  extending  to  the  Meso- 


polamian  O]ipression,  B.  C.  1180.  (3.)  Tile  Rule  of  the 
Judges,  to  the  Ciiroiiation  of  Saul,  B.  C.  1050.  (4.)  The 
Period  if  the  hrotiitish  Kinydoiit  naturally  divides  itself 
into  three  sections.  (1.)  Unity,  to  the  Division  of  the 
Kingdom.  B.  C.  935.  (2.)  Division,  to  the  Captivity  of 
the  Ten  Tribes,  B.  C.  721.  (3.)  Decay,  the  stage  of"  the 
kingdom  of  Judah  alone,  from  B.  i).  721  to  587,  the 
Babylonian  Captivity.  (5.)  The  Period  of  the  Jewish 
ProDiiiee  has  five  subdivisions.  ( 1 . )  Chaldean  Rule,  to  the 
Return  from  Captivity,  B.  C.  536.  (2.)  Persian  Rule,  to 
the  C'onquest  by  Alexander  the  Great,  B.  C.  330.  (3.) 
Greek  Rule,  under  the  kingdoms  of  Alexander's  succes- 
sors to  the  Revolt  of  Mattathias,  B.  C.  108.  (4.)  Jewish 
Independence,  to  the  Annexation  of  Jud.'ea  to  the  Roman 
Emjiire,  A.  D.  fi.  (5.)  Roman  Rule,  to  the  final  Destruc- 
tion of  Jeru.salem,  A.  D.  70. 

III.  Next,  we  notice  the  prominent  Persons  and 
KHlei'8  in  Sacred  History.  The  perpendicular  lines  op- 
posite the  names  of  the  patriarchs  indicate  the  duration 
of  their  lives,  according  to  the  common  chronology. 
Only  the  most  imiKU'tant  of  the  Judges  are  named,  and 
with  each  is  given  his  number  in  the  order  of  the  list. 
The  crowns  show  the  kings,  antl  the  years  show  the 
period  of  their  reigns.  The  chi-onology  during  the  age 
of  the  Jttdges  is  very  uncertain,  and  the  dates  are  only 
conjectural. 

IV.  The  Events  of  Bible  History,  given  in  the 
fourth  column,  are  t<»o  numerous  to  be  recapitulated. 
The  student  should  divide  them  according  to  the  Subdi- 
visions of  the  Peiiods,  already  given, 

V.  The  History  of  Egypt  occupies  the  fifth  column. 
The  opinions  of  scholars  are  greatly  at  variance  with 
regard  to  the  dates  of  the  first  eighteen  dyniisties,  some 
of  them  diH'ering  by  a  thousand  years.  The  ancient 
history  of  Egypt  is  divided  into  tliree  sections.  (1. )  The 
Old  Kingdom,  founded  l^y  Menes  perhaps  4700  B.  C, 
and  governed  by  ten  dynasties  in  succession.  (2.)  The 
Middle  Kingdom,  fi-om  about  2!lo0  B.  C.  to  1570  B.  C, 
Dynasties  XI.  to  XVII.  (3.)  The  New  Kingdom,  froiTi 
1.570  B.  C.  to  525  B.  C,  DjTiasties  XII.  to  XXVII.  Egypt 
was  part  of  the  Persian  Empire  from  525  to  332  B.  C. 
After  323  B.  C.  it  was  governed  by  a  line  of  Greek 
kings,  who  bore  the  name  of  Ptolemy,  until  30  B.  C, 
when  it  became  a  Ronum  province. 

VI.  The  Kingdom.^  of  the  East,  Babylonia  and 
Assyria,  appear  on  the  sixth  column;  beginning  with  a 
number  of  states  in  Babylonia;  becoming  an  empire 
under  Hammurabi  about  2280  B.  C. ;  by  turns  strong  and 
weak  until  about  1100  B.  C,  when  the  Assyrian  empire 
arose,  overpowering  Babylon.  The  Assyrian  Empire 
lasted  until  025  B.  C,  when  Babylon  again  arose  to  power, 
though  the  Chaldean  Empire  did  not  begin  until  606 
B.  C.  In  530  B.  C.  it  fell  before  the  Persian  conciiierors, 
and  the  whole  world  of  the  Bible  was  under  Persian  con- 
trol until  330  B.  C,  when  Alexander  the  Great  won  it.  No 
world-empire  arose  after  the  death  of  Alexander,  until  the 
Roman  jieriod. 


THE  OLD  TESTAMENT  WORLD. 


I.  Extent.     The  Old  Testament  World  embraces  the 

seas  and  lands  between  3()°  and  54°  east  longitude,  or 
from  the  mouth  of  the  Nile  to  that  of  the  Persian  Gulf; 
and  between  27°  and  40°  north  latitude,  from  the  parallel 
south  of  Mount  Sinai  to  that  north  of  Mount  Ararat. 
The  total  extent  of  territory  is  about  1,400  miles  from  east 
to  west  and  900  miles  from  north  to  south,  aggregating 
1,200,000  square  miles.  Deducting  from  this  the  space 
occupied  by  the  ]\Iediterranean  Soa  and  other  large  bodies 
of  water,  the  land  will  include  about  1,110,000  square 
miles,  or  one-third  the  extent  of  the  United  States,  exclud- 
ing Alaska.  Unlike  the  United  States,  however,  nearly 
two-thirds  of  this  extent  is  a  vast  desert,  and  uninhabit- 
able, so  that  the  portion  actually  occupied  by  man  is  less 
than  an  eia-hth  of  that  included  in  the  American  Union. 


Approximate  Scale,  909  miles  to  1  innh. 
COMPARATn'E   VIEW   OF   UNITED   STATES   AND   OLD  TESTAJIEXT   WORLD. 

II.  Seas.  This  world  of  the  Old  Testament  embraces 
several  large  bodies  of  water.  1.  The  Caspian  Sea,  the 
largest  body  of  water  surrounded  by  land  on  the  globe, 
occupies  its  northeastern  corner.  2.  The  Persian  Gulf, 
the  outlet  of  the  gi'eat  rivers  of  the  Old  Testament  his- 
tory, is  in  its  southeastern  border.  3.  The  two  arms  of 
the  northern  end  of  the  Red  Sea,  the  Gulf  of  Suez  and 
the  Gulf  of  Akaba,  are  on  its  southwestern  side.  4.  The 
Mediterranean  Sea,  "the  great  sea  toward  the  going 
down  of  the  sun  "  (Josh.  1 :  4\  forms  a  part  of  its  west- 
ern boundary.  These  are  its  largest  seas;  but  besides 
these  may  be  named  three  others,  aU  salt  lakes,  imbedded 
in  its  mountain  system.  5.  The  Dead  Se((,  called  in  the 
Bible  "Sea  of  the  Plain,"  and  "Salt  Sea,"  lying  1,290 
feet  below  the  Mediterranean,  and  situated  in  the  land 
of  Palestine ;  6.  Lake  Van,  anciently  Arsissa,  in  Ar- 
menia ;  and  7.  Lake  Urumiyeli,  in  Media.  Neither  of 
the  last  two  are  referred  to  in  the  Bible. 

III.  Mountain  Ranges.  The  nucleus  of  the  mount- 
ain system  is  found  in  the  land  of  Armenia,  on  the 
north  of  the  map.  Here  five  great  ranges  of  mountains 
have  their  origin.     1    The  Ararat  Mountains  are  lofty 


masses,  lying  between  the  Caspian  Sea  and  Asia  Minor. 
They  are  arranged  in  three  sections,  nearly  parallel : 
Mount  Masius,  on  the  south;  Momit  Niphates,  noi'th  of 
Lake  Van;  and  Mount  Abus,  still  farther  north.  One  of 
the  i^eaks  of  this  latter  section  is  the  traditional  resting 
place  of  the  ark  (Gen.  8:4),  and  is  the  summit  of  the 
group,  17,750  feet  high.  2.  The  Caspian  Mountains, 
branching  from  Ararat,  bend  around  the  southern  end 
of  the  Caspian  Sea  and  extend  eastward,  forming  the 
northern  boundary  of  Media.  3.  The  Zagros  Mountains 
also  start  from  Ararat,  and  follow  a  direction  generally 
southeast,  to  the  northern  shore  of  the  Persian  Gulf. 
They  form  the  eastern  watershed  of  the  Tigris  and  Eu- 
phrates rivei-s.  4.  The  Lebanon  Range  starts  from  the 
western  side  of  the  Ararat  group,  and  folloAVS  the  Med- 
iterranean coast  through  Syria  and  Palestine,  then  down 
the  Sinaitic  peninsula.  Its  general  direction  is  west  of 
south.  In  Syria  and  Palestine  it  is  divided  into  two  par- 
allel bi-auches,  Lebanon  and  Anti-Lebanon,  the  latter  on 
the  east.  Its  highest  peak  is  Mount  Hermon,  about  9,000 
feet  above  the  sea.  South  of  Palestine  it  forms  the  re- 
markable Sinaitic  group  of  mountains,  upon  one  of  which 
the  Law  was  given.  5.  The  last  range  is  i/b?/j?^  Tawnis, 
which  also  branches  from  Ararat,  in  a  Avesterly  direction, 
and  forms  the  southern  coast  hne  of  Asia  Minor. 


COMPARATIVE   IIF.IOIIT  OF   BIBLE   MOUNTAINS. 

IV.  Rivers.     Passing  by  many  unimportant  streams, 
we  notice  the  following,  the  largest  of  which  have  tlieir 


17 


1 


20 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


rise  iu  the  mouutaiu  system  of  Armenia.  1.  The  Arax- 
es,  not  named  iu  the  Bible,  but  important  as  a  boundary, 
rises  in  the  northern  section  of  the  Ararat  Range,  and 
flows,  in  a  general  direction,  eastward  into  the  Caspian 
Sea.  2.  The  Tigris,  called  in  the  Bible  Hiddekel,  rises 
in  Mount  Niphates,  of  the  Ararat  Range,  and  flows  in  a 
southeasterly  direction,  following  the  line  of  Mount 
Zagros,  unites  with  the  Eujilivates,  and  thence  flows  into 
the  Persian  Gulf.  Its  length  to  the  union  with  the 
Euphrates  is  1,146  miles;  beyond  the  union  to  the  gulf, 
at  present,  100  miles,  though  anciently  much  less;  and  at 
a  time  within  the  hmits  of  history  the  two  rivers  dis- 
charged by  separate  mouths.  Their  united  stream  is 
now  called  the  Shaat  el  Arab.  3.  The  Euphrates,  or  the 
Frat  (a  word  meaning  "-abounding'*),  is  the  great  river 
of  the  Bible  world.     It  has  two  important  sources,  both 


MOUNT   AUAHAT. 


in  Armenia:  one  at  a  place  called  Domli;  the  other,  the 
more  distant  and  true  source,  at  Diyadin,  at  the  foot  of  a 
mountain  called  Ala  Tagh,  20  miles  west  of  Mount  Ara- 
rat. It  flows  westward  400  miles,  then  southward  about 
as  far,  then  in  a  southeasterly  direction  1,000  miles,  vmit- 
ing  at  last  with  the  Tigris  to  form  the  Shaat  el  Arab. 
It  is  navigable  for  1,100  miles,  and  has  in  all  ages  formed 
the  i)rincipal  means  of  travel  between  Eastern  and  West- 
ern Asia.  At  Babylon,  it  is  nearly  a  mile  in  width, 
though  for  SOO  miles  it  does  not  I'cceive  a  single  tribu- 
tary, as  it  flows  through  a  desert.  It  ovei-flows  its  banks 
every  year,  rising  as  high  as  twelve  feet.  4.  The  Orontes 
rises  in  Mount  Lebanon,  and  flows  northward  parallel 
witii  the  Mediterranean  until,  just  before  I'eaching  Asia 
Minor,  it  breaks  through  the  mountains  and  empties  into 


the  sea.  5.  The  Jordan,  least  yet  most  important  of  all, 
flows  southward  from  the  foot  of  Mount  Hermon  into 
the  Dead  Sea.  It  will  be  described  in  connection  with 
the  Physical  Map  of  Palestine.  6.  The  Nile,  the  great 
river  of  Africa,  rises  in  the  centre  of  the  continent  and 
flows  northward  into  the  Mediterranean  Sea,  turning  the 
desert  through  which  it  passes  into  a  garden. 

V.  The  Lands.  These  are  not  easy  to  detei-mine 
since  their  boundaries  and  names  varied  at  different  peri- 
ods of  the  history.  Yet  their  locations  may  be  given, 
and  their  natural  limits  are  generally  known.  They 
may  be  classified  as  foUows  :  1.  Lands  of  the  Mountain 
System,  all  north  and  east  of  the  Zagros  chain  of  mount- 
ains :  Armenia,  Media,  and  Persia.  2.  Lands  of  the 
Plain :  Assyria,  Elam,  Mesopotamia,  Chaldea,  Arabia. 
3.    Lands  of   the  Mediterranean :    Asia    Minor,    Syi-ia, 

Phoenicia,  Palestine,  The  Wilderness, 

Egypt. 

I.    LANDS  OF  THE   MOUNTAIN 
SYSTEM. 

1.    Armenia  is  a  name  nowhere 
used  in  the  original  Scriptm-es,  but  in 
our  version  is  a  translation   of   the 
word  "Ararat,"  which  word  properly 
appears   in   place  of   "Armenia"  in 
the  Revised  Version.     The  province 
embraces  the  lofty  plateau  and  mount- 
ain gi'oup  between  the  Caspian  and 
Black  Seas,  and  north  of  Mesopotamia 
and  Assyria,  the  source  of  four  great 
rivers,  the  Araxes,  Tigris,  Euphrates, 
and  Acampsis,  the  latter  pouring  into 
the  Black  Sea.     Its  boundaiies  ai'e  : 
ujjon  the  north,  the  Caucasus  Mount- 
ains; on  the  east.  Media  and  the  Cas- 
on  the  south.  Media,  from  which  it  is 
by  the  Araxes,  and    Assyria,    from 
which  it  is  divided  by  Mount  Masius;  and  on  the 
west,   the  Euphrates,   separating  it  from  Asia 
Minor.     Tradition  states  that  it  ^vas  settled  by 
Haik,   a  grandson  of  Japhet;  and  the  earliest 
history  names  it  as  tiibutary  to  Assyria.     Ex- 
cepting the  resting  of  Noah's  ark  upon  one  of  its  mount- 
ains, few  events  of  Scripture  are  associated  with  it, 

2.  Media  is  in  the  original  the  same  word  as  Madai, 
the  son  of  Japhet.  (Gen.  10:2.)  Its  boundaries  are  the 
river  Araxes  and  the  Caspian  Sea  on  the  north,  the  great 
salt  desert  of  Iicim  on  the  east,  Persia  on  the  south,  and 
the  Zagros  Mountains,  separating  it  from  Assyria  and 
Armenia.  A  branch  of  the  Zagros  Mountains,  I'un- 
ning  eastward,  divides  it  into  two  portions,  anciently 
known  as  Media  Atropatene  (the  one  northward)  and 
Media  Magna.  In  each  of  these  provinces  the  prmciiral  city 
was  called  Ecbatana.  The  Medes  were  of  the  Aryan  cr 
Japhetic  stock,  and  were  always  a  warlike  and  independ- 
ent jjeople.  Though  conquered  by  Assyria,  their  land 
was  never  formally  annexed  to  the  Assyrian  empire.    In 


)ian  Sea; 
sepai'ated 


THE  OLD  TESTAMENT  WORLD. 


IV  1 


B.  C.  633  the  Median  kingdom  was  established,  and  soon 
became  supreme  over  Ass}Tia,  Armenia,  and  Persia,  and 
formed  tlie  Medo- Persian  empire,  which  succeeded  to  the 
jiower  of  Babylon  in  the  East,  B.  C.  536.  After  that 
date  the  history  of  Media  is  lost  in  that  of  Persia. 

:;.  Persia  ^v•as  originally  a  small  province  on  the  Per- 
sian Gulf,  still  known  as  Fars.  But  Persia  Proper  in- 
cluded, besides  the  sandy  plain  on  the  gulf,  a  moixntain- 
ous  plateau  north  of  it,  and  was  bounded  by  iledia  on 
the  north,  by  Carmania  on  the  east,  by  the  Persian  Gulf 
on  the  south,  and  by  Elam  on  the  west.  Its  jieople  were 
<if  the  Ai'yan  race,  and  at  first  subject  to  the  Medes. 
They  revolted  under  Cyrus  the  Great,  and  became  the 
continuing  power  in  the  conquest  of  Nebuchadnezzar's 
dominion.  The  Persian  empire  arose  to  greatness  at 
tlie  fall  of  Babylon,  B.  C.  536,  conquered  and  ruled  over 
all  the  lands  from  India  to  Ethiopia,  and  was  by  far  the 
greatest  of  the  great  Oriental  monarchies.  It  was  sub- 
jected by  Alexander  the  Great,  B.  C.  330.  The  capital 
of  the  Persian  empire  was  Susa,  called  in  the  Bible 
' '  Shushan  the  Palace "  (Esther  1:2);  which  was,  how- 
ever, situated  not  in  Persia  Proper,  but  in  Elam.  The 
most  important  places  in  the  pro^■ince  were  Persepolis 
(its  capital  at  one  period),  Pasargada,  and  Mesambria, 
none  of  which  are  named  in  the  Bible. 

II.    LANDS  OF  THE  PLAIN. 

Of  these,  two  are  situated  mainly  between  the  Zagros 
chain  of  moimtains  and  the  Tigris  river,  Assyria  and 
Elam;  two  are  between  the  Tigris  and  Euphiutes,  Mesoj^o- 
tamia  and  C'haldea;  and  one  is  the  vast  Arabian  desert. 

L  Assyria,  in  tlie  Hebrew  everywhere  Asshur,  was 
pi'operly  the  province  now  called  Kurdistan,  lying  on 
the  western  .slope  of  the  Zagros  Mountains,  and  extend- 
ing aci'oss  the  Tigiis  to  the  Sinjai'  hiUs  and  tlie  border 
of  the  Mesopotamian  desert.  The  mountains  separate  it 
from  Armenia;  and  the  line  of  division  from  Elam,  on 
the  southeast,  was  near  the  place  where  the  Tigris  and 
Euphrates  approach  nearest  before  their  separation.  The 
land  was  occupied  by  people  of  various  races,  of  which 
the  Semitic  were  predominant.  Tlie  earUest  city  Avas  at 
Asshur,  supposed  to  be  Kileh  She r ghat,  where  a  dynasty 
of  kings  began  to  rule  about  1800  B.  C,  while  the 
Israelite  tribes  were  in  Egypt.  The  seat  of  government 
^vas  afterward  transferred  to  Calah,  or  Halali  (Nimrucl), 
north  of  Asshur;  and  finally  a  iiermanent  location  of  the 
capital  was  made  at  Nineveh,  which  became  the  centre 
of  the  great  Assyrian  empire.  This  wiU  be  described 
nioie  fuUy  with  the  map  of  that  empire,  on  page  91. 
The  Assyrian  kingdom  Avas  long  in  its  duration,  but 
jjassed  through  many  vicissitudes,  several  times  ruling 
all  the  lands  of  the  Euphrates,  and  again,  in  a  feeble 
condition.  Its  principal  cities,  besides  Nineveh,  were 
Calah,  Resen  (which  may  have  been  at  Selaitiiyeh,  three 
miles  south  of  Nineveh),  and  Rehoboth.  There  is  rea- 
son to  beheve  that  all  the  four  cities  named  in  Gen. 
10: 11,  12,  were  combmed  in  the  walls  of  Nineveh. 
2 


2.  Elam,  called  Susiana  by  the  Greeks,  lay  southeast 
of  Assyria  and  west  of  Persia  Proper,  between  the  Zagros 
chain  of  mountains  and  the  Tigi-is  river.  It  included 
both  a  mountainous  and  a  lowland  tract,  the  latter  very 
fertUe.  Shushan  (Susa),  the  capital  of  the  Persian  em- 
pire, lay  within  this  province,  and  was  its  principal  city. 
The  earliest  conqueror  named  in  the  Bible,  Amra- 
phel,  was  the  king  of  Elam,  and  held  dominion  over 
most  of  the  lands  as  far  Avest  as  Canaan.  (See  the  map 
of  his  empire,  on  page  34.)  Tliis  kmgdom  Avas  not  of 
long  continuance  as  an  independent  state,  but  soon  fell 
under  the  poAver  of  Assyi'ia,  though  maintaining  its  own 
organization  as  a  vassal  state  until  the  Persian  period, 
when  it  became  a  province  of  the  empne. 

3.  Mesopotamia,  called  m  Scripture  Ai-am-naha- 
raim,  or  "Syria  of  the  tAvo  riA^ers,"  Avas  a  land  of  mdefi- 
nite  boundaries.  The  name  means  "between  the  riA'ers," 
and  hence  it  Avas  often  apphed  to  aU  the  plain  betAveen 
the  Tigris  and  Euphrates,  including  eA-en  Chaldea  and  a 
part  of  Assyria.  A  more  frequent  use  of  the  name  re- 
stricts it  to  the  uorthAvestern  portion  of  the  region 
between  the  rivers,  aboA-e  the  place  Avhere  they  approach 
and  separate  again.  The  Siiijar  hiUs,  crossing,  divide  it 
into  tAvo  sections,  a  higher  and  a  lower,  the  former 
mountainous,  and  the  latter  mostly  a  great  desert.  The 
upper  section  contained  the  cities  of  Orfa  (Edessa),  for- 
merly supposed  to  be  the  bu-thplace  of  Abraham ;  Haran, 
the  patriarch's  resting  place  on  the  Avay  to  Canaan  ;  Nis- 
ibis  and  Amida,  noAV  Nisibin  and  Diarbekr.  The  only 
time  AA-hen  Mesopotamia  appears  in  Bible  history  as  a 
kingdom  Avas  a  brief  interval  during  the  period  of  the 
Judges.  (Judg.  3:  S.)  Earher  it  had  been  occupied  by  seji- 
arate  and  Avarring  tribes;  later  it  was  a  part  of  Assyria. 

i.  Clialdea  is  also  called  Shinar  and  Babylonia.  The 
name  Chaldea,  in  its  most  accurate  sense,  belongs  to  the 
southern  portion  of  the  province,  but  is  generally  used 
Avitli  reference  to  all  the  Mesopotamian  plain  south  of 
Baghdad.  It  is  perfectly  leA^el,  and  by  nature  one  of  the 
most  fertile  places  on  the  Avliole  earth.  Its  earhest 
inhabitants,  at  least  the  ruling  portion  of  them,  Avere 
Cushites,  of  the  stock  of  Ham.  An  early  Oriental 
kingdom  began  at  Ur  {Miir/heu)  about  B.  C.  3900.  It 
lasted,  with  varying  fortunes,  until  B.  C.  538,  Babylon 
afterward  became  the  capital,  and  in  a  later  period  was 
the  gi-eatest  city  of  the  East.  (See  diagram  on  page  93.) 
Other  cities  of  Chaldea  were  Erech  (Orchoe),  Caliieh, 
and  Sepliarvaim.  Further  details  of  its  political  history 
are  given  in  the  account  of  the  Babylonian  empire  of 
Nebuchadnezzar,  on  page  92. 

5.  The  desei-t  of  Arabia  occupies  more  than  half  of 
the  map  of  the  Old  Testament  World.  That  portion  of 
it  included  upon  tlie  map  is  a  A'ast  triangle,  having  for 
its  base  the  28th  iJaraUel  of  latitude,  from  the  Persian 
Gulf  to  the  Red  Sea,  the  Euphrates  on  its  northeastern 
side,  and  the  border  of  the  Lebanon  chain  of  mountains 
for  its  western.  It  is  called  in  the  Bible  "the  land  of 
Kedar."  It  is  a  high,  undulating,  dry  plain,  A\ith  few 
oases,  and  almost  impenetrable  to  travelers.     From  the 


22 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


days  of  Abraham  until  the  present,  the  caravans  have 
gone  around  it  upon  the  north,  following  up  the  Eu- 
phrates to  Tiphsah  (Thapsacais),  and  then  turning  south- 
ward rather  than  face  its  teiTors.  Only  once  in  history 
is  it  related  that  an  army  crossed  it.  This  was  when 
Nebuchadnezzar,  wliile  ravaging  Palestine,  learned  of  his 
father's  death,  and  crossed  this  great  desert  by  the  most 
direct  route,  in  order  to  take  possession  of  the  throne. 

III.    LANDS   OF  THE  MEDITERRANEAN. 

These  lands  ^\"ill  receive  more  extended  treatment  in 
connection  with  other  maps,  so  that  we  give  them  only 
a  brief  mention  here. 

1.  Asia  Minor  scarcely  enters  the  field  of  the  Old 
Testament,  except  as  the  "land  of  the  Hittites."  It  will 
be  noticed  under  the  topic  of  tlie  -Journeys  of  the  Apostle 
Paul,  page  117. 

2.  Syria,  in  the  Hebrew  Ai-am,  is  a  name  of  indefi- 
nite signification,  sometunes  embracing  aU  the  ten-itory 
north  of  The  Wilderness  of  the  Wandering,  and  there- 
fore including  Palestine  and  the  provinces  around  it. 
But  Syria  Proper  seems  only  to  indicate  the  territory 
bounded  by  the  Amanus  and  Tam-us  ranges  of  mount- 
ains on  the  north,  by  the  Eujjhrates  and  the  desert  on 
the  east,  by  Palestine,  beginning  with  Mount  Hermon, 
on  the  south,  by  the  Mediterranean  and  Phoenicia  on 
the  west.  It  reaches  the  Mediterranean  only  near  the 
mouth  of  the  Oroutes.  It  consists  of  three  portions  : 
On  the  north  an  elevated  tract,  never  thickly  populated, 
having  Carchemish  and  Samosata  as  its  principal  cities; 


between  the  Lebanon  and  Anti-Lebanon  i-auges  of  mount- 
ains a  great  valley,  called  Coele-Syria.  "  hollow  Syria,'' 
forming  the  bed  of  the  Orontes,  flowing  north,  and  the 
Leontes  (Litany),  flowing  south;  and  on  the  east  a  level 
country  reaching  to  the  desert,  containmg  the  cities  of 
Damascus  on  the  south,  Tiphsah  (.Thapsacus)  on  the 
north,  and  Tadmor  (Palmji-a)  in  the  desert.  Dvuing  the 
times  from  Jeroboam  to  Jehoash,  Syria  was  an  inde- 
pendent kingdom,  the  rival  of  Israel,  A\-itli  wliich  its 
poHtical  relations  may  be  seen  on  the  map  on  page  86. 
In  the  Old  Testament  period,  Damascus  was  its  principal 
city,  and  exercised  sovereignty:  but  later,  Antioch,  in 
the  north,  became  more  prominent,  and  was  the  Greek 
and  Eoman  capital  of  the  pro\"ince. 

o.  Phoenicia  is  a  narrow  strip  of  territory  between 
the  Mediterranean  Sea  and  Mount  Lebanon,  north  of 
Palestine  and  south  of  the  Orontes.  Its  two  great  cities 
were,  Zidon,  the  mother  of  Mediterranean  commerce; 
and  Tyre,  her  daughter.  Its  boundaries  were  never  ex- 
tensive; but  its  vessels  traded  with  every  land,  and  its 
colonies  were  planted  all  along  the  shoi'es  of  the  Med- 
iterranean. 

4.  Palestine  Lies  south  of  Phoenicia,  between  the 
Mechterraneau  and  the  desert.  It  will  be  described  in 
connection  with  the  Physical  Map  of  Palestine,  page  29, 
and  Moab  and  Edom,  near  it,  on  pages  39  and  45. 

5.  South  of  Palestine  is  The  Wilderness,  a  part  of 
Ai-abia,  in  which  the  Israelites  wandered  during  forty 
years.     Its  description  may  be  found  on  page  42. 

tl.  Egypt  Ues  in  the  northeastern  corner  of  Africa. 
See  its  description  on  page  41. 


OUTLINE  FOR  TEACHING  AND  EEVIEW. 


1.  Let  the  teacher  state  the  Extent  of  the  Old  Testament  World,  and 
its  comparison  in  size  with  the  United  States,  as  given  in  the  description; 
the  class  taking  down  the  ligures  in  their  notebooks. 

3.  Let  the  teacher  draw  upon  the  blackboard  the  Se.\s  of  the  map,  in 
presence  of  the  class,  describing  each  as  it  is  drawn.  If  drawn  in  advance 
with  an  ordinary  slate  pencil,  the  mark  cannot  be  seen  by  the  class,  but 
can  be  traced  bj-  the  teacher  with  white  chalk.  Do  not  try  to  make  the 
lines  exact.  A  general  sketch  will  answer  far  better  than  finished  work. 
Write  upon  each  its  iuitial  letter,  but  let  the  class  give  its  full  name;  and 
at  the  same  time  follow  the  teacher  by  drawing  the  map  on  slates  or  in 
note-books.  Review  the  names  of  the  seas :  Caspian,  Persian  Q-tclf,  Red 
Sea,  Mediterranean  or  Great  Sea,  Dead  Sea,  Lake  Arsissa  or  Van,  Lake 
Vrumiyeh. 

3.    Draw  next  the  most  important  of  the  Mountain  Rauges,  showing 


their  general  lines,  in  blue  or  green  color,  naming  each  as  drawn,  requiring 
the  class  to  repeat  its  name,  and  to  review  at  the  close  all  the  names :  Ararat 
(including  J/rt-w'^M,  2\'ipJiatea,  Ahiis),  Caspian,  Zagros,  Lebanon,  Taurus. 

4.  Draw  the  Rivers  in  white  chalk,  and  drill  the  class  upon  their  names 
as  the  course  of  each  is  shown :  Araxes,  Tigris,  Euphrates,  Orontes,  Jordan, 
yUe.  Review  the  names  of  seas,  mountains,  and  rivers,  before  beginning 
the  next  subject. 

.5.  Show  the  L.\XDS  in  their  three  classes,  and  drill  the  class  upon  their 
names.  (1.)  MocxT.\rs  L.\xds:  Armenia,  Media,  Persia.  (2.)  L.\XDS  of  the 
Pl.vix  :  Assyria,  Elam,  Mesopotamia,  Clialdca,  Arabia.  (.3.)  L.^SDS  of  the 
Mediterranean:  Asia  Minor,  Syria,  Phomicia,  Palestine,  Wilderness,  Egypt. 

Review  the  entire  map,  from  the  beginning;  then  erase  it,  and  call  for 
the  class  to  give  the  uames  as  they  are  indicated  by  the  pointer  without 
marking. 


ANCIENT  WORLD,  AND  DESCENDANTS  OF  NOAH. 


OxE  of  the  most  ancient  and  valuable  accounts  of  the 
races  of  mankind  is  found  in  the  tenth  chapter  of 
Genesis.  It  states  the  location  and,  in  large  degree,  the 
relationship  of  the  various  families  upon  the  earth,  as 
they  were  known  to  the  descendants  of  Abraham. 

In  the  interpietation  of    this   "Table  of   Nations" 
certain  facts  and  principles 
are  to  be    borne  in    mind. 

1.  It  is  hicomplete;  not  un- 
dertaking to  name  all  the 
races  of  mankind,  but  only 
those  in  the  Hebrew,  Egyp- 
tian, and  Assyrian  sphere 
of  interest.  Neither  the 
yellow,  the  brown,  or  the 
black  races  are  represented 
upon  it,  and  only  a  portion 
of  the  ruddy  or  white  race. 

2.  It  is  popular  and  not 
scientific.  The  Orientals 
never  wrote  with  the  pre- 
cision of  modern  students. 
Hence  find  in  this  document 
terms  employed  in  a  general 
and  indefinite  manner.  3.  It 
is,  in  reality,  geographical 
rather  than  racial.  For  ex- 
ample, when  it  says  "the 
sons  of  Canaan,"  we  are 
not  always  to  infer  a  literal 
descent,  but  a  location  in 
the  land  of  Canaan.  The 
names  upon  this  table  are 
generally  not  those  of  indi- 
viduals, but  of  tribes.  In 
some  instances  relationship 
may  be  indicated;  but  gen- 
erally propinquity  of  settlement  is  all  that  can  positively 
be  affirmed.  4.  It  arranges  the  nations  according  to 
zones,  in  a  general  direction  from  northwest  to  south- 
east; not  by  continents,  as  was  formerly  supposed.  The 
nations  of  the  Japhetic  family  are  found  in  Asia  and 
Europe;  the  Shemites,  or  Semites,  in  Asia;  the  so-called 
Haniitic  races,  in  Asia  and  Africa.  After  the  deluge 
an  instinct  of  migration  took  possession  of  the  human 
family.  Prom  the  original  home  (long  supposed  to  be 
near  the  Caspian  Sea,  but  now  uncertain  as  to  locality) 
clans  moved  in  all  directions,  and  nations  arose,  occupy- 
ing different  lands. 

I.     THE  JAPHETIC  NATIONS. 

Tliese  belonged  to  seven  families,  who  are  called  "sons 
of  Japheth"  in  Gen.  10:2;  and  seven  others,  who  are 


lilKS  NI.MKOl'I)  (srPPOSED   TOWKK 


spoken  of  as  his  grandsons  in  Gen.  10:3,  4.  These  state 
ments  are  not  necessarily  to  be  understood  literally. 
There  may  have  been  other  sons  and  grandsons  of 
Japheth;  but  these  were  the  ones  whose  names  are 
remembered  as  the  founders  of  nations.  The  peoples 
descended  from  Japheth  belong  to  what  is  called  the 

Aryan     or     Indo-European 
race. 

1.  Goiner  is  named,  in 
Ezek.  38:2-6,  as  a  race  op- 
posed to  Israel  after  the 
captivity.  They  were  prob- 
ably the  people  whom  the 
Assyrians  called  Gimirrai, 
and  the  Greeks  Kimmerioi. 
Their  name  is  perpetuated 
in  the  Crimea,  their  early 
home.  A  branch  of  this 
race  moving  westwai'd  be- 
came the  Cimbri,  who  were 
formidable  enemies  of  Rome; 
and  probably  another,  the 
Cgmry,  settled  in  the  British 
Isles,  and  were  the  ancestors 
of  the  Welsh  and  the  Irish. 
The  Celtic  races,  to  which 
the  Fi-ench  partly  belong, 
are  descended  from  this 
family. 

Three  of  the  families  de- 
scended from  Gomer  formed 
separate  tribes,  named,  in 
the  table  of  nations  in  Gen. 
10:3,  after  Ashkenaz.  Ri- 
phath  and  Togarmah.  All 
of  these  had  homes  around 
or  near  the  Black  Sea. 
(1.)  AshJccnaz  is  the  name  of  a  people  spread  out  of 
ysia  and  Phrggia  in  Asia  Minor.  "Ascanios,"  a 
Greek  fonn  of  the  word,  occurs  in  Homer  as  the  name 
of  a  Mysian  and  Phrygian  prince.  It  is,  however,  true 
that,  in  Jer.  51:27,  Ashkenaz  is  located  in  Western 
Armenia,  whither  this  people  had  later  migrated.  Here, 
also,  the  Assyrians  located  them. 

(2.)  Riphath  was  formerly  supposed  to  point  to  the 
Riphccn  Moiintains,  north  of  the  Danube  and  west  of 
the  Black  Sea,  but  this  is  very  doubtful. 

(3.)  Togarmah  (Ezek.  27:14;  38:6)  is  identified  with 
the  land  of  Armenia,  whose  people  have  a  tradition 
that  they  are  descended  from  Targom. 

2.  Magoj?  (called,  in  Ezek.  38  and  39,  Gog,  the  prefix 
Ma  being  thought  to  signify  "land")  is  generally 
understood  to  designate  the  Scythians. 


li\l!i:i,). 


23 


ANCIENT  WORLD,   AND  DESCENDANTS  OF    NOAH. 


2o 


3.  Madai  is  everywhere  in  Scripture  the  word  trans- 
lated Medes,  whose  eai'ly  home  was  south  of  the  Caspian 
Sea,  whence  they  marched  westward,  and  conquered  the 
lands  as  far  as  the  Mediterranean. 

4.  Javaii  is  the  Hebrew  term  for  the  Greeks,  as  is 
indicated  by  various  references  in  the  Old  Testament. 
It  is  especially  applied  to  the  lonians  (originally  called 
lafon-es,  the  descendants  of  lafon,  or  Javan),  who  were 
the  Grecian  people,  \\\W\  whom  the  Israelites  were 
brought  into  commercial  relations. 

Five  lands  and  races  are  named  as  siibdivisions  of  the 
family  of  Javan  in  Gen.  10:4,  all  of  which  were  situated 
near  each  other. 

(1.)  EUsluih  (or,  as  in  Ezek.  27:7.  "the  isles  of  Eli- 
shah,")  is  supposed  to  refer  to  the  JEolians,  inhabiting 
the  isles  of  the  /Egean  Sea,  from  which  came  the  purple 
dye  mentioned  in  EzekieF  s  reference. 

(2.)  Tarsliish  was  formerly  supposed  to  refer  to 
Tarsus  in  Cilicia  of  Asia  JSIinor,  on  the  authority  of 
Josephus,  but  is  now  identified  vAX\\  Tartessus  in  Spain, 
embracing  the  coast  land  from  Gibraltar  to  the  Guadal- 
quiver. 

(3.)  Kittim,  or  Chittim,  was  the  name  applied  to  the 
island  of  Ci/inus,  of  which  one  of  the  cities  was  called 
Kitium.  The  name  Chittim  wai  also  loosely  given  by 
the  Hebrews  to  the  shores  and  isles  of  the  Mediter- 
ranean. 

(4.)  Dodanim-  (or,  as  in  some  copies  of  1  Chron.  1:7, 
Rodanim).  If  the  reading  Dodanim  be  preferred,  this 
may  point  to  the  Dardanians,  a  name  often  applied  in 
the  classics  to  the  peojile  of  Troy,  the  famous  city  of 
Homer.  The  other  reading,  Rodanim,  which  is  preferred 
by  soine  critics,  is  supposed  to  j^oiut  to  the  isle  of  Rhodes, 
in  the  ^gean  Sea,  a  home  of  the  ancient  Greeks.  Thus 
both  Javan  and  all  his  sons  who  founded  families  were 
connected  ^vith  the  Greek  race. 

(5.)  The  Isles  of  the  Gentiles  (Gen.  10:5)  in  Hebrew 
refers  not  only  to  islands,  but  all  lands  bordering  upon 
the  sea.  Here  it  refers-  to  the  Japhetic  colonies  on  the 
coasts  of  the  Mediterranean,  the  Black  and  the  Caspian 
Seas. 

5.  Tubal,  and  6.  Mesliech,  are  generally  associated 
in  Scripture.  (Ezek.  27:13;  32:26;  38:2,  3;  39:1.)  From 
their  associations,  they  are  to  be  sought  near  the  Casi^ian 
and  Black  Seas,  where  Herodotus  mentions  the  Tibareni 
and  the  MoscJii. 

7.  Tiras  (1.  Chron.  1:5)  was  believed  by  the  Jews  to 
refer  to  the  Thracians,  southwest  of  the  Black  Sea. 
There  is  nothing  to  oppose  this  view,  but  no  evidence 
except  the  similarity  of  name  in  its  favor. 

II.    THE  HAMITIC  RACES. 

These  ai'e  named  with  greater  particularity,  because 
they  were  those  which  rose  to  prominence  early  in  the 
history,  and  those  with  which  the  Hebrews  were  brought 
into  closer  relations,  either  as  enemies  or  as  friends. 
Four  principal  races  are  given,  some  of  which  were 
greatly  subdivided.     The  homes  of  these  races  were  in 


Africa,  Eastern  Arabia,  \vith  a  fringe  of  seacoast  along 
the  eastern  ^lediterranean,  and  the  great  Mesopotamian 
valley,  in  which  arose  the  earliest  world  emjiires.  They 
have  been  sometimes  called  Turanians.  It  is  by  no 
means  probable  that  all  these  nations  should  be  regarded 
as  the  descendants  of  Ham,  the  son  of  Noah.  In  this  list 
are  evidently  grouped  together  some  I'aces  whose  terii- 
tory  was  contiguous,  but  whose  physical  appearance 
and  language  show  no  relationsliip. 

1.  Cash  is,  throughout  the  Bilile,  the  word  translated 
EfJiiopia.  Generally  this  refers  to  the  region  south  of 
Egyjrt,  now  knowni  as  Abyssinia;  but  in  Gen.  2:13, 
Isa.  11:11,  and  Ezek.  38:5,  the  reference  must  be  to  an 
Asiatic  Cush,  in  Mesopotamia.  The  subdivisions  of  the 
Cushite  tribes  in  Gen.  10:7-12,  show  that  the  earliest 
great  Oriental  monarchies  were  of  this  race.  These 
subdivisions  are  as  follows: 

(1.)  Seha.  These  were,  probably,  the  Ethiopians  of 
Meroe,  on  the  Nile,  anciently  called  Saba;  in  Isa.  43:3 
and  45:14,  connected  with  the  Egyptians. 

(2.)  Hamlah.  This  is  supposed  to  refer  to  Arabia,  or 
at  least  a  part  of  it. 

(3.)  SahtaJi.  This  may  refer  to  the  Sabbatha,  or 
Sabota,  of  Pliny  and  Ptolemy,  on  the  southern  shore  of 
Arabia. 

(4.)  Raamah,  with  whom  are  associated  his  sons  or 
descendants,  SJieba  and  Dedan,  occupied  the  eastern 
shore  of  Arabia,  near  the  Persian  GuLf. 

(5.)  SabtechaJi.  This  is  unknown,  but,  from  the  rela- 
tion of  the  previous  names,  may  have  been  in  the  south- 
eastern poi'tion  of  Arabia. 

(6.)  Nimrod  is  named  as  a  descendant  of  Cush  (per- 
haps the  only  name  of  an  individual  in  the  list),  and  the 
founder  of  the  early  Babylonian  empire. 

2.  Mizraim  is  the  name  everywhere  used  for  Egypt 
in  the  Hebrew.  The  word  is  in  the  dual  form,  represent- 
ing the  tAvo  divisions  of  the  country,  and  corresponding 
to  the  two  crowns  on  all  the  royal  effigies.  Several 
branches  of  this  race  are  especially  mentioned. 

(1.)  Ludim.  Not  the  same  with  the  Lud.  of  verse  22, 
but  from  its  associations  plainly  in  Africa.  The  loca- 
tion has  been  given  as  Kubia,  but  is  very  doubtful. 

(2.)  Anamim.  An  unknown  people,  whose  identity 
was  early  lost  in  some  other  race. 

(3.)  Lehabim.  These  are  elsewhere  in  Scripture  called 
Ltibim,  and  were  the  Libyans,  or  i^eople  of  Libya,  west 
of  Egypt,  on  the  southern  shore  of  the  Mediterranean. 

(4.)  Naphtuhim.  Probably  the  Na-Ptah  of  the 
Egyptian  monuments,  ha\ing  their  home  at  Mem- 
p7iis,  south  of  the  Delta. 

(5.)  Pathricsim.  Often  referred  to  in  the  prophets  as 
Pathros,  or  Upper  Egypt. 

(6.)  Casliihim.  An  unknown  people,  perhaps  in  the 
vicinity  of  Goshen. 

(7.)  Caphtorim.  Generally  supposed  to  refer  to  the 
l)eople  on  the  island  of  Crete.  With  these,  and  not  with 
the  Caslnhim,  should  the  PJiilistim  be  connected.  (See 
Deut.  2:23,  Jer.  47:4,  Amos  9:7.) 


26 


MANUAL  OP   BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


3.  Phut.  The  word  is  several  times  translated  Lihi/n, 
and,  from  its  association  witli  other  tribes,  should  j)rob- 
ably  be  referred  to  that  section  in  Northern  Africa. 
(See  Jer.  46:9;  Ezek.  27:10;  30:5;  38:5;  Nah.  3:9.)  Some 
of  these  passages  would  indicate  that  there  was  also  an 
Asiatic  branch  of  this  same  family. 

4.  Canaan.  The  ancient  inhabitants  of  Palestine  and 
Lower  Syria,  from  Gaza  to  Hamath.  In  their  most  tiour- 
ishing  perii)d.  just  l^efore  the  conquest  by  Joshua,  they 
embraced  six  subdivisions  or  clans.  (See  map  on  page 
36,  and  explanations.) 

III.  THE  SEMITIC  RACES.  (Gen.  10:21-31.) 
The  descendants  of  Shem  are  placed  last  in  the  list  of 
the  table  of  nations,  not  because  their  founder  was  the 
youngest,  but  because  out  of  their  lines  one  family  is 
chosen  as  the  especial  theme  of  the  history,  which  thus 
receives  a  htting  introduction.  Shem  was  the  founder 
of  five  great  races,  and  of  many  subordinate  tribes. 

1.  Elani  every whei'e  is  recognized  as  the  name  of  a 
province  east  of  the  Tigris  and  north  of  the  Persian 
Gulf,  caUed,by  the  Greeks  Elymais.  The  name  was 
often  applied,  in  later  time.^.  to  the  whole  of  Persia, 
whose  capital  stood  within  its  territory. 

2.  Assliur  is  frequently  mentioned  in  the  Old  Testa- 
ment. It  was  located  on  the  Tigris,  having  Nineveh  as 
its  capital,  and  its  people  at  one  time  were  rulers  of  aU 
the  lands  Avestward  to  the  Mediterranean. 

3.  Arpliaxad,  or  ArpachsJiad  (as  in  the  margin  of 
Gen.  ll:10j,  has  been  supposed  to  be  the  ancestor  of  the 
Chaldeans,  whose  home  was  at  the  head  of  the  Persian 
Gulf.  The  patriarch  Abraham  belonged  to  his  race,  and 
was  born  in  "Ur  of  the  Chaldees."  Another  of  Arphax- 
ad's  descendants  was  JoMan,  from  whom  jirose  thirteen 
tribes,  named  after  Almodad,  Sheleph,  Hazarmaoeth, 
Jer  alt,  Hadoram,  Uzal,  BiJclali,  Ohal,  Abimael,  ^hcha 
(the  most  inqiortant  of  all  in  after  history,  absorliing 
most  of  the  rest),  OpJdr,  Havilah,  and  Jobah.  AU  these 
occupied  the  southeastern  and  southern  sections  of  the 
great  Arabian  peninsula.  The  fact  that  some  of  these 
names  have  already  been  mentioned  in  the  Hamite 
genealogies  may  indicate  that  the  two  races  became 
mingled. 


4.  Linl.  This  is  believed  by  most  scholars  to  refer  to 
the  LydlaiiN,  who  dwelt  on  the  southwestern  border  of 
Asia  Minor,  and  under  their  king,  Croesus,  became  a 
powerful  nation.  Their  history  was  short,  as  theu- 
empire  was  conquered  by  Cyrus  the  Great. 

5.  Aram.  This  is  the  word  unifomily  rendered  Syria 
throughout  the  Bible.  The  Arameans,  or  Syrians,  occu- 
pied the  region  between  Canaan  and  Phoenicia,  on  the 
east,  the  Euphrates  on  the  north,  and  the  great  desert 
on  the  west  and  south.  Four  brandies  of  this  race 
formed  separate  tribes.  Uz,  the  race  of  the  ancient 
Job,  was  settled  in  the  middle  of  North  Arabia,  near 
Nejd.  Hill  and  Gether  are  supposed  (but  with  slight 
evidences)  to  have  occupied  the  country  near  Lake 
Merom,  where  the  Gesliurites  were  afterward  found. 
Mash,  or,  as  called  in  1  Chron.  1:17,  MesJiecli,  may  have 
merged  with  the  Meshech  of  the  Japhetic  line. 


OUTLINK    M.\P   FOR   KEVIEW. 


OUTLINE    FOR   TEACHING. 


1.  The  principal  authorities  for  the  map  on  page  24,  and  its  explan- 
ations, are:  "Ethnic  Affinities,"  by  Canon  George  Rawlinson;  E.  H. 
Browne,  in  "The  Speaker's  Commentary";  J.  G.  Murphy's  "Notes  on 
Genesis"  ;  Dillmann,  "Commentary  on  Genesis"  ;  and  "The  Races  of  the 
Old  Testament,"  by  A.  H.  Sayce.  To  these  the  student  is  referred  for 
more  thorough  discussion  of  the  subject. 

2.  In  teaching,  draw  on  the  blackboard  a  sketch  map  (no  matter  how 
roughly)  of  the  outlines  of  the  coast,  as  given  above,  and"  then  write  on 
each  place  the  name  of  the  people  occupying  it.  Take,  first,  the  great 
divisions  of  Noah's  family;  then,  the  subdivisions;  then,  the  minor  tribes. 


Review  the  locations  as  each  family  is  finished.  Write  on  the  board  only 
the  first  syllable  of  each  name,  as  an  aid  to  memory,  as  Arior  Ai-phaxad. 
Cu  for  Cush,  etc.  If  the  names  of  each  of  the  three  great  races  are  written 
in  chalk  of  a  different  color,  it  will  make  the  distinctions  more  readily 
understood. 

3.  If  practicable,  by  means  of -a  duplicating  process,  print  a  sufficient 
number  of  copies  of  the  sketch  map  to  supply  the  class  or  audience, 
and  let  each  person,  with  pencil,  place  on  the  map  the  names  of  the 
tribes  as  they  are  located.  This  will  greatly  add  to  the  interest  of  the 
lesson. 


ANCIENT  WORLD,  AND  DESCENDANTS  OF  NOAH. 


27 


REVIEW     CHART  — THE     TABLE     OF     NATIONS.' 

NOAH 


JAPHETH  (Ary^mBace) 


I — \ — \ — m     \     I     I 

Gomer  Nlagog    Madai    Javan    Tubal    Meshech   Tiras  Cush 

(Celts  II  Scytlu^ns)(2Ledes)iGreelcs)  ^TIircicians)(Znnopia) 


HAM  {Tiiranl.m  Hace) 
_J . . 


SHEM  (Semitic  Bace) 


Mizraim    Phut     Canaan  Elam    Asshur     Arphaxad     Lud      Aram 

(i:j\-p-t)(Libyj)(Palesline)(i:iamitei)(Assyrrians)(Clid1deans)(Lyaians)(SyriaTts) 


Aslikenaz  (.Nyiia„^pt')sm)  Elisliali    (Aeoliavs) 
l?ipliath(ffip7weiJ'!  3/;ts.?)Tai-shisli  (Tartessus) 
Togam\ali  (^r'ncaa)     Kif.ira     f  OT"^"  ) 
Dodanim  C  Trojans) 


Seba  (Meroe)       Ludim  (SuWnf) 
Havilah  (-^r-abia)  An.amim 
Saljtali(Si2&l'<J<7i<!>)Lelialjiin  (I-i'bya  ) 
HaamaKFer.  CuZfjJ^aplmiliim  (JTa-p&tu) 
SaTjtecliali  Patlirusim    (  Tatliros  ) 

I^iMRODi  Casluliim-Philistim  {TUilistia) 

Caplltorim    (Crete) 


Salali 

I 

Ebcr 


Uz 
Hul 

Getlier 
3rasli 


Peleg         Joktan  (A.rabia) 


THE    J  lews'    WAILING    PLACE,    AT    JEKUSALKM. 


30  '       Loogitnde  from  Greenwich.  36 


PHYSICAL  MAP 

OF 

PALESTINE. 


BEFEKEXCES 

Gravel . 
Sana  . 
Ximestone  . 
~  Vegetation  . 
Granite 


30'       Xongitnae  from  Washington.       112 


PHYSICAL    PALESTINE. 


I.    DIMENSIONS. 

The  terms  Canaan,  Palestine  and  the  Holy  Land  are 
used  with  various  meanings.  The  first  is  the  original 
name,  taken  from  the  ancestor  of  its  early  inhabitants  ; 
the  second  is  a  modernized  form  of  the  word  ' '  Phihs- 
tine, "  a  race  occupying  its  southwest  portion  ;  the  tliird 
is  the  name  apphed  to  it  as  the  land  where  the  Saviour 
of  the  world  hved  and  died.  In  either  one  of  these  three 
names  we  may  also  find  three  different  limitations  of 
meaning.  1.  Strictly  speaking,  the  word  "Canaan" 
refers  to  the  country  between  the  Jordan  and  the 
Mediterranean;  bounded  on  the  north  by  Mount  Leb- 
anon, and  on  the  south  by  the  desert.  The  name 
"Palestine"  is  often  given  to  this  section  only.  This 
region   includes  about  6,000  square  miles,  a  territory 


T^PjiIpstln  p. 
>i,GO0  Sq.  n. 


Tnlesthip  Proper 


r 


Xmpire    of    Solomon. 
00,000      Square    3IilcH. 


COMP.\UATIVE  AREAS  OF  PALESTrNE  AND  KEW  ENGL.\SD. 

smaller  than  the  State  of  Massachusetts  by  1,200  square 
miles.  2.  Palestine  Proper,  the  Land  of  the  Twelve 
Tribes,  embraces  both  Canaan  anil  the  region  east  of 
the  Jordan,  loosely  called  Gilead,  though  that  name 
strictly  belongs  to  but  one  section  of  it.  Palestine 
Proper  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  the  river  Leontes, 
Mount  Lebanon  and  Mount  Hermon  ;  east  by  the  Syrian 
desert,  south  by  the  Arabian  desert,  and  west  by  the 
Mediterranean;  and  forms  a  sort  of  parallelogi-am,  em- 
bracing an  area  of  about  12,000  miles,  about  the  size  of 
Massachusetts  and  Connecticut.  3.  The  Land  of  Prom- 
ise (Niun.  31).  in  its  largest  meaning,  extended  from  the 
"Entrance  of  Haraath,"  on  the  north,  to  Mount  Hor, 
Kadesli-barnea,  and  the  "River  of  Egypt"  (Wadfj  el 
Arisli);  and  from  the  Euphrates  to  the  Mediterranean  ; 
including  an  area  of  60,(iOO  squai'e  miles,  a  little  less 
than  that  of  the  five  New  England  States.  This  was 
realized  only  during  a  part  of  the  reigns  of  David  and 
Solomon.  Not  all  of  even  Palestine  Proper  was  pos- 
sessed by  Israel   during  most  of   its   history;   for  the 


plain  along  the  sea-shore  was  held  by  the  Philistines 
on  the  south,  and  by  the  Phoenicians  on  the  north. 

II.    NATURAL  DIVISIONS. 

The  divisions  of  Palestine  made  by  the  natural  features 
of  the  country  are  four,  generally  parallel  to  each  other  : 
1.  The  Maritime  Plain.  2.  The  Mountain  Region.  3. 
The  Jordan  VaUey.     -i.  The  Eastern  Table-Land. 

1.  The  Maritime  Plain  lies  along  the  coast  of  the 
Mediterranean  for  the  entire  length  of  the  country, 
broken  only  by  Mount  Carmel,  north  of  which  it  is  quite 
narrow;  but  immediately  south  of  the  mountain  it  is  8 
miles  wide,  thence  widening  to  20  miles  at  the  southern 
boundary  of  the  country.  It  is  an  undulating  surface 
of  low  hiUocks  of  sandy  soil,  from  100  to  200  feet  above 
the  sea-level,  and  very  fertile.  In  the  Old  Testament 
period  it  was  but  little  occupied  by  the  Israelites,  whose 
home  was  on  the  mountains.  It  is  divided  into  four  por- 
tions. North  of  Mount  Carmel  a  narrow  strip  is  called 
Phoenicia.  Directly  east  of  Mount  Carmel  the  level  • 
country  is  pressed  inward,  and  lies  between  the  mount- 
ains, forming  the  remarkable  Plain  of  Esdraelon.  phys- 
ically belonging  to  the  Maritime  Plain,  but  geographically 
to  the  Mountain  Region.  South  of  Mount  Carmel  lay 
Sharon;  and  further  southward  was  Phihstia,  a  land 
whose  people,  the  Philistines,  were  long  the  enemies  of 
Israel,  and  have  since  given  the  name  Palestine  to  the 
whole  land. 

2.  Tlie  Mountain  Region,  between  the  Jordan  Val- 
ley and  the  Plain,  is  the  backbone  of  the  country,  and 
was  the  principal  home  of  the  Israehtes.  It  is  a  contin- 
uation of  the  Lebanon  range  of  mountains,  and  extends 
southward  to  the  desert.  It  is  divided  into  five  sections, 
by  natural  rather  than  pohtical  hues  of  boundary.  (1.) 
In  Upper  Gahlee  the  mountains  average  a  height  of  2,800 
feet  above  the  sea,  and  Jcbel  Jerni  iiA\  the  highest  peak,  is 
4,000  feet  high.  (2.)  In  Lower  Galilee  the  hills  are  about 
I.SOO  feet  high,  their  southeastern  .slopes  precipitous,  the 
northern  and  northwestern  gentle.  In  this  section  lies 
the  Plain  of  Esdraelon,  about  250  feet  above  the  sea,  9 
miles  across,  and  14  miles  north  and  south.  (3.)  The  Hill 
Country  of  Samaria  and  Judjea,  called  in  the  Old  Testa- 
ment "Mount  Ephraim,"  and  "the  mountains  of  Judah," 
is  from  2,000  to  3,000  feet  high,  consisting  of  mountain 
and  valley,  with  the  watershed  midway  between  the  Jor- 
dan and  the  sea.  Near  the  Dead  Sea  is  the  Wilderness 
of  Judaea,  an  uninhabitable  region,  without  verdure,  and 
penetrated  with  ravines  and  caves;  sometimes  called 
Jeshimon.  (4.)  The  Shefelak,  or  "low  hills,"  are  the 
foot-hiUs   of  the  Mountain  Region,  forming  a  natural 


29 


30 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGEAPHY. 


terrace  500  feet  above  the  sea-level,  on  the  western  side 
of  the  mountains,  between  them  and  the  Plain.  This 
extends  along  both  Samaria  and  Jnda?a.  (5.)  Tlie  Xegeb, 
a  word  meaning  "dry,"  translated  "South  Country"  in 
the  Bible,  begins  just  south  of  Hebron,  and  slopes  south- 
ward to  the  Arabian  desert,  in  a  series  of  hills  much 
lower  than  tliose  in  the  northern  section. 

3.  The  Joi'dan  Valley  is  a  i-emarkable  depression, 
beginning  at  the  sources  of  the  river,  and  plowing  a 
gorge  which  grows  deeper  as  it  goes  southward.  At 
the  springs  of  the  Jordan  it  is  1,700  feet  above  the  sea, 
with  lofty  mountains  on 
each  side,  Hermon  and 
Lebanon.    AtLakeMerom 


pastm-age.  On  the  north  is  Bashan,  now  called  "the 
Hauran,"  in  the  centre  Hes  GiJead,  and  south  was  the 
laud  of  Moab. 

III.    THE  WATERS   OF  PALESTINE. 

These  may  be  noticed  under  three  heads  :  1.  The 
River  Jordan.  2.  The  Three  Lakes.  3.  The  Brooks,  or 
mountain  torrents. 

1.  The  River  Jordan  has  three  sources.  (1.)  The 
most  northerly  is  at  Hasbeiya,  on  Hermon.  (2.)  The 
largest  stream  proceeds  from  a  great  spring  at  the 
ancient  Dan,  now  Tell  el  Kady.  (3.) 
The  one  recognized  as  the  source  by 


it  is  7  feet  above  (lie 

level  of  the  sea.  Below    . — ^ 

Merom  it  descends  by 
a  fall  of  0)0  feet  to  the  mile,  and  at  the  Sea  of  Galilee  is 
682  feet  below  the  Mediten-anean.  Here  begins  the  Ghor 
(its  Arab  name,  meaning  "hollow"),  a  gorge  65  miles 
long  to  the  Dead  Sea,  and  descending  610  feet  further  in 
its  depth,  with  a  barrier  of  chffs  on  either  side,  from  2 
to  8  miles  apart,  except  at  the  "Plain  of  Jordan,"  or 
"Plain  of  Jericho,"  just  north  of  the  Dead  Sea,  which 
is  1-1:  miles  wide.  This  plain  lies  400  feet  above  the  level 
of  the  Dead  Sea,  and  is  encompassed  by  mountains 
which  rise  al)ove  it  about  4,000  feet. 

4.  The  Eastern  Table-Land  is  a  lofty  plateau,  east 
of  the  Jordan.  The  momitains  on  this  side  are  higher 
and  more  steep  than  are  those  on  the  west;  and  from 
their  summit  a  plain  stretches  away  to  the  great  Syinan 
desert.     It  is  mostly  fertile,  and  ^especially  adapted  to 


the  Jews  is  at  Banias, 
near  the  ancient  Caes- 
area  Philippi.  It  may 
be  divided  into  three  sections  :  from  Hasbeiya  to  Lake 
Merom,  about  40  miles;  from  its  entrance  into  Merom  to 
the  Sea  of  Gahlee.  15  miles;  and  from  the  northern  end 
of  that  lake  to  the  Dead  Sea,  79  miles,  —  making  its 
direct  lengih  134  miles,  though  by  its  wmdings  the  chan- 
nel is  about  200  miles  long.  In  its  progi-ess  it  falls  over 
3,000  feet,  an  average  fall  of  over  22  feet  to  the  mile. 
It  varies  in  vddih  from  SO  to  180  feet,  and  m  depth  from 
5  to  12  feet. 

2.  The  Three  Lakes  are:  (1.)  Merom,  now  ca.Iled 
Hnleh,  a  triangular  sheet  of  water  three  miles  across, 
located  in  a  swamp  in  Northern  Galilee.  (2.)  The  Sea  of 
Gahlee,  called  Chinnereth  in  the  Old  Testament,  a  pear- 
shaped  lake,  14  miles  long,  and  9  -wide.  (3.)  The  Dead 
Sea,  46  miles  long,  its  surface  1,290  feet  below^  the  level 


PHYSICAL  PALESTINE. 


Mt.Rermon 
9,200  feet 


31 


Horizontal  Scale  uf  Miles. 


SECTION   OP   PALESTINE   FROM   NORTH  TO   SOUTH. 


Rand,  McNally  &  Co.,  Engr's,  Chicago. 


of  the  Mediterrauean,  and  in  some  places  1 ,  300  feet  deep, 
though  the  great  lagoon  on  its  southern  end  is  not  more 
than  20  feet  deep. 

3.  The  Brooks,  or  mountain  torrents,  are  an  impor- 
tant feature  in  the  country.  They  are  dry  for  most  of 
the  year,  but  during  the  Avintei'  are  large  and  rapid. 
(1.)  On  the  east  of  the  Jordan  A'alley  are  :  (a)  the  Hiero- 
max  (now  called  the  Jarmnk),  flowing  from  the  high- 
lands of  Bashan  mto  the  Jordan,  south  of  the  Sea  of 
Galilee ;  (6)  the  Jabbok  (now  ZerJca),  descending  from 
the  table-land,  and  entering  the  Jordan  a  little  south  of 
midway  between  the  Sea  of  Galilee  and  the  Dead  Sea ; 
(r)  the  Arnon  (noAv  Mojeb),  entering  the  Dead  Sea  about 
the  middle  of  its  eastern  shoi-e.  (2.)  Flowing  from  the 
Mountain  Kegion  eastward  are:    (a)  the  Farah,  "the 


waters  of  Enon "  (John  3:23);  (6)  the  brook  Cherith 
(1  Kings  17:3),  perhaps  Wad jj  Kelt,  near  Jericho  ;  (c)  the 
brook  Kedron,  running  past  Jerusalem,  eastward,  into 
the  Dead  Sea,  probably  the  Wady  en  Nar.  (3.)  Flowing 
into  the  Mediterranean  are :  (a)  the  Leontes  (now  Lit- 
cAHij),  the  northern  boundary  of  Palestine,  a  stream 
almost  as  long  as  the  Jordan;  (h)  the  Kishon,  "that 
ancient  river"  (Judg.  5:21),  watering  the  jilain  of  Es- 
draelon ;  (c)  the  l)rook  Besor  ( Wady  es  SheriaTi),  near 
the  southern  frontier.  Others  might  be  named,  but  these 
are  the  most  important,  though  not  in  all  cases  the  largest. 

IV.    THE  MOUNTAINS  OF  PALESTINE. 

These  may  be  considered  either  in  order  of  height  or 
of  location.     The  diagi-am  groups  the  principal  mount- 


i:ast:ees  table  zajh) 


Jerusalem,  3,000  ft.  nliovc  Mediterranean 
Betl.-l.oron  ^/^si,,eclie.n 


level  of  ^MI^ 

Mediterranean  ,^.Jnppn  ^i-.-K 


J 


~  -  O  jtjIltlMl 


^-^ 


10  v. 


W  <<1 


Level  of  Dr. id  Sea 


en  6S 


Horizontal  Scale  of  Miles. 


SECTION    OF    r.M.ESTTNE   FROM    EAST    TO    WEST. 


lland.  McNally  &  Co.,  Engr'si,  Chicago. 


32 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


ains  in  the  relation  of  their  comparative  height  above 
the  sea-level ;  wo  may  notice  them  in  their  order  of 
location.  They  natnraUy  divide  into  two  sections  :  1 . 
Those  of  the  Mountain  Region  west  of  Jordan.  )i. 
Those  of  the  Eastern  Table-Land. 

Begimiing  at  the  northern  boundary  of  Palestine,  we 
find:  1.  Mount  Lebanon,  "the  white  mountain,"'  a 
range  of  lofty  mountains  stretching  northward,  i)arallel 
with  the  sea,  genei'ally  about  o,OUU  feet  high,  but  at  its 
highest  pomt,  Jebel  Mukhmeel,  10,200  feet  high.  2.  The 
highest  point  in  Gahlee  is  Jebel  Jerinuk,  noi'thwest  of 
the  Sea  of  Galilee,  4,000  feet  high.  3.  West  of  the  Sea 
of  Galilee  is  Kurun  Hatti'n,  "the  horns  of  Hattin,"'  the 
traditional  "Mount  of  the  Beatitudes,"  1,200  feet  liigh. 


COJIPARATIVE   HEIGHT   OF   JtOU>TAIXS   IX   PALESTINE. 

4.  At  the  northeastern  corner  of  the  Plain  of  Esdraelon 
is  Mount  Tabor,  a  symmetrical  cone,  the  battle-field  of 
Deborah  and  Barak,  1,843  feet  high.  5.  A  short  distance 
to  the  south  stands  Little  Hermon,  "the  Hill  of  Moreh," 
now  Jebel  el  Duhy,  1,S1d  feet  high.  G.  Southward  stiU 
is  Mount  Gilboa,  the  place  of  Gideon's  victory  and  of 
King  Saul's  defeat,  1,715  feet  high.  7.  Sweeping  around 
the  southern  border  of  the  Plain  of  Esdraelon  to  the 
Mediterranean  Sea  is  Mount  Carmel,  at  its  highest  point 


1,750  feet,  but  500  as  it  meets  the  sea.  These  last  four 
mountains  form  the  boundaiy  of  the  Plain  of  Esdraelon. 
In  the  land  of  Samaria,  wliich  we  now  enter,  are  Init 
two  important  elevations :  8.  Ebal,  the  mountain  of 
the  curses,  3,075  feet;  9.  Directly  opposite,  Gerizini,  the 
mountain  of  the  blessings,  2,S50  feet.  The  principal 
peaks  in  Judaea  are  the  following :  10.  Mount  Zion,  the 
seat  of  David's  castle,  2,550  feet;  11.  Across  the  vaUey 
of  the  Kedron  eastward,  the  Movmt  of  Ohves,  2,005  feet; 
12.  Moimt  Hebron,  3,030  feet.  South  of  Hebron  the 
land  slojjes  away  to  the  level  of  the  desert. 

The  Eastern  Table-Land  has  fewer  elevations,  and  is 
generally  less  noticed  in  the  Scriptm-es.  1.  On  the  north 
rises  Mount  Heimon,  9,000  feet  high,  the  southern  end 
of  the  range  known  as  Anti-Lebanon,  or  "Lebanon 
toward  the  sun-rising."  2.  South  of  the  river  Hieroniax 
is  Mount  Gilead,  about.  3,000  feet  high.  3.  Near  the 
northern  end  of  the  Dead  Sea  is  Mount  Nebo,  2.07o  feet 
high,  on  a  "shoulder"  of  which.  Mount  Pisgah,  Moses 
beheld  the  Promised  Land,  and  died. 

Y.    THE  PLAINS   OF  PALESTINE. 

These  have  been  already  noticed,  to  some  extent,  but 
may  be  named  together.  Upon  the  Maritime  Plain.  Ave 
notice:  1.  Phcenicia,  a  very  narrow  strip  along  the 
Mediteri'anean,  north  of  Mount  Carmel,  nevei-  possessed 
by  the  Israehtes,  and  having  Tyre  and  Sidon  as  its 
principal  cities.  2.  Directly  south  of  Mount  Carmel, 
Sharon,  havuig  Ca?sarea  and  Joppa  as  its  most  important 
places.  3.  Still  further  south,  Phihstia,  the  land  of 
Israel's  ancient  enemies,  containhig  several  cities,  of 
wliich  Gaza  and  Ashkelon  (afterward  Ascalou)  were 
cliief .     Upon  the  Mountain'  Region  we  find  imbedded, 

4.  The  Plain  of  Esdraelon,  a  Y-shaped  legion,  25(i  feet 
above  the  sea-level,  surromided  by  mountains,  and 
situated  between  Mounts    Carmel,   Tabor   and  Gilboa. 

5.  The  Negeb,  or  South  Country,  between  Hebron  and 
the  desert,  in  Southern  Judaea,  may  be  regarded  as  a 
plain,  though  of  I'oUing  character,  as  its  hills  are  not 
so  high  as  those  on  the  north.  0.  In  the  Jordan 
VaUey,  just  north  of  the  Dead  Sea,  is  a  place  called 
"the  Plain  of  Jordan,"  or  "the  Plain  of  Jericho,"  the 
site  of  the  destroyed  "cities  of  the  plain."  7.  In  the 
northern  section  of  the  Eastern  Table-Land  is  the  vast 
higlrlaud  known  as  "the  Hauran,''  anciently  called  Ba- 
shan,  watered  by  the  streams  which  form  the  Hieromax 
river. 


OUTLINE    FOR    REVIEW. 


I.  Dimensions.  1.  Canaan.  2.  Palestine  (Twelve  Tribes).  3.  Land  of 
Promise. 

II.  J\'atural  Din'sions.  1.  Maritime  Plain.  2.  Mountain  Region  (Upper 
Galilee,  Lower  Galilee,  Hill  Country,  Shefelali,  Negeb).  S.  Jordan  Valley 
(Merom,  Galilee,  De.id  Sea).    4.  Eastern  Table-Land  (Bashan,  Gilead,  Moab). 

III.  Waters.  1.  .Jordan  (sources,  sections).  2.  Lakes  (ilerom,  Galilee, 
Dead  Sea).     3.  Brooks.    (1.)  East:  Hieromax,  Jabbok,  Anion.  (2.)  Mount- 


ain  Region  :  Farah,    Cberitb,  Kedron.     (3.)  Maritime  Plain  :  Lconte.«.  Ki- 
shon.  Besor. 

IV.  Mountains.  1.  West  of  .Jordan  :  Lebanon,  Jermuk,  Ilaltin.  Talior, 
Little  riermnii.  Gilboa,  Carmel,  Ebal,  Gerizim,  Zion,  Olives,  Hebron.  2. 
East  of  Jordan  .  Hcrnion,  Gilead,  Nebo. 

V.  Plains.  1.  Phoenicia.  2.  Sharon.  3.  Philistia.  4.  Esdraelon.  5. 
Negeb.     6.  Jordan.     7.  Hauran. 


THE   JOURNEYS   OF   THE   PATRIARCHS. 


At  the  close  of  the  eleventh  chapter  of  Genesis  a  cliange 
is  made  in  the  subject  of  the  Bible  story.  Thus  far  it 
has  been  a  history  of  the  entire  race;  but  from  this  point 
to  the  close  of  Genesis  a  single  family  is  brought  into 
prominent  notice,  and  the  rest  of  the  tribes  of  men  are 
refen-ed  to  only  inciJentaUy.  The  family  of  Abraham, 
of  Semitic  origin,  deserve  ail  their  prominence  in  sacred 
histiiry,  since  through  them  the  true  religion  was  perpet- 
uated until  the  world  was  ready  for  its  wider  dissemi- 
natiiin  in  the  gospel  period. 


I.    THE  JOURNEYS  OF  ABRAHAM. 

These  extend  over  nearly  all  the  lands  of  the  Old 
Testament,  from 
Chaldea  to  Egypt. 
They  represent  the 
seiiaration  of  a 
Semitic  clan  from 
the  great  body  of 
the  race,  which  was 
then  ruled  by  an 
Elaniite  dynasty ; 
and  they  bring  to 
our  notice  the  po- 
litical relations  of 
the  world  about 
two  thousand  years 
before  Christ,  in 
the  early  Chal- 
dean period  of  the 
East. 

1.  From  Ur  to 
Haraii.  (Gen.  11: 
21-6-2.)  The  family 
of  Abraham  (then 
called  Abram)lived 
at    Ur    of    the    Cha 

Mi(<jheir,     south    of     the    Euphra-  ■  .  - 

tes,  and  an  early  seat  of  empire,  mugueir,  supposed  to  be  ub  of  the  chaldees 
Thence,  at  God's  call,  they  migrated,  moving  up  the 
Euphrates  to  Haran.  in  Mesopotamia,  probably  the 
Roman  Carrhae,  and  the  modern  Haran,  on  the  river 
Belik,  .")<)  miles  above  its  entrance  into  the  Euphrates. 
Here  the  family  remained  until  the  death  of  Terah, 
Abraham's  aged  father,  whose  traditional  tomb  is  still 
shown. 

2.  From  Harau  to  Canaan.  (Gen.  12:1-9.)  A 
branch  of  the  family,  the  descendants  of  Abraham's 
brother  Nahor,  settled  in  Haran ;  but  Abraham  and  his 
nephew  Lot  moved  on  southward,  past  Damascus,  to 
the  land  of  Canaan.  They  paused  first  at  Shechem,  and 
afterward  at  Bethel,  at  each  j^lace  building  an  altar;  but 
after  a  time  removed  further  southward,  impelled  by  the 
dearth  of  food  in  the  land. 


3.  The  Visit  to  Egypt.  (Gen.  12: 10-20.)  The  fam- 
ine caused  a  removal  of  the  entire  clan  to  Egypt,  where 
the  beauty  of  Sarah  was  the  occasion  of  Abraham's 
deception,  of  Pharaoh's  wrong,  and  of  Abraham's  expul- 
sion from  the  land.  He  returned  to  his  former  abode  at 
Bethel.     (Gen.  13:3,  4.) 

4.  Tlie  Removal  to  Hebron.  (Gen.  13:5-18.)  This 
was  occasioned  by  the  scarcity  of  pasture  for  the  im- 
mense flocks  and  herds  of  Abraham  and  Lot.  The  two 
chieftains  made  a  division  of  the  land.  Lot  choosing  the 
Jordan  Valley,  north  of  the  Dead  Sea,  near  the  city  of 
Sodom,  and  Abraham  the  highlands  around  Hebron, 
anciently  Kirjath-arba,  now  known  by  Abraham's  title, 

el    Khalil,    "The 


I.  e. 


of 


Friend, 
God. 

5.    Pursuit    of 
tlie       Elamites. 

(Gen.  14.)  At  that 
period  the  earlyBa- 
bylouian   empire, 
u  n  d  e  r  Amraphel 
or  Hammurabi 
(see  p.  91),  was  at 
the  height  of  its 
power.    Its 
k  i  n  g    g  o  V  - 
erned    Elam, 
Chaldea,  As- 
syria,   Meso- 
potamia, and 
most  of  Pal- 
estine.    Che- 
dorlaomer, 
the  head   of 
the  united 
peoj)les,    led 
his   armies 
against  the 
aboriginal  races  east  of  the  Jordan.      (See  Map  of  Pal- 
estine Before  the  Conquest,  and  description,  on  page  37.) 
After  subduing  them  he  passed  around  south  of  the  Dead 
Sea,  smote  the  Amorites  in  the  mountains  near  Hazezon- 
tamar,  afterward   En-gedi,  and   poured  his  host  down 
upon  the  Jordan  Valley.     The  cities  on  the  north  of  the 
Dead  Sea,  Sodom  and  Gomorrah,  with  their  dependent 
villages,  being  unable  to  stay  his  progress,   were  rav- 
aged, and  their  inhabitants  (including  Abraham's  nephew 
Lot)  carried  away  captive,  up  the  vahey.     News  of  the 
invasion  came  to  Abraham,  and  he  instantly  gathered 
his  servants  and  allies,  and  pursued  the  marauders.     He 
overtook  them  near  Laish,  afterward  Dan,  now  Tell  el 
Kadjj,  attacked  them  by  night,  ])ursued  them  as  far  as 
Hobah,  near  Damascus,  and  brought  back  the  booty  and 


.S3 


34 


MA^'UAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


the  ijrisouefs.  On  the  return  took  place  the  remark- 
able interview  with  Melchizedek,  a  priest-king  over  the 
city  of  Salem,  perhaps  the  place  afterward  Jerusalem. 
After  the  I'eturn  to  Hebron  the  following  events  oc- 
curred: 1.  The  covenant  of  God  with  Abraham.  (Gen. 
15.)  2.  The  birth  of  Ishmael.  (Gen.  1(1.)  ?..  The  de- 
struction of  Sodom  and  Gomorrah.  (Gen.  IS, lit.)  These 
cities  were  probably  located  on  the  \Aain  of  Jordan, 
north  of  the  Dead  Sea,  and  not  on  the  south,  as  for- 
merly supposed;  but  all  traces  of  them  have  entirely 
disappeared 

6.  The  Settlement  at  Beersheba.  Gen.  i'0-2.5.) 
After  the  destruction  of  the  cities  of  the  plain.  Abraham 
moved  southward,  and  made  his  h(jnie  at  Beersheba,  on 
the  desert  border,  now  Bir  es  Seba.  Here  he  spent  most 
of  his  later  years,  as  after  various  journeys  we  find  him 
each  time  encamped  at  Beersheba. 

7.  The  Offering  of  Isaac.  (Gen.  22.)  From  Beer- 
sheba Abraham  took  his  son  Isaac,  at  God's  command,  to 
offer  him  as  a  burnt  offering  in  "the  land  of  Moriah." 
Some  authorities  accept  the  Samaritan  tradition,  that 
this  place  was  Mount  Gerizim;  but  we  see  no  sufficient 
reason  to  dissent  fi-om  the  general  view,  that  it  was 
Mount  Moriah,  at  Jerusalem,  ten  centuries  afterward  the 
site  of  the  Temple.  After  this  sublime  token  of  his 
faith  in  God,  the  patriarch  retm-ned  to  his  tent  at  Beer- 
sheba. 

S.  The  Burial  of  Sarah.  (Gen.  23.)  We  find  Abra- 
ham again  at  Hebron,  in  his  old  age.  Here  Sarah  died 
and  was  buried  in  the  cave  of  Machpelah.  This  is  un- 
doubtedly covered  by  the  Mohammedan  mosque  so  sa- 
credly guarded  against  the  intrusion  of  travelers.  The 
after  events  of  Abraham's  history  may  have  taken  place 
at  Hebron  or  at  Beersheba,  as  neither  place  is  named  as 
his  residence  at  the  time  of  Isaac's  marriage  or  his  own 
death.  He  was  buried  in  the  family  sepulchre  at  He- 
bron, beside  the  body  of  Sarah. 


II.     THE  JOIRNEYS  OF 
ISAAC. 

The  life  of  Isaac,  though  long- 
er than  the  Uves  of  Al)raham 
and  Jacob,  was  spent  in  a  com- 
paratively smaU  range  of  tem- 
tory,  and  with  comparatively  few 
events.  We  have  not  noted  upon 
the  map  the  Knes  of  his  journey- 
ings;  but  the  locaUties  may  be 
seen,  as  far  as  they  ai'e  identified, 
upon  the  map  of  Palestine,  on 
page  58. 

The  homes  of  Isaac  Avere  as 
follows:  1.  Beer-lahai-roi.  "•WeU 
of  the  Life  of  Vision,"  /.  e..  where 
life  remained  after  seeing  God; 
an  unknown  locality  in  the  south 
of  Canaan,  betAveen  Bered  and 
Kadesh.  It  was  .so  named  by 
Hagar,  after  meeting  an  angel,  before  the  birth  of 
Ishmael.  (Gen.  K',:  l;l)  2.  Gerar.  (Gen.  28:1.)  This 
was  the  chief  city  of  the  Philistines  in  that  age;  and  is 
now  caUed  Kirlwt  el  Gerar.  The  weUs  dug  by  Isaac,  and 
seized  by  the  Philistines,  were  probably  in  the  region 
near  this  city.  3.  Rehoboth  (Gen.  26:22)  is  probably  at 
the  Wady  (VaUey)  er  Ruhaibeh,  south  of  Beersheba.  -1. 
Beersheba.  (Gen.  26:23-35.)  Here  he  made  a  treaty  of 
peace  with  the  Philistine  king,  and  remained  for  many 
years.  It  was  his  home  during  the  strife  of  Jacob  and 
Esau,  and  from  this  place  Jacob  departed  on  his  long 
visit  to  Haran.  (Gen.  28:10.)  5.  Hebron.  (Gen.  35:27.) 
Here,  beside  the  tomb  of  his  parents,  Isaac  at  last  met 
his  son  Jacob,  and  here  he  died  and  was  bmied,  at  the 
age  of  180  years. 

III.    THE  JOURNEIS  OF  JACOB. 

The  life  of  Jacob  is  related  with  more  of  detail  than 
that  of  any  other  person  in  Old  Testament  history;  yet 
there  is  great  uncertainty  concerning  the  division  of  its 
periods.  His  first  sixty  years  were  passed  near  Beer- 
sheba; then  twenty  years  in  Haran,  and  fifty  years  in 


COMPARATIVE  AGE  OF  THE  PATRIARCHS 

BEFORE  AND  AFTER  THE  DELUGE.                         t 

JS^a  m  e 

Aga 

Adam, 
Sctb. 

930. 
912. 

Mciliiisrlnli. 

^^■t                                                                                I      909.    1 

Xonli, 

9-30. 

!«heiii. 

1 

GOO. 

Arplinxnd. 

^B^                                                                                       43».    i 

Ebrr. 

^B 

4G4.    1 

Terali. 

1                                                                             i    20.5.  jl 

Al>raliaiu. 

1                                                                                 i     1".  II 

l!«aac. 

&^ 

ISO.   1 

J  acob. 

1 1                                                                                   ■     1«-  II 

Josepli, 

^ 

110. 

— a 

THE  JOURNEYS  OF  THE  PATRIARCHS. 


35 


Canaan  (though  some  of  the  best  chronologers  allow 
forty  years  in  Haran,  and  thirty  years  in  Canaan);  and 
seventeen  years  in  Egypt.  The  principal  places  named 
in  Jacob's  journeys  are:  1.  Beersheba,  now  Bir  es 
Seba,  a  well-known  place  in  the  south  of  Palestine. 
2.  Bethel,  now  Be  it  in,  10  miles  north  of  Jerusalem.  3. 
Haran,  now  bearing  the  same  name.  (See  under  Abra- 
ham's life,  Journey  No.  1.)  4.  Mizjjah,  called  also  Jegar- 
sahadutha,  "the  heap  of  witness,"  perhaps  the  impor- 
tant place  afterward  known  as  Ramoth-gilead,  now  es 
Salt,  13  miles  south  of  the  Jabbok.  But  this  seems  too 
far  south  to  represent  the  event,  and  we  are  inclined  to 
place  it  at  some  unknown  mountain  between  the  Jal)- 
bok  and  the  Hieromax.  5.  Mahanaim,  probably  at  3Ia7i- 
iieTi,  10  miles  north  of  tlie  Jalibok.  <>.  Peniel.  afterward 
Penuel,  unknown,  but  somewhere  on  the  brook  Jabbok. 
7.  Succoth,  "booths,"  recently  identified  as  Tel.!  Darala, 
a  mile  north  of  the  Jabbok,  in  the  Jordan  Valley.  S. 
Shalem,  "jieace."  If  this  refers  to  a  ])lace,  it  is  Scdiiii, 
3  miles  east  of  Shechem.  But  some  read  the  sentence, 
"Jacob  came  in  peace  [/.  e.,  in  safety]  to  Shechem." 
(Gen.  33:  IS.)  9.  Ephrath,  the  place  of  Rachel's  death 
and  burial,  near  Bethlehem. 
The  Joui-neys  of  Jacob  may  be  arranged  as  follows  : 

1.  The  Flight  to  Haran.  (Gen.  28:10-29:14.)  Fear- 
ing the  vengeance  of  Esau  after  the  stolen  blessing, 
Jacob  hastily  left  his  home  at  Beershelja,  and  journeyed 
northward  to  Haran.  At  Bethel  he  saw  the  vision  of 
the  heavenly  ladder,  and  arrived  safely  at  Haran.  distant 
-150  miles  from  Beersheba.  Here  he  remained  either  i^<i 
or  40  years,  according  to  different  views,  and  married 
his  two  wives. 

2.  The  Return  to  Canaan.  (Gen.  31-33.)  At  Miz- 
pah  he  made  a  treaty  with  Labau;  at  Mahanaim  was 
comforted  by  a  vision  of   angels;  at  Peniel  wrestled 


with  "the  angel  of  God,"  and  was  reconciled  to  his 
brother  Esau;  and  at  Sahm  (if  that  be  the  name  of  a 
place),  near  Shecliem,  he  I'ested  in  the  Land  of  Promise. 

3.  The  Residence  in  Canaan.  (Gen.  34-4.5.)  The 
slaughter  of  the  Shechemites  by  Simeon  and  Levi, 
caused  Jacob  to  move  his  increasing  clan  further  south. 
At  Bethel  he  renewed  the  covenant  with  God.  (Gen. 
35:1-15.)  Near  Ephrath,  or  Bethlehem,  his  beloved 
wife  Rachel  died  and  was  buried.  (Gen.  35:10-20.)  At 
Hebron  he  met  once  more  his  aged  father,  and  remained 
during  most  of  his  after-life  in  the  land.  (Gen.  35:27.) 
AVhile  Jacob  was  living  at  Hebron,  Joseph  was  sold  a 
slave  to  the  Midianites,  at  Dothan,  on  the  southern 
slopes  of  Mount  Gilboa,  and  by  them  taken  down  to 
Egypt.     (Gen.  37.) 

4.  The  Descent  into  Egypt.  (Gen.  45-50.)  At  the 
invitation  of  Josepli,  then  prince  in  Egypt,  Jacob  left 
Hebron  to  go  down  into  Egypt.  At  Beersheba  he  offered 
sacrifices,  and  i-eceived  divine  guidance.  His  home  was 
fixed  in  the  Land  of  Goshen,  a  small  but  fertile  district 
between  the  eastern  channel  of  the  Nile  and  the  desert, 
the  modern  province  of  es  SliurJciyeh,  including  the 
Wad//  Tumilat.     Here  the  family  of  Jacob  remained 

until  they  became  "a  great  nation,"  a  period  variously 
estimated  at  from  200  to  400  years,  or  even  longer. 

5.  The  Burial  Procession.  (Gen.  50.)  After  the 
death  of  Jacob,  his  I'mbalmed  body  Avas  borne  from 
Egypt  to  Hebron.  The  direct  route  was  not  taken,  prob- 
ably on  account  of  the  hostility  of  the  Philistine  and 
Amorite  tribes;  but  the  procession  passed  aromid  the 
south  of  the  Dead  Sea,  through  the  land  of  Moab,  and 
ci'ossed  the  Jordan  at  Abel-mizraim,  near  Jericho,  a 
]ilace  afterward  known  as  Beth-hoglah;  and  thence  to 
Hebron,  where  the  last  of  the  three  fathers  of  the  cliosen 
jieople  was  laid  to  rest  in  the  ancestral  sepulchre. 


OUTLINE    FOR    REVIEW. 


I.  Journeys  of  Abraham.  1.  Ur  to  Haran.  2.  Haran  to  Ciuiiian.  (She- 
chem. Bcllicl.)  3.  Visit  to  Egypt.  (Return  to  Bethel.)  4.  Removal  to  He- 
bron. .~).  Pursuit  of  Elaniites.  (Dan,  Hobah,  Salem.)  0.  Settlement  at  Beer- 
sheba.    7.  Offering  of  Isaac.     (Moriah.)     7.  Burial  of  Sarali.     (Hebron.) 

n.  J^in-neyn  of  Isaac.  1.  Bcerlahai-roi.  2.  Gerar.  3.  Rehoboth.  4. 
Beersheba.     5.  Hebron. 


HI.  Journeys  , if  Jacob.  1.  Flight  to  Haran.  (Beersheba,  Bethel,  Haran.) 
3.  Return  to  Canaan.  (Mizpah,  Mahanaim,  Peniel,  Shechem.)  3.  Resi- 
dence in  Canaan.  (Bethel,  Bethlehem,  Hebron,  Dothan.)  4.  Descent 
into  Egypt.  (Beersheba,  Goshen.)  5.  Burial  Procession.  (Abel-mizraim, 
Hebron.) 


TALESTIXE 

I 

BEFORE  THK 

CONQUEST. 


XoDgitudi>     from  37   Greenwicb. 


114    ^Va^bin^-i 


36 


PALESTINE   BEEOKE   THE    CONQUEST. 


The  knowledge  which  Ave  possess  of  the  inhabitants  of 
Palestine  before  the  13th  century  B.  C.  is  quite  scanty. 
The  names  of  tribes,  more  or  less  settled,  are  given;  but 
we  know  very  little  of  their  language,  customs  or  origin. 
The  description  of  Palestine  during  the  first  eight  hun- 
<lred  years  after  the  Deluge  may  be  ari-anged  as  follows  : 
1.  The  Earhest  Inhabitants.  2.  The  Tribes  of  the  Patri- 
archal Era.  o.  Tlie  Nations  at  the  Time  of  the  Conquest. 
4.  The  Sui'rounding  Nations. 

I.    THE  EARLIEST  INHABITANTS. 

In  most  lands  the  earliest  people  have  been  of  an  un- 
known race,  as  the  mound  builders  of  America  and  the 


of  the  land.  They  belonged  to  six  tribes  or  divisions, 
each  having  a  different  name  and  location,  but  aU  bear- 
ing tlie  same  characteristics,  and  aU  regarded  as  giants 
by  those  who  came  after  them.  Our  principal  authori- 
ties concerning  these  archaic  peoples  are  Gen.  14: 5-7,  and 
Dent.  2:10-23. 

1.  The  Rephaim,  "lofty  men,"  are  frequently  named 
in  the  Old  Testament,  tlie  woi'd  being  generally  trans- 
lated "giants."  In  the  age  of  Abraham  they  were  living 
in  the  highlands  of  Bashan,  where  their  capital,  Ash- 
teroth  Karnaim,  "the  two-horned  Ashtaroth,"  was  taken 
by  the  Elamite  king,  Chedorlaomer,  the  earliest  con- 
queror in  Bible  history.  By  degrees  they  lost  their 
nationahty  and   were  merged   with  tlie  Amorites,  over 


JEniCnO   ANO   THE  JORDAN 


cave  dweUers  of  Europe, 
the  race  a  peoi)le  entered 


Very  early  in  the  history  of 
Palestine,  and  settled  upon 
both  sides  of  the  Jordan,  generally  among  the  mount- 
ains. They  were  remembered  by  different  names  in 
various  parts  of  the  country,  but  the  names  show  the 
dread  inspned  by  them  among  the  later  tribes.  They 
were  doubtless  of  one  race,  but  whether  of  Hamitic  or 
Semitic  stock  is  uncertain;  and  tlieir  history  is  as  un- 
known as  their  origin.  They  were  already  in  their  de- 
cUne  in  the  times  of  Abraham,  when  the  Canaanite 
races,  the  second  series  of  inhabitants,  were  in  possession 

4 


37' 


wlumi  one  of  tlieir  race,  the  gigantic  Og,  ^vii*^ 
of  Bashan,  ruled  at  the  time  of  the  conquest. 
They  may  have  settled  also  west  of  the  Jordan, 
near  what  was  afterward  Jerusalem,  since  a 
locaUty  in  that  vicinity  (see  map  on  page  82.) 
was  long  afterward  known  as  "the  Valley  of  the  Reph- 
aim."    (2   Sam.  5:18.) 

2.  The  Zuzini,  "tall  ones,"  are  supposed  to  be  the 
same  people  with  those  who  in  Deut.  2:20  are  called 
Zainzunimiiii.  They  occupied  th(^  eastern  table-land, 
south  of  Bashan  and  Gilead.  Tlieir  capital  was  Ham,  a 
city  not  yet  identified,  unless  it  w-as  (as  some  suppose) 
the  place  afterward  known  as  Rabbath  Amnion.  These 
people  were  also  giants,  like  the  Rephaim  (Deut.  2:21), 
Avere  also  overswept  in  the  raid  of  Chedorlaomer  (Gen. 
14-5),  and  during  the  time  of  the  Israelites'  sojourn  in 


38 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


Egypt,  were  dispossessed  by  the  Aininonites.  who  occu- 
pied their  comitry  afterward,  until  in  turn  driven  out  by 
the  Amorites. 

3.  The  Einiiu,  ''terrible  ones."'  were  south  of  the 
Zuzini,  and  therefore  directly  east  of  the  Dead  Sea. 
They  were  overcome  by  Chedorlaomer  at  Shaveh  Kiria- 
thaim,  "the  dale  of  the  two  cities,"  and  their  land  was 
afterward  occupied  by  the  Moabites. 

4.  The  Horim,  "  cave  dweUers, ''  or  Horites,  occupied 
Mount  Seir,  south  of  the  Dead  Sea.  Their  genealogy  is 
given  in  Gen.  30:2(i-30,  and  1  Chron.  1:38-42.  They 
lived  in  caves,  which  are  stiU  found  in  great  numbers 
through  that  region.  They  were  beaten  by  Chedorlaomer, 
and  subsequently  dispossessed  by  the  descendants  of 
Esau,  the  Edomites. 

5.  The  Aviiu,  "ruins,"  or  "dwellers  in  ruins,"  lived  in 
the  Shefelah,  or  foot-hills,  between  the  Phihstine  plain 
and  the  mountains  of  Judah.  (^Deut.  2: 23;  Josh.  13: 2,  3.) 
They  were  early  conquered  by  the  Caphtorim,  a  Philis- 
tine race,  and  were  in  a  depressed  condition  at  the  time 
of  the  entrance  of  the  Israelites.  The  word  Hazerim 
(Deut.  2:23)  means  "\iUages,"  or  "nomad  encamp- 
ments," slio\\-ing  that  they  were  not  a  settled,  but  a 
wandering  jieople. 

6.  The  Anakim,  "long-necked  ones."  The  name 
may  refer  either  to  their  size,  or  their  strengtli  (which  in 
Hebrew  comes  from  a  word  similar  to  neck).  They 
were  descendants  of  Arba.  and  divided  into  three  clans, 
named  Sheshai,  Ahiman  and  Talmai.  (Josh.  14:15; 
15:14.)  Their  principal  home  was  at  Hebron,  called  by 
them  Kirjath-arba;  but  they  also  occupied  a  city  near  it, 
caUed  Kirjath-sepher,  or  "book-town,"  a  name  which  is 
suggestive  of  a  national  Uterature.  Unlike  the  other 
races,  they  seem  to  have  maintained  a  foothold  in  the 
presence  of  the  incoming  Canaanite  races,  and  theii* 
gigantic  appearance  struck  terror  to  the  IsraeUte  spies 
during  the  wandering.  (Num.  13.)  But  they  were  con- 
quered by  Caleb  (Josh.  14),  and  their  remnant,  driven 
from  the  mountains,  mingled  with  the  Philistines  of  the 
sea-coast  plain.  One  family  of  this  race  remained  as 
late  as  the  days  of  David,  that  of  Goliath  and  his  brothers. 
(1  Sam.  17:4;  2  Sam.  21:15-22.) 

II.    THE  TRIBES  OF  THE  PATRIARCHAL  ERA. 

The  chosen  family  came  to  Palestine  about  1921  B.  C, 
according  to  tlie  common  chronology,  but  probalily  from 
two  to  four  liundred  years  earher.  At  this  time  these 
earliest  races  were  already  superseded  in  nearly  aU  the 
land  by  later  tribes,  of  Hamitic  origin,  with  Avhich  the 
patriarchs  were  often  brought  ir.to  contact.  These  tribes 
were  often  called  Canaanites,  because  the  nation  of  that 
name  was  both  the  original  stock  and  in  jiossession  of  the 
richest  and  best  portion  of  the  land. 

We  notice  these  tribes,  as  far  as  practicable,  in  the 
order  of  their  location  in  the  four  great  natural  divisions 
of  the  country:  the  tribes  of  the  maritime  plain,  those 
of  the  mountain  region,  those  of  the  Jordan  VaUey,  and 
those  of  the  eastena  table-land. 


1.  Beginning  at  the  north,  on  the  narrow  plain  by  the 
Mediterranean  Sea,  w'e  find  the  Zidoniaus,  with  their 
two  great  cities,  Zidon  the  earUer,  and  Tyre  the  later. 
Perhaps  the  latter  city  was  not  yet  founded  in  the  patri- 
archal age.  These  people  were  early  famous  as  the 
traders  of  the  Mediterranean  world,  having  commercial 
relations  as  far  as  Spain.  They  occii])ied  a.  narrow 
strip  of  territory  between  Mount  Lebanon  and  the  sea, 
north  of  Mount  Carmel.  Their  country  was  never  pos- 
sessed by  the  Israelites,  and  most  of  the  time  the  rela- 
tions between  the  two  races  were  peaceful. 

2.  Next  in  order  of  location  we  come  to  the  Canaan- 
ites propel',  or  that  branch  of  the  descendants  of  Canaan 
which  retained  the  family  name.  While  all  the  tribes  of 
Palestine  are  often  caUed  Canaanites,  as  descended  from 
one  stock,  the  name  strictly  belongs  only  to  people  who 
lived  in  two  sections  of  the  country.  The  word  means 
"lowlanders,"  and  was  apphed  particularly  to  those 
dwelhng  on  the  maritime  plain,  on  both  sides  of  Mount 
Carmel,  the  plain  of  Esdraelon  and  that  of  Sharon;  and 
to  those  in  the  Jordan  Valley.  These  together  consti- 
tuted "the  Canaanites  on  the  east  and  on  the  west." 
(Josh.  11: 3.)  They  occupied  the  richest  and  most  valua- 
ble portions  of  the  land.  The  only  city  on  the  coast 
belonging  to  the  Canaanites  existing  during  the  patri- 
archal age  was  Joppa,  stiU  standing.  The  Canaanite 
cities  in  the  Jordan  Valley  were  the  "five  cities  of  the 
plain,"  Sodom,  Gomorrah,  Admah,  Zeboim  and  Zoar,  of 
which  aU  except  the  last  were  destroyed  by  the  visitation 
of  God.  (Gen.  10.)  Their  location  was  in  the  plain  on 
the  north  of  the  Dead  Sea,  and  there  is  no  reason  to  sup- 
pose that  they  are  covered  by  its  waters.  In  the  time 
immediately  before  the  conquest  we  find  Jericho  has 
ai'isen  in  the  place  of  the  desti'oyed  cities,  and  not  far 
from  their  site,  as  the  most  important  city  of  the  Jordan 
VaUey. 

3.  South  of  the  Canaanites,  on  the  maritime  plain, 
were  the  Philistines.  "Emigrants"  is  the  meaning 
of  the  word,  supporting  the  view  that  they  came  from 
Caphtor,  or  Crete,  which  is  but  little  more  than  a  surmise. 
They  were  related  to  the  Egyptians,  and  hence  weie  of 
Hamitic  stock.  They  came  to  the  land  before  the  time 
of  Abraham,  drove  out  and  subdued  the  earher  Avim 
(Deut.  2:23),  or  Avites,  and  had  frequent  dealings  with 
Abraham  and  Isaac.  In  the  patriarchal  age  their  princi- 
pal cities  Avere  Gaza  and  Gerar;  but  before  the  conquest 
they  had  moved  northward,  and  were  a  powerful  con- 
federacy of  five  cities :  Gaza,  Ashkelou,  Ashdod,  Gath 
and  Ekron.  (Josh.  13:3.)  Their  territory,  if  taken  at 
aU  (luring  the  campaigns  of  Joshua,  was  soon  recon- 
quered, and  the  Philistines  were  the  most  dangerous 
enemies  of  Israel  during  aU  the  period  of  the  Judges. 
In  David's  time  they  were  subjected;  but  not  until  tlie 
Maccabean  age  were  they  fuUy  conquered,  and  their  land 
made  a  part  of  Israel. 

4.  We  turn  now  to  the  tribes  of  the  mountain  region, 
beginning,  as  before,  at  the  north.  As  these  northern 
regions  are  not  aUuded  to  in  patriarchal   history,   and 


PALESTINE  BEFOEE  THE  CONQUEST. 


39 


only  very  briefly  named  in  the  annals  of  the  conquest,  it 
is  not  easy  to  determine  which  of  the  ti-ibes  occupied 
them.  But,  from  allusions  in  Josh.  1:4:  and  11:3,  and 
from  frequent  mention  on  the  monuments  of  Egypt,  we 
inchne  to  the  opinion  that  the  Hittites  were  the  posses- 
sors of  this  countiy.  They  have  left  their  name  in  Hat- 
tin,  the  Caphar  Hittai  of  the  Talmud,  near  the  Sea  of 
Galilee.  Another  branch,  more  frequently  mentioned, 
were  in  the  south,  at  and  around  Hebron  (Gen.  23),  per- 
haps extencUng  as  far  south  as  Beersheba.  (Gen.  27:  -Ki.) 
"With  these  people  the  relations  of  the  patriarchs  were 
ever  peaceful,  and  of  them  Abraham  pur- 
chased his  family  sepulchre. 

5.  The  position  of  the  Girgashites  is  uncer- 
tain, from  the  infrequent  mention  of  them.  But 
the  slight  indications  point  to  the  region  west 
of  the  Sea  of  Galilee,  where  we  locate  them 
conjecturally.  They  may  have  been  absorbed 
by  the  surrounding  tribes. 

6.  South  of  Mount  Carmel,  and  extending  to 
what  was  afterward  the  border  of  Benjamin, 
we  tind  the  Hivites,  having  Shechem  as  their 
principal  city  in  the  time  of  Jacob.  (Gen. 34: 2.) 
Afterward,  they  occupied  several  towns  imme- 
diately nortli  of  Jerusalem,  four  of  which  formed 
the  "Gibeomte  league,"  and  made  a  treaty  of 
peace  with  Joshua.  (Josh.  9:  3-15.)  They 
were  a  quiet  people,  averse  to  war,  and 
submitting  readily  to  foreign  domination. 

7.  The  Perizzites,  "villagers"  are' 
always  named  in  connection  with  the 
Canaanites.  From  the  allusions  in  Gen. 
34:  30,  Josh.  17: 15,  and  other  places,  we 
locate  them  between  the  Hivites  and 
the  western  Canaanites,  in  the  northern 
portion  of  the  Shefelah,  or  foothills, 

where  villages  wciuld  more  readily  cluster  than  among 
the  mountains.  They  remained  in  the  land  as  late  as 
the  time  of  the  restoration  from  Babylonian  captiv- 
ity.    (Ezra  9:1.) 

8.  The  Jebusites  lived  in  the  mountains  around  theii- 
city  Jebus,  afterward  Jerusalem.  They  were  of  C'a- 
naanitish  origin,  a  small  but  warlike  tribe.  Their  king 
w'as  slain  by  Joshua;  but  the  city,  though  burned  by  the 
Israelites  (Judges  1 :  S),  was  still  held  by  its  own  people, 
and  remained  in  their  possession,  a  foreign  forti-ess  in 
the  midst  of  thi^  laud,  until  finally  taken  by  David,  and 
made  his  capital.  (2  Sam.  5. )  South  of  the  Jebusites 
vyere  the  southern  branch  of  the  Hittites,  already  re- 
ferred to. 

0.  One  more  nation  of  the  Canaanite  stock  remains, 
perhaps  the  most  powerful  of  all,  the  AiiKU'ite.s,  or 
"mountaineers."  They  occupied,  orighially,  the  wilder- 
ness between  Hebron  and  the  Dead  Sea,  having  Hazezoii- 
tamar  (aiterwaid  En-gedi)  as  their  capital;  were  smitti'ii 
by  Chedorlaomer,  but  aided  Abraham  in  his  pursuit  and 
battle.  (Gen.  14.)  Afteiward  they  pushed  northward, 
crossed  the  Jordan,  and  possessed  all  the  easteiu  table- 


land north  of  the  Dead  Sea,  dispossessing  the  Ammon- 
ites of  its  southern  portion,  and  the  Rephaim  of  its 
northern.  This  great  country  was  the  "land  of  the 
Amorites"  at  the  time  of  the  conquest,  ruled  by  two 
kings,  Sihon  and  Og. 

It  is  probable,  that,  during  the  patriarchal  era,  while 
Abraham  and  his  family  lived  as  wanderers  in  then- 
Land  of  Promise,  the  lands  east  of  the  Jordan  were 
occupied  by  their  primeval  inhabitants,  the  Rephaim  in 
the  north,  the  Zuzim  between  the  Jabbok  and  the  Arnon, 
and  the  Emim  in  the  south. 


III.     THE  NATIONS  AT  THE 
TIME  OF  THE  CONQUEST. 

What  changes  may  have  taken  place  among  the  tribes 
of  Western  Palestine  duiiug  the  foui'  centuries  while  the 
Israehtes  were  in  Egypt,  is  not  known;  but,  as  the  land 
became  more  thickly  settled,  the  strifes  of  the  Canaanit(> 
tribes  and  their  roving  ti-aits  would  result  in  many 
alterations  of  boundary  lines.  But  east  of  the  Jordan 
the  changes  may  be  more  distinctly  marked. 

1.  The  Amorites,  already  named,  i)robal)ly  conquered 
the  eastern  table-land,  north  of  the  Jabbok,  during  the 
period  of  the  sojourn  (/.  c,  the  stay  of  the  Israelites  in 
Egypt),  and  dispossessed  its  early  inhabitants.  Many  of 
these,  however,  remained  among  the  conquerors,  and  one 
of  this  race,  Og,  the  King  of  Bashan,  ruled  over  the 
noi'thern  Amorites  when  the  Israelites  entered  the  land, 
and  was  slain  by  them. 

2.  Two  new  tribes,  closely  related,  made  their  appear- 
ance during  this  ei)och,  the  Moahitesand  Aniiiioiiite8. 
They  were  descended  from  Lot,  the  m'i)liew  of  Abra- 
ham, and  their  orighi  is  related  in  Gen.  !'.>.  They  arose 
(luring  the  period  cf  the  sojouiii,  and  conqnei'ed  the 
primitive  Emim  and  Zuzim  (Deut.  2:19-23),  probably 


■iO 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


as  far  north  as  the  Jabbok.  But  the  Amorites  on  the 
north  wrested  their  conquests  from  them  and  drove  them 
back  south  of  the  Arnon,  which  was  thenceforward  their 
northern  boundary.  The  Moabites  were  the  settled  jior- 
tion  of  the  tril)e,  dwelhng  m  cities;  while  the  Anunonites 
were  the  predatory,  wandering  element,  living  mostly  in 
the  east,  and  witliout  jiermanent  dwelling  places.  Dur- 
ing the  period  of  tlie  Judges  they  were  among  the  oppres- 
sors of  Israel  (Judges  3  and  Id),  were  defeated  by  Saul, 
(1  Sam.  11),  and  conquered  by  David. 


(2  Sam.  8:2. 


IV.    THE  SURROUNDING  NATIONS. 

The  principal  nations  bordering  upon  the  land  of  Ca- 
naan before  the  conquest  were  the  following  : 

1.  On  the  north  were  the  Hivites,  "that  dwelt  in 
Mount  Lebanon,  from  Mount  Baal-hermon  unto  the  en- 
tering in  of  Hamath."  (Judges  3:3.)  This  is  supposed 
to  have  been  the  original  home  of  the  race,  from  which 
they  journeyed  to  then-  seat  in  Central  Palestine.  Still 
further  north  Avere  the  Arkites,  the  Sinites,  the 
Arvaclites.aud  the  Hainatliites. 

2.  On  the  northeast  lay  the  desert,  and  on  the  south- 
east roamed  the  Aiumonites,  already  mentioned. 

3.  On  the  south  were  several  tribes,  not  all  of  which 
can  be  located  with  certainty.  In  the  west,  south  of  the 
Philistine  country,  were  the  Aiualekites,  a  peojile  of 
unknown  origin  and  predatory  habits.  South  of  Judah 
were  the  Kenite.s;  and  southeast  of  tlie  Dead  Sea,  were, 
m  early  times,  the  Horim  (already  mentioned),  succeeded 
during  the  time  of  the  sojourn  by  the  Edoiuites,  a  race 
descended  from  Esau,  who  will  be  described  hereafter. 
(See  explanations  to  map  on  page  i-t.) 


With  regard  to  these  early  inhabitants  of  Palestine, 
the  following  facts  may  be  noteworthy:  1.  In  respect 
to  race,  most  of  them  belonged  to  the  Hamitic  stock; 
though  the  origin  of  the  six  earliest  peoples  remains 
unknown,  and  the  two  latest,  the  Moabites  and  Ammon- 
ites, were  Semites,  and  closely  related  to  Israel.  2.  As 
to  language,  they  probably  spoke  the  Hebrew  tongue, 
or  one  closely  allied  to  it.  In  Isa.  19:18,  the  Hebrew  is 
evidently  "the  language  of  Canaan,"  i'.  e.,  of  the  Ca- 
naanites.  Whether  this  language  was  the  one  originally 
spoken  by  Abraham's  ancestors  or  not,  we  have  no 
means  of  knoAving;  but  it  is  possible  that  it  was  gained, 
during  the  period  of  the  journeyings,  from  the  Canaan- 
ites.  3.  In  government,  each  village  or  tribe  had  its 
own  ruler,  who  was  called  a  "king";  but  his  authority 
was  limited  by  the  ''elders"  a  body  havirvg  influence 
partly  from  birth,  and  partly  by  force  of  character  of  its 
members.  4.  Their  religion  was  widely  different  from 
that  of  the  Hebrews,  who,  from  the  age  of  Abraham, 
worshii^ed  one  invisible,  self -existent,  spiritual  God. 
The  Canaanites  deified  nature  mider  various  forms,  es- 
pecially as  Baal,  the  giver  of  life,  and  Ashtoreth  (Greek, 
Astarte),  the  corresponding  female  divinity.  Their  rites 
of  worship  were  abominable,  cruel  and  hcentious.  They 
sacrificed  not  only  captured  enemies,  but  their  own  chil- 
dren, to  their  idols,  and  perfoi'med  acts  of  the  grossest 
wickedness  at  their  idolatrous  service.  5.  Their  history 
is  unwritten,  save  in  its  ti'agical  close,  the  conquest  of 
their  land  by  the  Israehtes  under  Joshua,  and  the  anni- 
hilation of  many  of  their  races.  StiU,  many  lived  as  a 
separate  people  through  all  Jewish  history;  and  some  of 
the  best  scholars  are  of  oi)inion  that  the  native  jjopula- 
tion  of  Palestine  at  the  present  time  mainly  belongs  to 
this  old  Canaanite  stock. 


OUTLINE    FOR    REVIEW. 


I.  Earliest  Inhabitants.    Repliaim,  Zuzim,  Kmini,  Ilorim,  Avim,  Anakim. 

II.  Tribi'K  nf  the  Patriarchal  Era.  1.  Marilimc  Plain:  Zidoniaiis,  Ca- 
naanites, Philistines.  2.  Mountain  Region  ;  Ilittites  (north),  Girgashites, 
Hivites,  Perizzites,  Jebusites,  Hittites  (south),  Amorites.  8.  Jordan  Valley: 
Canaanites.    4.  Eastern  Table-Land  :  Rephaim,  Zuzim,  Emim. 


III.  Xalion.'i  at  the  Time  of  the  Conquest.  East  of  Jordan  :  Amorites, 
Moabites,  Ammonites. 

IV.  Surrounding  NatiouK.  1.  North:  Hivite«,  Arkites,  Sinites,  Arva- 
dites,  Hamathites.  2.  Southeast :  Ammonites.  3.  South :  Amalekites, 
Kenites,  Edomites. 


LANDS  OF  THE  SOJOURN  AND  WANDERING. 


THE  LAND  OF  EGYPT. 

I.  Names.  The  in-eseut  name,  "Egypt,"  was  given 
by  the  Greeks,  and  was  never  vised  by  the  inhabitants  in 
ancient  times.  On  the  monuments  it  is  generally  called 
KEM.  In  the  Old  Testament  the  most  frequent  name  is 
"Mizraim,"  in  plural  form.  The  j^oetical  Ijooks  of  the 
Bible  contain  the  name  "Rahab,"  "tlie  proud,  or  inso- 
lent," and  "Land  of  Ham." 

II.  Boundaries  and  Dimensions.  On  tlie  north, 
Egypt  is  bounded  by  the 
Mediterranean  Sea;  on  the 
east,  by  Palestine,  the  Ara- 
bian Desert,  and  the  Red 
Sea ;  on  the  south,  by  Nubia ; 
and  on  the  west,  by  the 
great  African  Desert.  Its 
limits  have  been  the  same 
in  netiily  all  ages.  In  a  geo- 
graphical sense,  it  embraces 
llSjOOO  square  miles;  but  of 
this  more  than  nine-tenths 
consists  of  iiniuliabitable 
deserts.  The  true  Egypt, 
the  liome  of  its  people,  is 
sirajjly  tlie  Valley  of  the 
Nile  and  the  space  between 
its  mouths,  an  area  of  9,600 
square  miles,  a  little  larger 
than  the  State  of  New 
Hampshire.  Deducting 
from  tliis  the  area  covered  by  the  iSilp  and  its  branches, 
the  land  of  Egypt  which  may  be  occupied  or  culti- 
vated includes  about  5,600  square  miles,  or  less  than 
the  united  area  of  Connecticut  and  Rliode  Island. 

III.  Divisions.  There  have  always  been  two  Egypts, 
Northern  and  Southern.  Northern  or  Lower  Egypt  com- 
prises the  Delta  of  the  Nile,  triangular  in  shape,  a  plain 
between  the  eastern  or  Pelusiac  liranch  of  the  Nile  and 
its  western  or  Canopic  branch.  Tiiis  is  a  vast  garden, 
with  soil  the  richest  in  the  Old  World,  and  the  grain 
field  of  the  Roman  empire.  Southeast  of  the  Pelusiac 
branch  lay  the  Land  of  Goshen  (now  Esli'  S/inrkit/ch), 
the  home  of  the  Israehtes  during  the  Sojourn.  Southern 
or  Upper  Egypt  is  a  narrow  valley,  winding  with  the 
course  of  the  Nile,  varying  in  width  fi'om  two  to  ten 
miles;  a  strip  of  fertile  soil  between  two  l)arivn  liills, 
beyond  whic-h  the  desert  lies  on  eithei'  side.  Tlic  two 
sections  were  always  regarded  as  sei)ai'ate,  and  each  was 
represented  in  the  double  crown  worn  by  the  kings. 
There  was  another  division,  made  in  very  early  times, 
into  names,  oi-  provinces,  each  having  its  own  ruler,  and 


its  own  object  of  Avorship.     Of  these  nomes  there  were 
from  8<)  to  ;")()  at  ditferent  times. 

IV.  Tlie  Nile.  This  has  been  in  every  age  the  most 
important  feature  in  the  toi^ogi-aphy  of  the  country,  and 
the  cause  of  its  surpassing  fertility.  Its  sources,  long 
unknown,  are  in  the  great  lakes  of  Central  Africa, 
whence  it  flows  in  a  northerly  direction.  The  main 
stream,  called  the  White  Nile,  recei^'es  in  Nubia  its  prin- 


_-«»■* 


AN    ECiYI'TIAiN    TEMPLE. 

cipal  tributary,  the  Blue  Nile,  which  rises  in  Abyssinia. 
During  the  last  l,5(iO  miles  of  its  course  it  is  not  in- 
creased by  any  other  stream,  and  flows  through  a  torrid 
desert.  Yet,  as  it  enters  the  Mediterranean,  its  current  is 
still  that  of  a  mighty  river.  Its  mouths  are  at  present 
three  in  number,  though  foinierly  seven;  and,  from  their 
resemblance  on  tlie  map  to  the  Greek  letter  a,  that  por- 
tion of  Egypt  is  called  the  Delta.  Its  annual  overflow 
begins,  in  Lower  Egypt,  about  the  L'5th  ot  June,  attains 
its  height  in  three  months,  and  remains  stationary  twelve 
days,  at  a  height  of  about  3<i  feet  above  its  ordinai'y  Icvc^l 
at  Thebes,  25  feet  at  Cairo,  and  i  feet  at  its  mouth.  This 
overflow  is  due  to  the  rains  in  Central  Africa,  and  as  it 
brings  down  new  soil,  keeps  the  land  always  fertile. 
But  for  the  Nile,  Egypt  would  only  be  a  part  of  the 
Great  Desert. 

V.  The  People  of  Egypt  were  of  the  Hamitic  stock, 
a  race  of  liigh  capacity,  forming  the  earliest  civilization 
known  in  history.     They  were  rehgious,  but  worshiping 


41 


42 


MANUAL   OF   BIBLICAL   GEOGRAPHY 


animals,  and  even  the  lowest  forms  of  life;  contemplat- 
ive and  studious,  attaining  to  considerable  knowledge, 
though  on  nari'ow  lines  of  research;  patriotic,  but  not 
fond  of  war,  and  therefore  rarely  conquerors  of  other 
nations.  Their  language  was  "•agglutinative  monosyl- 
labic," with  mingled  Kigriticand  Semitic  chai'acteristics. 


Cultivable  Land  in  lEgypt  ■ 
Yalicy  of  Sfle  and  Vetta  ■ 


j,vOO  Sijiiare  2IiJes, 
:>.0OO  Square  21iles. 


Territorial    'Brteitt    of  JSy\yt.    llSfiOO 


AKEA   of   EGYPT. 


Their  government  was  most  thoroughly  organized,  and 
took  cognizance  of  even  the  minute  matters  of  life. 
Theii'  art  was*  missive  and  sombre,  imposing  from  its 
vastness,  but  hot  A'aried,  and  therefore  giving  but  httle 
play  to  genius.     The  Egyptians  were  slender  of  fiame. 


Approximate  Scale,  51&  miles  to  1  inch. 


but  strong.  Their  faces  were  oval  and  ohve-colored; 
their  hair  long,  crisp  and  jet-black.  They  are  supposed 
to  be  represented  at  the  present  time  by  the  Copts. 

"\''I.  The  History  of  Egypt  begins  at  a  time  un- 
dated, but  long  after  the  flood.  It  is  divided  into  three 
periods,  those  of  the  Old,  jMiddle,  and  New  Empires.  The 
Old  Empire  was  founded  by  Menes,  and  had  its  capital 
at  Memphis.  During  the  fourth  dynasty  of  this  period 
the  Pyramids  were  built.  The  Middle  Empire  arose  at 
Thebes,  and  lasted  until  l.iTO  B.  C.  The  Twelfth  dy- 
nasty was  most  powerful  during  tliis  epoch,  conquering 
Ethiopia  and  Arabia.  About  2000  B.  C.  the  land  was 
conquered  by  foreign  princes,  who  ruled  400  years,  and 
were  known  as  the  Hyksos,  or  Shepherd  Kings.  The 
New  Empire  arose  in  1570  B.  C,  after  the  expulsion  of 
the  Hyksos,  and  lasted  for  a  thousand  years.  Its  great- 
est monarch  was  Ranieses  II.,  who  has  been  supposed  to 
be  the  "Pharaoh of  the  Oppression "'  (not  of  the  Exodus), 
and  ruled  as  far  east  as  Chaldea  and  Assyria.  The  above 
dates  are  all  uncertain.  Concerning  the  chronology,  see 
page  13.  The  land  was  conquered  by  the  Pei-sians, 
B.  C.  527,  and  annexed  to  the  Persian  emi^u'e. 

VII.  The  principal  Places  were,  in  Lower  Egj^st, 
Memphis,  the  ancient  capital;  HeUopohs,  called  in  the 
Bible  On,  near  the  eastern  bi'anch  of  the  Delta ;  Ranie- 
ses, in  the  Laud  of  Goshen;  Pelusium,  at  the  eastern 
mouth  of  the  Nile;  and  Alexandria,  in  later  Iiistory  the 
metropolis  of  Egypt,  near  the  Canopic  mouth  of  the  Nile. 
In  L^pper  Egypt,  Thebes  was  the  most  important  place, 
and  long  the  capital. 

OUTLINE  FOR  REVIEW. 

1.  Names.     Egypt,  Kem,  Mzraim,  Rahab,  Land  nf  Ham. 

3.  Boundaries  and  Dimensions.  North  (>reditc'iTaiiean  Sea);  East  (Pal- 
estine, Arabia.  Red  Sea);  South  (Kubia);  West  (.\frican  Desert).  Area, 
11.5,000  square  miles.  Inhabitable,  9,600  square  miles.  Land,  5.600  .square 
miles. 

3.  Diviaiom.    Lower  (Drlta);  Upper  (Valley). 

4.  Kite.     White  Nile,  Blue  Nile;  Sources;  Delta;  Overflow. 

5.  People.  Hamitic  Origin;  Civilization,  Language;  Art;  Physical 
Traits. 

6.  Iliftvn/.  Old  Empire  (Jlemphis,  Pyramids);  Middle  Empire  (Thebes, 
Dynasty  XIL,  Ilykso.s);  New  Empire  (Rameses  IL,  Pereians). 

THE  WILDERNESS  OF  THE  AVANDERING. 

I.  Situation.  This  region  lies  between  Egypt  and 
Edom,  a  great  triangle,  having  for  its  three  points  the 
border  of  Lale  Meiizaleh,  the  southern  extremity  of  the 
Dead  Sea,  and  Ras  Mohaimned,  the  southern  end  of  the 
peninsula.  Its  northern  boundary  is  the  Mediterranean 
Sea,  the  land  of  the  Philistines,  and  the  Xegeb.  or  South 
Country.  Its  southeastern  line  is  the  depression  of  the 
Arahalu  and  the  Gulf  of  Akaba,  or  ^^lanitic  Gulf.  Its 
southwestern  line  is  the  Isthmus  of  Suez  and  the  Gulf 
of  Suez.  Fi-om  Egj-pt,  in  a  hue  due  east,  to  the  Dead 
Sea,  is  about  2()0  miles;  from  the  Mediterranean,  at  the 
Wady  el  Arish  ("the  River  of  Egyi^t "),  to  Ras  Moham- 
med, a  line  a  httle  east  of  south,  is  about  225  miles,  thus 
making  the  entire   area  of   the  triangle  about   22,500 


LANDS  OF  THE  SOJOURN  AND  WANDERING. 


43 


squai-e  miles,  or  less  than  the  aggregate  area  of  New 
Hampshire,  Vermont  and  Massachusetts,  though  larger 
than  any  two  of  those  States. 

n.  Natural  Features.  This  region  has  two  general 
divisions,  and  three  others  closely  connected  with  them. 
1.  The  Tahle-Land.  2.  The  Sinaitic  Mountains.  3.  The 
narrow  plain  hy  the  western  arm  of  the  Red  Sea.  i. 
The  Aiabah,  or  valley  between  the  ^lauitic  Gulf  and 
the  Dead  Sea.     5.  The  Negeb,  or  South  Country. 

1.  The  northern  and  central  portion  of  the  triangle  is 
a  sterile  table-land  of  limestone,  from  2,000  to  2,500  feet 
liigh,  and  consisting  of  roUing  plains  with  a  graveUy 
surface;  with  few  springs,  and  these  mostly  of  impure 
water;  and  watered  only  by  the  streams  of  the  Wady  el 
An'sh  ("the  River  of  Egypt"),  a  torrent  which  is  dry 
during  most  of  the  year. 
This  was  the  ^Vilderness  of 
Paran,  "the  great  and 
terrible  wilderness"  (Deut. 
1 :  19)  in  which  the  Israel- 
ites wandered  for  38  years. 
It  is  noAv  called  et  Tih, 
"the  wandering,"  and  is 
travei-sed  from  east  to  west 
by  two  caravan  routes, 
marked  by  the  bleached 
bones  of  camels  that  have 
perished  l)y  the  way.  On 
the  north  it  slopes  away 
to  a  plain  of  white  sand 
reaching  to  the  Mediter- 
ranean, which  was  generally 
called  the  Wilderness  of 
Shur.  On  the  other 
three  sides  it  is  bounded 
by  a  chain  of  moun- 
tains, 4,000  feet  high, 
called  Jebel  et  Till.  It 
was  in  this  wilderness 
country  that  the  chil- 
dren of  Israel  were 
doomed  to  wander  until 
all  the  generation  that 
came  out  of  Egy^jt 
died,  except  Caleb  and 
.Tosliua.  Even  Moses 
was  not  permitted  to 
more  than  see  the 
Promised  Land  from 
the  top  of  Pisgah. 

2.  Beyond  the  des- 
eit,    and    separated   from 
tains    above    named,    and 


vsm 


changeably,  though  some  consider  the  former  the  name 
of  the  group,  and  Sinai  a  single  peak.  There  has  been 
much  discussion  as  to  which  is  the  "Mountain  of  the 
Law,"  from  which  the  Ten  Commandments  were  given. 
Three  peaks  have  been  most  prominently  presented  by 
different  explorers.  Jehel  Musa,  "the  Mountain  of 
Moses,"  which  is  supjiorted  by  local  tradition,  and  by 
the  authority  of  Ritter,  Kurtz,  Keil  and  Kalisch;  Jehd 
Serbal,  claimed  by  Lepsius;  and  Rds  es  Sufsafeh,  sup- 
ported by  Robinson,  Dean  Stanley,  and  the  most  of  re- 
cent travelers.  Tlais  is  a  granite  cliff  standing  above  the 
plain  so  boldly  that  one  may  walk  up  and  lay  a  hand 
upon  its  waD,  which  rises  1.500  feet  above  the  jAain,  and 
6,500  feet  above  the  sea.  The  plain  in  front  of  it  is 
called  er  Rahah,  and  is  2,300  yards  long  and  9ou  yards 

wide,  suflBciently  large  for 
the  presence  of  all  the 
Israelites  before  the  mount, 
without  including  another 
plain  on  the  northeast, 
branching  from  er  RaJcah, 
and  called  Wady  esk 
SheiM.  It  is  situated  in 
a  vast  and  dreary  desert, 
occuj^ied  for  the  most  part 
by  hordes  of  Arabs,  who 
subsist  by  plunder,  and 
render  the  journey  to  Sinai 
impossible  except  to  large 
and  well  defended  cara- 
vans. 

8.  Between  the  moun- 
tains and  the  western  arm 
of  the  Red  Sea  lies 
a  narrow  plain,  fol- 
lowing the  line  of  the 
coast.  On  the  north- 
western section  it  was 
called    the  Wilderness 


% 


of 
111." 


J?^i^ 


KAS   ES   SCFS.\FEH   (MOUNT   SIN.\l). 


Etham  ;  opposite 
Sinaitic  group  of 
mountains,  the 
Wilderness  of  Sin. 
This  lower  portion 
is  now  called  el 
Kaa. 

4.  From  the  head 
of  the  Gulf  of 
Akaba  (iElanitic 
Gulf)  a  gorge  ex- 
tends nearly  north- 


it  by  the  chain  of  moun- 
also  by  a  narrow  strip  of 
sand  south  of  the  mountains,  is  the  group  of  the  Si- 
naitic Mountains.  This  group  is  triangular  in  form, 
and  consists  of  ranges  radiating  from  a  centre.  The 
names  Horeb  and  Sinai  seem  to  have  been  used  inter- 


ward  to  the  Dead  Sea,  an  extension  of  the  Jordan 
Valley,  the  Arabah,  called  in  the  history  the  Wil- 
derness of  Zin.  It  lies  between  the  mountain  chain 
on  the  east  of  the  Wilderness  of  Paran  {et  Tilt) 
and  Mount  Seir,  the  home  of  the  Edomites.  The 
opinion  held  by  many  early  writers,  that  the  Jordan 


34  ^    XongituSe        from 


Statute  ftiteV;*l«'='.^'":*'- 


BANO.MtNALLV  ^  CO., ENGR'S,  CHICAGO. 


7  77^    iongitude       from       "WasliingtoD.      775^ 


44 


LANDS  OF  THE  SOJOURN  AND  WANDERING. 


45 


once  flowed  thi-ough  this  depression  into  the  Red  Sea, 
may  be  correct  as  regards  a  past  geologic  period,  but 
not  as  an  historical  fact;  for  it  is  evident  that  no  great 
change  has  taken  place  in  this  region  within  the  limit  of 
historical  time.  Opposite  the  traditional  Mount  Hoi-  the 
bed  of  the  valley  is  about  500  feet  above  the  sea-level ; 
and  from  this  point  it  slopes  northward  to  the  Dead 
Sea,  1,300  feet  below  the  sea-level,  and  southward  to  the 
Gulf  of  Akaba. 

5.  The  Negeb,  or  South  Comitry,  has  aheady  been  de- 
scribed. (See  p.  32.)  The  southern  section  of  this  region 
belongs  to  the  Wilderness  of  the  Wandering,  from 
Mount  Halak  northward. 

in.  Inhabitants.  The  only  inhabitants  of  this  re- 
gion at  tlie  time  of  the  Israelite  Wandering  were  the 
Amalekites,  who  roamed  throughout  the  desert  of  Paran. 
Their  origin  is  uncertain;  and  they  may  have  lielonged 
to  the  same  stock  with  the  earliest  inhabitants  of 
Canaan,  as  they  were  a  distinct  tribe  in  the  times  of 
Abraham.  (Gen.  l-t. )  They  were  the  bitter  enemies  of 
Israel  during  all  the  period  of  the  Wandering,  attacking 
their  rear,  and  destroying  detached  companies  of  them 
on  their  march.  (Deut.  25: 18.)  The  only  pitched  battle 
with  them  took  place  at  Rephidim,  near  Mount  Sinai, 
when  they  weie  defeated  by  Israel;  l)ut  they  attacked 
the  Israelites  again  at  Hormah,  and  inflicted  serious 
injury.  Long  afterward  their  power  was  broken  by 
Saul  (1  Sam.  15),  and  their  destruction  was  completed 
by  David.     (1  Sam.  27  and  30.) 

OUTLINE  FOR  REVIEW. 

I.  Situation.  Triangle  (Menzaleh,  Dead  Sea.  Ras  Jlohamraed).  Bound- 
aries. North  (Mediterranean  Sea,  Pliili<tines.  Negebl;  Southeast  (Arabah, 
Akaba);  Southwest  (Isthmus  and  Gulf  of  Suez).  200  miles  east  and  west; 
225  north  and  sotith. 

II.  Xdtuml  Failiinn.  Taljle-Land  (Paran.  Sliiir);  Sinaitic  Mountains 
(Iloreb  anil  Sinai);  Plain  (Etham,  Sin);  Arabah  (Ziu);  Negeb  (Mount 
Halak). 

HI.  Inliabiiants.     Amalekites  (Rephidim,  Ilormaii). 

THE  LAND  OF  EDOM. 

I.  Boundaries.  The  country  of  Edom,  or  of  the 
Edomites,  lay  south  of  that  of  the  Moabites,  the  boundary 
between  them  being  the  brook  Zered  (  Wad//  el  AJisi/), 
which  flows  into  the  soutliern  lagoon  of  tlie  Dead  Sea.  On 
the  east  it  extended  to  the  great  Arabian  de-sert,  in  that 
section  supposed  to  be  the  '"land  of  the  Temanites."  On 
the  south  its  border  was  the  counti'y  of  tlie  Midianites, 
and  the  head  of  the' Gulf  of  Akal)a.  The  western 
boundary  was  the  Arabah,  or  sunken  ravine  running- 
northward  between  the  Red  Sea  and  the  Dead  Sea. 
Thei-e  is,  however,  an  opinion  gaining  ground,  that  "  tlie 
field  of  Edom "  extended  somewhat  to  the  west  of  the 
Arabah,  and  south  of  Palestine. 

II.  Names.  The  earliest  name  of  this  country,  and 
one  often  used  throughout  Bilile  history,  was  Mount 
Seir,  "the  rugged,"  from  its  rough,  mountainous  nature. 
This  was  the  name  of  its  earliest  inhabitants,  "the  sons 
of   Seir  the  Horite."     (Gen.  36:20.)     Afterward  it  was 


possessed  by  the  descendants  of  Esau,  and  called  Edom, 
"red,"  from  the  "red  pottage"  for  which  Esau  sold  his 
birthright.  Probably  the  red  color  of  its  sandstone 
mountains  also  aided  to  fix  the  name.  In  the  New  Tes- 
tament time  the  word  received  a  Greek  form,  and  became 
Idumea.  Josephus  caUed  it  GebaUene,  "mountainous." 
At  present  it  is  divided  into  two  sections,  each  having  a 
difi'erent  name;  north  of  Petra  being  called  Jehal,  and 
south,  esh  Sherali. 

III.  Natviral  Features.  Edom  is  emphatically  a 
land  of  mountains.  On  the  west,  along  the  side  of  the 
Araliah,  is  a  line  of  low  limestone  hills.  Back  of  these 
rise  higher,  igneous  rocks,  surmounted  by  variegated 
sandstone,  of  pecuhar  color,  2,000  feet  high.  The  east- 
ern side  of  the  mountains  slopes  gently  away  into  the 
Arabian  desert.  But,  though  rough,  the  land  is  I'ich, 
and  the  terraced  hillsides  have  in  aU  ages  been  bright 
with  vegetation,  and  its  people  have  been  prosperous. 
So  the  blessing  of  Esau  (Gen.  27:39,  40)  has  been  ful- 
filled in  a  land  of  "the  fatness  of  the  earth,  and  of  the 
dew  of  heaven."  Its  capital  during-  the  Old  Testament 
period  was  Bozrah  (now  Biisireh),  near  its  northern 
border.  Afterward,  Sela,  the  Pefra  of  reniarkal)le  rock 
hewn  liuildings,  arose  to  prominence.  Ezion-geber,  at 
the  head  of  the  Gulf  of  Akaba,  was  its  sea-port. 

IV.  History.  Mount  Seir  was  first  settled  by  the 
Horites,  or  Horim,  like  the  inhabitants  of  Palestine  a 
people  of  unknown  origin.  During  the  later  patriarchal 
age  it  was  conquered  and  possessed  by  Esau,  the  brother 
of  Jacob,  and  ever  after  occupied  by  his  descendants,  the 
Edomites.  The  I'efusal  of  this  people  to  allow  the 
Israehtes  to  journey  through  their  territory  comiieUed 
them  to  make  a  long  detour  around  Edom  on  th(>  south 
and  east,  and  enter  Palestine  by  the  land  of  the  Moabites. 
During  the  period  of  the  Judges  the  Edomites  are  not 
mentioned;  but  they  Avere  beaten  by  Saul,  and  thorough- 
ly conquered  by  David,  after  a  severe  struggle.  At  the 
division  of  the  kingdom.  B.  C.  035,  Edom  was  held  by 
Judah.  Its  people  rebelled  in  the  time  of  Jehoram,  the 
son  of  Jehoshaphat,  and,  although  defeated  by  Judah, 
were  able  to  maintain  their  independence.  They  joined 
the  Chaldeans  under  Nebuchadnezzar  in  the  destruction 
of  Jerusalem,  for  which  the  later  prophecies  and  psalms 
gave  them  bitter  denunciations.  About  tlie  time  of  the 
captivity,  B.  C.  587-536,  the  Edomites  gained  possession 
of  most  of  the  country  south  of  Judah.  extending  even 
to  the  coiifincis  of  Egypt.  But  they  lost  their  own  land. 
Mount  Seir,  which  liecanie  the  possession  of  the  Naba- 
theans.  These  were  a  race,  jierhaps  allied  to  the  Ara- 
bians, wbo  laid  aside  their  nomad  habits,  and  founded  a 
kingdom,  whose  peoi)le  grew  rich  by  the  caravan  trade. 
The  Edomites,  or  Idumenns,  south  of  Palestine,  were 
coiKpiered  by  the  Maccabean  princes  and  incorporated 
with  the  Jews.  B.  C.  130,  and  the  Nabathean  kingdom 
was  annexed  to  the  Roman  empire,  A.  D.  105. 

V.  Peculiarities.  Th(>  Edomites,  though  descended 
from  the  stock  of  Abraham,  adopted  tiie  idolatry  of  the 
Canaanites,  with  whom  they  had  intermarried.      But 


46 


MANUAL  UF  BIBLICAL  GEOGEAPHY. 


their  most  remarkable  feature,  as  a  nation,  was  that  of 
dwelhng  in  caves.  The  mountains  of  Idumea  are  of 
soft  sandstone,  easily  wrought,  and  are  penetrated  with 
caves  and  grottoes,  which  Avere  used,  not  like  those  of 
other  nations,  for  bm-ial  places,  but  for  residence.  The 
rock-hewn  temples,  palaces  and  homes  of  Petra,  so  well 
known  to  travelers,  are  magnificent  in  appearance.  The 
custom  probably  arose  from  the  fear  of  robbers,  and 
from  the  ease  with  which  the  caves  could  be  excavated 
in  the  sandstone  rock. 

OUTLINE    FOE   REVIEW. 

1.  Boundaries.     Moab;  Desert:  Midianites;  Aiabali. 

2.  yames.     Seir,  Edom,  Idumea,  Geballene,  .Jebal  and  csh  Slierah. 

3.  J^atural  Features.     Mountains;  Soil;  Capitals  (Bozrab,  Petra). 

4.  Hislory.  Horites;  Esau;  Edomites;  Israelite  Supremacy;  Chaldeans; 
Nabatlieaus;  Maccabeaus;  Romans. 

5.  Peculiarities.     Religion;  Rock  Houses. 

THE  WANDEUIXG  IN  THE  WILDERNESS. 

There  are  great  difficulties  in  iixing  the  location  of  the 
places  and  the  order  of  events  in  the  histor}-  of  the  forty 
years  which- intervened  between  the  exodus,  or  "gohig 
out,"  from  Egypt,  and  the  entrance  into  the  Promised 
Land  (B.  C.  l:2.")(i-1210).  These  difficulties  arise  from 
various  causes:  the  antiquity  of  the  events,  the  frag- 
mentary character  of  the  liistory,  the  extent  of  the 
country,  our  scanty  knowledge  of  the  region,  and  espe- 
cially the  changes  which  have  taken  place  in  the  sea-coast 
during  the  3,000  years  past.  While  the  general  course 
of  the  journey  can  be  easih'  defined,  the  particular  local- 
ities are,  in  many  instances,  exceedingly  uncertain. 
For  the  convenience  of  the  student,  we  divide  the  entu"e 
journey  from  Egypt  to  Canaan  into  sections. 

I.  From  Rameses  to  the  Red  Sea.  (Exod.  12-1-t; 
Num.  33:. 5-8.)  The  sojourn  of  the  Israehces  was  passed 
in  the  Land  of  Goshen,  between  the  Nile  and  the  Isthmus 
of  Suez.  The  court  of  the  reigning  Pharaoh  during  the 
time  while  Moses  was  negotiating  for  the  departure  of 
the  Israehtes,  was  at  Zoan,  or  Tanis  (Psa.  78:12),  the 
royal  city  of  the  Delta.  Rameses,  the  place  of  meeting 
for  the  Israelites,  was  probably  a  district  rather  than 
a  city  (Gen.  47:8),  but  may  have  been  at  Abu  Kesheib. 
Pithom  (Exod.  1:11)  has  been  discovered  at  Tell  Mas- 
kutor,  ten  miles  west  of  Lake  Timsah.  Succoth, '  'booths' ' 
or  "tents,"  was  probably  not  a  city  but  a  camp,  and  its 
location  is  unknown.  Etham,  "wall"  (Exod.  13:20),  may 
indicate  a  place  near  the  great  wall  which  extended  across 
the  isthmus.  Pi-hahiroth  may  be  at  Agrud,  near  Suez. 
Baal-zephon  may  be  the  mountain  Jehel  Alaka.  The 
Israelites  crossed  the  sea  at  the  narrow  Strait  of  Suez, 
where  the  distance  from  shore  to  shore  is  about  two- 
thirds  of  a  mile.  At  that  time  the  gulf  probably 
extended  several  miles  north  of  its  present  position. 
The  northeast  wind  drove  out  the  waters,  leaving  a  i)ath 
across  the  gulf,  with  pools  on  either  side,  as  a  "wall" 
or  defense  to  the  crossing  Israelites. 

II.  From  the  Red  Sea  to  Mount  Sinai.  (Exod. 
15-19;    Num.  33:8-15.)     The  general  direction  can  be 


traced  with  certainty,  but  the  precise  places  of  encamp 
ment  are  only  conjectural.  It  is  probable  that  so  vast  a 
body  of  people,  about  two  miUions,  must  have  occupied 
a  large  extent  of  territory,  and  the  "stations"  were  the 
various  headquarters  of  the  camp.  This  section  of  the 
journey  was  mostly  spent  in  the  two  narrow  plains 
along  the  coast,  the  Wilderness  (or  desert)  of  Etham, 
and  that  of  Sin.  At  Marah  {Ain  Hmcarah)  the  bitter 
waters  were  healed;  at  Elim  {Wady  GhuriuicM)  they 
were  I'ef reshed  by  the  ' '  twelve  wells  and  three-score  and 
ten  palm  trees."'  At  the  next  station.  No.  0,  "the  en- 
campment at  the  Red  Sea,"  they  saw  for  the  last  time 
the  waters  of  the  western  gulf,  and  the  land  of  Egypt 
beyond  them.  Here  they  turned  eastward,  and.  passing 
the  mountain  bari-ier,  entered  the  Wilderness  of  Sin. 
(This  is  to  l)e  distinguished  from  the  Wilderness  of  Zin, 
or  the  Arabah,  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  penmsula.)  In 
this  wild  and  barren  country,  food  failed  them,  and  the 
manna  began  to  be  supplied  (Exod.  16),  to  last  for  forty 
years.  Their  general  course  was  now  eastward,  through 
the  wadies,  or  dry  beds  of  winter  torrents.  At  Replii-/ 
dim  (station  13)  two  events  are  recorded  as  occurring. 
The  want  of  water  led  to  a  miraculous  supply  from  the 
smitten  rock  (Exod.  17:i!-T);  and  the  Israehtes  fought 
the  first  battle  in  their  history,  with  the  wandering 
Amalekites,  who  attacked  the  rear  of  the  scattered  host. 
Under  Joshua,  who  here  appears  for  the  first  time,  they 
were  defeated,  and  devoted  to  complete  destruction. 
(Exod.  17:8-10;  Deut.  25:18.)  The  next  station  was 
Mount  Sinai,  in  front  of  which  they  encamped,  probably 
on  the  plain  er  Ruhah.  Their  journey  thus  far  had  oc- 
cupied two  months  and  a  half,  and  here  they  remained 
for  a  year.  The  principal  events  at  Mount  Sinai  were: 
1.  The  giving  of  the  law.  (^Exod.  19-31. )  2^^e  worship 
of  the  golden  calf,  and  its  punishment,  ^xod. 
3.  The  building  ami  r, niMiiation  of  the  Tabernacle. 
(Exod.  35-411. )  4.  The  numbering  and  organization  of 
the  people.     (Num.  1-2.) 

III.     From    3Iount    Sinai    to    Kadesh-barnea. 
After  a  year  spent  at  and  around  Mount  Sinai,  the  camp 
Avas  taken  up,  and  the  host,  led  by  the  Ark  of  the  Cove- 
nant, entered  once  more  upon  its  march.     The  direction 
of  the  journey  was  northeast,  and  the  route  Avas  probably 
through  the  Wady  Sued.     At  Taberah  (station  15),  the  j    ^ 
"  fire  of  the  Lord"'  consumed  some  on  the  verge  of  the  I    ■^  ' 
camp  who  murmured  against  God's  commands.  _(Num. 
11:1   3.)    At  Kibroth-hattaavah  (station  16),  (perhaps  the    , 
saiui'  plac  r  with  the  preceding),  a  dishke  of  the  manna  .■     ^ 
and  a  lust  for  flesh-meat  seized  the  crowd  of  people,  and  i      ^ 
for  a  month  they  fed  upon  quails,  but  were  punished  by 
a  plague,  A\hich  destroyed  multitudes,  and  gave  a  name 
to  the  place,  "the  graves  of  ^1■^g^-  "    (K.im    1 1  --1-?}^  )     At 
Hazeroth  (probably  .4//;  Hudhemh),  Miriam  instigated    /i^« 
Aaron  to  a  rebeUion  against  Moses,  but  was  smitten  with    ' 
leprosy,  though  healed  at  the  prayer  of  Moses.     (Num. 
12:1-16.)    The  Israelites  followed  the  mountain  chain 
)y  the  Red  Sea.  keeping  upon  the  western  side  of  the 
hiUs,  and,  passing  through  the  edge  of  the  Wilderness  of 


LANDS  OF  THE  SOJOURN   AND  WANDERING. 


47 


Paian  and  along  the  Arabah,  followed  up  the  line  of  the 
' •  Mount  of  the  Aniorites  "  (which  appears  to  have  been 
a  general  name  for  the  mountains  in  the  southern  por- 
tion of  the  Negeb,  or  South  Country),  until  they  came 
to  Kadesh-barnea.  Tlie  location  of  thij  place  is  the 
great  difficulty  in  the  geography  of  the  period.  The 
name  appears  to  be  used  with  reference  to  a  region,  and 
more  definitely  referring  to  a  place.  Three  localities 
liave  been  claimed,  all  on  the  border  of  the  "Mount  of 
the  Amorites,"  or  the  South  Country.  The  most  south- 
erly location  is  that  now  known  as  Ain  esh  Shehabeh,  on 
the  Wudy  Jerafeh;  the  most  westerly,  ai  Aiti  Gadis,  or 
Quad  is,  directly  south  of  the  land  of  Judah;  the  one  far- 
thest to  the  north  and  east,  at  Ain  el  Weibeh,  in  the 
edge  of  the  Arabah,  south  of  the  Dead  Sea.  The  latter 
has  been  regai'ded  by  most  explorers  since  Dr.  Robinson, 
as  the  correct  site,  and  as  it  appears  on  the  older 
inaj^s.  But  the  Rev.  J.  Rowlands,  on  a  journey  through 
the  entire  region,  identified  Ai/i  Quad  is  as  the  true 
Kadesh-barnea,  and  his  conclusion  was  confirmed  by 
Dr.  H.  C.  Trumbull  after  a  thorough  investigation  of 
all  the  three  places.  It  is  now  accepted  by  most 
writers.  We  have  therefoi-e  regarded  Ain  Quadis 
as  Kadesh-barnea,  and  have  made  it  the  center 
of  Israelite  journeying  during  the  thirty-eight  years 
of  the  wandering.  The  change  in  the  location  of 
Kadesh-barnea  may  necessitate  a  change  in  the  loca- 
tion of  Mount  Hor,  which  Trumbull  places  at  Jchel 
MaderaTi,  but  we  have  retained  the  old  locality  on 
the  edge  of  Edom.  Twice  the  Israelites  were  encamped 
at  Kadesh,  which  marked  the  beginning  and  end 
of  the  thirty-eight  years'  wandering  in  the  Wilderness 
of  Paran.  From  Kadesh  the  twelve  spies  were  sent 
northward  into  the  Land  of  Canaan,  and  the  adverse 
report  of  ten  of  them  caused  such  terror  and  rebellion 
in  the  host,  that  God  declared  that  they  should  not 
enter  the  Promised  Land  until  all  that  generation 
J)  .should  have  passed  away.  (Num.  i:j,  14.)  They  were 
ordered  to  turn  back  into  the  wild^l'IlHSs,  but  dis- 
obeyed, and,  against  their  leaders'  advice,  undertook 
to  force  a  i)assage  to  Canaan,  prol)aV)ly  up  the  pass 
es  Sufa.  But  the  inhabitants  of  the  mountains  (Amor- 
ites, Canaanites,  and  Amalekites  in  alliance)  attacked 
them  to  their  utter  defeat  at  Hormah,  and  effectually 
barred  their  entrance  to  the  land  through  the  South 
Country,  as  the  warlike  Pliilistines  had  closed  it  against 
'  them  by  the  way  of  the  plain  by  the  sea.  (Exod. 
13:J7.J  Discouraged  and  despairing,  the  host  of  Israel 
again  turned  their  faces  once  more  toward  the  terrible 
Wilderness  of  Paran. 

IV.,  v.,  VI.  From  Kadesh-barnea  to  Mount 
Hor,  Ezion-geber,  and  Return.  The  period  of  the 
next  tliirty-eight  years  remains  in  sliadow.  Scarcely  an 
event  is  named  which  certainly  belongs  to  this  division, 
the  longest  by  far  in  the  journey.  In  the  history  at 
Num.  14:45,  there  is  a  break  in  the  record,  and  oth(>r 
topics  are  referred  to  until  w-e  find  the  people  at  Kadesh 
once  more,  at  the  end  of  the  38  years,  in  chapter  20;  and 


the  list  of  stations  in  Num.  33: 18-36,  is  only  a  barren  cat- 
alogue of  IS  places,  in  which  not  one  is  clearly  recog- 
nized, and  only  two  or  three  can  be  even  guessed  at. 
Some  have  thought  that  the  entire  period  was  spent  in 
the  Arabah,  wandering  uj)  and  down,  as  two  of  the  sta- 
tions plainly  belong  there.  But  it  is  more  probable  that 
the  people  wandered  over  the  borders  between  the  Negeb 
(South  Country)  and  the  Wilderness  of  Paran.  For  con- 
venience we  may  subdivide  this  period  of  wandering  into 
its  three  journeys.  From  Kadesh,  through  12  unknown 
stations,  to  Moseroth,  wliirh  is  afterward  named  in  the 
account  of  Aaron's  death  (Deut.  10:0),  showing  that  it 
was  near  Mount  Hor.  This  is  indicated  on  the  Map  as 
Journey  IV.  Journey  V.  was  from  Mount  Hor  down 
the  Arabah  southward  to  Ezion-geber,  at  the  head  of  the 
^lanitic  Gulf.  Journey  VI.  was  once  more  through 
the  Arabah,  northward  to  Kadesh-barnea,  completing 
the  period  of  the  punishment  foi'  the  rebeUion  of  38  years 
before.     Here  three  events  took  place.     1.  The  rock  was 


in 
m 

i 

< 

s 

A. 

p. 

f 

\ 

NORTH. 

DAN, 
62,700 

ASHER, 

41,500. 

'APHTALI 
63,400. 

i 

O 

CAMP     OF 

DAN 

• 

„„     ,    

rr 
J. 

o 

S3 

TUIUK        fJM<         l^JiJU. 

3 

CO 

iij 

1- 

z 
O 
X 
CO 

cc 
u 
a 

MERAF?ITES 

Aaron 
MOSES 

Vriests 

e 

si 

C3     S 

■      :o 

In 

|> 

TABEKNACT.F, 

Uj 

KOHATHITES 

1         1 

, 

> 

B 

N 
en    rv, 

CAMP           OP 

KEUBEN. 

GAD, 
46,660 

SIMEON, 
69,300. 

1 

REUBEN,   ; 
46,600. 

SOUTH 

=s 

CAMP   OF   ISRAl.J,. 


smitten  by  Moses,  when  God  had  bidden  him  speak  to  it, 
in  order  to  bring  forth  water;  and,  as  a  penalty,  he  was 
not  permitted  to  enter  Canaan.  (Num.  20:1-13.)  2. 
The  Israelites  asked  of  the  Edomites  (on  whose  western 
border  they  were  encamjjed  at  Kadesh),  the  privilege  of 
crossing  then-  territory  on  their  journey  to  Canaan,  but 
their  request  was  denied.  3.  Soon  after  this,  the  king 
of  the  Canaanite  city  of  Arad,  in  the  Negeb,  or  South 
Country,  2(»  miles  south  of  Hebi'on,  hearing  of  Israel's 
approach  by  the  same  route  as  that  of  the  spies,  38  years 
before,  went  out  to  meet  the  invading  host.  He  was 
rei)ulsed  near  the  same  place  where  Israel  had  suffered  a 
defeat  before,  and  which  was  tlienceforth  caUed  Ilormali, 
"destruction."     (Num.  21:  1-3.) 

VII.,  VIII.  From  Kadesh-barnea  to  Ehith  and 
Jordan.  The  Israelites  were  now  ready  to  enter  their 
Land  of  Promise.  But,  as  the  entrance  by  the  south 
was  f(iund  impracticable,  and  the  Edomites  would  not 
permit  them  to  cross  their  mountains,  a  long  detour  be- 
came necessary;  so  for  a  third  time  they  took  their 


48 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


joui-ney  tlii'ough  the  Arabah.  This  we  have  indicated 
on  the  map  as  No.  VII.  They  paused  before  Mount  Hor, 
while  Aaron  left  them,  to  ascend  the  mountain  and  to  die. 
The  peak  still  bears  his  name,  Jehel  Haroun.  So  ac- 
cording to  most  travelers;  hut  Trumbull  locates  Mount 
Hor  in  the  Negeb.  At  Ezion-geber  and  Elath  (sta- 
tions 43  and  44),  they  saw  once  more  the  Eed  Sea, 
at  its  eastern  arm.  On  tliis  journey,  too,  but  whether 
before  or  after  passing  the  Red  Sea,  is  uncertain, 
they  were  plagued  by  serpents,  and  "the  brazen  ser- 
pent "  was  Ufted  up  by  Moses.  (Num.  21:4-9.)  At  last 
the  southern  point  of  Mount  Seir  was  reached  and 
passed,  and  now  for  the  last  time  (Journey  VIII.)  the 
Israelites  turned  their  faces  northward.  They  traveled 
through  the  land  of  Teman,  between  Edom  and  the 


kadesh-babnt:a   ajsj)  vicrsiTT. 

(According  to  Dr.  TRtniBULL.) 

Ai-abian  desert.  At  the  brook  Zered  (Wady  el  Ahsy), 
station  49,  they  entered  the  land  of  Moab,  which  they 
crossed  in  safety  (Num.  21:11);  and  at  the  brook  Anion 
they  came  into  the  country  of  Sihoii,  the  king  of  the 
Amorites,  who  came  against  them,  and  was  defeated  and 
slain  at  Jahaz.  (Num.  21:12-31.)  The  Amorites  of 
Bashan  on  the  north  were  ruled  by  the  giant  Og,  a 
descendant  of  the  ancient  Rephaim.  (See  page  37.) 
His  land  was  conquered  and  him.self  slain  in  a  decisive 
battle  at  Edrei.  From  the  heights  of  Abarim  (station 
57)  they  descended  to  the  Jordan  Valley,  and  encamped 
at  then-  last  station  (No.  5s)  before  entering  the  Land  of 
Promise,  on  the  eastern  bank  of  the  Jordan,  opposite 
Jericho.  Here  occurred  :  1.  The  episode  of  Balaam's 
prophecy.  (Num.  22-24.)  2.  The  iniquity  of  Israel  with 
the  women  of  Moab,  and  the  plague  on  the  jieople  as 
a  result.  (Num.  25:1-1^.)  3.  The  numbering  of  Israel. 
(Num.  26.)~"4.  The  campaigns  against  the  Moabites  and 
Midianites.  (Num.  31.)  5.  The  allotment  to  the  tribes 
of  Reuben  and  Gad,  and  half  the  tribe  of  Manasseh. 
(Num.  32.)  T).  The  repetition  of  the  law  and  the  reca- 
pitulation of  the  journeys,  in  the  book  of  Deuteronomj-. 


7.  Last  of  all,  the  ascent  of  Moses  up  the  height  of 
Nebo,  his  prophetic  view  of  the  Promised  Land,  and  hia 
lonely  death.     (Dent.  34.) 

STATIONS  OF  THE  ISRAELITES 

BURIN(i  THEIR  JOURNEY   FROM  EGYPT  TO  CAN.\^AN. 

I.     From  Ha.meses  to  the  Red  Se.\. 


Station. 

Identification. 

EXOD. 

Num.     Deut. 

12:37 
12;  37 
13;  20 
14:    2 
14;  22 

33     S 

2.  Succoth 

Unknown  

33 
33 
33 
3S 

3.  Etham  

Unknown   

BirSuweis 

6 

4.  Pi-haliiroth 

5.  Red  Sea 

8' 

II.     From  the  Red  Sea  to  MorsT  SrsAi. 


Statio". 


6.  Desert  of  Shur,  or  of  Etham 

7.  >Iarah 

8.  Elim 

9.  Red  Sea 

10.  Desert  of  Sin 

11.  Dophkah 

12.  Alush 

13.  Rephidim 

14.  Sinai 


Identification. 


ExoD. 


Shore  of  the  Red  Sea 

Aiu  Ha  warah 

Wady  Ghurundel . . . 

Wad)'  Taiyibeh 

El  Murkiyeh  (?) 

Ain  Markha  (?) 

Uncertain 

Wady  Feiran 

Plain  er  Riihah 


15:22 
15:23 
15:27 

16:    1 


17;    1 
19;    1 


XlM. 


33:  ii 
33:  8 
33:  9 
33:  10 
33;  11 
33;  12 
33:13 
33:  14 
33:15 


Devt. 


HI.     From  ilotNT  Sinai  to  Kadesh-bakxea. 


Station. 

Identification. 

Num. 

Num. 

Deut. 

Wady  Saal  (?) 

Erwcis  el  Ebeirig. . . . 

Ain  Hudherali 

.Jebel  ilagrah  (?) 

11:    3 

9:22 

16.  Kibroth-hatiaavah 

17    Hazeroth 

11:  34  33:  16 
11:  35  33-  IT 

1-  19 

19.  KadesU-barnea 

Ain  el  Weibeh  (?).... 

13:26 



1:19 

jy.     From  Kadesh-barxe.v  to  Mount  Hor. 


Station. 


20.  Rithmah    

21.  Rimmonparez. 

22.  Libnah 

23.  Rissab 

24.  Kehelathah. . . . 

25.  Mount  Shapher 

26.  Haradah 

27.  Makheloth 

28.  Tahath 

29.  Tarah 

30.  Jlithcah 

31.  Hashmonah.  . . 

32.  Mosemth 


Identification. 


Uncertain 

Uncertain 

Uncertain 

Uncertain 

Uncertain 

Jebel  Araif  (?). 

Uncertain 

Uncertain 

Uncertain 

Uncertain 

Uncertain 

Uncertain 

Mount  Ilor. .  .  . 


Ndm. 


Num. 


Deut. 


V.     From  MorxT  Hok  to  Ezioxgeber. 

- 

Station. 

Identification. 

Num. 

Num. 

Deut. 

33.  Beue-jaakan 

34    Horhat^idt^ad 

Arabah 

Wady  Ghudhaghidh 
Emsha.sh  C)  

33:31 
33:32 
33;  33 
33:34 
33:35 

3.5    .Totbathah     . .                ... 

36    Ehronah                 .         ... 

Uncertain 

Gulf  of  Akabah 

LAJ^DS  OF  THE  SOJOURN  AND  WANDERING. 


49 


STATIONS  OF  THE  ISRAELITES  — continued. 
VI.     From  Ezion-geber  to  Kadesh-b.^rnea. 


Station. 


S!*.  Kadesh-barnea. 


Identipication. 


Ain  Quadis  , 


Num.     Num.     Dect, 


20:    1  .33:36. 


VII.     From  K-\DEsn-BARNE.v  to  Elatii. 


Statioh. 


39.  Bcue  jaakan. 

40.  Mosera 

41.  Gudgodah. . . 

42.  .lolbath 

43.  Ezion-geber. 

44.  Elath.^ 


Identificatiox. 

Num. 

NCM. 

Bect. 

Arabah 

Mount  Hor 

20:22 

38:37 

10:  6 
10-    6 

VTady  Gluidhagliidh 

10:    7 

Uncertain 

10:    7 

Gulf  of  Akaba 

Akabah 

21:    4 

2:  8 
2:    8 

STATIONS  OF  THE  ISRAELITES  — coxTiNrED. 
VIII.     From  El.^th  to  Jord-^x. 


Station. 

I D  ENTIFICATIOX. 

NCM. 

Ni-M. 

Deut. 

"Wady  Amran(?) 

33:41 
33:42 
33:  43 

4H    Punon 

Uncertain 

47    Oboth 

21:10 
21:  11 
21:  12 
21:  13 

48.  Ijeabariiii 

49.  Zered 

.50.  Anion 

33:  44 

Wady  el  Ahsy 

Wady  Mojeb 

Dhibun 

33:45 
33-46 

10:13 
10:24 

53    Beer                     

Uncertain 

21:16 
21:  18 
21-19 
21:19 
21:20 
22:    1 

54    Mattanah 

Uncertain 

55    ^N'ahaliel       

Uncertain          

56    Bamo*h      

Uncertain 

.Jebel  Neba 

33:47 

58.  Plains  of  Moab,  or  Jordan. . 

Ghor  en  Kimrin 

33:48 



GARDEN    OK    GETHSKMANE. 


THE   CONQUEST   OF   CANAAN. 


After  the  forty  years  of  the  Wandering  came  the 
seven  years  of  the  Conquest.  Yet  it  is  true,  that  in  the 
complete  sense  the  conquest  began  before  the  Israelites 
crossed  the  Jordan  under  Joshua,  and  was  not  finished 
until  long  after  the  period  of  the  Judges.  As  Dean 
Stanley  says  :  ' '  The  conquest  began  from  the  passage  of 
the  brook  Zered,  under  Moses;  it  was  not  finally  closed 
till  the  capture  of  Jerusalem  by 
David.  But  in  a  more  limited 
sense  it  may  be  confined  to  the 
period  during  which  the  territory, 
afterward  known  by  the  name  of 
Palestine,  was  definitively  occupied 
as  their  own  by  the  Israelites 
The  map  on  page  86  shows  us 
the  territorial  divisions  of  the  land 
before  the  conquest;  the  one  which 
we  are  now  studying  presents  the 
campaigns  by  whicli  it  was  won. 
These  may  be  divided  into  three 
sections.  1.  The  conquest  of  the  - 
ten-itory  on  the  east  of  the  Jor- 
dan, in  three  campaigns, 
during  the  rule  of  Moses. 
2.  The  conquest  of  that 
on  the  west  of  the  Jor- 
dan, under  the  leadership 
of  Joshua,  in  three  cam- 
paigns. 3.  A  series  of 
supplementary  conquests 
completing  the  work  of  subjugation. 

I.    THE  CONQUEST  OF  EASTERN  PALESTINE. 

Tills  region  was  occupied,  at  the  time  of  the  arrival 
of  the  Israelites,  by  the  Moabites  lietwecn  tlie  brooks 
Zered  and  Arnon,  and  by  the  Amorites  north  of  the 
Arnon.  The  latter  i^eople  were  divided  into  two  king- 
doms. The  land  of  Gilead  was  ruled  by  King  Rihon. 
whose  capital  was  at  Heshbon;  and  the  table-land  of 
Bashan  by  Og.  a  renmant  of  the  old  race  of  tiie  Kephaim. 
Tributary  to  Sihon,  and  on  the  border  of  the  Arabian 
desert,  were  thy  Midianites  (Jo,sh.  ]:^:21);  and  near  the 
Moabites  were  their  nomadic  kinsmen,  the  Amnu mites. 

1.  The  Conquest  of  Gilead.  (Num.  1>1:2I  31.) 
The  Amorites,  under  Sihon.  had  wi'csted  iVom  tlic  Moab- 
ites the  land  between  the  Anion  and  the  Jabbok,  a  slioi't 
time  before  the  coming  of  Israel.  Moses  sent  messen- 
gers, requesting  the  privilege  of  Journeying  tlii'ougli 
their  land  ;  but  they  refused  to  permit  the  passage  of 
such  a  vast  host,  and  came  out  to  meet  the  Israelites 


in  battle  at  Jahaz,  near  their  liorder,  at  the  brook 
Arnon.  They  were  defeated,  and  their  whole  land  was 
conquered,  including  their  own  territory  north  of  the 
Jabbok,  as  well  as  their  Moabite  possessions  south  of 
it.  Thus  the  Israelites  obtained,  as  their  first  foothold, 
the  rich  region  of  the  eastern  table-land,  from  the  Arnon 
to  the  Hieromax. 


SIIPXIIEM. 

•1.  Tlie  Conquest  of  Basliaii.  (Num. 
•l\■^\■^-o:K)  The  success  of  the  war  with  one  nation  of  the 
Amorites  encouraged  the  Israelites  to  cross  the  Hieromax 
and  undertake  the  conquest  of  the  rich  pasture  fields  of 
Bashan,  the  kingdom  of  Og,  whose  capital  was  at  the 
ancient  city  of  bis  race,  Ashteroth  Karnaim.  There  is 
some  evidence  to  indicate  that  the  leader  in  this  cam- 
paign was  Nobah,  of  the  tribe  of  Manasseh.  (Num. 
8-':-ti>.)  A  decisive  battle  was  fought  at  Edrei,  at  tlie 
entrance  to  the  Ledja,  or  mountainous  district;  and  Og 
was  slain,  and  his  kingdom  possessed  liy  Isi'ael.  Its 
western  portion,  including  Kenath  and  its  vicinity,  was 
given  to  Nobah,  who  named  the  region  after  himself. 
(Num.  32:42;  Judges  8;  11.) 

3.  The  Conquest  of  Midian.  (Num.  25  and  31.) 
Wliile  the  Israelites  were  encamped  on  the  i)lain  of  Jor- 
dan, opposite  Jericho,  their  last  station,  called  Shittim 
(Num.  2.">:1),  a  league  was  formed  by  the  Moabites  and 
]\Iidianites  to  resi.st  their  advance.  Balaam,  the  Mesopo- 
tamian  seer,  was  summoned  to  aid  them  by  liis  curses 


51 


52 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


against  Israel;  but  Ins  words  were  turned  to  blessing. 
(Num.  22--2-i:.)  Fearing  the  result  of  open  war,  the 
allied  nations  now  undertook  to  corrupt  Israel  by  their 
friendslnj)  and  tlie  seductions  of  their  women;  and  they 
succeeded  to  such  an  extent  that  multitudes  of  the  peo- 
ple perislied  by  a  plague  which  fell  upon  the  nation  as 
a  penalty.  The  Moabites  were  punished  by  exclusion 
for  ten  generations  from  the  privileges  of  Israel  (Dent. 
23:3,  4),  and  by  the  loss  of  that  liortion  of  their  territory 
already  taken  from  the"  Amorites.  The  Midianites,  evi- 
dently the  guiltier  nation,  were  doomed  to  utter  destruc- 
tion. The  campaign  against  them  was  regarded  as  a 
sacred  Avar,  and  Phmehas  the  priest  took  command  of 
the  army.  The  entire  people  were  laid  under  the  ban, 
and  the  portion  of  them  east  of  the.  Jordan  were  thor- 
oughly annihilated.  Tliis  was.  hoAvever,  only  a  smaU 
section  of  the  great  tribe  of  Midian.  whose  principal 
home  Avas  on  the  eastei'u  shore  of  the  Eed  Sea,  south  of 
the  Edomites;  and  their  former  home  near  Moab  Avas 
again  repopulated,  and,  some  centuries  afterward,  gave 
new  trouble  to  Israel. 

The  entire  country  east  of  the  Jordan  and  north  of  the 
brook  Arnon  was  thus  conquered  by  the  Israelites  before 
the  deatli  of  Moses.  It  was  assigned  to  the  tribes  of 
Reuben  and  Gad,  and  half  the  tribe  of  Manasseh,  as 
their  home,  upon  condition  that  their  Avarriors  should 
accompany  the  rest  of  the  tribes  in  the  conquest  of 
Western  Palestine.  (Num.  32.)  Their  boundaries  AA'ill 
be  noticed  in  connection  with  the  map  of  Israel,  as 
iiAuded  among  the  Twelve  Tribes. 

II.    THE  CONQUEST  OF  WESTERN  PALESTINE. 

This  Avas  undertaken  by  Joshua  after  the  death  of 
Moses,  and,  as  far  as  can  be  ascertained  from  the  record, 
was  accomplished  in  three  campaigns.  The  Avar  began 
with  the  passage  of  the  Jordan,  B.  C.  1210,  and,  so  far 
as  active  hostilities  Avere  concerned,  was  finished  in  seven 
years.  But  the  great  mass  of  the  native  population  re- 
mained ujion  the  soil,  to  plague  the  Chosen  People  by 
the  influence  of  their  Avickedness,  so  that  the  conquest 
Avas  never  thoroughly  completed.  Indeed,  some  writers 
think  that  the  inhabitants  of  Palestine  at  tlie  present 
time  belong  mainly  to  the  old  Canaanite  stock,  Avhich  has 
perpetuated  itself  under  aU  the  changes  of  government. 

1.  The  Conquest  of  Central  Palestine.  (Josh. 
3-S.)  According  to  the  account  in  the  book  of  Joshua, 
this  was  a  brief  campaign;  but  the  Samaritan  records 
relate  a  sei-ies  of  supplementary  sieges  and  battles,  Avhich 
would  indicate  that  the  Avar  may  have  been  longer  than 
appears.  Still,  there  are  evidences  that  tlie  Hivites  and 
Perizzites,  who  occupied  most  of  this  district,  Avere 
peaceful  peoples,  readily  yielding  to  tlie  conquerors,  so 
that  the  resistance  Avas  less  stubborn  than  in  other  sec- 
tions. The  Avar  began  Avith  the  passage  of  the  Jordan, 
an  eA-ent  cA-er  kept  in  mind  as  the  entrance  of  the  people 
upon  their  oavu  land.  They  pitched  their  camp  at  Gil- 
gal,  in  the  Joi-dan  Valley,  and  fortified  the  place  as  a 


permanent  headquarters  during  the  entire  period  of 
conquest.  (Josh.  5.)  Jericho  Avas  first  taken,  by  super- 
natural aid,  and  devoted  to  God  as  the  first  fruits  of  con- 
quest. (Josh.  <>.)  An  act  of  trespass  against  God  by 
Achan,  caused  a  defeat  at  Ai  (near  Bethel),  the  next 
place  attacked;  but  the  sin  AA^as  punished,  and,  by  a 
stratagem  and  ambush,  Ai  Avas  taken.  They  then 
marched  northAvard  to  Shechem,  an  ancient  Hivite  city, 
of  Avhich  the  last  preAious  account  is  its  destruction  by 
the  sons  of  Jacob.  (Gen.  34.)  It  may  not  have  been 
rebuilt,  as  Ave  find  at  this  time  the  Hivites  occupying  a 
number  of  toAvns  at  a  distance  from  it  (Gibeon  and 
others.  Josh.  9);  or  it  may  have  submitted  to  the  over- 
Avhelming  poAver  of  Israel.  In  the  Vale  of  Shechem, 
betAveen  the  mountains  Ebal  and  Gerizim,  all  the  Israel- 
ites were  assembled,  the  laAv  was  read  in  their  hearing, 
and  memorial  stones  Avere  erected.  After  tliis,  the  Hi- 
A'ites  of  four  villages,  of  Avhich  Gibeon  Avas  the  most 
-important,  by  means  of  a  deception  made  a  treaty  of 
peace  Avith  the  Israehtes,  and  obtained  a  i)ledge  of  jtro- 
tection;  being  the  only  nation  in  all  the  land  formally 
spared  from  destruction.  Their  deceit  was  soon  discov- 
ered; but  the  Avord  of  Israel  was  kept,  though  the  people 
of  the  four  villages  were  reduced  to  the  condition  of 
"serA'ants  of  the  sanctuary,"  i.  e.,  employed  in  the  me- 
nial duties  of  the  Tabernacle.  The  central  portion  of  the 
land  was  noAV  possessed  by  Israel,  from  Jericho  and 
Gibeon  northward  to  the  Carmel  range  of  mountains, 
and  the  army  returned  to  the  fortified  camp  at  Gilgal. 
(Josh.  0.) 

2.  The  Conquest  of  Southern  Palestine.  (Josh. 
10.)  The  conquest  had  thus  far  been  easy;  mainly  be- 
cause there  was  no  union  among  the  native  tribes,  but 
each  city  and  village  Avas  ruled  by  its  oavu  "king,"  or 
sheikh,  and  all  Avere  jealous  of  one  another,  so  that  they 
were  readily  conquered  in  detail.  Warned  by  the  fate 
of  Jericho  and  Ai,  and  alarmed  at  the  defection  of  Gib- 
eon, the  kings  of  five  cities  formed  a  league  to  resist  the 
invading  host.  The  head  of  the  confederation  Avas 
Adoni-zedek,  the  king  of  Jerusalem,  and  associated 
with  him  Avere  the  rulers  of  Hebron,  Jarnuith,  Lachish 
and  Eglon,  and  perhaps  other  subordinate  chiefs.  They 
began  by  an  attack  on  the  city  of  Gibeon,  as  a  tributary 
of  Israel.  Joshua  at  once  called  forth  his  Avarriors,  left 
the  camp  at  Gilgal,  made  a  swift  night  march  through 
the  mountain  passes,  and  came  suddenly  upon  the 
enemy  near  Beth-horon.  Here  was  fought  perhaps  the 
most  important  battle  in  aU  human  history,  and  one  at 
Avhich  "the  sun  and  moon"  might  well  "stand  still," 
since  the  religious  destiny  of  all  the  world  was  at  stake 
in  its  result.  In  this  one  battle  tlie  conquest  of  Canaan 
was  made  certain,  though  it  was  not  fully  accomplished 
until  long  afterAvard.  The  flying  host  Avere  pursued  to 
Makkedah,  on  the  border  of  the  plain,  Avliere  the  five 
kings  were  captured  and  slain.  Then  in  succession,  the 
strongholds  of  Libnah,  Lachish,  Eglon,  Hebron,  and, 
last  of  all,  Debir,  Avere  taken  by  storm.  From  the  list 
of  the  kings  captured  (Josh.  12:9-24),  it  would  appear 


THE  CONQUEST  OF  CANAAN. 


53 


that  Joshua  carried  his  conquests  through  the  South 
Country,  as  far  as  Arad  and  Horniah,  places  "where  the 
Israehtes  had  suffered  defeat  during  the  period  of  the 
wandering  (Num.  21:l-o);  though  these  kings  may 
have  been  captured  at  Hebron  or  Debir.  But.  though 
all  may  not  have  been  ravaged  by  the  Israelites,  all  was 
certainly  conquered,  from  Jerusalem  to  the  gi-eat  desert 
on  the  south.  The  conquest  was  afterward  made  com- 
plete by  the  aged  Caleb,  who  with  his  nephew  Othniel 
took  possession  of  the  very  cities  of  which  the  name 
had  filled  the  Israehtes  with  terror  a  generation  before. 
(Num.13.) 

3.  The  Conquest  of  Northern  Palestine.    (Josh. 
11.)    This  region  was  also  occupied  by  a  niunber  of 


PALESTINE 

AS  PROMISED  ■ 
AND  POSSESSED. 


Sea  Sea 


&  CO.,  ENCn-S, CHICAGO. 


Approximate  Scale,  94  miles  to  1  incii. 

independent  chiefs,  of  whom  the  most  powerful  was 
Jabin,  the  king  of  Hazor,  a  title  which  afterw^ard  reap- 
l^ears  in  the  history.  (Judges  4,  2.)  They  ruled  over 
smaU  tribes  of  various  races,  from  Mount  Hermon  to 
Mount  Carmel,  especially  on  the  Plain  of  Esdraelon. 
The  king  of  Hazor  called  together  the  associated  tribes, 
and  their  camp  was  pitched  near  Lake  Merom.  Joshua 
made  one  of  his  characteristic  swift  marches,  up  the 
Jordan  VaUey,  attacked  them  suddenly,  and  utterly 
defeated  and  scattered  them.  He  burned  the  many  war 
chariots,  and  so  cut  the  sinews  of  their  horses  as  to 
make  them  useless;  since  these  animals  were  never  iised 
by  the  Israehtes.     After  the  battle  he  marched  through 


the  northern  regions,  capturing  the  cities  and  slaying 
theu-  rulers,  a  number  of  whom  are  mentioned  in  the 
catalogue  of  Josh.  12:9-24  This  campaign  closed  the 
active  operations,  so  that  "^the  land  rested  from  war  " 
(Josh.  11:23);  but  for  many  years  the  strife  was  feebly 
continued,  and  it  was  not  entirely  finished  until  the 
reign  of  David. 

III.    SUPPLEMENTARY  CONQUESTS. 

Although  the  struggle  of  the  conquest  was  over,  yet 
in  most  of  the  land  the  task  of  expulsion  or  destruction 
was  yet  to  be  accomplished,  and  in  many  places  was 
never  entu-ely  wrought.  The  eutu-e  section  of  the  mari- 
time plain  remained  in  the  hands  of  the  Pliihstines;  in 
ahnost  every  tribe  were  fortresses,  Avhich  long  resisted 
the  Israelites,  and  formed  centres  of  rebeUion,  and  some- 
times of  oppression.  And  many  of  the  cities  taken  by 
Joshua  were  soon  reoccupied  by  their  original  inhabit- 
ants, and  once  more  fortified.  The  book  of  the  Judges 
relates  briefly  thi-ee  campaigns  after  the  conquest. 

1.  The  Camijaign  of  the  Judaites  and  Sime- 
onites.  (Judges  1:1-8.)  This  was  undertaken  against 
Adoni-bezek,  the  king  of  Bezek,  a  place  in  or  near  the 
tribe  of  Judah,  not  positively  identified.  Adoni-bezek 
was  a  petty  cliieftain,  who  had  crueUy  mutilated  no  less 
than  70  local  chiefs  whom  he  had  taken  in  battle.  He 
was  surprised  by  the  aUied  forces  of  Judah  and  Simeon, 
and  ten  thousand  of  his  warriors  were  slain.  He  was 
taken  prisoner,  and  treated  as  he  had  treated  other  cap- 
tive kmgs;  his  thumbs  and  great  toes  being  cut  off,  thus 
making  him  helpless.  After  this,  the  allied  tribes 
marched  down  upon  the  maritune  plam,  and  took  the 
Phihstine  cities  of  Gaza,  Ashkelon  and  Ekron.  But  their 
conquests  were  not  permanent ;  they  ■\\ithdrew  to  the 
mountains,  and  the  Philistines  were  soon  in  possession 
of  their  cities,  which  long  stood  as  a  menace  to  Israel. 
Another  campaign  was  du-ected  against  the  cities  of  the 
Negeb,  or  South  Country,  and  resulted  in  the  destruction 
of  Zephath  and  Hormah,  both  south  of  Hebron. 

2.  The  Campaign  of  Caleb  and  Othniel.  Caleb 
was  the  oldest  man  in  Isiael,  having  accompamed  Josh- 
ua and  the  other  spies,  thirty-eight  years  before  the 
entrance  of  Israel  into  the  Promised  Land.  (Num- 
13-14.)  For  his  faitlifuhiess  when  so  many  were  over- 
come -wath  terror,  he  received  a  promise  of  inheritance 
in  the  land.  At  least  45  years  afterward,  Hebron,  in 
the  south  of  Judah,  was  allotted  to  him.  It  had  been 
taken  by  Joshua  (Josh.  10: 30,37),  but  afterward  reoccu- 
pied by  the  Anakim  (see  page  38),  and  the  Amorites,  its 
original  possessors.  Caleb  led  an  army  against  it,  once 
more  won  the  city,  and  made  it  his  own.  He  promised 
his  daughter.  Achsah,  to  the  wan-ior  who  should  take 
Debir,  or  Kirjath-sepher.  south  of  Hebron,  which  had 
also  been  reoccupied  by  the  enemy.  His  younger  brother 
(perhaps  nephew)  Othniel,  won  the  city  and  his  bride. 
(Josh.  14:1-15;  15:13-10;  Judges  1:10-15.)  This  cam- 
paign Avas  probably  about  the  same  time  with  the  one 
narrated  above,  and  may  have  been  in  connection  with  it. 


54 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


3.  The  Danite  Campaign.  (Judges  IS.)  The  tribe 
of  Dan  found  themselves  unable  to  overcome  their  Phi- 
listine neighbors,  and  were  straitened  for  room  in  their 
narrow  possessions.  They  sent  out  a  body  of  men  to 
search  for  a  new  home.  These  spies  traversed  the  coun- 
try as  far  to  the  north  as  Laish,  or  Leshem,  a  Phoenician 
city,  near  one  of  the  sources  of  the  Jordan.  The  Danite 
spies  returned  to  their  people  at  Zorah  and  Eshtaol,  and 
made  their  report.  A  part  of  the  tribe  agreed  to  migrate 
to  this  northern  region.  Their  first  encampment  on  the 
journey,  near  Kirjath-jearim,  in  Judah,  long  bore  the 
name  of  "the  camp  of  Dan."  At  a  %-illage  in  Mount 
Ephraim  they  plundered  Micah  of  his  idols  and  carried 
away  their  priest,  who  was  a  degenerate  grandson  of 
Moses  the  prophet.  At  Laish  they  fell  suddenly  upon  the 
defenseless  Phoenicians,  destroyed  their  city,  and  built  in 
its  place  one  which  they  called  Dan.  It  was  the  north- 
ern landmark  of  the  land,  as  Beersheba  was  its  southern, 
giving  rise  to  the  term  "  from  Dan  to  Beersheba."  Dan 
remained  an  idol  sanctuary,  and  a  place  of  corrupting 
influence  during  aU  the  after  history  of  Israel. 

Upon  the  map  are  noted:  1.  The  six  campaigns  of 
the  conquest,  three  on  each  side  of  the  Jordan.  The  pre- 
cise route  of  travel  cannot  be  identified,  but  the  general 
dh-ection  is  shown  by  a  red  hue.  The  "supplementary 
conquests"  are  not  indicated,  m  order  to  avoid  confusion, 
but  can  be  easily  traced.  2.  The  important  battle-fields 
are  indicated  by  flags.      These  were  at  (^1)  Jahaz,   (-2) 


Edrei,  (3)  the  land  of  ]\Iidian,  (4)  Jericho,  (5)  Ai,  (6) 
Beth-horon,  (7)  Hazor.  Besides  these  were  many  cities 
captm-ed  by  Joshua  during  his  campaign  in  Southern 
Canaan.  3.  The  I'oyal  cities  captui'ed  by  Moses  and 
Joshua  are  each  indicated  on  the  maj)  by  a  cro-\\Ti. 
These  were,  on  the  east  of  Jordan  :  Heshbon,  the  capital 
of  Sihon's  kingdom,  and  Ashtaroth,  the  capital  of  Og's 
kingdom;  and  on  the  west  of  Jordan,  31  cities,  whose 
khigs  were  taken  and  slain  by  Joshua.  (Josh.  12:;t-24.) 
The  places  identified  are  the  only  ones  marked  upon  the 
map.  4.  The  four  cities  of  the  Hivite  league,  which 
alone  made  a  treaty  with  Israel,  are  shoAAii  by  clasped 
hands,  the  token  of  peace.  5.  At  the  close  of  the  con- 
quest a  large  pari  of  the  country  was  left  in  the  posses- 
sion of  the  native  races.  This  region  is  indicated  by  the 
yellow  color.  0.  Many  towns  remamed  in  the  hands  of 
the  Canaanite  and  Phihstine  races.  Some  were  taken 
by  Israel,  but  afterward  reoccupied  by  their  original 
inhabitants;  others  held  out  against  the  Israelites,  and 
were  a  constant  source  of  danger,  both  by  their  opposi- 
tion, and  stiU  more  by  their  friendsliip.  The  ceasing  of 
the  war  before  the  native  races  were  either  utterly 
exterminated  or  driven  away,  was  a  mistaken  mercy, 
which  cost  Israel  centuries  of  strife,  the  infec-tion  from 
their  idolatry,  and  the  corrupt  influence  of  their  morals. 
The  sparing  of  the  Canaanites  imperiled  and  well  nigh 
thwarted  the  destiny  of  Israel  as  the  depositary  of  rehg- 
ious  truth  for  all  the  world. 


OUTLINE    FOR    REVIEW. 


I.  Conquest  of  Eastern  Palestine.  1.  Gilead.  (Amorites,  Sihon,  .Jahaz.) 
2.  Bashan.  (Amoritps,  Og,  Edrd;  Xobali,  Kenatli.)  3.  Midiaii.  (Phin- 
chas.) 

II.  Conquest  of   Western  Palestine.     1.   CeDtral.     (Gilgal,  Jericho,  Ai, 


(Bethhoron,  Slakkcdah,  Libnah,  La 
Northern.     (Hazor.) 
1.  Judah  and  Simeon.     (Adonibczek, 

Bezek;  Gaza,  Ashkelon,  Ekron;  Zephath,  Hormah.)    3.  Caleb  and  Othniel. 

(Hebron,  Debir.)    3.  Dan.     (Laish.) 


Shechem,  Gibeon.)     2.    Southern, 
chish,  Eglon,  Hebron,  Debir.)    3. 
III.    Supplementary  Conquest.^. 


CUUULH    OF    THK    ASCENSION. 


PALESTINE  AMONG  THE  TWELVE  TRIBES. 


The  division  of  the  laud  among  the  Twelve  Tribes 
took  place  in  three  stages.  1.  After  the  conquest  of 
Eastern  Palestine,  during  the  lifetime  of  Moses,  the  two 
tribes  of  Keuben  and  Ciad  and  half  the  tribe  of  Manasseh 
received  their  portion,  on  condition  that  their  warriors 
should  aid  their  kinsmen  in  the  war  foi'  the  rest  of  the 
laud.  (Num.  32.)  '2.  After  the  campaigns  in  Western 
Palestine  (see  last  map  and  explanations),  the  two  lead- 
ing tubes  of   Judah  and  Ephraim  and  the  remaining 


upon  the  general  position,  but  not  upon  the  precise 
boundary  lines.  We  follow  the  map  of  Dr.  James 
Strong,  in  McClintock  and  Strong's  Cyclopedia. 

I.  The  Tribe  of  Reuben  (Num.  32:1-38;  Josh.  13: 
15-23)  had  the  river  Anion  for  its  southern  border,  this 
river  separating  it  from  Moab.  It  was  bounded  on  the 
east  by  the  Syrian  desert,  and  on  the  west  by  the  Dead 
Sea  and  the  lower  end  of  the  Jordan.  Its  northern  line 
began  at  Beth-jeshimoth,  and  extended  northeasterly  to 

near  Rabbath  Amnion. 
S5S?^-?!:ss;«9:0!.:fe^V'"     Its   territory  consisted 

of  a  low  region  by  the 
sea    and    the    river,    a 
precipitous  mountain 
range,    and    a     rolling 
plateau  eastward,  well 
adapted     for    pasture. 
Among   its    prominent 
localities  were :    Hesli- 
bon,  the  capital  of  the 
Amorite    king,    Silion ; 
Dibon,  where  recently 
the    M  o  a  b  i  t  e 
stone  was  dis- 
covered; Mount 
N  e  b  o ,    where 
Moses    died ; 


half  of  Manasseh  received 
their  inheritance,  and  took 
possession  of  it,  as  far  as 
conquered :  Judah  in  the 
south,  Ephraim  a  small  but 
choice  portion  in  the  centre, 

and  Manasseh  immediately  north  of  it.  (Josh.  1.0-17. )  3. 
The  remaining  seven  tribes  delayed  long  in  obtaining 
their  portions  in  the  laud,  but  at  last,  after  a  rebuke 
from  the  aged  Joshua  for  their  slowness,  made  the  divi- 
sion by  lot,  and  entered  upon  their  inheritance.  (Josh. 
IS,  19.)  The  cities  of  refuge,  and  tliose  for  the  priests 
and  Levites,  were  last  of  all  appointed,  late  in  the  life  of 
Joshua,  and  then  "the  land  had  rest  from  war,"  and 
Israel  entered  upon  its  liistory  in  its  own  land. 

It  is  not  easy  to  iix  the  tribal  boundary  lines,  since 
some  tribes  possessed  cities  within  the  domain  of  other 
tribes,  and  the  boundaries,  if  not  entirely  indeterminate, 
varied  greatly  in  different  ages.     Geographers  are  agreed 


55 


Bezer,  a  city  of  ref- 
uge ;  Aroer,  Ata- 
roth,  Medeba,  Kiri- 
athaim,  and  Kede- 

VIEW  IN  THE  EASTERN  TABLE-L.\ND— BASHAN.         motll. 

II.  The  Tribe  of  Gad  (Num.  32:34-.3(i;  Josh.  13; 
2-1-28)  was  located  north  of  Reuben.  Its  boundary  on 
the  west  was  the  river  Jordan,  from  the  Sea  of  Chin- 
nereth  (Galilee)  almost  to  its  mouth.  Its  eastern  border 
was  the  desert,  fi-om  Rabbath  Amnion  to  Malianaim, 
from  which  jxjint  its  line  ran  nortliwest  to  the  Sea  of 
Chinnereth.  Like  the  land  of  Reuben,  its  territory  em- 
braced portions  of  the  Jordan  Valley;  the  eastern  mount- 


56 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGEAPHY. 


aiiis,  divided  by  the  torrent  Jabbok;  and  the  table-land, 
a  rich  and  weU- watered  district.  The  part  in  the  Jordan 
Valley  was,  however,  never  possessed  by  the  Israelites, 
but  remamed  in  the  hands  of  the  native  Canaanites.  In 
the  valley,  its  cities  were  Beth-nimrah  and  Succoth. 
Among  the  mountains  the  places  were:  Jazer,  near  the 
border  of  Eeuben;  Ramoth-gilead,  a  famous  fortress, 
often  the  scene  of  war;  Penuel,  the  place  of  Jacob's 
wrestlmg  ^Aith  the  augel  (Gen.  32:2-!:-32);  Jabesh-gilead. 
whose  warriors  rescued  the  bodies  of  Saul  and  Jonathan 
(1  Sam.  31:11-13);  Mahanaim,  a  place  of  refuge  both  for 
the  son  of  Saul,  and  afterward  for  David  (2  Sam.  '5:8; 
2  Sam.  17:24);  and  Gadara,  a  foreign  city,  on  the  north- 
ern frontier. 

III.  The  Half  Tribe  of  Manasseh,  East  (Num. 
32:39-42;  Josh.  13:29-31),  occupied  the  northern  portion 
of  Eastern  Palestine,  generaUy  known  in  the  Old  Testa- 


Jiranasseh,      (OEast)       2,500  Sq.  MT. 


3>aali,  1,400  8q.  ill. 

.  .rThlU^lhtanU  Dt'rrlTty  Dealt  Sea  ) 


Gad, 
1,300  Sq.niilcs. 


Simeon,  1,000  Sq.M. 

ilParlly    Desert  ) 

Itlana^seli,     (^Vest ) 
SOO    Sq.M. 


^aplitali, 
SOO   Sq.BI. 


Iteiibcn, 
700   8q.I>r. 

Ephraim, 
600  S.M. 


J)ao, 
500  Sq.m, 


lH».DC'1iar, 
400   Sq.M. 


Ze1>u1on, 

300  Sc,.M. 


A«her, 

300  Sq.ll, 


Itcnjamln, 
300  S<i.TI. 


C05IPARATIVE  SIZE 

OF 

TERRITORY  OF  THE  TRIBES. 


ment  as  Bashau,  larger  than  the  portion  assigned  to  any 
one  tribe.  It  extended  from  Mahanaim  northwaixl  to 
Mount  Hermon,  and  from  the  river  Jordan  arid  its  two 
northern  lakes  eastward  to  the  desert.  Though  some  of 
this  land  is  a  desert,  yet  most  of  it  is  fertile,  and  even 
now  it  is  called  "the  granary  of  Palestine."  It  consists 
of  undulating  plains  between  two  masses  of  mountains ; 
the  one  on  the  east,  now  known  as  el  Ledja,  and  the 
other  on  the  side  of  the  Jordan  VaUey.  On  its  western 
hills  were  Aphek,  and  Golan,  a  city  of  refuge;  near  its 
centre  were  Ashtaroth,  the  former  capital  of  Og,  Avho 
reigned  over  Bashan  before  the  conquest,  and  Edrei. 
Kenath,  taken  by  Nobah,  was  at  the  foot  of  el  Ledja, 
east  of  the  line  of  the  map.  Its  people  never  conquered 
the  Geshurites  on  the  east,  and  were  separated  from 
their  brethren  by  the  Canaanites  in  the  Jordan  Valley 
(see  map  on  page  50),  so  that  they  were  not  closely  iden- 


tified with  the  history  of  Israel,  and  were  the  first  to  be 
carried  away  captive.     (2  Kings  10:32,  33.) 

IV.  The  Tribe  of  Simeon  (Josh.  19:1-9)  received 
a  portion  of  the  land  previously  given  to  Judah.  Its 
location  was  on  the  extreme  south,  and  its  boundaries 
were  indeterminate,  being  indicated  only  by  the  list  of 
eighteen  towns  belonging  to  it.  It  was  the  strip  of  graz- 
ing land  between  the  mountains  and  the  desert  of  the 
wandering,  where  Abraham  and  Isaac  spent  most  of 
their  lives.  Its  most  important  place  was  the  historic 
Beersheba;  but  it  included  also  Gerar,  on  the  Philistine 
border;  Arad,  whose  king  twice  resisted  the  Israehtes' 
progress  during  the  Avandering;  Hormah,  in  the  South 
Country;  and  Ziklag,  at  one  time  the  home  of  David. 
Nothing  is  known  of  this  tribe's  history.  From  its 
frontier  position  it  probably  lost  its  individuality,  a  part 
of  its  people  becoming  merged  with  the  wandering  races 
of  the  desert,  and  a  jjart  with  its  more  powerful  neigh- 
bor, Judah.  Most  of  its  cities  were  held  by  the  PhUis- 
tmes  until  the  reign  of  David. 

V.  Tlie  Tribe  of  Judah  (Josh.  15:1-63)  occupied 
the  most  valuable  portion  of  the  land,  and  for  three 
centuiies  was  the  rival  of  Ephraim  in  the  leadership  of 
the  nation.  Its  boundary  Une  on  the  noi'th  is  described 
with  great  minuteness,  but  was  changed  after  the  build- 
ing of  the  Temple  to  include  a  part  of  the  city  of  Jeru- 
salem. It  ran  fi'om  the  northern  end  of  the  Dead  Sea, 
south  of  Jerusalem,  in  a  direction  generaUy  east,  though 
with  many  turnings,  from  the  Jordan  to  the  Mediter- 
ranean. The  region  embraced  five  sections.  1.  The 
Philistine  jjlain,  by  the  sea,  never  conquered.  2.  The 
Shefelah,  or  low  hills,  a  boundary  disjjuted  with  the 
Phihstines.  3.  The  "hill  country,"  the  home  of  the 
tribe.  4.  The  Negeb,  or  South  Country,  extending  from 
Hebron  southward.  5.  The  wild,  uninhabitable  Jeshi- 
mon,  called  in  later  history  "the  wilderness  of  Juda?a,"' 
on  the  western  shore  of  the  Dead  Sea.  Omitting  the 
Philistine  cities  by  the  Mediterranean,  its  most  imi)ortant 
cities  were  :  Hebron,  the  inheritance  of  Caleb;  Debir,  the 
conquest  of  Othniel;  Bethlehem,  the  birthplace  of  David, 
and,  in  after  ages,  of  his  greater  Son;  Maoij,  Carmel; 
En-gedi,  a  haunt  of  David  during  his  exile;  Lachish  and 
Lilmah,  on  the  Shefelah;  and  Kirjath-jearim,  at  one 
time  the  abode  of  the  ark. 

VL  The  Tribe  of  Benjamin  (.Josh.  lS:ll-2s)  was 
located  between  Judah  and  Ephraim,  having  the  Jordan 
on  the  east,  and  Dan  on  the  west.  It  was  a  smaU  coun- 
try, 25  miles  long  by  12  wide,  yet  rich  in  natural  advan- 
tages; and  many  events  of  Bible  history  took  place 
within  its  borders.  It  included  26  cities,  of  which  the 
most  important  were:  Gilgal,  the  military  capital  during 
the  conquest;  Jericho,  the  first  town  taken  on  the  west 
of  the  Jordan;  Jerusalem,  long  held  by  the  Jebusites, 
but  from  the  time  of  David  the  cajiital  of  the  coun- 
try; Bethel,  connected  with  many  events;  Ramah,  the 
home  of  Samuel;  Gibeah,  the  residence  of  King  Saul; 
Michmash,  Gibeon  and  Mizpeh,  the  places  of  famous 
battles.     No  portion  of  the  land  contains  more  of  Jew- 


PALESTINE    AMONG  THE  TWELVE  TRIBES. 


57 


ish  history  than  Benjamin,  the  smallest  of  all  the  tribes 
of  Israel. 

VII.  The  Tribe  of  Dan  (Josh.  19:40-48;  Judges  IS) 
was  situated  between  Benjamin  and  the  sea,  and,  though 
apparently  large,  Avas  in  leality  very  small,  since  nearly 
aU  its  territory  was  held  by  the  original  inhabitants,  the 
Canaanites.  Its  southernmost  town  was  Timnath,  a 
small  village  not  on  the  map,  liut  two  miles  west  of  Beth- 
shemesh;  its  northern  hmit  was  a  brook  just  noith  of 
Joppa.  The  original  inhabitants  proved  too  strong  for  the 
Danites,  who  wei'e  compelled  to  maintain  a  sort  of  forti- 
fied cami)  in  and  between  the  villages  of  Zorah  and  Esh- 
taol,  called  "the  camp  of  Dan."  (Judges  13:25.)  Apart 
of  the  tribe  migrated  noithward,  as  related  in  the  interest- 
ing account  in  Judges  IT,  18;  and,  by  a  surprise,  seized  the 
Phoenician  village  of  Laish,  or  Leshem,  iu  tlie  far  north 
of  Palestine,  changed  its  name  to  Dan,  and  made  it  a  new 
rallying  centre  for  the  tribe.  This  place,  with  Beersheba 
on  the  south,  was  named,  m  the  expression  ' '  from  Dan 
to  Beersheba,"  as  one  of  the  limits  of  the  land.  It  re- 
mained for  centuries  tlie  2)lace  of  an  idolatrous  worship, 
perpetuated  under  all  the  changes  of  government,  down 
to  the  final  captivity  of  the  land. 

VIII.  The  Tribe  of  Epliraiiii  (Josh.  lOj  was  located 
on  the  north  of  Benjamin  and  Dan,  and  extended  from 
tlie  Jordan  to  the  Mediterranean,  in  the  centre  of  the 
coimtry.  But  inasmuch  as  the  Canaanites  were  able  to 
resist  the  power  of  the  Ephraimites  on  both  sides  of  the 
mountain .  toward  the  river  Jordan  and  towaid  the  sea, 
the  haughty  trilte  deemed  its  possession  too  small  for  its 
needs,  and  asked  a  larger  space  of  Joshua.  They  were 
answered  in  a  half -jesting,  half-rebuking  manner  liy  the 
leader,  and  urged  to  drive  out  the  enemy  and  make  for 
themselves  more  room,  a  counsel  which  they  followed 
only  in  part.  (Josh.  17:11-18;  Judges  1:22-2G.)  The 
principal  jjlaces  in  "Mount  Ephraim"  (as  the  district  of 
this  tribe  was  generally  calledj  were:  Shechem,  bi'tween 
the  twin  mountains  of  Ebal  and  Gerizim;  Shiloh,  the 
place  of  the  ark,  and  the  religious  centre  of  the  land; 
Beth-horon,  the  field  where  the  decisive  victory  of  the 
conquest  was  won;  Timnath,  the  burial  place  of  Joshua; 
and  Samaria,  built  during  the  kingdom  as  the  capital  of 
the  Ten  Tribes. 

IX.  The  Half  Tribe  of  aianasseh.  West  (Josh.  1 7), 
was  located  north  of  Eiihraim,  and  extended  from  the 
Jordan  to  the  Mediterranean.  Its  boundary  followed 
the  northern  slope  (jf  Mount  Carmel,  except  by  the  sea, 
where  the  mountain  was  given  to  Asher.  The  lowlands 
on  the  Jordan,  the  Plain  of  Esdraelon,  and  the  ]\Ieditei'- 
ranean,  were  held  Ity  the  Canaanites,  in  tlie  cities  of  Dor, 
Megiddo,  Taanach  and  Beth-shean,  a  chain  of  fortresses 
which  gave  control  of  the  larger  portion  of  the  pi'ovince, 
so  that  the  Manassites  were  restricted  to  the  mountains, 
Avhere  they  occupied  Geba,  Dothan  and  Jarmuth. 

X.  The  Tribe  of  Lssaehar  (Josh.  19:17-23)  Avas 
allotted  the  Plain  of  Esdrtxelon  (wliich  it  was  never  able 
to  possess),  and  the  mountains  of  Taboi-  and  Little  Her- 
mon  (."Hill  of  Moreh"),  extending  to  the  Jordan  south 


ot  the  Sea  of  Chinnei'eth  (Galilee).  Both  the  plain  and 
the  Jordan  Valley  were  held  by  the  Canaanites,  but  the 
tribe  occui)ied  the  mountains.  Its  cities  were  En-gan- 
nim,  Shunem,  Haplu'aim,  Daberath,  and  Beth-shemesh. 
The  towns  of  Cana,  Naiu  and  Nazareth,  in  New  Testa- 
ment history,  were  located  in  this  tribe. 

XL  The  Tribe  of  A.sher  (Josh.  19:21-31)  lay  along 
the  sea-coast,  and  extended  from  Mount  Cai'mel  to  Zi- 
don.  Nearly  aU  its  cities  were  controlled  by  the  Canaan- 
ites and  Phcenicians,  and  the  people  soon  entered  into 
friendly  relations  Avith  them,  and  lost  their  poAA^er.  A 
part  of  the  tribe,  however,  occupied  the  mountain  range, 
and  I'etained  their  relationship  Avith  the  rest  of  the 
Israelites. 

XII.  The  Tribe  of  Zebulon  (Josh.  19:10-16)  occu- 
pied a  triangle  betAveen  Mount  Carmel,  the  Sea  of  Chin- 
nereth  (afterward  the  Sea  of  GaUlee),  and  the  viUage  of 
Aijalon;  having  as  its  base  the  moimtain  border  north 


COMPAKATIVK   PdlTLATriiN    OF    llli;   T'WEI.VE   TRIBES 
AT   TUE  ENTUANCE   IXTO   CANAAN. 


of   tlie   Plain  of    Esdraelon, 


mountain  chain  folloAving  the  Mediterranean 
belonged   to    tlie   mountain   region 


and  its  Avestern  Mne  the 
As  this 
it  Avas  controlled 
mainly  by  the  Israelites,  thougli  the  Canaanites  held 
two  towns,  Kitron  and  Nahalol.  (Judges  1:30.)  Its 
lirincipal  places  Avere:  Gath-hepher,  the  home  of  the 
projOiot  Jonah;  Bethli'hem  (to  be  distinguished  from  the 
town  of  the  same  name  in  Jndah);  and,  in  later  times, 
most  of  the  cities  of  Galilee  A'isited  by  our  Lord. 

XITT.  The  Tribe  of  Naphtali  (Josh.  19;. 32-39;)  Avas 
the  fartliest  to  tlie  north  iu  all  Israel.  It  occui^ied  a  sec- 
tion running  north  and  south,  between  the  Jordan  and 
the  Sea  of  Chinnereth  on  one  side,  and  the  Phoenician 
border  on  the  otlier.  Its  central  city  Avas  Kedesh,  a  city 
of  refuge.  Other  toAvns  Avere  Hazor,  Abel-beth-maa- 
chah,  Beth-rehob  (the  extreme  point  A-isited  by  the  spies, 


30 '   ^ongitnae   from  Greenwich.        36  ^ 


30' 


30 


S3' 


30 


32   - 


PALESTINE 

AMONG 

THE  TRIBES. 


DAMASCUS 


Achzibt 


33' 


30 


'^      AoTikel 


30'     ^Longitude  from '^\'asTiin^oii.        172^ 


32 


30 


XXPLAXATIOSS 


Cities  ofJiefuge  . 
jPriesIs' Cities  .  . 
SLeiites'  Cities  .  . 


31- 


S:it,ute  Miles. 


RAND.MC  NALLY  A  CO.,ENG(l'S.  CHrCAGO. 


PALESTINE  AMONG  THE  TWELVE  TEIBES. 


5vt 


Num.  18:21)  and  Beth-shemesh.     Dan  (see  on  Tribe  of 
Dan)  was  also  in  the  limits  of  this  tribe. 

XIY.  The  Tribe  of  Levi  was  the  priestly  caste,  and 
received  no  separate  province  in  the  land,  but  was  allot- 
ted cei'tain  cities  throughout  the  tribes.  These  cities 
were  given  up  to  the  Levites,  either  wholly  or  in  part; 
though  it  is  evident  that  they  were  not  the  only  places 
occupied  by  the  priests,  and  that  others  besides  the  Le- 
vites dwelt  in  tliem.  These  '"Levitical  cities"  were 
divided  into  two  classes  :  those  for  the  priests  proper,  or 
descendants  of  Aaron,  thirteen  in  number,  and  all  in  the 
tribes  of  Judah,  Simeon  and  Benjamin  (a  remai'kable 
arrangement,  since  the  altar  and  the  Tabernacle  were  in 
the  tribe  of  Ephraim) ;  and  those  for  the  Levites,  or  sub- 
ordinate priests,  thirty-five  in  number,  divided  among 
the  other  tribes.     Thus  there  were  in  all  forty-eight 


Levitical  cities.  These  were  so  arranged  that  in  each 
tribe  four  cities  were  assigned  to  the  priests,  except  in 
Judah  (wliich  had  more),  and  Simeon  and  Naphtali,  the 
frontier  tribes,  which  had  less.  As  far  as  they  have 
been  identified  and  located,  they  are  indicated  upon  the 
map  :  the  priests'  cities  by  the  tiara,  or  head-dress,  worn 
by  the  priests;  the  Levites'  cities  by  a  tnimpet,  as  they 
formed  the  choral  bands  in  the  worship  of  the  Temple. 
Six  of  these  cities  were  assigned  as  "cities  of  refuge" 
for  the  innocent  man-slayer.  (Josh.  20.)  Three  cities 
were  chosen  on  each  side  of  the  Jordan;  in  the  south, 
the  centre  and  the  north  of  the  land.  These  were : 
Bezer,  in  Eeuben;  Ramoth-gilead,  in  Gad;  Golan,  in 
Manasseh,  East;  Hebron,  in  Judah;  Shechem,  in  Eph- 
raim;  and  Kedesh,  in  Naphtali.  Each  of  these  is  indi- 
cated on  the  map  by  a  tower. 


OUTLINE  FOR  TEACHING  AND  REVIEW. 


SUGGESTIONS  FOR  TEACHING. 

Draw  a  rough  map  of  Palestine,  omitting  mountains  and  all  other  lines 
except  the  river  and  the  seas.  Do  not  attempt  to  make  it  accurate.  In 
presence  of  the  class,  draw  the  boundary  lines  of  the  tribes,  not  attempting 
an  accurate  copy,  but  roughly  indicating  them.  With  each  tribe  indicate 
the  most  important  jilaces  by  their  initial  letters.  Review  all  the  places 
before  beginning  another  tribe,  and  occasionally  go  back  to  the  beginning 
and  review  all  the  work  done.  Let  the  class,  on  slate  or  paper,  also  draw 
the  map,  and  locate  the  places.  At  the  close,  call  upon  the  scholars  to 
give  the  location  and  name  the  places  of  the  tribes. 

REVIEW. 

I.  Reuben.  Ileshbon,  Dibon,  Mount  Nebo,  Bezer,  Aroer,  Ataroth, 
Medeba,  Kiriathaim,  Kedemoth. 

II.  Gad.  Beth-nimrah,  Succoth,  Jazer,  Kamoth-gilead,  Peuuel,  Jabesh- 
gilead,  Mahauaim,  Gadara. 

III.  Manasseh,  Ea.it.     Aphek,  Golan,  Ashtaroth,  Edrei,  Kenath. 

IV.  Simeon.    Beersheba,  Gerar,  Arad.  Hormah,  Ziklag. 


V.  Judah  (5  sections).  Hebron,  Debir,  Bethlehem,  Maon,  Carmel, 
En-gedi,  Lachish,  Libnah,  Kirjath-jearim. 

VI.  Benjamin.  Gilgal,  Jericho,  Jerusalem,  Bethel,  Ramah,  Gibeah, 
Michmash,  Gibeon,  Jlizpeh. 

VII.  Dan.     Zorah,  Eshtaol,  Dan. 

VIII.  Ephraiin.     Shechem,  Shiloh,  Bethhoron,  Timnath,  Samaria. 

IX.  Manasseh,  West.  Dor,  Megiddo,  Taanach,  Beth-shean,  Geba, 
Dothan,  Jarmuth. 

X.  Issachar.  En  gannim,  Sliunera.  Ilaphraim,  Daberath,  Beth-shemesh, 
Cana,  Nain,  Kazareth  (in  New  Testament  History). 

XL  Ashcr. 

XII.  Zehiihin.     Galb-hci)hcr,  Bethlehem. 

XIII.  Naphtali.  Kedesh,  Hazor,  Abel-bethmaachah,  Bethrehob,  Beth 
shemesh. 

XIV.  Levi.  Foity-eight  Levitical  cities  in  all.  Si.x  of  these  were  cities 
of  refuge,  as  follows:  Bezer,  Ramoth-gilead,  Golan,  Hebron,  Shechem. 
Kedesh. 


■mm 


ROUND  ABOtT   JERUSALEM. 


30'      Xongitude  from  Greeuwich.  36 


30'     Xongitude  frum  Washington.         772 


60 


PALESTINE   UNDER   THE   JUDGES. 


The  map  on  page  60  is  intended  to  illustrate  the  history 
of  Palestine  from  the  division  of  the  land  (about  1170 
B.  C.)  to  the  accession  of  David  (B.  0.  1010.)  This 
period  may  be  noticed  under  three  topics.  1 .  The  move- 
ments among  the  tribes  supplementary  to  the  conquest. 
1*.  The  oppressions  and  the  Judges.  3.  The  reign  of  the 
first  king,  Saul.     (See  The  Kingdom  of  Saul,  page  O-t.) 

I.    SUPPLEMENTARY  TO  THE  CONQUEST. 

1.  The  Conquests  of  Jiulah  and  Simeon.  (Judges 
1.)  These  were  made  l)y  the  two  southern  tribes  in  al- 
liance, and  were  accompanied  by 
decisive  victories  at  Bezek,  Hebron, 
Debir,  and  Zephath  (afterward  known 
as  HormaJi,  "destruction").  These 
places  are  marked  with  Hags  upon 
the  map.  Jerusalem,  Gaza,  Ashkelon, 
and  Ekron  were  also  attacked  and 
taken  ;  but  the  conquest  was  not  per- 
manent, since  these  places  were  soon 
reoccupied  by  the  native  races. 

-2.  The  Daiiite  Migration,  related 
in    Judges    17,    18,    took  place   about 
the  same  time.     The  tribe  of  Dan  was 
crowded  by  the  Philistines  into  two 
towns,  Zorali  and  Eshtaol .   A  part  of  the 
warriors  went  upon  an  expedition  north- 
ward, and  finding  Laish,  at  one  of  the  sources 
f)f  the  Jordan,  undefended,  slew  its   Zidonian 
inliabitants,  and   made  it  their  home   and   a  sanctuar 
of  idols,  vinder  a  new   name,  Dan.     Tliis    formed  the 
northern  outi)Ost  of  the  land  of  Israel. 

3.  Tlie  Civil  War.  (Judges  19-21.)  This  was  caused 
by  a  Clime  among  the  people  of  one  city,  Ciibeah,  whose 
jiart  was  taken  by  the  entire  tribe,  accoi'ding  to  the  Ori- 
ental view  of  honor  among  members  of  a  clan.  It  led 
to  a  war  between  Benjamin  and  the  rest  of  the  tribes, 
at  the  end  of  which,  by  the  l)attle  of  Gibeah,  the  one 
tribe  was  almost  annihilated. 

II.  THE  OPPRESSIONS  AND  THE  JUDGES. 

From  the  times  of  Joshua  to  those  of  Saul,  the  Israel- 
ites were  ruled  by  men  raised  up  to  me(>t  the  needs  of 
the  hour,  not  by  succession  or  appointment,  but  by  i)er- 
sonal  character  and  influence.  Most  of  them  I'uled  over 
a  limited  region,  and  more  than  one  doubtless  was  in 
authority  at  the  same  time,  in  different  pai'ts  of  the 
land.     They  were  called  forth  by  a  series  of  upjiressions. 


which  were  sometimes  invasions  by  foreign  tribes,  and 
sometimes  the  uprising  of  the  native  peoples  against 
their  Israelite  conquerors,  reversing  the  relation  for  a 
time.  The  judges  were,  in  most  instances,  men  who  led 
the  Israelites  in  throwing  off  the  yoke  of  these  foreign 
races.  The  oppressions  are  generally  reckoned  as  seven, 
though  the  third  was  rather  an  invasion  than  an  oppres- 
sion; and  the  judges,  as  fifteen  in  number,  though  sev- 
eral were  not  judges,  in  the  strict  sense  of  the  word. 

1.  The  Mesopotaniian  Oppression  (Judges  o:l-ll) 
was  the  first,  occurrina;  soon  after  the  death  of  Joshua. 


.MOUNT  TAliOIi. 


61 


It  resulted  fi-om  the  conquests  of  a  king  named  Chushan- 
rishathaim,  who  reigned  in  Mesopotamia.  From  the  two 
facts,  that  at  this  period  the  kings  of  Edoni  had  Ara- 
mean  names  (Gen.  ;3(1),  and  that  the  deliverer  of  Israel 
was  Othniel,  of  the  tribe  of  Judah,  the  first  judge,  it 
has  been  concluded  that  the  region  of  this  oppression 
was  the  territory  of  that  tribe,  in  the  southern  portion 
of  Palestine. 

2.  The  Moabite  Oppression.  (Judges  3:12-30.) 
The  Moabites  lived  south  of  the  torrent  Arnon,  on  the 
east  of  the  Dead  Sea.  In  alliance  witii  the  wandering 
Anmionites,  further  eastward,  and  the  Amalekites  of 
the  desert,  undei'  their  king,  Eglon,  they  took  possession 
of  Jericho  (which  stood  as  an  un walled  town),  and  made 
it  the  centre  of  rule  o^rer  the  central  portion  of  the  land, 


62 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


chiefly  Benjamin  and  Judah.  Ehud,  the  second  judge, 
assassinated  Eglon,  and  then  called  upon  liis  countiynien 
to  assemble  at  Mount  Ephraim.  A  decisive  battle  was 
fought  at  the  "Fords of  Moab"  (where  the  Israelites  had 
crossed  the  Jordan  on  their  tii'st  entrance  to  the  land), 
resulting  in  the  defeat  of  the  Moabites  and  the  freedom 
of  Israel. 

3.  The  Early  Philistine  Oppression  (Judges  3:31) 
was  perhaps  no  more  than  a  I'aid  of  these  people  upon 
the  momitain  region  of  Judah.  It  was  repelled  by 
Shanigar,  the  third  judge,  whose  army  of  farmers, 
hastily  gathei-ed,  had  no  otlaer  weapons  than  their  for- 
midable ox-goads.  The  precise  place  of  the  victory  is 
luikuown,  but  it  was  on  the  frontier  between  Judah  and 
Philistia. 

4.  The  Canaanite  Oppression  (Judges  4,  5)  was  an 
uprising  of  the  native  people  against  the  Israehte  con- 
quei-ors.  They  changed  the  relations  of  the  two  races, 
by  becoming  the  dominant  people  in  all  the  region  north 
of  the  Cai-mel  range  of  mountains.  Their  capital  was 
at  Hazor,  and  their  chief  military  post  at  Harosheth, 
near  the  Plain  of  Esdraelon.  A  woman,  Deborah,  living 
between  Ramah  and  Bethel,  was  then  recognized  as  the 
fourth  judge.  Slie  called  upon  Bai'ak,  of  Naphtah,  who 
aided  her  in  gathering  a  httle  army,  cliiefly  from  the 
tribes  of  Issachar,  Zebulon  and  Naphtah.  They  met  at 
Mount  Tabor,  from  which  they  povired  dovra  upon  the 
Canaanites,  who  were  encamped  upon  the  plam.  In  the 
route  that  followed,  the  Israehtes  were  aided  by  a  sud- 
den storm,  and  a  rise  in  the  torrent  Kishon,  which  swept 
away  many  of  their  enemies.  The  power  of  the  Ca- 
naanites was  broken,  and  thenceforward  the  race  made 
no  attempt  to  regain  its  independence. 

5.  The  31idianite  Oppression  (Judges  6-8)  was 
the  most  severe,  thus  far,  in  the  history  of  the  judges. 
The  Midianites,  a  migratory  tribe  on  the  east  of  Pal- 
estine, joined  with  the  Amalekite  Bedouins  ui  an  inva- 
sion which  oven-an  aU  the  centi'al  portion  of  the  land, 
plundering  the  inhabitants,  and  destroying  the  fruits  of 
the  field.  So  low  were  the  Israehtes  reduced,  that  they 
were  compelled  to  hide  their  crops,  and  themselves  also, 
in  the  caves  of  the  mountains.  The  dehverer  of  Israel 
at  this  period  was  Gideon,  the  fifth  judge.  At  God's 
call  he  summoned  his  countrymen,  and  gathered  an 
army  on  Mount  Gilboa,  while  their  enemies  were  en- 
camped at  the  foot  of  the  Hill  Moreh  (Little  Hermon), 
an  innumerable  host.  With  three  hundred  chosen  men 
Gideon  made  a  night  attack  upon  the  Midianite  host. 
They  were  defeated,  and  fled  down  the  ravine  to  the 
Jordan  Valley,  past  Beth-shean,  Abel-meholah  and  Tab- 
bath.  Beth-barah,  where  they  were  intercepted  by  the 
men  of  Ephraim,  was  not  the  same  -with  the  Bethab- 
ara  of  the  New  Testament,  but  probably  in  the  Jordan 
VaUey,  north  of  the  Jabbok.  At  Succoth.  near  the 
junction  of  the  Jabbok  and  the  Jordan,  and  at  Penuel,  in 
the  ^'aUey  of  the  Jabbok,  the  pursuing  Israehtes  under 
Gideon  were  inhospitably  treated  by  the  inhabitants,  but 
avenged  themselves  on  theii-  return.     The  remains  of 


the  routed  Midianite  army  were  found  by  Gideon  at 
Karkor,  a  place  not  precisely  known.  He  made  a  cir- 
cuit, attacked  them  on  the  east,  and  utterly  destroyed 
them.  After  tliis  victory  Gideon  bore  rule  over  Israel 
from  his  home  in  Ophrah,  until  his  death. 

After  the  death  of  Gideon  arose  his  son  Abimelech, 
the  sixth  judge,  "the  bramble  king,"  who  reigned  over 
a  small  distiict  around  Shechem.  (Judges  U.)  He  was 
not  one  of  the  divinely  chosen  dehverers,  and  strictly 
should  not  be  reckoned  in  the  list  of  judges.  He  was 
slain  ignobly  at  Thebez,  north  of  Shechem.  The  sev- 
enth judge  was  Tola,  who  ruled  from  Shamir,  in  Momit 
Ephraim.  (Judges  10: 1,  2.)  The  eighth  was  Jair,  whose 
home  was  at  Camon,  in  Moimt  Gilead,  east  of  the  Jor- 
dan.    (Judges  10:3-5.) 

6.  The  Ammonite  Oppression  (Judges  10:6-18; 
11 : 1-40)  was  perha^js  contemporaneous  with  the  early 
part  of  the  one  named  aftei'  it,  the  Philistine.  It 
embraced  the  land  of  the  tribes  on  the  east  of  the  Jor- 
dan, and  lasted  eighteen  years.  The  Israelites  raUied  at 
Mizpeh  of  Gilead  (the  place  where  Jacob  and  Laban 
made  their  covenant.  Gen.  31:49),  and  caUed  to  the  com- 
mand Jephthah,  the  ninth  judge,  who  was  living  as  a 
freebooter  in  the  land  of  Tob,  north  of  Gilead.  He 
marched  against  the  Ammonites,  and  fought  them  at 
Aroer,  on  the  border  of  the  torrent  Arnon.  He  drove 
them  in  flight  northward,  and  wasted  their  territory  as 
far  as  Minnith.  near  Heshbon.  On  his  return  took  place 
the  fulfillment  of  his  vow  upon  his  daughter  (Judges 
11:40);  and  a  civil  strife  with  the  haughty  tribe  of 
Ephraim  (Judges  12: 1-6),  which  attacked  Gilead,  but 
was  beaten  and  put  to  flight.  At  the  fords  of  Jordan 
many  thousand  Ephraimites  were  slain  in  attempting  to 
cross.  Probably  this  was  the  same  place  referred  to 
already  as  Beth-barah.     (Judges  T:24.) 

After  Jephthah,  the  tenth  judge  was  n;)zan  of  Beth- 
lehem, north  of  Mount  Carmel;  the  eleventh,  Elon  of 
Aijalon,  in  the  tribe  of  Zebulon;  the  twelfth,  Abdon  of 
Pirathon,  in  Ephraim.     (Judges  12:8-15.) 

7.  The  Philistine  Oppression  (Judges  13-16)  began 
about  the  same  time  with  the  Ammonite,  but  lasted  far 
longer.  During  aU  the  judgeships  of  EU,  the  thirteenth 
judge,  of  Samson  the  fourteenth,  of  Samuel  the 
fifteenth  and  last,  and  the  forty  years  of  Saul's  reign, 
Israel  remained  more  or  less  under  Philistine  domina- 
tion. In  the  reign  of  Saul  we  read  of  Philistine  gar- 
risons throughout  the  land,  as  at  Bethel  (1  Sam.  10:3-5) 
and  at  Geba  (1  Sam.  13:3),  and  not  until  aU  Israel  was 
consohdated  under  the  strong  scepti'e  of  David,  was  the 
Philistine  yoke  entirely  thrown  off. 

Eli,  the  thirteenth  judge,  was  also  high-priest,  and 
ruled  from  Shiloh,  the  place  of  the  ark.  The  history 
relates  only  the  events  at  the  close  of  his  judgeship, 
when,  by  the  loss  of  the  ark  at  Ebenezer,  and  the  death 
of  Eh,  on  the  same  day,  the  Israehtes  were  reduced  to 
the  lowest  condition  of  trouble. 

The  exploits  of  Samson  were  aU  personal,  and  in  a 
narrow  district.     He  led  no  army,  but  wrought  brave 


PALESTINE  UNDEE  THE  JUDGES. 


63 


deeds  singlehauded,  in  the  "camp  of  Dan"  and  the 
couutry  of  the  Phihstmes.  Had  he  added  the  adnimis- 
trative  powers  of  a  Samuel  to  his  courage  and  strength, 
the  triumphs  of  David  would  have  heen  anticipated  by  a 
century.  He  was  born  at  Zorah,  in  the  tribe  of  Dan 
(Judges  13:2),  and  won  victories  at  Timnath  (Judges 
15:1-8);  at  Lehi  ("the  jaw,"  from  the  weapon  used),  a 
place  whose  precise  location  is  imcertain  (Judges  15: 
9-20);  and  in  his  death,  at  Gaza.     (Judges  16. ) 

Sanuiel,  the  fifteenth  judge,  was  born  at  Ramah  (also 
called  Raraathaim-zophim  (^1  Sam.  1:1),  and  ruled  from 
the  same  place  during  his  period  of  government,  fi-om 
the  loss  of  the  ark  to  the  Anointing  of  Saul.  The 
gi'eat  event  of  his  rule  was  the  victory  at  Ebenezer  (1 
Sam.  7),  which  gave  a  name  to  the  place  of  the  former 
defeat.  Other  places  connected  with  this  period  are 
Kirjath-jearim,  where  the  ark  was  long  kept;  Mizpeh, 
the  place  wliere  the  active  rule  of  Samuel  both  began 
and  ended;  Bethel  and  Gilgal,  where  also  he  exercised 
the  functions  of  judge;  and  Beersheba,  in  the  south  of 
Judah,  where  his  sons  ruled  for  a  time  as  deputies  in  his 
name. 

Upon  the  map  the  names  of  the  towns  which  re- 
mained duiing  this  period  under  the  control  of  the 
nati\'e  races,  are  printed  in  red.  Some  of  these  were 
Pliilistine,  otliers  Canaanite.  Those  on  the  maritime 
plain,  west  of  Judah  and  Benjamin,  were  mainly  Phihs- 
tine,  as  Gaza,  Ashkelon,  Ashdod,  Ekron  and  Gath. 
Those  in  the  interior,  as  Aijalon  and  Jehus;  around  the 
Plain  of  Esdraelon,  as  Harosheth,  Megiddo,  Taanach 
and  Hadad-rimmon;  and  in  the  Jordan  VaUey,  as  Beth- 
sheanand  Jericho,  were  under  the  control  of  the  Ca- 
naanite races. 

\Ve  give  the  names  of  the  fifteen  judges,  and  their 


various  centers  of  authority,  as  indicated  in  the  books 
of  Judges  and  First  Samuel.  Some  of  the  locations  are 
uncertain;  but  the  places  cannot  be  far  from  those 
assigned  upon  the  map.     The  names  and  locations  are: 

I.  Othniel,  tribe  of  Judah.  2.  Ehud,  tribe  of  Benjamin. 
3.  Shamgar,  tribe  of  Judah.  1.  Deborah,  between  Ra- 
mah and  Bethel,  in  Ephraim.  '>.  (Jideon,  Ophrah,  in 
Manasseh,  West.  (>.  Abimelech,  "  the  bramble  king, "  at 
Shechem,  in  Ephraim.  7.  Tola,  in  Shamir,  of  Manasseli, 
East.  s.  Jair,  in  Manasseh,  East.  ".».  Jephthah,  in  the 
tribe  of  Gad.  lu.  Ibzan,  in  Bethlehem,  north  of  Mount 
Carmel.  11.  Elon,  at  Aijalon,  of  Zebulon.  12.  Abdon, 
at  Pirathon,  in  Ei)hraim.  1?>.  Eli,  at  Shiloh,  in  Ephraim. 
14.  Samson,  at  Zorah,  in  Dan.  15.  Samuel,  at  Ramah, 
in  Benjamin. 

The  battles  of  this  period  are  indicated  upon  the  map 
by  flags,  and  are  as  foUows  :  1.  Bezek.  2.  Hebron.  3. 
Debii-.  -i.  Zephath.  All  these  in  the  campaign  of 
Judah  and  Simeon.  (Judges  1.)  5.  Laish  (Dan),  in  the 
north,  the  Danite  conquest.  (Judges  18.)  (i.  Gibeah, 
the  extermination  of  Benjamin.  (Judges  20.)  7.  Foi'ds 
of  Moab,  Ehud's  victory  over  the  Moabites.  (Judges  3.) 
8.  Mount  Tabor,  Deborah's  victoiy  over  the  Canaanites. 
(Judges  1.)  9.  The  Hill  Moreh  (Little  Hermon),  Gide- 
on's victory  over  the  Midianites.  (Judges  7.)  10.  Kar- 
kor,  the  capture  of  the  cliiefs  of  Midian.     (Judges  8.) 

II.  Shechem,  Abimelech's  conquest.  (.Judges  9.)  12. 
Thebez,  Abimelech's  death.  (Judges  9.)  13.  Aroer, 
Jephthah's  \actory  over  the  Ammonites.  (Judges  11.) 
14.  Beth-barah,  Jephthah's  victory  over  Ephraim. 
(Judges  12.)  15.  Timnath.  16.  Lehi.  17.  Gaza,  Sam- 
son's three  slaughters  of  the  Philistines.  (Judges  14-16.) 
18.  Ebenezer,  the  loss  of  the  ark.  (1  Sam.  4.)  19.  Eben- 
ezer, the  victory  of  Samuel.     (1  Sam.  7.) 


OUTLINE    FOR    REVIEW. 


I.      SUPPLEMENTAET  TO   CONqUEST. 

1.  Judah  and  Simeon.    Bezek,  Hebron,  Debir,  Zephath. 

2.  Danite  Migration.     Zorah,  Eshtaol;  Laish  (Dan). 
8.   Civil  War.     Benjamin,  Gibeah. 

II.    Oppressions  .vxd  Judges. 

1.  Mempotamian.     (South.)    Othniel,  1st  Judge. 

2.  Moahiie.     (Central.)    Jericho.     Ehud,  3d  Judge;  Fords  of  Moab. 
Z.   Early  Phimtinc.     (South.)     Shamgar,  3d  Judge. 

4.  Canaanite.  (North.)  Hazor.  Harosheth.  Mount  Tabor;  Deborah, 
4th  Judge,  Ramah. 

.5.  Midianite.  (Central  aud  North.)  Hill  Moreh,  Karkor;  Gideon,  51h 
Judge,  Ophrah.  Abimelech,  6tli  Judge;  Shechem,  Thebez.  Tola,  7th 
Judge,  Shamir.     Jair,  8th  Judge,  Camon. 


6.  Ammonite.  (East.)  Aroer;  Jephthah,  9th  Judge;  "Fords  of  Jor- 
dan." Ibzan,  10th  Judge,  Bethlehem.  Elon,  11th  Judge,  Aijalon.  Abdon, 
12th  Judge,  Pirathon. 

7.  Philutine.  (South  and  Central.)  Eli,  13th  Judge,  Shiloh;  Ebenezer. 
Samson,  14lh  Judge;  Timnath,  Lehi,  Gaza.  Samuel,  15th  Judge,  Ramah; 
Ebenezer. 

Battles  of  the  Period.  1.  Bezek.  2.  Hebron.  3.  Debir.  4.  Zephath. 
.5.  Laish  (Dan).  6.  Gibeah.  7.  Fords  of  jMoab.  8.  Mount  Tabor.  9. 
Hill  Moreh.  10.  Karkor.  11.  Shechem.  12.  Thebez.  13.  Aroer.  14. 
Fords  of  Jordan  (Beth-barah?).  15.  Timnath.  16.  Lehi.  17.  Gaza.  18, 
19.  Ebenezer. 


THE   KINGDOM   OF   SAUL. 


DuRiXG  the  last  century  of  the  Judges,  there  was  a 
growing  tendency  toward  a  more  settled  form  of  govern- 
ment; and  the  wise  rule  of  Samuel  inspired  a  still 
stronger  desire  for  a  better  organization  of  the  state. 
The  rival  tribes  of  Ephraim  and  Judah  were  concihated 
by  the  choice  of  a  king  from  the  weak  tribe  of  Benja- 
mua,  equally  dependent  upon  both;  and  Saul,  an  obscui-e 
farmer  of  Gibeah,  was  called  to  the  throne.  The  events 
of  his  reign  are  here  related  only  so  far  as  is  necessary 
to  present  the  locaUties  referred  to,  Avhich  may  be 
grouped  imder  the  following  heads:  1.  His  Appoint- 
ment. -2.  His  Wars.  3.  His  Pursuit  of  David.  4.  His 
Death. 

I.  Saul's  Appointment  as  King.  (1  Sam.  9-12.) 
This  is  comaected  with  four  places.  Eamah,  the  resi- 
dence of  Samuel  (probably  Neby  Samwil,  3^  miles  nearly 
north  of  Jerusalem),  where  Saul  was  privately  crowned; 
Mizpeli,  an  unknown  place,  near  by,  and  also  north  of 
Jeioisalem,  where  he  was  introduced  to  the  people  as 
king;  Gibeah  (TnJeil  el  Fid,  -t  miles  north  of  Jerusalem), 
his  home  and  capital;  and  GUgal,  in  the  Jordan  Valley, 
where  he  was  formally  i-ecognized  as  king,  after  his 
victory  at  Jabesh-gilead.  The  places  named  in  the  ac- 
count, of  Saul's  search  for  his  father's  stray  asses,  which 
led  him  to  Samuel,  are  not  known  with  certainty;  but 
Shalisha  may  be  Sirisia,  13  miles  north  of  Lydda,  and 
Zuph  )nay  be  another  name  for  Zophim.  or  Ramah,  of 
wliich  the  name  in  full  was  Eamathaim-zophim. 

II.  The  Wars  of  Saul.  (1  Sam.  11-lS.)  These  were 
as  follows: 

1.  The  Ammonite  War.  (1  Sam.  11.)  The  Ammonites 
were  a  roving,  predatory,  cruel  people,  ancient  enemies 
of  Israel,  li^^ng  east  of  the  Moabites.  Under  their  king, 
Nahash,  they  invaded  the  territory  east  of  the  Jordan, 
and  besieged  Jabesh-gilead  {ed  Deir).  Word  came  to 
Saul,  who  instantly  summoned  the  warriors  of  Israel. 
They  met  at  Bezek  (not  the  same  with  the  Bezek  of 
Judges  1 : 4,  but  probably  the  ruin  Ibzik,  a  Uttle  north  of 
Tirzah),  marched  against  the  Ammonites,  and,  under 
Saul's  vigorous  leadership,  utterly  discomfited  them. 
The  i-elief  of  Jabesh-gilead,  Saul's  first  victory,  greatly 
strengthened  his  authority  as  king,  over  the  tribes. 

2.  The  First  Philistine  War.  (1  Sam.  13,  1-t.)  At  the 
time  of  Saul's  accession,  the  Philistine  outposts  held 
Geba,  Bethel,  and  other  places  in  the  mountain  region. 
Saul  imdertook  to  free  the  land,  and  summoned  the 
Israelites,  who  came  tremblingly,  being  thoiouglily 
cowed  under  theii'  oppressors.  Saul's  son  Jonathan 
struck  the  first  blow,  by  attacking  the  Philistines  at 
Geba  (Jeba),  near  Gibeah,  Saul's  capital;  and  soon  fol- 
lowed it  up  by  a  gi-eat  victory  at  Michmash,  across  the 


valley  from  Geba.  The  Israelites  novv^  gained  courage, 
and  pursued  the  Plulistines,  even  to  their  own  borders. 
Nevertheless,  the  Philistines  continued  to  hold  their  for- 
tresses in  Israel  through  all  the  reign  of  Saul,  and  wars 
were  constant  between  the  two  races. 

Three  other  wars  of  Saul  are  named  in  a  single  verse 
(1  Sam.  1-1:  it),  without  mention  of  particular  events. 
These  are  as  follows : 

3.  Tlie  Moabite  War.  These  peojDle  lived  south  of  the 
brook  Arnon,  and  east  of  the  Dead  Sea.  The  war  with 
them  may  have  taken  place  in  connection  with  the 
Ammonite  campaign,  akeady  referred  to.  No  battle- 
fields are  named,  so  that  the  places  of  the  war  cannot  be 
given.  It  resulted  in  the  defeat  of  the  Moabites,  but  not 
in  their  subjection  to  Israel. 

4.  Tlie  Edomite  War  perhaps  occurred  at  the  same 
time,  and  may  have  been  caused  by  an  aUiance  of  Edom 
Moab  and  Amnion  against  Israel,  as  aU  these  tribes  hved 
near  each  other,  the  Edomites  south  of  the  Dead  Sea. 
Probably  after  the  victory  at  Jabesh-gilead,  Saul  pur- 
sued the  flying  Ammonites,  ravaged  their  territory,  and 
then  entered  the  lands  of  Moab  and  of  Edom. 

5.  Tlie  Syrian  War.  This  was  against  "the  kings  of 
Zobah."  (1  Sam.  11: -tT.)  Zobah  was  situated  near 
Damascus,  northeast  of  Palestine,  and  Avas  the  head  of 
a  kingdom  until  subjected  in  the  reign  of  David.  It  is 
hkely  that  Saul's  campaign  was  a  defensive  one,  i)r()- 
tecting  his  border  against  a  Syrian  inroad,  but  no  places 
or  particulars  are  named. 

(i.  Tlie  Amalehite  War.  (1  Sam.  14:48;  15:1-35.) 
This  marked  the  turning  point  in  Saul's  career;  for, 
though  a  signal  victory,  it  was  the  occasion  of  his 
ahenation  from  Samuel,  the  priests  and  the  prophetic 
order,  and  the  beginning  of  his  decline.  The  Amalekites 
were  wild  Bedouins  of  the  desert,  whose  presence  made 
the  southern  border  unsafe,  and  against  whom  an 
ancient  ban  had  been  pronounced.  They  were  to  be 
utterly  desti'oyed,  not  merely  conquered  or  despoiled. 
Saul  assembled  his  army  at  Telaim,  on  the  southern 
border  (pi'obably  el  Kuseir,  between  Beerslieba  and  the 
Dead  Sea),  and  mai'ched  into  the  land  of  the  Amalekites, 
destroyed  their  principal  city,  laid  waste  their  country, 
and  brought  away  their  king  a  prisoner.  But  the  com- 
mand liad  l)een,  not  to  plunder,  but  to  destroy;  as  the 
safety  of  Israel  (and,  we  may  add,  the  salvation  of  the 
world  thi'ough  Israel)  was  endangered  by  these  nomad 
hordes;  and  Saul,  after  leading  his  host  with  their  plun- 
der over  the  mountains  of  Judah,  met  Samuel  at  Gilgal, 
and  receiv(>d  a  rebuke  for  his  disobedience,  and  the 
warning  of  his  own  rejection  as  the  theocratic  king. 

7.  The  Second  Philistine  War.    (1  Sam.  17,  18.)   War 


66 


66 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


was  the  normal  condition  between  the  Israelites  and  the 
Philistines,  and  there  were  doubtless  many  battles  and 
campaigns  of  Avhich  no  mention  is  made.  But  this  was 
notable  for  the  first  appearance  of  David,  the  destined 
king,  who  had  been  privately  anointed  by  Samuel  at 
Bethlehem.  The  Pliihstines  Avere  encamped  at  a  place 
called  Ei)hes-dammim,  or  Shochoh,  and  the  IsraeUtes 
across  the  Valley  of  Elah,  whei'e  between  the  two  hosts 
David  met  the  gigantic  Gohath  of  Gath,  and  killed  him, 
in  a  deed  of  mingled  skill  and  courage.  As  a  result  the 
Philistines  fled,  and  were  jiursued  by  Israel  even  to  the 
gates  of  Ekron  and  Gath.  David  was  now  brought 
prominently  into  notice,  and  became  one  of  Saul's  house- 
hold at  Gibeah,  though  soon  an  object  of  suspicion  by 
the  jealous  king. 

III.  Saul'.s  Pursuit  of  David  (1  Sam.  19-28)  is 
the  principal  subject  of  the  history  during  the  close  of 
his  reign.  We  have  indicated  upon  the  map,  by  a  red 
line,  the  wanderings  of  David  during  this  period,  as 
nearly  as  the  locaUties  have  been  identified,  and  have 
marked  each  place  by  a  numbei'. 

1.  At  Gibeali,  the  capital,  David  was  more  than  once 
threatened  with  death,  until  at  last  he  fled  from  Saul's 
wi'ath  to  Ramah. 

2.  At  Ramah,  David  was  with  Samuel  and  the  "sons 
of  the  prophets,"  in  a  neighborhood  called  Naioth,  "past- 
ures," or  "dwellings."  Here  Saul  came  to  slay  him, 
but  was  overcome  by  the  ardent  worship  of  the  pro- 
phetic band,  and,  forgetting  his  errand,  joined  in  their 
devotions,  while  David  escaped  once  more  to  Gibeah. 
(iSam.  19:18-24-.) 

3.  At  Gibeah,  David  fovmd  a  plac^  of  hiding  for  a  few 
days,  and  then  met  his  friend  Jonathan,  in  the  farewell 
interview,  when  "the  arrows"  w^ere  shot  as  tokens. 
(1  Sam.  20.) 

4.  David's  first  stopping  place,  in  his  permanent  exile, 
was  at  Nob,  where  stood  the  Tabernacle.  Here  he  re- 
ceived food,  and  took  the  sword  of  Goliath,  which  he 
carried  as  his  weapon  during  his  wanderings.  This  act 
of  hospitality  afterwai'd  cost  the  high-priest  and  many 
of  liis  order  their  lives,  at  the  hand  of  Saul.  (1  Sam. 
21:1-9;  22:6-23.)  Nob  was  probably  about  two  miles 
north  of  Jei'usalem. 

5.  From  Nob,  David  made  his  way  down  the  mount- 
ains to  Gath,  at  that  time  the  head  of  the  Phihstine 
league.  Here  he  was  suspected  by  the  Phihstines,  and 
compelled  to  escape  by  a  stratagem.    (1  Sam.  21: 10-15.) 

0.  He  found  a  hiding  place  in  the  Cave  of  Adullam. 
This  was  in  the  Shefelah,  or  low  country,  perhaps  at 
Beif-jibrin,  w^iere  immense  caverns  are  found.  Here  a 
force  of  men  gathered  around  him,  and  liis  aged  parents 
and  brothers  joined  him,  probably  from  a  well-grounded 
fear,  that  Saul,  who  about  this  time  slaughtered  the 
priests  for  an  act  of  kindness  to  David,  would  not  scruple 
to  kiU  the  members  of  his  family.     (1  Sam.  22:1,  2.) 

7.  To  find  a  safe  refuge  for  his  parents,  David  left 
Judah,  and  went  into  the  land  of  Moab.  Here  he  placed 
his  parents  in  the  care  of  the  king  of  Moab,  while  David 


and  his  men  took  up  their  abode  at  Mizpeh  of  Moab,  in 
a  place  called  "the  hold."  This  may  have  been  at  Kerak. 
(1  Sam.  22:3-5.) 

8.  By  the  advice  of  the  prophet  Gad,  who  probably 
had  been  one  of  his  companions  at  Samuel's  ' '  school  of 
the  prophets,"  in  Ramah,  David  led  his  little  army  back 
to  the  land  of  Judah,  and  made  his  headquarters  in  the 
Forest  of  Hareth  (perhaps  Khar  as,  in  the  mountains 
near  Hebron).  Here  he  received  news  of  the  massacre 
of  the  priests,  and  was  joined  by  Abiathar,  bearing  the 
ephod  of  the  high-priest.     (1  Sam.  22:5,  20-23.) 

9.  Next,  he  led  his  men  to  Keilah  {Kilah,  in  flie 
mountains  northwest  of  Hebi'on),  to  repel  an  attack  of 
the  Phihstines.  But,  learning  that  the  ungrateful  people 
were  about  to  betray  him  to  Saul,  he  removed  in  haste 
to  the  wilderness  between  Hebron  and  the  Dead  Sea, 
called  Jeshimon,  "  w^aste. "     (1  Sam.  23:1-13.) 

10.  In  this  wilderness  David  remained  for  a  time,  at 
Ziph  (Tell  Zif,  south  of  Hebron).  Here  he  met  his 
friend  Jonathan  for  the  last  time.  His  followers  scat- 
tered, and  David  was  alone,  exce])t  for  the  presence  of  a 
few  faithful  companions.  The  Ziphites  w^ere  willing  to 
betray  him  to  Saul,  and  he  was  again  compelled  to  flee. 
(1  Sam.  23:1-1-24.) 

11.  His  next  hiding  place  was  a  mountain  in  the  wil- 
derness of  Maoii,  7  miles  south  of  Hebron.  Here  he 
was  again  in  great  danger  from  Saul,  but  was  saved  by 
an  opportune  foray  of  the  Philistines,  which  called  the 
king  and  his  troops  away.     (1  Sam.  25:24-28.) 

12.  From  Ziph  he  took  refuge  in  the  almost  inaccess- 
ible mountains  of  Eii-gedi  (A/ri-jedi/),  overlooking  the 
Dead  Sea.  Here  David  showed  his  generosity  in  sparing 
Saul,  when  it  was  in  his  power  to  slay  him.    (1  Sam.  24.) 

13.  About  the  time  of  Samuel's  death,  David  returned 
into  the  south  of  Judah,  to  the  neighboihood  of  Maori, 
7  miles  south  of  Hebron.  (See  above,  Nos.  10,  11.  The 
likeness  of  the  account  in  the  two  visits,  has  suggested 
that  but  one  event  may  be  related  in  both.)  Here  the 
narrow-minded  Nabal  was  saved  from  David's  wrath  by 
the  wisdom  and  generosity  of  his  \Anfe,  Abigail,  who, 
after  Nabal's  death,  became  David's  wife.  (1  Sam.  25.) 
About  this  time,  and  while  David  was  in  or  near  this 
locality,  occurred  David's  act  of  mercy  in  sparing  Saul's 
life  a  second  time,  n-hen  liy  moonlight  lie  penetrated  to 
the  very  centre  of  Saul's  camp.     (1  Sam.  20.) 

14.  Despairing  of  safety  in  Saul's  realm  during  his 
reign.  David  finally  took  refuge  in  Gath  {Tell  es  Safieh), 
on  the  Shefelah,  the  capital  of  the  Phihstines.  Here  he 
was  more  kindly  received  than  before  (see  No.  5),  as  his 
relations  with  Saul  were  better  understood,  and  he  was 
able  to  obtain  from  Achish,  the  king  of  Gath  the  grant 
of  a  city  as  his  home.     (1  Sam.  27: 1-4.) 

15.  The  place  allotted  to  David,  was  Ziklag,  on  the 
south  of  Judah,  which  was  at  that  time  recognized  as  a 
possession  of  the  Philistines.  Its  location  is  unknown, 
but  we  have  foUow^ed  Couder  in  placing  it  at  Zuheilikah, 
11  miles  south  of  east  from  Gaza.  Here  David  remained 
during  the  closing  years  of   Saul's  reign.     He  accom- 


THE  KI^'GDOM  OF  SAUL. 


67 


jianied  the  Philistines  as  far  as  Aphek.  in  Mount 
iCphraini,  but  was  sent  back,  from  a  fear  lest  he  niiglit 
desert  to  the  Israehtes.  Returning,  he  found  his  home 
plundered  liy  a  roving  baud  of  Amalekites,  pursued 
them,  rescued  his  family  and  possessions,  and  also  took 
a  great  quantity  of  booty,  which  he  judiciously  used  in 
making  presents  to  the  leading  people  of  various  places 
in  Judah,  after  the  death  of  Saul.  (1  Sam.  27,  2H,  30.) 
These  places  are  located  upon  the  map  as  far  as  they  are 
known. 

16.  From  Ziklag  David  went  up  into  the  mountain 
region  at  Hebron,  soon  after  the  death  of  Saul.  Here 
he  was  made  king,  first  of  the  tribe  of  Judah,  and  after- 
ward of  all  Israel.     (2  Sam.  2:1-3.) 

IV.  Saul's  Death.  This  took  place  B.  C.  lOlU,  wheu 
Saul  had  reigned  -io  years.  We  have  noticed  two  wars 
with  the  Philistines  as  prominent  in  the  liistory  of  Saul's 
reign.  We  call  the  last  campaign  of  Saul  the  third 
Phihstine  war,  as  no  others  aie  related,  though  their 
existence  may  be  inferred.  This  marked  the  flood  tide 
of  Philistine  i^owei-;  for  it  left  them  at  Saul's  death  in 
command  not  only  of  the  Plain  of  Esdraelon  and  the 
Jordan  VaUey,  but  of  all  the  centre  of  the  country. 
Their  armies  met  at  Aphek.  in  the  tribe  of  Benjamin 
(their  old  raUymg  jjlace,  1  Sam.  4:1),  and  thence 
marched  northward  to  the  Plain  of  Esdraelon,  at  the 
foot  of  Mount  Gilboa,  on  which  the  Israelites  were 
encamped.  Saul,  fuU  of  fear,  went  around  the  Phihs- 
tine camp  to  the  village  of  Endor,  where  he  sought  the 
counsel  of  a  "woman  having  a  familiar  spirit,"  and  met 
the  spirit  of  Samuel,  which  gave  him  warning  that  on 
the  morrow  he  should  die.  The  battle  was  fought  on 
the  next  day.  Saul  and  three  of  his  sons,  including  the 
princely  Jonathan,  were  slain;  and  Israel  experienced 
the  heaviest  defeat  thus  far  in  its  history.  All  the  mid- 
dle section  of  the  land  of  Palestine  was  conquered  by  the 


Philistines,  cutting  the  tribes  in  sunder  in  each  direction, 
from  north  to  soutli  and  from  east  to  west.  At  such  a 
low  ebb  were  the  fortunes  of  the  Chosen  People,  when 
David  ascended  the  throne.  Saul's  body  was  fastened 
up  on  the  wall  of  the  Canaauite  city  of  Beth-shean,  but 
was  rescued  by  the  warriors  of  Jabesh-gilead,  in  grate- 
ful remembrance  of  Saul's  brave  deed  in  behalf  of  then- 
city,  early  in  his  reign.     (1  Sam.  31.) 

Upon  the  map  the  foUowing  are  indicated :  1.  The 
portions  of  the  land  under  Phihstine  and  Canaauite  con- 
trol aj-e  given  in  yellow,  while  the  territory  governed  by 
Saul  is  shown  in  pink.  The  mountain  region  was  held 
by  Israel,  and  the  lowlands,  both  by  the  sea  and  the 
Jordan,  by  the  Philistines.  2.  The  names  of  Phihstine 
cities  are  printed  in  red.  Some  of  these  were  their 
o^\aa  hereditary  possessions;  others  (as  Aphek,  Geba  and 
Bethel)  were  fortresses  in  the  moimtain  region,  garri- 
soned to  hold  Israel  in  subjection.  3.  The  battle-fields 
and  wars  of  Saul  are  indicated  by  flags,  and  numbered. 
(1.)  Jabesh-gilead,  over  the  Ammonites.  (1  Sam.  11.) 
(2.)  Michniash,  over  the  Phihstines.  (1  Sam.  14-.)  (3.) 
In  Moab,  at  some  unknown  jjlace.  (1  Sam.  14:47.)  (4.) 
In  Edom,  at  a  place  also  unknown.  (1  Sam.  14:47.) 
(5.)  Over  the  Syrians  of  Zobah.  (1  Sam.  14:47.)  This 
we  have  indicated  as  taking  place  in  the  half  tribe  of 
Manasseh,  East;  but  its  ^precise  location  is  unknown. 
(C.)  "A  city  of  Amalek,"  place  unkno^vn.  (1  Sam.  15:5.) 
(7.)  VaUey  of  Elah,  over  the  Philistines.  (1  Sam.  17:2.) 
(s.)  Mount  Gilboa.  (1  Sam.  31.)  4.  The  various  places 
named  in  Saul's  pursuit  of  David  are  shown  upon  the 
map,  with  their  most  probable  identifications.  These 
places  are:  (1.)  Gibeah.  (2.)  Ramah.  (3.)  Gibeah. 
(4.)  Nob.  (5.)  Gath.  (O.)  AduUam.  (7.)  Mizpeh  of 
Moab.  (8.)  Hareth.  (it.)  Keilah.  (in.)  Ziph.  (11.) 
Maon.  (12.)  En-gedi.  (13.)  Maon.  (14.)  Gath.  (15.) 
Ziklag.     (16.)  Hebron. 


OUTLINE    FOR    REVIEW. 


I.  Saul's  Appointment.    Ramah,  Gibeah,  Gilgal,  Shalisha,  Zuph. 

II.  ir«™  of  Saul.  1.  Ammonite.  (Jubesh-gileud,  Bfzck.)  2.  First 
Philistine.  (Goba,  Michmasli.)  3.  Moabite.  4.  Edomitc.  5.  Syrian.  6. 
.Vmalekite.     (Telaim,  Gilgal.)    7.  Second  Philistine.     (J-Mey  of  Elah.) 


in.  Pursuit  of  Darid.  1.  Gibeah.  2.  Ramah.  3.  Gibeah.  4.  Nob.  5. 
Gath.  6.  Adullam.  7.  Mizpeh  of  Moab.  8  ITareth.  9.  Keilah.  10.  Ziph 
11.  JIaon.     12.  En-gedi.     13.  Maon.    14.  Galli.     1.5.  Ziklag.     16.  Hebron. 

IV.  Saul's  Death.     Aphek,  Gilboa,  Beth-shean,  Jabesh-gilead. 


JEIUCUO. 


THE  E]irPIRE  OF  DAVID  AND  SOLOMON. 


The  greatness  of  David  may  be  shown  by  a  compari- 
son of  our  last  map  with  the  present  one,  keei)ing  in 
mind  the  dift'erence  of  scale  between  them.     David  suc- 
ceeded to  the  throne  of  Israel  when  it  represented  about 
»).000  square  miles  of  territory,  more  or  less,  under  con- 
trol :   he  left  to  Iris  successor,  Solomon,  an  empire  em- 
bracing an  area  of  GO.OOO  square  miles.     !See  the  com- 
Ijarative  diagram  on  page  7(>.     The  map  now  before  us 
being  iipon  a  scale  greatly  reduced  from  that  of  Saul's 
kingdom,  it  will  ))e  inipossil)le  to  represent  upon  it  all 
the  localities  mentioned  in  the  history  of  Da^'id  and 
Solomon.     Those  in 
the  neighborhood  of 
Jerusalem    will    be 
found  on  the  map  of 
the  Environs  of  Je- 
rusalem,   page    88, 
and  those  of  minor 
importance    in    the 
land  of  Israel  may 
be  found  on  the  map 
of  Palestine  Among 
the  Tribes,  page  58. 

We  present  the 
events  and  localities 
under  the  following- 
outline:  1.  David's 
Reign  over  Judah. 
2.  The  Union  of  Pal- 
estine. 3.  David"  s 
Foreign  Conquests. 
4.  David's  Calami- 
ties. 5.  The  Clos- 
ing Events.  6.  The 
Reign  of  Solomon. 

I.  David's  Koiffii 
over  J  u  d  a  li .  (2 
Sam.  1-4.)  After  the 
death  of  Saul,  Da- 
vid went  from  Zik- 

lag  to  Hebron,  and  was  there  accepted  as  king  over  tlie 
tribe  of  Judah.  His  reign  lasted  for  seven  years,  from 
1010  to  1003  B.  C.  During  a  part  of  this  time,  Ishbo- 
sheth,  the  only  remaining  son  of  Saul,  was  also  nominally 
reigning  over  a  large  part  of  the  land,  the  real  power 
being  held  by  Abner,  Saul's  general,  and  the  ablest  man 
of  his  time.  War  naturally  arose,  and  many  l)attl<'s 
were  doubtless  fought,  of  wliicli  but  one,  iit  Gii)eon, 
is  related.  At  last,  Abner  and  Ishbosheth  were  both 
niuidered,  though  not  by  David's  desire  nor  with  his 
ajiprobation;  and,  with  one  consent,  David  was  accejjted 
as  king  over  all  the  Twelve  Tribes. 

8  69 


TOWEK   OK    DAVID. 


II.  The  Union  of  Palestine.  (2  Sam.  .5-7.)  David 
was  now  rider  over  the  mountain  region  only,  as  Saul 
had  been  before  him,  and  in  vaiious  places  were  garri- 
sons of  the  Fhilistmes,  and  cities  held  by  the  Canaanite 
laces.  He  began  by  a  siege  of  Jehus,  or  Jebusi,  a  for- 
tress of  the  Jebusites,  on  the  border  of  Judah  and  Ben- 
jamin. Though  deemed  impregnable  by  the  natives,  it 
was  taken  by  storm,  and,  under  its  new  name,  Jeru- 
salem, became  the  capital  of  the  kingdom.  The  Phi- 
listines had  been  friendly  with  David  in  the  past,  and 
were  perhaps  recognized  as    the    "lords    paramount" 

during  his  reign 
over  J  u  d  a  h  ;  but 
now  they  were  jeal- 
ous of  his  grooving 
power,  and,  as  of 
old,  entered  the 
mountain  region 
with  their  armies. 
But  in  Da^■id  they 
met  an  enemy  of  a 
dilferent  character 
from  either  Samson 
or  Saul .  Two  battles 
were  fought,  both 
near  Jerusalem,  at 
a  x>lace  called  "the 
Valley  [or  plain]  of 
tile  Rephaim";  and 
in  each  the  Philis- 
tines were  utterly 
routed. 

D  a  \-  i  d  followed 
n\>   liis    advantage, 
after   the   second 
victory,  liy   march- 
ing down  upon  the 
Shefelah    and    the 
plain.  HetookGath 
(called     Metheg- 
aniniali,  -'the  bridle  of  the  metropolis."  in  2  Sam.  8:1), 
and  subjugated  the  entire  Philistine  confederacy  so  com- 
pletely that  thenceforward  they  ceased  to  trouble  Israel 
for  centuries. 

The  land  was  now  unitetl,  and  David  turned  his  atten- 
tion to  the  religious  reformation  of  the  people,  bi-ought 
the  ark  from  Baale,  or  Kirjathjearlm,  to  Jerusalem, 
jtlanned  for  the  Temple  to  be  built  by  his  successor, 
and  oiganized  the  worship  on  a  magnificent  scale.  (2 
Sam.  G,  7.) 

III.   David's  Foreign  Conqnests.    These  were  not 


70 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGEAPHY. 


COMPARATIVE  AREA  OF  PALESTINE 
AT  DIFFERENT  PERIODS. 


Joshnat 
B.C. 
1443, 

iijOoo 

Sq.JiL. 


Sanl, 
B.  C. 
1095, 

6fi00 
Sq.M. 


Solomon, 
B.C.    1000, 
eOfiOO  Sq.  M. 


Ten 

Trlbca, 

B.  (  .  9-ft. 

i'.-U'O 
,S,,.  Jl. 


n 


Herod 
;b.  C.  100,  tJrcat, 

IS.  c.a. 


Juaahi  11^000 

975.'    S<].  M.  I  i:;.ooo 

3j400\  I  s,{.  2L. 


altogether  inspired  by  ambition,  but  were  necessary  for 
the  safety  of  Israel,  and  to  keep  its  people  from  the  con- 
tamination of  the  idolatry  of  the  surrounding  nations. 
These  conquests  are  indicated  by  flags  on  the  maj), 
though  the  precise  locations  of  the  battles  are  not  known 
in  aU  cases.  The  lands  conquered  by  Da%dd  were  as  fol- 
lows : 

1.  Moab.  (2  Sam.  8:2.)  It  is  stated  by  Josephus,  that 
the  cniel  treatment  of  the  Moabites  (though  fuUy  in 
accord  with  the  customs  of  Oriental  war  in  that  day) 
was  in  revenge  for  tlie  slaughter  of  David's  parents  by 
the  king  of  Moab,  an  event  not  mentioned  in  the  Bible. 

2.  Zobah  (2  Sam.  8:3,  -i),  at  that  time  the  principal 
state  between  Damascus  and  the  Euphi-ates. 

3.  Damascus  (2  Sam.  8:5-12),  in  aUiauce  with  Zobah, 
and  the  lai'gest  city  in  Syi'ia. 


30     Lons-     32       ^ro™     34    GrMu.     3$ 


109      ^t*       in        from      JJ3     ■W«li.     J1S 


i.  Edom  (2  Sam.  8:13,  14),  south  of  the  Dead  Sea. 
The  Avord  ''Syrians,''  in  verse  13,  should  undoubtedly  be 
"Edomites."  The  battle  was  fought  at  the  "valley  of 
salt,"  an  unknown  place,  but  probably  near  Sela,  or 
Petra,  the  capital  of  Edom. 

5.  Ammon.  (2  Sam.  10-13.)  This  was  the  longest  of 
David's  wars,  and  was  waged  not  against  the  Ammonites 
only,  but  against  the  aUied  forces  of  several  small  Syrian 
kingdoms,  as  Zobah  (already  conquered,  but  not  subju- 
gated), Maachah,  Rehob  and  Tob.  districts  on  the  north 
and  east  of  Israel.  Three  great  battles  were  fought ;  the 
first  near  Medeba;  the  second  at  Helam.  an  uncertain 
locahty  {it  it  be  the  name  of  a  place,  which  is  questioned, 
as  the  word  ineans  "host,"'  or  "army");  and  the  third, 
tlie  siege  and  capture  of  Kabbah,  the  capital  of  the 
Ammonites,  Avhich  ended  the  war.  Dui-iug  this  war 
occui-red  the  crime  of  David  with  Bathsheba.  and  the 
murder  of  Uriah.  (2  Sam.  11.)  This  completed  the 
series  of  conquests,  and  made  the  throne  of  DaA^id  su- 
preme from  the  Red  Sea  to  the  Euphrates.  One  fact 
which  made  these  conquests  possible,  was,  that  the  tribes 
around  Israel  "«'ere  not  united  into  strong  nations,  as 
afterward  ui  the  cases  of  Syria  and  Assyria,  but  were 
independent  principalities,  easily  overcome  in  turn  by 
the  framed  warriors  of  David. 

As  a  result  of  these  wars  the  kingdom  of  David,  which 
he  transmitted  to  liis  son  Solomon,  was  the  largest  in 
the  Oriental  world  at  that  time.  The  Assyrian  empire 
had  not  arisen,  the  great  kings  of  Egypt  had  i^assed 
away,  and  the  East  was  broken  up  into  small  iirincipali- 
ties,  among  which  Israel  easily  rose  to  power. 

IV.  The  Calamities  of  David's  Reigii.    (2  Sam. 

12-20,  24.)     Three  great  troubles  befeU  David  and  his 

kingdom  as  the  result  of  his  sins. 

1.  The  first  and  great- 
est was  the  Rebellion  of 
Absalom.  We  can  only 
mention  the  places  re- 
ferred to  in  the  history, 
not  relate  its  events. 
Geshur,  where  Absalom 
was  in  exile,  was  a 
small  kingdom  under 
the  rule  of  Absalom's 
maternal  grandfather. 
Tekoa,  whence  came  the 
"wise  woman,"  was 
near  Bethlehem.  The 
places  near  Jerusalem 
named  in  David's  flight, 
may  be  seen  on  the  map 
of  the  EuAirons  of  Jeru- 
salem, page  S3.  DaA^id's 
resting  place  Avas  at  Ma- 
hanaim,  east  of  the  Jor- 
dan, and  south  of  the  Hi- 
eromax.  Absalom  was 
defeated    and    killed   at 


THE  EMPIRE  OF  DAVID  AND  SOLOMON. 


71 


"the  wood  of  Ephraim,"  a  locality  not  in  the  tribe  of 
that  name,  but  east  of  the  Jordan,  perhaps  where  the 
Ephraimites  sustained  a  gi-eat  defeat  from  Jephthah. 
(Judges  12.) 

2.  The  second  calamity  was  the  Rebellion  of  Sheba, 
following  soon  after  Absalom's,  and  arising  from  the 
same  disaffection.  It  was  ended  at  Abel-beth-maa- 
chah,  in  the  extreme  north,  by  the  death  of  Sheba.  (2 
Sam.  20.) 

3.  The  third  calamity  was  the  Pestilence,  after  the 
numbering  of  the  people,  an  enumeration  with  a  view 
either  to  heavy  levies  of  assessment,  or  to  foreign  con- 
quest; either  of  which  was  contrary  to  the  spirit  of  the 
Hebrew  constitution.  (2  Sam.  24.)  The  places  named 
wiU  be  foimd  upon  the  map,  except  the  inexphcable 
Tahtim-hodshi,  which  may  mean  "the  land  newly  inhab- 
ited," but  whose  location  is  unknown.  The  sacrifice  of 
David  at  Araunah's  threshing-floor  gave  the  location  to 
the  gi-eat  altar  of  the  Temple,  probably  the  rude  rock 
which  now  rises  from  the  floor  of  the  Mosque  of  Omar, 
in  Jerusalem. 

V.  The  Close  of  David's  Reign  (1  Kings  1,  2;  1 
Chron.  22-29)  was  occupied  in  the  organization  of  his 
empire,  and  in  preparation  for  the  building  of  the  Tem- 
ple. There  are  but  few  locaUties  named  with  this  period, 
and  they  may  be  easily  found  upon  the  maps,  those  near 
Jerusalem  being  upon  the  map  of  its  Environs. 

VI.  The  Reign  of  Solomon  was  a  period  of  peace, 
with  few  incidents  to  mai'k  its  even  tenor.  Its  principal 
event  was  the  building  of  the  Temple.  We  insert  here  a 
plan  of  Solomon's  Temple,  largely  conjectural,  as  neither 
of  the  descriptions  is  sufficiently  exact  for  a  complete 
knowledge.  The  Temple,  as  it  afterward  stood  in  the 
time  of  Christ,  may  be  found  described  on  page  139. 

Upon  the  map  are  noted  most  of  the  battle-fields, 
which  may  be  enumerated  as  foUows :     1.   At  Gibeon, 


PLAN   OF   SOLOMON  S  TEMPLE. 


the  victory  over  Abner  and  the  adherents  of  Ishbosheth. 
2.  At  Jerusalem,  its  capture  from  the  Jebusites.  3,  4. 
Near  Jervisalem,  not  indicated  upon  the  map:  two  deci 
sive  victories  over  the  Phihstines.  5.  Gath,  the  capture 
of  the  Phihstine  capital.  6.  The  victory  over  the  Moab- 
ites,  probably  near  Ar.  7.  The  conquest  of  Zobah.  north 
of  Damascus.  8.  The  conquest  of  Damascus  and  its 
dependent  places.  9.  The  conquest  of  Edom,  near  Sela. 
10.  The  victory  at  Medeba,  over  the  Ammonites.  11. 
The  victory  at  Helani,  near  the  Euphrates,  over  the 
Syrian  allies  of  the  Ammonites.  12.  The  siege  and  cap- 
ture of  Eabbah.  13.  The  defeat  of  Absalom's  army  in 
the  wood  of  Ephraim,  east  of  the  Jordan. 


OUTLINE  FOR  TEACHING  AND  REVIEW. 


I.  Draw  a  rough  map  of  the  country  fniin  llie  Red  Sea  to  the  Euphra- 
tes, as  in  the  map  of  the  kingdom  of  David  and  Solomon,  and  locale  upon 
it  the  land  of  Israel  proper,  showing  the  dominion  of  Saul. 

II.  Draw  the  boundary  line  to  show  the  kingdom  of  David  at  Hebron, 
and  that  of  Ishbosheth  at  Mahanaim;  mention  and  locale  tlu;  battle  of 
Gibeon. 

III.  Show  in  order  the  conquests  of   David,  writing  upon  the  board 


the  names  of  the  lands  conquered  in  order,  and  indicating  the  battles  by 
flags. 

IV.  Show  the  dimensions  of  David's  kingdom,  by  another  map  of  the 
Oriental  World  in  the  time  of  David.  Locate  and  drill  upon  the  leading 
lands  and  capitals. 

V.  Give  an  account  of  the  calamities  in  David's  reign,  show  the  (light 
of  David,  and  locate  the  battle  with  Absalom. 


*>*«a«issv: 


CHUKCII   OK   .NATIVITY,    BETIII.llllM. 


ANCIENT 
JERUSALEM, 

IS    THE  ^ 

NEW  TESTAMENT  PERIOD.    ^} 

i 
- I 


"   /■ 


.11 


•  -. !*<■ 


'"'eid 


llonuitifiil   oC 
->      JI.r.Aliiin- 


w                              / 

=i          ../ , 

«.            // ,' 

' 

C-.                        ..?>>' 

^V    .-' 

■-■ 

te             /■ 

1 

i^y 

,''.'Jll<iim&<S 

s<>. 

./,••' 

•^  -' 

BA\0,Wc  ■                ^ 

^CMIC»&0.              __          j 

72 


ANCIENT    JERUSALEM. 


I.  Names.  The  city  of  Jerusalem  has  been  known 
by  a  different  name  during  each  of  the  most  important 
periods  of  its  varied  history.  1.  In  the  patriarchal  age 
it  was  the  seat  of  Melchizedek's  priestly  kingdom,  and 
was  known  as  Salem,  properly  pronounced  Shalem. 
(Gen.  14:18;  Psa.  76:2. )  2.  During  the  Jebusite  period 
it  was  known  as  Jebis.  (Judges  19:10.)  Probably  at 
this  time  the  full  name  was  Jebus- shalem.  S.  After  the 
captui'e  by  David  it  received  the  name  Jektsalem.  pioji- 
erly     Jeru-sJialaim.  ,.,.-. 

The  earliest    instance 

of    this    name    is    in 

Judges  1:7,  8,  where 

it  may  have  been  used 

b  y    anticipation ;     o  r 

there  may  have  been  a 

change,  for  euphony, 

from  Jebus-sha-         ^ 

\emto, Teru-sha-         ■ 

lem.     The  word 

means    "jiosses- 

sion  of   peace.'" 

The    Greek 

f( uTii  of  this 

w  o r  d   is 

Hiercisoly- 

ma.    4.   It 

is  called  by 

the  prophets  by  tlie 

poetical    name    of 

A  KIEL,    "'the  lion 

ofGod."(Isa.29:l.) 

fi.  More  than  once  in  the  Bible  it  is  called  "the  holy  city. 

(Matt.  4:5;  27:53.)     6.  After  its  destruction  ))y  Titus. 

it  was  rebuilt  by  the  emi^eror  .Elius  Hadrianus,  A.  D. 

135,  and  named  JElia,  or,  in  full,  ^lia  Capitolixa,  a 

name  that   it  held  until    the  year  536,   A.  I).,  when 

the   ancient  name   Jerusalem   again   became   prevalent. 

7.  It  is  now  known  to  the  Arabs  as  El  Kiiros,  ''the  holy." 

II.  Location.  The  city  of  Jerusalem  stands  in  latitude 
31°  46'  45"  north,  and  longitude  35°  13'  25"  east  of  Green- 
wich, the  ol)servations  being  taken  from  the  dome  of 
the  Church  of  the  Holy  Sepulchre.  Tliis  m:iy  luiv.-  lieen 
outside  the  ancient  wall,  but  was  certainly  ueai-  it.  The 
city  is  32  miles  from  the  Mediterranean,  IS  from  the  Dead 
Sea,  20 from  Hebron,  and  36  from  Samaria;  and  its  general 
elevation  is  about  2,500  feet  above  the  level  of  the 
ocean. 

III.  Geologic  Formation.  "The  vicinity  of  Jeru- 
salem consists  of  strata  of  the  Eocene  and  chalk  forma- 
tions, having  a  general  dip  down  the  watershetl  of  about 
10°  east-southeast.     The  action  of  denudation  has  left 


♦ 


^e  I, 


patches  of  the  various  strata ;  but,  generally  speaking, 
the  oldest  are  on  the  west.     The  upper  part  of  the  Olivet 
chain  consists  of  a  soft  white  limestone,  with  fossils  and 
Hint  bands  l)elonging  to  the  Upper  Chalk  ;  beneath  this 
are, —  lirst,  a  hard   silicious   chalk,    with    Hint  bands; 
second,  a  soft  white  limestone,  much  iLsed  in  the  ancient 
buildings  of  the  city;  third,  a  hard  chalk,  often  pink  and 
white  in  color,  and  then  known  as  Santa  Croce  marble. 
The   underlying  beds  belonging  to  the  period  of  the 
_  ,    Greensand  are  not  vis- 
ible, the  lowest  strata 
in   the    Kedron   preci- 
pices belonging  to  the 
Lower  Chalk  epoch." 
[Eiicyclo.  Britan.) 
IV.    Valleys.    The 
peculiar      natural 
features    of    Jeru- 
saleuL    and    much 
of    its    history, 
are   due  to   the 
arrangement  of 
its     three    val- 
leys.       These 
unite   near  the 
southeastern 
corner     of    the 
city.      1.     The 
Valley    of    the 
Kedron,  called 
also  "the  Valley 
of  Jehoshaphat'' 
( pei'haps  referred 
to  in  Joel  3:2,  12); 
ami  •■  the  kings  dale"  (Gen.  14:17;  2  Sanu  18:18).    This 
lies  on  the  east  of  the  city,  between  Mount  Moriah  and 
the  Mount  of  Olives.      During  the  sunnner  it  is  dry ; 
but    in    the  rainy  season    it    is  the    bed   of   a  brook, 
from    which   it  receives  its  name.      2.   The    Valley  of 
the    TyrojHeoii   (a   word    sujiposed    to    mean    "cheese- 
mongers,"    though    the    meaning    and    derivation    are 
(piestioued)  branches  from   the   Kedron   Valley  at  the 
soutliei'U    eiul    of    Mount    Moriah,   and    extends  in    a 
noitli westerly  direction.      The  principal  i-avine  curves 
in  crescent  form  around  Mount  Zion,  but  a  shallower  and 
less  noticeable  branch  extends  further  to  the  north.   This 
valley  is  now  almost  obliterated  by  the  accunuilation  of 
debris,  but  its  ancient  course  has  been  established  by 
recent  soundings.     3.     The  Valley  of  Hinnovi,  called 
also,   "the  valley  of  the  son  of  Hinnom"  (Josh.  15:8), 
forms  the  western  and  southern  border  of  the  city,  and 
unites  with  the  Kedron  Valley  near  its  junction  with  the 


74 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY, 


Tyropueou.  Its  lower  portion,  near  tlie  Kedron,  was 
called  Tophet,  or  "place  of  fire"  (Jer.  T:31),  and  Ge- 
henna (Ge-Hinnoni).  It  w^as  at  one  time  the  seat  of 
idolatrous  worship  to  Molech,  and  afterward  became  a 
cesspool,  and  place  where  the  oflfal  of  the  city  was 
bm^ned.  Gihon  (1  Kmgs  1: 33)  is  located  by  most  in  the 
upper  portion  of  this  valley;  but,  by  Conder  and  a  few 
others,  in  the  lower  portion  of  the  Kedron  Valley,  at 
the  spring  en  Rogel. 

V.  Moniitaiiis.  Jerusalem  is  and  has  ever  been 
emphatically  a  jilace  of  mountains;  as  it  stood  anciently 
upon  four  distinct  hills,  with  others  around  its  walls  on 
every  side.  The  names  of  these  hills  are  Avell  known, 
but  the  identification  of  them  is  neither  easy  nor  unani- 
mous among  investigators.  We  name  the  locations  as 
given  by  the  largest  number  of  leading  scholai-s. 

1.  JMount  Zion  is  the  largest  and  highest  of  the  foui' 
hiUs  within  the  city.  It  lies  on  the  southwestern  sec- 
tion, between  the  YaUeys  of  the  Tyrojioeon  on  the  east 
and  north,  and  Hinnom  on  the  south  and  west.  Its 
crown  is  2,540  feet  high.  Upon  it,  probably,  stood  the 
Jebusite  fortress  which  so  long  defied  the  Israehtes,  but 
was  finally  taken  by  David. 

2.  Acra  is  a  httle  east  of  north  from  Zion,  and  is  an 
irregularly  shaped  eminence,  now  2,-lr90  feet  high,  but 
anciently  higher,  as  its  crest  was  cut  down  by  the  Mac- 
cabean  princes,  in  order  to  bring  it  nearer  to  the  level  of 
the  Temple-hiU.  It  is  surrounded  upon  the  south,  east 
and  north  by  the  two  arms  of  the  Tyi'opceon  YaUey.  On 
this  may  have  stood  the  castle,  or  MiUo.     (2  Sam.  5:9.) 

3.  On  the  eastern  side  of  the  city  is  Mount  Moriah,  the 
place  once  occupied  by  the  Temple,  and  now  b)^  the 
Dome  of  the  Eock,  mistakenly  called  the  Mosque  of 
Omar.  It  hes  between  the  two  A'aUeys  of  the  Kedron 
on  the  east  and  the  Tyropoeon  on  the  west,  and  is  2,432 
feet  high.  Its  southern  end  is  a  steep  declivity,  called 
Ophel  (in  Josephus,  Ophlas),  running  southward  to  the 
junction  of  the  valleys. 

4.  Bezetha  is  a  little  west  of  north  from  Mount  Moriah, 
and  separated  from  it  by  a  slight  depression.  It  hes  be- 
tween the  Kedron  YaUey  and  the  northern  branch  of  the 
Tyropoeon.  Only  in  the  later  age  of  New  Testament 
history  was  it  Avitliin  the  w^alls  of  the  city.  Its  height 
is  a  little  over  2,500  feet. 

These  four  moimtains  are  all  that  are  named  as  ^N-ithin 
the  ancient  waUs.  Calvary  was  not  a  mountain,  but 
merely  a  place  outside  the  city  where  the  crucifixion  of 
Jesus  took  place;  so  that  it  is  not  to  be  counted  in  the 
list.  But  we  must  notice,  in  addition,  the  most  impor- 
tant of  the  "mountains  round  about  Jerusalem." 

5.  The  Mount  of  Olives  lies  east  of  the  Kedroi^  YaUey, 
and  is  a  range  of  hills  having  several  summits,  which 
are  a  little  under  3,000  feet  in  height.  (1.)  The  northei'n 
peak,  called  Scopus,  lies  northeast  of  the  wall,  and  is 
supposed  to  be  the  point  from  which  Titus  obtained  his 
first  view^  of  the  doomed  city.  (2.)  The  second  is  called 
ViriGalilcei,  "men  of  Galilee,"  from  a  tradition  that  the 
angels,  at  the  time  of  Christ's  ascension,  appeared  upon 


it.  (Acts  1:11.)  (3.)  The  central  summit  is  the  Mount 
of  Ascension,  2,665  feet  high,  and  du-ectly  east  of  the 
Tenqtle.  It  is  probable  that  the  true  place  of  the  ascen- 
sion is  to  be  found  on  the  eastern  slope  of  this  hUl,  near 
Bethany,  and  not  in  sight  of  Jerusalem.  (4.)  The  next 
peak  southward  is  called  "Tlie  Prophets.'^  from  a  tradi- 
tion that  some  of  the  prophets  were  buried  Tipon  its  side 
near  the  Kedron.  (5.)  The  southern  peak  is  called  the 
Mount  of  Offense,  from  tne  idol  worship  Axiiich  Solomon 
estabhshed  upon  it.     (1  Kings  11:  7.) 

6.  South  of  the  YaUey  of  Hinnom,  and  directly  oj^po- 
site  to  Momit  Zion,  is  an  eminence  known  as  the  Hill  of 
Evil  Counsel,  where  Judas  is  said  to  have  bargained  for 
the  betrayal  of  his  Lord.  Upon  the  slope  of  this  hiU  is 
the  traditional  Aceldama,  "the  field  of  blood."  (Matt. 
27:7,  8.) 

YI.  Walls.  Of  these,  tlu-ee  are  named  by  the  early 
historians  and  mentioned  in  the  Bible.  1.  The  first  waU 
was  built  by  David  and  Solomon,  aiad  surrounded  what 
was  known  as  "the  city  of  David."  It  included  Zion, 
Moriah,  Ophel,  and  the  southern  portion  of  the  Tyro- 
poeon YaUey.  The  lines  of  this  waU  may  stiU  be  traced 
and  the  ancient  foundations  shown  in  various  places.  2. 
The  second  wall,  including  Acra,  extended  in  a  curved 
line  from  the  tower  Antonia,  north  of  the  Temple,  to  a 
point  not  yet  marked  Avith  cei'tainty,  on  the  northei'n 
border  of  Mount  Zion.  The  location  of  Calvary  and  the 
place  of  the  Saviour's  burial  depend  upon  the  question, 
whether  this  waU  ran  outside  or  inside  of  the  place 
where  now  stands  the  Church  of  the  Holy  Sepulchre. 
For,  as  these  were  "outside  the  gate,"  if  the  Avail  include 
the  traditional  locaUties,  they  are  Avrongly  located,  and 
the  true  jilaces  must  be  sought  elscAvhere,  jierhaps  near 
the  so-caUed  Grotto  of  Jeremiah,  north  of  the  city. 
We  indicate  both  localities,  but  regard  the  northern  as 
preferable.  3.  The  third  Avall  Avas  not  built  until  after 
the  time  of  Christ,  but  Avas  begun  by  Herod  Agrippa, 
and  was  completed  not  long  before  the  Roman  siege. 
This  section  Avas  called  "the  new  city,"'  and  included 
Mount  Bezetha,  and  the  region  north  and  northwest  of 
Mount  Zion.  Only  a  small  portion  of  the  wall  can  be 
located  Avitli  certainty. 

YII.  History  of  Jerusalem.  This  may  be  briefly 
noticed  under  scA^en  periods. 

1.  The  Patriarchal  Period  (B.  C.  2000-130o).  The 
earhest  mention  of  Jerusalem  is  that  in  Gen.  14:  IS, 
Avhich,  taken  Avith  Psa.  76:2,  seems  to  indicate  the  place, 
though  the  identity  is  questioned  by  some  scholars.  In 
the  time  of  Abraham,  B.  C.  1918,  according  to  the  com- 
mon chronology,  Jerusalem  Avas  the  seat  of  a  kingdom 
rmder  the  priest  Melchizedek,  Avho  received  homage  and 
tithes,  as  God's  representatiA^e,  from  the  jDatriarch.  At 
that  time  it  was  a  centre,  not  only  of  political  poAver, 
but  of  a  leUgious  worship  which  was  recognized  by 
Abraham  as  divine  and  spiritual. 

2.  TJie  Jebusite  Period  (B.  C.  1300-1003).  The  next 
reference  to  Jerusalem  (and  the  earliest  certain  account) 
is  at  the  time  of  the  conquest,  B.  C.   1210.     At  that 


ANCIENT  JEEUSALEM. 


T5 


period  it  was  held  by  the  Jebusites,  a  race  of  Canaanite 
origin,  small  iu  numbers,  but  of  indomitable  courage 
and  I'esolution,  since  they  were  able  to  hold  their  city  for 
four  centuries  against  all  the  power  of  Israel.  Their 
king,  Adoni-zedek  (Josh.  10: 1),  may  have  been  a  descend- 
ant of  the  pious  Melchi-zedek,  as  the  names  are  similar; 
but  the  ancient  purity  of  the  people's  worship  had  been 
lost  in  the  idolatry  of  the  surrounding  races.  The  little 
city  of  Jehus,  as  it  was  then  called,  formed  a  confedera- 
tion with  the  other  clans  of  the  south  to  resist  Joshua's 
invading  host.  But  in  the  decisive  battle  of  Beth-horon 
the  Canaanites  wei-e  I'outed,  their  five  kings  were  slain 
(among  them  the  king  of  Jerusale^n),  and  the  aUiance 
was  broken  up.  For  the  present,  Jerusalem  was  not 
attacked,  l)ut  its  territory  was  assigned  to  the  tribe  of 
Benjamin.  (Josh.  18: 2s.)  Soon  after  the  death  of  Josh- 
ua, liowever,  it  was  besieged  by  the  united  tribes  of 
Judah  and  Simeon,  as  dangerous  to  the  northern  fi-ontier 
of  the  former.  From  Judges  1:8,  and  the  history  of 
Josephus,  we  learn  that  the  lower  city  (perhaps  on  Acra ) 
Avas  taken  and  burned;  but  the  foi'tress  was  found  im- 
pregnable ' '  by  reason  of  its  walls  and  also  of  the  nature 
of  the  place."  (Josephus.)  The  city  was  soon  rebuilt 
(Judges  10: 11),  and  remained  in  Jebusite  hands  through 
all  the  age  of  the  Judges  and  the  reign  of  Saul. 

3.  The  Royal  Period  (B.  C.  1003-587).  With  the  ac- 
cession of  David  a  new  era  began  in  Israel,  and  every  part 
of  the  kingdom  soon  felt  the  strong  hand  of  its  new 
master.  He  was  not  one  to  brook  a  foreign  fortress  in 
the  centre  of  liis  realm,  and  in  the  first  year  of  his  reign 
over  united  Israel  he  marched  against  it,  and  demanded 
its  surrender.  Trusting  to  their  strong  situation,  the 
Jebusites  refused,  and,  as  an  insult,  placed  "the  blind 
and  the  lame  "  on  its  walls  in  mockery  of  his  attempt. 
But,  under  the  valiant  Joab,  the  height  was  scaled,  the 
fortress  was  taken,  and  Jerusalem  was  thenceforth  ' '  the 
city  of  David."  (2  Sam.  5.)  David  made  it  his  capital, 
brought  thither  the  ark  of  the  covenant,  and  surrounded 
it  with  a  new  wall.  Solomon  enriched  it  with  treasures, 
and  with  its  greatest  glory,  the  Temple  on  Mount  Mo- 
riah.  After  the  division  it  remained  the  capital  f)f 
Judah,  though  close  to  the  border  of  the  Ten  Tribes.  It 
was  taken  without  resistance  from  Rehoboam,  by  Shi- 
shak,  the  king  of  Egypt,  and  robbed  of  its  wealth,  !t30 
B.  C.  In  the  reign  of  Jehoshaphat  it  was  restored  to 
something  like  its  former  prosperity;  but  under  his  son 
Jehoram,  B.  C.  S40,  it  was  taken  by  a  sudden  attack  of 
the  Philistines  and  Arabians,  and  again  plundered.  Un- 
der Athaliah  it  became  a  shrine  of  ab()ininal)le  Baal  wor- 
ship, but  was  reformed  by  Jehoiada  in  the  earlier  days 
of  the  reign  of  Joash.  Joash,  however,  in  his  later 
years  allowed  the  people  to  relapse  into  idolatry,  with 
the  usual  result;  for,  about  B.  C.  800,  the  powei'ful 
Hazael,  king  of  Syria,  overran  the  Shefelah,  defeated 
the  Judaites,  and  was  only  kept  from  entering  the  city 
by  a  gift  of  its  treasures.  Amaziah,  the  next  king, 
elated  by  a  victory,  offered  battle  at  Beth-shemesh  to 
Joash,  king  of   Israel,   then  the  most  powerful  state 


between  Egypt  and  Assp-ia.  He  was  defeated ;  and,  as 
a  result,  Jerusalem  was  entered  by  the  Israehtes,  its  wall 
was  thrown  dowii,  and  it  was  again  plundered.  The  city 
suffered  during  the  wicked  reign  of  Ahaz,  but  was  re- 
stored and  divinely  protected  from  its  Assyrian  besiegers 
in  the  good  reign  of  Hezekiah.  After  the  death  of 
Josiah  it  was  entered  by  the  Egyptians  under  Necho  ;  but 
its  final  destruction  was  wrought  by  Nebuchadnezzar, 
of  the  Babylonian  empire.  Twice  he  visited  it  with  a 
heavy  hand,  setting  up  one  king  after  another;  and,  when 
his  vassal  Zedekiah  again  rebelled,  he  besieged  it  for 
more  than  a  year,  with  some  intermissions,  and  at  last, 
in  B.  C.  587,  made  a  breach  in  its  walls  and  took  it  by 
storm.     Then,  for  the  first  time,  the  city  was  absolutely 


'r-       -,,>           2,550 

2.490    '-'''"'     ^^^:E'r 

^r"^  ^1  1 

'\ 

O    -    ! 

A    C    K 

4                                            3,530 

a,.370 

2.490 

% 

^w  ■- 

0 

'^^ 

T  !/  ,. 

2,430  ^ 

-^*g. 

o 

a.440  >-* 

1^-^'' 

V 

C' 

o 

432        i^ 

V 

-^ 

■r^ 

8,540          "^ 

fe* 

^ 
bi 

o 

0 

0 

V 

^ 

Bl 

n 

H 

^ 

H 

^ 

^ 

« 

H 

« 

Kl 

O 

^     -i 

fV 

-^ 

^    ^ 

%. 

(jijsgiiwjr''""'"'' 

o 

fr 

irANO.u.MJUlv  ft  «o.,  owcAao 

NATUIiAI.  FEATURES   OF   JERUSALE.M. 


destroyed,  and  made  a  heap  of  ruins,  while  its  i)eople 
were  cai'ried  into  captivity. 

■i.  The  Period  of  Restorcdion  {&.  C.  587-70  A.  D.). 
After  lying  desolate  for  50  years,  the  city  was  again 
occupied  vmder  Zerubbabel,  by  tlie  decree  of  Cyrus,  B.  C. 
53t).  For  nearly  a  century  it  remained  unwalled  and  was 
thinly  inhabited,  until  its  wall  was  rebuilt  by  Nehemiah, 
B.  C.  445.  Thenceforward  it  grew  rapidly,  and  soon  be- 
came again  the  meti'opolis  as  well  as  the  capital  of  the 
Jewish  state.  Alexander  the  Great  visited  it,  B.  C.  332, 
and  gave  the  Jews  certain  privileges  in  his  empire.  The 
city  was  taken  by  Ptolemy  Soter,  king  of  Egypt,  B.  C. 
320,  because  the  Jews  would  not  fight  on  the  Sabbath. 
In  B.  C.  203  it  was  taken  by  Antiochus,  the  king  of 
Syria,  and,  after-  a  revolt,  again  by  his  son,  Antiochus 
Epiphanes,  in  B.  C.  170  and  B.  C.  108.  The  latter  capt- 
ure was  followed  by  a  bitter  persecution  of  the  Jewish 


76 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGEAPHY. 


religion,  in  wliich  thousands  of  lives  were  saciifued. 
But  a  deliverer  arose,  in  the  family  of  the  priest  Matta- 
thias,  whose  son,  Judas  Maccabeus,  i-escued  the  city  and 
restored  the  worship  in  the  Temple.  Under  the  Macca- 
bean  princes  Jerusalem  was  generally  prosperous,  though 
with  occasional  reverses.  The  Romans  first  besieged  and 
took  the  city  under  Pom])ey,  B.  C.  65.  Herod  the  Great 
beautified  the  city,  erected  many  buildings,  and  rebuilt 
the  Temple  throughout.  But  the  most  terrible  of  all 
scenes  in  Jerusalem's  annals,  were  those  which  took 
place  in  the  i-evolt  of  the  Jews  against  the  Roman  em- 
pire, and  the  destruction  of  tlie  city  by  Titus,  A.  D.  10. 
For  years  it  was  the  arena  of  riot,  of  the  bloody  strife 
of  factions,  and  of  massacre,  Avhich  scarcely  ceased  dur- 
ing the  final  siege.  At  last  the  cit}^  and  Temple  Avere 
taken  by  Titus,  demolished  and  burned,  and  for  a  second 
time  Jerusalem  was  left  an  utter  desolation. 

'5.  The  Roman  Period  (A.  D.  70-637).  For  fifty  years 
after  its  destruction  Jerusalem  is  not  mentioned,  and 
probably  remained  uninhabited.  But,  after  the  attempt 
of  the  false  Messiah  Bar-cocheba  to  rebuild  the  city  and 
Temple,  and  restore  the  independence  of  the  Jews,  —  an 
attempt  Avhich  was  only  quelled  by  calling  forth  all  the 
power  of  the  empire,  —  the  emperor  Hadrian  resolved  to 
establish  a  heathen  city  upon  its  site.  He  named  it 
^lia  Capitohna,  built  on  Moriah  a  temple  to  Jupitei', 
and  allowed  no  Jews  to  enter  the  walls,  a  prolul)ition 
which  remained  until  the  empire  became  Christian. 
Constantine,  the  first  Christian  emperor,  restored  the  an- 
cient name;  and  his  mother,  Helena,  made  a  pilgrimage 
to  the  city,  A.  D.  326,  which  now  begair  to  be  regarded 
as  a  sacred  place  by  Christians.  At  this  time  the  first 
Church  of  the  Holy  Sepulchre  was  built,  over  the  place 
where  Helena  discovered  the  tomb  of  Jesus.  The  empe- 
i"or  Juhan,  A.  D.  362,  out  of  hatred  to  the  Christians, 
undertook  to  rebuild  the  Temple,  and  make  it  once  more 
a  Jewish  centre;  but  was  defeated  in  his  plans  by  eai'th- 
quakes  and  the  leaping  forth  of  subterranean  fires,  as  is 
related  by  Ammianus  Marcellinus,  himself  a  heathen, 
the  friend  and  companion  in  arms  of  the  emi^eror.     He 


states :  ' '  Horrible  balls  of  fire,  breaking  out  near  the 
foimdations,  with  frequent  and  reiterated  attacks,  ren- 
dered the  place  from  time  to  time  inaccessible  to  the 
scorched  and  blasted  workmen;  and,  the  victorious 
element  continuing  in  this,  obstinately  and  resolutely 
bent,  as  it  were,  to  drive  them  to  a  distance,  the  under- 
taking was  abandoned."'  In  52!*  A.  D.  the  emperor 
Justinian  founded  a  church  \\\\o\\  the  site  where  now  is 
the  Mosque  el  Aksa,  and  a  tide  of  pilgrims,  increasing 
with  each  generation,  began  to  pour  upon  the  holy  places. 
In  614  A.  D.  the  city  was  taken  by  the  Persian  king, 
Chosroes  II.,  the  churches  were  destroyed,  and  multi- 
tudes of  priests  and  monks  were  slain;  but  l-t  years  after- 
Avard  it  Avas  retaken  by  the  emperor  Heraclius,  and 
held,  though  but  for  a  short  time,  by  the  Chi'istians. 

6.  The  Mediaval  Period  (A.  D.  637-1517).  In  637 
Palestine  and  Jerusalem  passed  under  the  dominion  of 
the  Moslems,  then  ruled  by  the  Caliph  Omar;  but  the 
holy  places  Avere  respected,  and  the  Christians  Avere 
allowed  to  retain  their  churches.  Under  the  Fatimite 
caliphs  of  Cairo  the  Christians  Avere  persecuted,  and  the 
Church  of  the  Holy  Sepulchre  Avas  several  times  de- 
stroyed and  rebuilt.  The  pilgrims  from  Europ3  brought 
trade  and  tribute,  so  that  the  city  flourished,  in  spite  of 
frequent  pillagings  and  captures  by  Aaiious  Arab  and 
Turkish  hordes.  On  July  15,  1099,  it  Avas  taken  by  the 
Crusaders,  after  a  tenible  assault,  and  for  88  years  Avas 
the  seat  of  a  Christian  kingdom.  Saladin  reconquered 
it  in  1187;  and  various  changes  in  its  government  and 
several  sieges  foUoAved,  until  1517,  Avhen  it  finally  passed 
under  the  rule  of  the  Turks.  Avho  have  since  been  its 
masters. 

7.  The  Modern  Period,  from  A.  D.  1517  until  the 
l^resent,  has  Avitnessed  comparatively  few  changes  in  the 
city's  condition.  The  present  AvaU  Avas  built  by  the 
sultan  Suleiman  in  1542.  In  1832  it  Avas  seized  by  Mo- 
hammed Ali,  Pasha  of  Egyi)t,  but  Avas  again  restored  to 
the  sultan,  through  the  interference  of  the  European 
powers.  It  is  noAV  a  city  of  a  population  A-ariously 
estimated  at  from  twentv  to  fift\"  thousand. 


OUTLINE  FOR  TEACPIING  AND  EEVIEW. 


Have  two  lilackboards  (or  u  large  one),  and  use  one  for  the  outline  of  the 
lesson,  the  other  for  the  map. 

I.  Teach  the  Names.  Salem,  Jebus,  Jerusalem,  Ariel,  .^lia  Capitolina, 
El  Khuds. 

II.  Location.     1.  Latitude.     3.  Longitude.     3.  Distance.?.     4.  Elevation. 

III.  Geologic  Formation. 

IV.  Vnlkys.  Draw  a  rough  map  showing  tlie  vallej-s,  and  name  tlieni, 
indicating  them  by  initial  letters  on  the  maj).  1.  Kedron.  2.  Tyropceon. 
3.  Hinnom 

V.  Mountains.  Describe  eacli,  and  indicate  by  initial  letter.  1.  Zion. 
2.  Acra.     3.  Jloriah.     4.  Bezetha.     5.  Olives.     Peaks:    (1.)  Scopus.     (2.) 


••Viri  GaliUei."  (3.)  Ascension.  (4.)  Prnphet.«.  (5.)  Offense.  (6.)  Evil 
Comisel. 

VL  Walls.  Draw  them  ou  the  board,  describe  and  name.  First. 
(David.)     Second.     Third,     (.\grippa.) 

VII.  Jlistory.  1.  Patriarclial.  (Alclcliizidek.)  2.  Jebusite.  (Adoni-zedek.) 
3.  Royal.  (Da\id.  Jehoshapbat,  etc )  4.  Restoration.  (Zerubbabel,  Alex- 
ander, Ptolemy,  Antiochus,  .ludas  Maccabeus,  Pompey.  Herod,  Titu.s.)  5. 
Roman.  (Bar-cocheba,  Hadrian,  Constantine,  Julian,  Justinian,  Cho.sroes.) 
6.  IMedireval.  (Omar,  Crusaders,  Saladin.)  7.  Modern.  (Suleiman,  Mo- 
hammed Ali,  etc.) 


I^tlB  HaDuwrr  of  M. 


PANORAMA      OF      JERUSALEM,      FROM      THE       MOUNT      OF      OLIVES. 


DESCRIPTION    OF    MODERN    JERUSALEM. 


1.  I^KBtlon.  Tb>  miidiun  ciij  or  Jmultni  (UsiIj  upaa  thr 
rnlm  of  tliinDcltnl.  boidow  nollntluilt  imittior  Xoiinl  SnoD.  nbkh 
wwUioinwLlmpurtuiliiiniKlllMi'bl'iurr.  It  trigpln  itie  nonli- 
•ni  iwrt  ol  Zioa.  ih'  bUlt  Aini,  MorUI,.  mil  imrt  ,,t  lb  uHn,  ani' 
bncioc  wllbinlu  •ilbnti  uti  o(  dinii  uln  «.  i««     li>  |>ii>ql4Ui>u 

K,aDD.  ot  wl>icb  1Z,I>10  in-  Jtir>.  Mm  M,,.i. '    •. ....   ,  ..,., 

Uu*.    Ttae  <lTW  trvitviili  II  frvm  il.r     . 

lOR^bDucJ  Thv  \'>Uey  of  Lba  Knlfuo,  .■■  ^ 

Uobimnieluit    Hody   «frrt    ilvnam 

Kw,    -     On,h.....„L,..,l  I-.,f,,„   ,.„. 


can  olM  <bt  (.roUuof  JmrnUh,  •uppnnl  b^  Knng  u.  r«|.r»«M 
UiepUcof  Ui.<™tUUlDDiiiilbi.rt.1or  J«n.  Th-fo.d.  ntialiu 
ontoftbaellr.uu!  lb*  plio.  tiiiMas  Ibra.. -lit  b»  dncMbcrilb 
«Uh  tbs  map  ut  lb*  RDTlnoDi  .if  JwoMltifi.  fu*  « 


t  bolll  bf  tbs  Aalun  ilolel- 
tl  mJI,  TIMij(li  Inip»lD|[  Id 
IK  cll;,  ikDd  •aOtckDtljr  •Irnujt 


U-  Wall*.  Tbe  iii««nit  mlt*  wcr 
CDIQ,  lu  1MB,  on  thi'  «IU  ol  a 
ipjnnucs,  kSonUng  ■  le*  i 
10  prvmi  (1  Itom  nurtidoi 
atUt  («>li»l  modBrii  mtlbol*  ul  trtilut.  Tb<;  •>r>-  <ii  iiirHl  pigcn 
»  ttri  bigb.  iiirl  cDDiita  II  toKtn.  Tbrj  f<iim  «ii  Irmpilar  umij. 
nn(1r,  «blcb  m>r  t>*  nn«b];  dHCrlbail  u  S.Mi)  r<vl  tunic  uji  Uii 
nnnk,  »,T»I  f«l  on  Ibr  Mit  (lb*  fnnii  of  lb*  mjriTliiii,  S,»4J  fnrt 
on  Ibc  -ifilb,  Uid  S.(W  h«l  on  <^  w™i.  nutlBf  tb>  follra  wUl 
11.01S  (n  L  or  £.»!  mllo*  last 

m.  GbIh.  or  tbsrUwntnHOD.iHxnr  xblrb  uvtlMTil 
I  TlirJtakarTittGalF.aUliilbi  Knlrmi,  An',  .1  A'Ao/U.  ■' ||.- 
Iiron  (.«r,"  li  In  ihe  whIcti)  m%a.  ni«t  lb.-  iiUrtM  ..f  Pm.a. 
'nrniavb  ibli  ate  matt  trtrrlcn  cntir  Ibu  •iif.  i.  Tin  iiAinurri> 
U*.loi,l)abal  AinUil,  "llUtof  Ibi'Cnt.imn."!  I>  In  Iho  middle  uf  Ihi- 
Donbnu  w»tl  iriHhl  ot  Ibi  pIrtDM).  md  ImOi  lo  ibo  ii<irth«ud  rosil 
i/tur  Smpp.,  pul  Ihf  (•a-(ill«li  Tomln  nt  ibr  Klin.-»,  M  f.tmtt\t 
tna  Iltnuvcua.  ».  Tbo  Gau  of  lUrol  (Bo»  »  ZaUriAt  It  In  tbr 
BOrUKfo  »ill  (fighl  at  a»  plettrf I.  bal  l>  kfpi  ctowl  datin,  in„( 
J^  ^^^"'^  B«  RfphMi  (»(iA  «  filfn  i/nrtam. 
'"  '*  ilortKTonnd  of  tbs 


'■  Oau  61  i>ui  Liilf  Uarr,-)  li  In  Ibt  t 


plrlnivj.  and  1>  iDppMcd  bf  lomt  lo  be  tbc  plwe  at  Slcpbcn'*  mar- 
tjiOon.  Tbc  road  iMdi  from  It  paii  ibc  UwOid  o(  (loibaeinaDc, 
otrr  Ueam  Ollrvt.  and  tbraui-b  Bulbnii;.  b.  Tbe  Uoldcn  Oaic. 
wall«d  np.  U  Id  tbo  ea*l<ni  wall,  and  I*  abmro  lu  lb>  plcluro  Id  front 
ol  Ibr  Uotnc  ot  thr  Rock.  lu  MoalciD  uamsa  m  Bab  U  TUvU/i. 
"tiaioot  Rri><'titau»."ui4  ISalml  DoAarlfiA.  "Klunul  Oalo."  B 
Tbc  DuDK  i:><>.  rallad  al»  tb«  Kootf >h  liaU  t RoA  in/  UughariUA), 
!•  a  lULall  [iinat  In  Uir  loutbnD  Ball.  iHtilOc  to  lb*  vlllatfi.  ut 
Mllaun,  hut  uuallj  rlovd.  Ii  !■  ihovo  na  tbf  Itfl  ot  itie  plrturr. 
T,  Th..  ZIqd  Uilt  ifloft  rti  Sttif  Howl,  ••  Oatrot  Ibf  ITopbrl  Di*1d."> 
tt  In  ib>  •onihrrD  wall.  opeDlag  i>n  Mminl  Kiiid,  IndJcalnl  OD  tbc 

IV.  Quarloia.  Tbe»  ir*  toai  In  number,  iriwn  lu  itip  dlttbr 
rot  nllclaD*;  but  Ik  Ihtin  mar  ba  adtlcd  iba  IVniiile  Kiii'l<»iirv. 
wblcb  fornia  ■  wpuatr  aurbnii  i>f  llii.  citj  'I'bclr  buiindarlca  ratiDOt 
bp  Uarwl  upi>D  lbs  plelor..,  bat  mitf  he  aaoii  on  ihrj  map  ot  Uoiliim 
JrruMlum,  [laicx  B.  Two  Important  •IrwI>,  truutni;  oarb  olhcf 
Qvarly  at  riuht  anctn,  dlildv  tbc  dlr  lolu  ih*  four  unvqutl  ••rlloiu) 
eallad  ijuatun.  TbB  "trrrta  are  DaTld  Siftrt.  nmnloji  rxtwird  trom 
lb(  JsHa  iirara)  Qalr.  and  Daniaccaa  ttcrnt.  loniliward  from  Ui« 
Damaatuatlatc^  ibouib  both  bars  tlllhrTotnama*  Id  tonv>  plana. 
(781 


1  Tbr  Uobtuiinflnn  ^iinrlur  <xcupl»  lb.'  noiltu-ailcro  ball  of 
tbo  city,  and  la  Ibir  fnn^uiind  of  our  view  lla  prtticipal  object* 
ot  luWnal  are,  ilio  rbarcb  ot  St.  Marr  Matidalfne.  Ihe  Cliutrh  of  St- 
Aniid,  iwo  coDTBtil*,  iwo  tDQWiiwt.  a  bulldlas  kom"n  u  PlUle'» 
llkll.  and  tbB  oafTOW  and  cfookwl  atrwt  hnom  aa  Ibp  \T»  Dolofow. 
■■TbB9ofTowtulWay,"thf™i!hwhlib<"hr1iiU(t™iltloi«lli»«aWW 
hare  MTTlnl  bl»  ftw;  •  ttn-cl  crowd.>.1  with  plar^  rommflmofatlK 
dlffarenti'i'Dla  In  tbc  powlon  ut  ouc  Lonl. 

2.  TbrToniploEticlQ.or«,  called  bjUo-lrnn/Zurrm  .<*  ^Ifnr. 
"Tbi-  Noblp  Sanctuary.-  la  In  the  eoulhrai-t.'rn  pari  of  Uio  JlohlUtt- 
tni<UD  (JuarWr  ion  Iho  left  fofTJ!^JUnd  ot  tbo  pM.ifi  H  <«flp™ 
Ibc  itlt.  ot  IbP  TetDpli\  and  ptiibabljr  a  pa"  al—  ol  tbr  Tim>«  of 
Anlonla,  iSie  map  ami  dnrriiXloo  ot  Anclpnl  J.-ruuIrm,  |.a<i>n.) 
Itl-no*  aqoadfanal.'  of  1.012  fwl  on  tbc  norlli.  l.M"  "-I '"W 
Ibe  from  wnll  In  llio  picluw).  Wl  eoulh.  .ml  1,001  «»'l.  "mbriclns 
ab.i.it »  acre*  lla  n><.<t  ptnmlDRii  bulldloif  I-  Ihe  A'.iW-*  "  Ai««. 
■■  Thu  Homo  of  Ihe  llock."  oflen  *ollod,  bul  Ini-orrtcHv.  Hie  '^^J 
of  Ooiaf.  TbIa  U  aa  octagonal  balldlni:,  uarh  of  lu  Met  *^''^r, 
foal  lone.  ITO  In  halabt  and  ■nrmoooifll  tij  «  ■J'™"'  I""*"*  """* 
tbf  dom.  rl».  a  roa<b  nail"  fock.  ataoaing  al  premil  nMrl)-  »  "* 
•boto  tba  naToDWht    Soma  r«BM*UiUaaUia  place  wberatbaA/s 


tbrMblna  diKir.  ,3  Sam.  31:18l)  In  Ihr  "njib^-a-t  conirr  of  Uw 
KncI»on-  atiiiiai  the  Moaque  el  Aku  (lift  of  lh»  ju(;tiii»\  adjoining 
Uiawuibim  wall. 

n  TbeJiwlabQnartrrlaweitrif  tbo  Tempi."  Buclonjre  la  tba 
pklDR..  bfjoiid  (be  ttwa  Iq  Ibe  Enclotati-.  ma;  bo  aaoo  ibc  «mp 
rtJpnf  Ibe  Tyropwin  Vallej.  Tbc  J|.na' Waillnj  Plocr,  adJoinlDB 
II*  Tempi*  Bnetoiare^  I*  blddm  in  Ihi.  picdit*  b.r  Ibr  M™qu»"l 
Ak«,  hut  Tiiaf  he  localal  apoo  the  map.  Hit..  Ibc  wall  omUlna 
Urji-  block.  ,.t  aioae.  wlikh  may  haie  bctuugad  to  ibe  toaQdatlaaa 
'pf  ilipi,..ift  of  lbi.  wlrulTrmpIc:  and  at  tbta  pbice  a  Jnrlth  acrr- 

Ttinj.Ii,  auil  (hi-  rtij,  Twudumcd  balldlni:^  rnajr  bir  cot  lent  rin  tlif 
bill  iKfi.na  tbo  TiTopoMn  Vallor,  tbo  two  ejrnaenEUf*  -rf  thi.  Aab- 
krnulei.l.H'a.  Thi*  qturtoi,  nnci:  flilhr  and  mmn.  baa  bivDcrgallr 
■nprovnl  bjr  the  llbcTalll;  of  91t  Moan  Hnnlollori-. 

•  Tbt<AnnDn1anQDUUrUwcaloribcJr«lib.  Inthcaootbirert- 
•ninimarottbodtr.  Iiamoal  pronilnetit  bnlldloff  lalliot  tiadalot 
"*<ld  ol  KaDnai,  a&  ImgnUr.  oikllnlal  edifice.  ooDlalnlDi  a  lott; 
town.    TUa  nay  oocup;  Uia  lile  of  the  caatle  built  bj  Dafld.  wban 


•  Jcbaatlo  rortr«a>  bad  •tood  batnr*.  but  Ihe  identllluaUaii  U  not  rtr 
lain.  Tno  olbcr  balldlnjfa  Id  ihlaiioanaraiv  Darned  apoo  the  puo 
remit  •!««,  (bo  Cbiiti^b  .if  !>i.  Jame*.  and  a  •omLnofy. 

i.  Tbo  Chrlillan  (Juaricf  U  In  the  noiUKre^Uni  part  of  tliv  dlf. 
brlmrn  the  Jaffa  aod  namaacni  Qaira.  lii  the  plclnrr  tianxMi  Im- 
IM.naiit  locallt;  !•  ibe  Ctianb  .>f  the  Hoi;  SepDlcbrr.  iib«r«iradItlOD 
ha*  nii'il  ibi.  a«>  no  of  Ih*  cmtiAiluD  ami  reiam'cUoTi.  Tbetbareb 
u  ai:rt.up.>t  balliltiiga,  cri.nuiil  with  a  dome,  and  efrded  atTarlRO* 
prrli-l>.  Tbo  liolr  Scpalcbro  liarll  la  a  marble  ■brine  wilhla  tbe 
>r  lObroad.  and  10 fori blj^.    If  Ihv  aadest 


I:S|,lln9^ai»reei  « 


eaaum  (foreeroand]  m 


n  be  mnaJDlj  .bMwn  m 


.  Pla", 


iiiy  be  drrmod  mcaaarablf  m 
tirice  Ibr  cfvaiaiidlb'  dipulrhr*  wure  aiidoDbt<-dlj  Dear  the  wall,  but 
wllhnut  It.  Anolhor  plu<  of  Iminial  ta  (he  MaMalaD.  a  rnlnrdcaallo. 
Kbicb  WM  Iho  hradqtiuten  of  Ibe  KulSbta  Boepliallof  during  the 

ClUMdlW. 

V.  FODDtalna  anil  Fnola.  Moat  ot  lba*e  are  Without  Ibe 
wait*,  and  nnlrone  la  abOwDln  tbo  picture.  The  IdentUcaUon  ot 
tbeanclonlpoolalaniit  naj.andciplontaanDol  axned  *1tb  recard 
■otbelipotlUoa  and  modmi  Dame.  The  Sfrbt  JTomUAi.  aapputwl 
br  hub;  to  lepreeenl  tb*  Upper  Ftool  at  Glbon  it  lUagi  II  IT;  laa. 


.  ij^io.  DDil  br  Moalriua  'Mn  ITinm*d  Dtt^l 

..rai.'pn,"  fnimiho  IM  aifpileadlnidown 

,.  ,1  rminitlnneartlia  rlty.     II  Ilea  I n  Ihe nar- 

4lr.m  Vallfj.  oppeidtu  Ibn  aUnie  Z.ibr]«th.    (I 

II  U  InlennlllMI.  rlalng  ai 


a  dar- 


a  faiE,  aome  hatD 
thoaihl  II  lo  be  thr  Pool  M  Halbaada.  (JohoftrJ-V.)  A.  But  the 
DMI  of  taplonr*  rrcird  tb.  Pool  of  BetbMU  »  Identical  with  (be 
Arte  />r«W,  wbMb  ma;  be  louod  oo  Ibt  plctar*  laal  wllhlo  (be 


„,„  „„.  « 

..„ (  ,,„    i,„i..r.-.,r|,l.,.-™wllh. 

lotlwd,    Tbo  T\Miib  of  David  (UmdI- 

ininl  ZInii.  naai  H 

lii-tiata  cf  ZIod;  aod  Inat  allttloU 

f  il..u.»  arc  arvn.  U  the  CoFnaciilom, 

-.ijpiHr  w  h.'ld.     UuiiDt  ZIon 

.1  rt.l.l,"  and  &*•  but  few  bnlld- 

..oi.KIr  tbo  wall,  arr  ModOBi 

Jewish  Quarter.  „..    ,    -..Qid         Vi 

2*.  Jewa  IVailing  Place. 
26.'«'.Mn»on'«  Areh." 

2T.  jtlKkfjiazim  Synngopue, 

29.  Slfnagoffu«  o}  tht  JKarait4  Jew*.       "S  ~ 

29.   HejiTtardim  Sjpxa<jntjur  and  School.      —  "■ 


33.  A»Mienatim  Sj/noj/omt  {liii*t\ 

34.  large  AthJcfiatXm  Synagogut, 

35.  3C.  3T.    Sfphardim  Synagi^jut. 
38.  J/ojTrslin  Jiyiuipoj/uc. 

■»1>.  J/oyf»lin  i^hool. 

HO.  41.  ."^/-JlrtrJim   SJ.rioU. 

+      Citttnl. 

Traditionary  Spots  on 
the  Via  Dolorosa 

«.    ^fiett  Stman  toriX  ujj  tlif  C 

b.  Tfoutt  o/  lAiianta, 

c.  Houae  of  IHtea. 
A.  Home  ^  St.Teroniea 
0.  Judgment  Gate. 


81 


o    Shaikh  rust/ 


7>^ 


*//»  /i?7  ^l"'  3elrii<f 

Wely  Sheikh  rusv/S 


•Tr 


Xphralm? 
2,S53  c)^QEhrah?Apliereln? 


i?eir  Shf.hhah        ■'; 

3    or  Shebat  /'.' 

el-'Abja  ;) 

-*-T  i   ■ -' 

Chur^7'  ^n  the  Remit ed 
Site  oj  -V-,-  \    '  ■'■ 


•->;. 


V^       \  .  1-^-f^^  '  ATtCfCrU  Resfrtioirs   "o 


\       1 :  ■ 


■•L'''H''^-''4~N        "v- 


:  (l-Tinh 


o::BeitJ)iiBiali 


Str  elr'Ozfix   ,' 

GlbeW 


■'V. 


■'/QSKuKriRia 


"j/Vi^uJfbrh 


.Viiintah .'  ;,•, 


ICaiiiali. 


I  Gol>a 

y   J. ill? 


i-S,rl,.'e!-i7K.>4 


X 


—   -'  '-"©--■^ 


Azmavelli 

Jfizineh 


>J'jbu  Kiifibeh 


,X- 


Clbeah 


,\>-ol».? 


.'Aniithotli  ^/  A     /  '"    '   "/ 

■  An'atd, ^Jkicmeth.  Almon  •    /    f  "^    '    . 

f ^     ~'    ^thml       on  anH  trtnt      ■'     ',-■  / 


JivineUorl  -V 


'■1 


'■\- 


;^'       v,at.'of  OllvtS- 


■\. 


tkin  aritl 

Tank 


^\     J^ounlain'f 


.> 


-^         ll7AJefr'.\  \ 
3>eir  5Aet*A  Sa'irf'j    ' 


JIauU  JCibrit/an  ^' 
{Cyjii-ian't  Trouj/Ii) 


tfSl.enTgf' 


iciVSa?i«r 


":-r~_?>.V«-S^r 


Xfeip  *r-BatMf  , 


\,^ "^^Dcir  Dlirljtli 

clSu^ldbeh 


\    ,-, 


^Stit  StUirid 
*ii>Jnci>ni  CiiUrru 


,  Jieil  >'u^ur 


ibt""!/ 


./  i. -B.  Tu'TTiar                  / 

^■,-o\^ .  /     « rehsfututlisheh      / 

^-^•.,   r    /      -.         \^  ^ 

♦  If. '/             Beth  llncccrem 

t  — -,-".-.                Herodium 


1  -3. 

^^"•i--- 


4 


,.  \'  ■ 


5   a    /I  -?   / 
B   e   r   e   i    h   u   t 


\v 


_l'/«7?'jw 


,A 


ENVIEONS  OF  JERUSALEM. 

Statute  Miles. 

i       .      .      .       I      I  : 

RANO,   MCrfALLY   A  CO.,    ENGR'S,  CHICAGO. 


THE   ENVIRONS   OF  JERUSALEM. 


The  city  of  Jerusalem  occupies  a  prominent  place,  not 
only  in  the  history  hut  also  in  the  topography  of  the 
Holy  Land.  It  is  one  of  the  most  elevated  sites  in  a 
land  whose  important  places  were  among  the  mount- 
ains. There  are  many  peaks  higher  than  Mount  Zion, 
on  which  the  city  stands;  but  few  cities  in  Palestine 
are  built  upon  a  site  so  lofty.  This  fact  explains  many 
of  the  allusions  in  the  Psalms.  ' '  Beautiful  for  situa- 
tion," ■'!  will  look  unto  the  hills,"  etc. 

There  are  six  roads  leading  to  Jerusalem  from  different 
pai-ts  of  the  land.  Starting  from  the  city  by  each  one 
of  these  roads,  let  us 
notice  the  important 
places  iipon  either  side 
of  it. 

I.  The  Northern 
Road.  This  starts 
from  The  Damascus 
Gate  and  leads  almost 
due  north  throiigh  the 
centre  of  the  moun- 
tain region,  toward 
Shechem  and  Damas- 
cus, passing  more  of 
the  historic  localities 
than  any  other.  Ex- 
plorers, however,  are 
not  agreed  upon  the 
identilication  of  all 
the  places  ;    and  our 

space  permits  us  only  to  give  conclusions  without  nam- 
ing reasons  or  authorities  for  the  opinion  in  all  cases. 

1.  About  a  mile  north  of  Jerusalem,  on  the  west 
of  the  path,  we  find  Scopus,  the  eminence  from  which 
Titus,  the  Roman  conqueror,  obtained  his  first  view 
of  the  doomed  city.  According  to  some  authorities  this 
was  also  the  location  of  3Iizpeh,  the  place  of  assembly 
for  Israel  during  the  time  of  the  Judges.  But  later 
investigators  place  Mizpeh  ?it  Ncby  Samwil,  on  the  north- 
western road,  and  we  have  accepted  their  conclusions. 
(See  next  page. )  Both  the  location  of  Mizpeh  and  that 
of  Ramah  are  iincertain.  One  word  means  "watch- 
tower,"  the  other  "height,"  so  they  maybe  identical, 
though  the  references  seem  to  point  to  different  localities. 

2.  A  mile  further,  and  on  the  west  of  the  path,  is  Nob 
{el  TsaioiyeTi),  named  as  a  city  of  the  priests.  At 
this  place  the  Tabernacle  Avas  kept  during  the  reign 
of  Saial ;  David  visited  the  high-priest  and  received 
the  sword  of  Goliath ;  and  the  priest  and  70  of  his 
associates  were  slain  by  command  of  Saul.  (1  Sam. 
21:1-9;  22:9-19.) 


3.  Gibeah  {Tuleil  el  Ful,  "hill  of  beans,"  Ues  on  the 
east  of  the  road,  2^  miles  from  the  city.  The  place  is 
first  mentioned  in  the  painful  story  of  the  Levite 
(Judges  19);  but  its  principal  interest  is  in  the  fact  that 
it  was  the  home  and  court  of  King  Saul.  "It  is  now 
dreary  and  desolate,  with  scarce  any  I'uins  save  a  con- 
fused mass  of  stones,  wiiich  form  a  sort  of  cairn  on  the 
top. " —  Tristram. 

4.  Auathoth  {Anata),  the  birthplace  of  the  prophet 
Jeremiah,  and  a  priestly  city,  is  3  miles  northeast  of 
Jerusalem,  upon  a  path  ])ranching  out  of  the  main  road. 

It  is  now  a  village  of 
about  20  houses. 

5.  Some  locate 
Ramah,  the  home  of 
Sanuiel,  at  Er  Ram, 
on  the  east  of  the  road; 
but  others  favor  the 
place  at  Neby  Samwil, 
to  be  noticed  below. 

6.  3Iic7imasli,  the 
scene  of  Jonathan' s 
daring  exploit,  lies 
on  a  hill  adjoining  a 

raA'ine,  7  miles 
northeast  of  the 
city;  and  a  mile 
away,  in  plain 
sight,  lies  Geba, 
the  camping 
place  of  Saul's 
army  at  the  time 
of  the  battle. 
(1  Sam.  3  3.)  It  is  now 
called  JIuA-mas. 

7.  Ai  —  the  place  where  Joshua's  army  Avas  rejuilsed 
by  the  Canaanites,  on  account  of  the  crime  of  Achan 
(Josh.  7),  and  which,  after  his  punishment,  was  taken 
and  destroyed  by  the  Israelites  —  is  9  miles  from  the 
city;  a  desolate  heap,  known  as  el  Tell. 

8.  Beeroth  (wells),  now  el  Bireh,  10  miles  north,  was 
one  of  the  Gibeonite  cities  which  made  peace  with 
Israel.  (Josh.  !):  17.)  According  to  tradition,  this  is  the 
place  where  Joseph  and  Mary,  returning  from  Jerusalem^ 
first  missed  the  boy  Jesus  (Luke  2:1-4);  and  it  is  now  the 
halting  place  of  caravans  going  north. 

9.  Bethel,  "the  house  of  God "  (now  J5eiY«n),  10  miles 
north,  is  a  place  of  many  Scriptural  associations.  Here 
Abraham  pitched  his  tent  and  built  his  altar,  on  his 
entrance  upon  the  Land  of  Promise  (Gen  12:8);  here 
Jacob  lay  down  to  rest  and  saw  the  glorious  vision  of 


DEFILE  BETWEEN  JERUSALEM  AND  JERICHO. 


83 


84 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGKAPHY. 


the  heavenly  ladder  (Gen.  28:11-22),  and  on  his  return 
fi-om  Syria  again  consecrated  the  jjlace  to  God's  service. 
(Gen.  35:6-15.)  During  the  period  of  the  Ten  Tribes  it 
Avas  a  sanctuary  of  idols,  but  also  the  seat  of  a  pro- 
phetic school.  (1  Kings  12:  29-3:3;  2  Kings  2:2,  3.)  It  is 
uow  an  uninhabited  ruin. 

10.  East  of  Bethel,  and  11  miles  north  of  Jerusalem, 
is  the  rock  liiniiuon  (now  Btu)i)iio)i),  where  the  remnant 
of  the  tribe  of  Benjamin  found  a  refuge  after  the  civil 
war.     (Judges  20,  21.) 

11.  Two  miles  north  of  Eimnion  is  the  site  of  Ophralt, 
in  the  New  Testament  Ephraim,  the  retreat  of  Jesus 
after  the  raising  of  Lazarus.  (John  11:.>4.)  It  is  in  a 
wilderness,  on  the  edge  of  the  Jordan  Valley,  and  out- 
side the  hue  of  travel;  now  called  et  Taiyibeh. 


II. 


The  Eastern  Roatl  from  Jerusalem  leads  through 


SOLOMON  .S   POOL.- 


a  barren  i-egion  of   crags  and  ravines,  almost  without 

inliabitants,  except   the   robbers   -who   have   baunted  it 

since  the  days  when  "a 

certain  man  went  down 

from    Je  r  u  s  a  1  e  m     to 

Jericho,  and  fell  among 

thieves."     (Luke  10:30.) 

The  road  is  a  continual 

descent  from  a  height  of 

2,700  feet  above  the  sea 

to  1,300    feet    below  it, 

in  20  miles. 

The  only  place  passed 
on  the  route  is  Bethany 
(now  el  Azariyeh),  the 
home  of  Mary  and  Mar- 
tha, the  place  where 
Lazarus  Avas  raised  from 
death,  and    near    which 

Jesits  ascended.  (Luke  24:o0.)  It  is  on  the  eastern 
slope  of  the  Mount  of  Olives,  and  about  a  mile  and  a 
quarter  from  Jenisalem.  Beyond  this  ])lace  the  road 
grows  more  steep,  descending  toward  the  Jordan  Valley. 

III.  The  Southern  Road,  leading  along  the  crest  of 
the  hiU  country  toward  Hebron,  also  passes  few  places 
of  historical  interest. 

1.  Just  south  of  the  city  is  the  Plain  of  the  Rephulm, 
where,  after  the  capture  of  Jerusalem,  David  twice  met 
and  vanquished  the  Philistines.  (2  Sam.  5:  lS-25.)  The 
name  may  be  a  reminiscence  of  the  most  ancient  people 
■who  inhabited  the  mountain  region  of  Palestine,  before 
the  Amorites  were  in  the  land. 

2.  Four  miles  from  the  city  the  traveler  passes 
RacheVs  Tomb.  This  may  represent  the  place  where 
Jacob,  while  journeying  southward,  lost  his  beloved  wife 
Rachel,  the  mother  of  Joseph  and  Benjamin.  (Gen. 
35: 16-20.)  The  monument  uow  standing  is  of  compara- 
tively recent  date;  but  it  may  occupy  the  site  of  one 
more  ancient. 

3.  Six  miles  southeast  of  the  city  we  come  to  Beth- 
lehem, a  small  town,  yet  having  the  deepest  interest  as 
the  birthplace  of  David,  and  of  DaA-id's  greatest  descend- 


ant, the  Saviour  of  the  world.  It  hes  upon  the  side  and 
summit  of  a  steep  hill,  and  contains  now  about  2,(J0i) 
inhabitants.  Many  places  connected  Avith  the  birth  of 
Jesus  are  shown ;  but  there  is  no  authority  for  their  pre- 
cise location  except  tradition.  In  a  cave  near  this  village 
Jerome  wrote  most  of  his  translation  of  the  Bible,  the 
Vulgate  version,  lecognized  as  the  standard  Bil ile  by  the 
Roman  Catholic  Church. 

i.  A  httle  beyond  Bethlehem  is  the  head  of  the  Valley 
of  Elali,  in  which,  but  at  a  distance  to  the  west,  David 
fought  with  Goliath,  and  gained  his  earliest  honors 
before  Israel.     [I  Sam.  17.) 

5.  There  are  no  more  places  of  interest  to  the  Bible 
I'eader  until  we  reach  Hebron,  IS  miles  from  Jerusalem. 
This  is  one  o*  the  most  ancient  towns  in  the  Avorld. 
occupied  before  the  time  of  Abraham;  the  burial  place 
of  the  Patriarchs,  the  capital  of  Da\'id"s  kingdom  of 
Judah,   and   tlie   place   Avhere  Absalom's  rebellion  Avas 

liegun.  It  is  still  a  large 
town,  inhaluted  by  in- 
tolerant Mohammedans, 
Avho  closely  guard  the 
sanctity  of  the  Mosque 
which  co\'ers  the  graves 
of  Abraham,  Isaac  and 
Jacob.  It  is  now  called 
d  Khulil,  "the Friend," 
/.  e.,  Abraham,  "the 
friend  of  God." 

6.  The  region  between 
Hebron  and  the  Dead 
Sea  is  wild  and  desolate, 
Avith  Init  feAv  inhabitants. 
It  was  called  JeHliimon, 
"the  waste,"  and  is  the 
place  generally  recognized  as  "the  Avilderness  of  Jndsea," 
where  David  wandered  during  his  exile  when  he  Avas 
persecuted  by  Saul,  and  in  constant  danger  of  his  life, 
and  Avhere  Christ  was  tempted  after  his  long  fast  of 
forty  days. 

IV.  The  Southwestern  Koatl  is  that  "that  goeth 
doAvn  from  Jerusalem  unto  Gaza,  Avhich  is  desert. "  (Acts 
S:  26.)  It  passes  through  ravines  and  among  mountains, 
descending  thi-ougb  successiA-e  plateaus,  from  the  mount- 
ain region  to  the  Shefelah,  or  low  hills,  and  thence  to 
the  plain  by  the  Mediterranean.  It  is  "desert,"  in  the 
sense  that  no  towns  lie  along  the  route.  The  fountain 
where  Phihp  baptized  the  Ethiopian  treasurer  is  shoAvn 
at  A'ln  Haniyeh,  \  miles  soutliAA'est  of  Jerusalem:  but  it 
has  oirly  tradition  in  support  of  its  claim. 

V.  The  Western  Road  leads  to  Joppa,  descending 
from  the  mountains  to  the  sea. 

1.  Four  miles  from  Jerusalem  it  passes  Emma  us  (Kn- 
loniyeh),  the  place  to  which  the  tAvo  disciples  Avere  walk- 
ing when  they  were  joined  by  the  risen  Christ.  (Luke 
24:13.)  The  place,  hoAA'eA'er,  is  disputed.  Dr.  Thom- 
son locates  it  at  Kurief  el  Enab.  further  from  Jerusalem; 
and  others  at  el  Kubeibeh,  7  miles  northwest  of  the  city. 


THE  ENVIRONS  OF  JERUSALEM. 


85 


2.  Kirjuth-jearim,  or  Baakih,  is  7  miles  from  Jerusa- 
lem, at  Kitriet  el  Euab,  named  above.  Here  the  Ark 
of  the  Covenant  was  brought  from  Beth-shemesh.  after 
its  return  fi'oni  the  Philistines,  and  i-eniained  until  it 
was  removed  by  David  to  Jerusalem.  (1  Sam.  i'r.-2]; 
■_'  Sam.  6:2.)  It  is  now  a  small  village,  with  ruins  and  a 
rhurch. 

VI.  The  Nortliwestern  Road  branches  from  the 
Northern  Road  just  beyond  Gibeah,  and  winds  down  the 
mountains  to  the  sea-shore  at  Joppa.  Among  its  places 
of  interest  are  the  following: 

1.  J/izpcIi,  "watch-tower,''  is  probably  the  hill  laiown 
as  jVeb//  ><((iti;wll,  4  miles  northwest  of  Jerusalem.  Here 
Samuel  gathered  the  people  for  refoiiuation,  and  won 
his  great  victory  over  the  Philistines.  This  may  also  have 
been  I}ama1t,  the  bu'thplace  and  burial-place  of  Samiiel. 

2.  GibeoH  is  at  el  Jib,  a  hill  ()  miles  from  Jerusalem. 
This  was  the  head  of  the  Hivite  league  of  cities  which 
made  peace  with  Israel  and  were  spared  by  Joshua  at 
the  time  of  the  conquest  (.Josh.  0:17);  which  led  to  the 
battle  of   Beth-hoi'on,   the   decisive  event   of   the   war. 


Here  a  skirmish  took  jjlace  between  the  soldiers  of  David 
and  of  Abner  (while  David  was  reigning  over  Judah), 
and  Asahel,  the  brother  of  Joab,  was  killed.  (2  Sam. 
2:12-24.)  At  this  place  the  Tabernacle  was  standing 
during  David's  reign,  while  the  ark  was  at  Zion;  here 
Avas  "the  great  high  place"  where  Solomon  offered 
sacrifice  at  the  o})ening  of  his  reign;  and  here  Solomon 
had  a  vision,  and  made  his  choice  of  wisdom.  (1  Kings 
3:4-14.) 

?>.  Five  miles  beyond  Gibeon  is  Beth-horon,  celebrated 
as  the  place  where  was  fought  the  great  battle  of  the 
conquest,  which,  measured  by  its  results,  was  the  most 
important  battle  in  the  history  of  the  world,  since  upon 
it  was  staked  the  world's  religion.  If  ever  the  sun 
might  stand  still,  it  was  then,  when  earth's  destiny  was 
in  the  balance.  (Josh.  10:9-14.)  The  "upper  Beth- 
horon  "  is  at  Beit  iir  el  Foka,  and  the  lower  at  Beit  nr  et 
TaJita,  two  miles  beyond  it. 

In  this  brief  view  we  have  compassed  tlie  most  impor- 
tant places  upon  the  map  within  15  miles  around  the 
city  of  Jerusalem. 


OUTLINE  FOR  TEACHING  AND  REVIEW. 


sroGESTioxs  Foi!  TEACiiixo.  ter   of   jiricsts.)    3.    Gibfiih.     (Siuil's  court.)     4.    Anatliotli.     (Jeremiah.) 

1.  Locate  upon  thf  blackboard  .lonisnlcMii  as  a  centre,  uud  in  proscncp  of  5.  KanuUi.  (?)  (Samuel.)  (>.  >Iichula^h.  (.Jonathan's  exploit.)  7.  Ai. 
the  class  draw  llie  ;;eiicral  dirciiion  of  the  roads  leading  from  il.  It  is  (Achan.)  8.  Beeroth.  (Gibeonites;  Jesus  lost  in  Temple.)  9.  Bethel. 
scarcely  iieeessarv  to  draw  the  valleys  and  mountains,  as  they  are  but  rarely  (.Jacob's  ladder.)  10.  Uiminon.  (Benjamin.)  11.  Ephraim.  (Christ's 
referred  to  by  name.     The  teacher  may  mark  the  line  of  the  road  in  French  retirement.) 

elialU  ni-  common  slalc-piMicil  upon  the  blackboiud.  in  ailvance  of  the  Ics-  II.    Eastern   Road.      1.     Bethany.      (Lazarus.)      2.     Steep  descent.      3. 

son,  niakini;'  a  I'.-dnl   line,  which  can  be  followed  with   tin,'  crayon  after-  Jericho. 

ward.  III.    Suiilhirn    Boail.      1.    Plain   of   Kephaini.      (David's   victory.)     2. 

2.  Then  lake  each  road  in  order,  going  out  from  Jerusalem,  and  indicate  Rachel's  Tomb.  3.  Bethlehem.  (David,  Jesus.)  4.  Valley  of  Elah. 
the  places  near  it,  stating  the  events  of  Bible  History  in  e(]nneetion  with  (David  and  Goliath.)  5.  Hebron.  (.Vbraham's  sepulchre.)  6.  Jeshimoii 
each  place.  (Wildernes.s). 

3.  It  would  be  a  good  plan  lo  write  on  slips  of  paper  the  references  to  IV.  Southwettern  lioad.     "  Jcru-salcm  to  Gaza."     (Philip.) 

le.xts,  distribute  Iheni  among  the  class,  and  have  each  te.\l  read  by  a  student  V.     Western  Road.      1.   Emmaus.      (Risen  Christ.)      2.    ICirjath-jearim. 

as  its  event  is  named.  (Removal  of  ark.) 

REVIEW.  VI.   Northwestern  Road.      \.   Mizpeh.     (Samuel.)     2.    Gibeon.     (Solo- 

I.     Korthern.    Road.        1       Scopus.      (Titus.)        2.      Xob.      (Slaugh-  mon's  choice.)     3.   Beth  horon.     (Joshua's  victory.) 


UlilUSli.\I.\XE. 


THE   DIVISION   OF   SOLOMON^S   EMPIRE. 


On  the  death  of  Solomon,  B.  C.  935,  the  empire  which 
had  been  won  by  the  sword  and  consoHdated  by  the 
statesmanship  of  David,  fell  asunder,  and  five  kingdoms 
took  the  place  of  one.     These  were : 

1.  The  portion  of  Solomon's  empire  north  of  Mount 
Hermon  and  extending  to  the  Euphrates  revolted,  and 
formed  the  Kingdom  of  Syria,  having  Damascus  for 
its  capital.  This  kingdom,  at  first  smaU,  soon  rose  to 
power,  and  at  its  height,  under  Hazael,  was  the  leading- 
nation  in  Asia,  west  of  the  Euphrates.  It  feU,  about 
B.  C.  750,  under  the  power  of  Assyria. 

2.  South  of  Syria  was  the  Kiiigdoin  of  Israel,  or 
the  Ten  Tribes,  fomided  by  Jeroboam,  B.  C.  935,  soon 
after  the  death  of  Solomon.  This  included  by  far  the 
larger  portion  of  Palestine  Pro^jer,  having  9,400  square 
miles,  while  the  rival  kingdom  of  Judah  had  but  3,400. 


uncertain.  The  Shefelah,  or  low  hiUs,  and  the  sea-coast, 
were  probably  controlled  by  the  Philistines,  though  nom- 
maUy  belonging  to  Judah.  This  kingdom  I'emained 
loyal  to  the  house  of  David  during  all  its  history,  and 
was  ruled  by  twenty-one  kings,  all  of  one  family.  It 
was  destroyed  by  Nebuchadnezzar,  B.  C.  587. 

4.  Moab  lay  east  of  the  Dead  Sea,  between  the  bi-ooks 
Aruon  and  Zered.  It  was  nominally  subject  to  Israel 
(the  northern  kingdom);  but,  from  the  indications  of  the 
histoi'y  and  of  the  Moabite  Stone  (a  monument  of  Mesha, 
the  king  of  Moab,  erected  in  the  time  of  Elisha  the 
prophet),  it  may  be  inferred  that  it  had  its  own  govern- 
ment, and  only  occasionally  paid  tribute  to  the  Ten 
Tribes.  Strong  kings,  like  Omri,  Ahab  and  Jeroboam 
II.,  may  have  held  power  over  it;  but  during  most  of 
the  time  it  was  practically  independent. 


FO        6fi0        So 


780       770  760         T?0 


reo         710         Tto  690        680 


r  Manasseh 


ClIKONOLOGICAL   CHART   OF   KIKQS  OP   ISRAEL  AND  Jl'DAH. 


It  received  the  allegiance  of  aU  the  tribes  on  the  east  of 
the  Jordan.  The  boundary  hne  between  the  two  king- 
doms ran  south  of  Jericho,  Bethel  and  Joppa.  This  line 
was,  however,  very  vai'iable,  being  moved  northward  or 
southward,  according  to  the  relative  power  of  the  king- 
doms. Over  this  kingdom  reigned  nineteen  kings,  repre- 
senting several  dynasties,  with  intervals  of  anarchy  and 
fi-equent  change.  Its  capital  was  at  first  Shechem,  then 
Tirzah,  until  Omri,  the  founder  of  the  third  dynasty, 
chose  a  permanent  location  at  Samari.\,  whic^h  soon  be- 
came to  Israel  all  that  Jerusalem  was  to  Judah,  and  in 
time  gave  its  name  to  the  entire  province.  Its  two 
religious  sanctuaries  were  at  Dan  on  the  north,  and  at 
Bethel  on  the  south,  where  the  national  woi'ship  to 
Jehovah,  was  maintained  under  the  form  of  a  calf  or 
young  ox. 

3.  The  Kingdom  of  Judah  included  the  tribe  of 
that  name,  a  portion  of  Benjamin,  and  perhaps  of  Sim- 
eon also,  though  the  southern  boundary  was  always 


5.  Edom,  south  of  the  Dead  Sea,  had  been  conquered 
by  David,  and  remained  subject  during  the  reign  of 
Solomon.  After  the  disruption  it  held  to  Judah  about 
the  same  relation  that  Moab  held  to  Israel,  dependent 
and  tributary,  but  not  aimexed  as  a  part  of  the  realm. 
There  was  a  king  of  Edom  during  the  reign  of  Jehosh- 
aphat  (2  Kings  3:9),  but  evidently  subject  to  Judali. 
The  Edomites  finally  gamed  their  independence  during 
the  reign  of  Jehoram,  the  son  of  Jehoshaphat  (2  Kings 
8:ir.-22),  despite  a  defeat  which  they  sufi:ered  at  Zair 
(probably  Seir,  or  Sela).  Like  aU  the  kingdoms  around 
it,  this  kingdom  fell  under  the  rule  of  Nebuchadnezzar. 

These  five  provinces  or  kingd(jms  are  represented  upon 
the  map  according  to  their  general  boundaries  during 
most  of  the  time  from  the  age  of  Solomon  to  that  of 
Nebuchadnezzar,  when  aU  the  East  was  united  under 
one  mighty  sceptre.  Historically,  the  epoch  requires 
the  consideration  of  several  periods,  as  follows: 

1.  The  Period  of  Division  (B.  C.  935-842),  during 


87 


88 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGEAPHY. 


wliich  three  kingdoms  —  Syi'ia,  Israel  and  Judah  — 
strove  for  suiDreniacy.  This  extends  fi-oni  the  i-eign  of 
Jeroboam  to  that  of  Jehu  in  the  north;  and  from  Eeho- 
boam  to  Joash  in  Judah.  During  the  first  half -century 
of  this  period,  -wars  were  constant  between  Israel  and 
Judah.  During  the  latter  half-century  the  growing 
jiower  of  Syria  compelled  an  aUiance  between  the  rival 
kingdoms,  and  ncvirly  all  the  battles  Avere  between  Israel 


MOABITE  STONE. 


and  Syria.  The  leading  events  of  this  pe>riod  were:  (1.) 
The  accession  of  Rehoboam,  followed  by  the  disriijition 
of  the  kmgdom,  and  the  breaking  up  of  Solomon's 
empire.  (-2.)  The  invasion  of  Judah  by  Shishak,  king 
of  EgyiJt,  and  the  loss  of  all  the  treasures  of  David  and 
Solomon  (2  Chron.  12),  which  permanently  crippled  the 
kingdom.  (3.)  The  wars  of  Jeroboam  with  Judah, 
culminating  in  the  battle  of  Zemaraim,  near  Bethel,  a 
signal  defeat  for  Isi'ael.     (2  Chron.  13.)     (4.j  The  inva- 


sion of  Judah  by  the  Ethiopians  under  Zerah,  and  the 
victory  of  Asa  at  Mareshah.  (2  Chron.  14.)  (5.)  The 
introduction  of  the  woi'ship  of  Baal  into  Israel,  by 
Ahab,  and  with  it  the  appearance  of  the  prophet  Elijah. 
(I  Kings  10-19.)  (6.)  The  wars  with  Syria,  ^-ith  the 
victory  of  Israel  at  Aphek,  and  the  defeat  at  Ramoth- 
gilead.  (1  Kings  20-22.)  (7.)  The  invasion  of  Judah,  in 
the  reign  of  Jehoshaphat,  by  the  allied  forces  of  Amnion, 
Moab  and  Edom,  and  their  slaughter  at  Berachah.  (2 
Chron.  20.)  (8.)  The  allied  war  of  Israel  and  Judah 
with  Moab,  and  the  battle  of  Kii'-haraseth,  commemo- 
rated by  the  Moabite  Stone,  recently  discovered.  (2 
Kings  3.)     (9.)  The  revolt  of  Edom  from  Judah,  in  the 


Approximate  Scale,  106  miles  to  1  inch. 


reign  of  Jehoram.  Jehoram  gained  a  victory  at  Zair 
(probably  Sela,  or  Petra),  but  could  not  retain  suprem- 
acy over  the  Edomites. 

2.  The  Syrian  Period,  B.  C.  842-799,  began  with 
revolutions  in  the  same  year  in  Damascus,  Samaria,  and 
Jerusalem;  by  Avliich  Hazael  mounted  the  throne  of 
Syria,  Jehu  of  Israel,  and  Athahah,  the  queen-mother, 
usurped  the  throne  of  Judah.  Hazael  established  a 
powerful  kingdom.  (2  Kings  S:  7-15.)  He  conquered 
all  of  Israel  east  of  the  Jordan  (2  Kings  10;  32,  33),  re- 
duced Israel  under  Jehoahaz  to  a  condition  of  vassalage 
(2  Kings  13:1-8),  took  Gath  from  Judah,  and  was  only 
withheld  from  besieging  Jerusalem  by  the  payment  of 
a  heavy  tribute.     (2  Kings  12:17,  IS;"  2  Chron.   24:23, 


THE  DIVISION  OF  SOLOMON'S  EMPIRE. 


89 


24.)     We  insert   an   outline   map  of  his  kingdom  and 
conquests. 

The  principal  events  of  this  period  were  as  foUows  : 
(1.)  The  accession  of  Hazael  in  Syria,  Jehu  in  Israel,  and 
Athahah  in  Judah.  B.  C.  842.  (2.)  The  destruction  of 
Baal  worship  in  Israel.  (2  Kings  10.)  (3.)  The  conquests 
of  Hazael  on  the  east  of  Jordan.  (2  Kings  10:32,  33.) 
(4.)  The  slaughter  of  Athahah,  and  accession  of  Jehoash 
in  Judah.  (2  Kings  11.)  (5.)  The  repairs  of  the  Temple 
by  Jehoiada.  (2  Kings  12.)  (C.)  The  prophecies  of 
Jonah  and  Joel.  (7.)  The  subjection  of  Israel  under 
Hazael.  (8.)  Hazael's  campaign  against  Judah,  and 
capture  of  Gath.     (9.)  The  death  of  Hazael. 

3.  The  liestoration  of  Israel,  B.  C.  779-742.  The 
Syi'ian  conqueror,  Hazael,  left  as  his  successor  a  weak 
prince,  Ben-hadad  III..  Avho  was  unable  to  hold  his 
dominions  against  the  abihty  of  the  third  king  of  the 
house  of  Jehu  in  Isiael,  Jehoash,  or  Joash,  and  his 
greater  son,  Jeroboam  II.  Under  these  two  able  rulers 
the  kingdom  of  the  Ten  Tribes  arose  to  its  culmination, 
the  territory  lost  was  regained,  nearly  all  Syi'ia  was  con- 
quered, Judah  was  made  tributary,  and  Samaria  gave 
laws  to  a  large  part  of  Solomon's  empire.  This  period 
was  marked  as  the  era  of  two  great  prophets,  Jonah  and 
Joel;  and,  from  its  brilliant  but  brief  prosj^erity,  has  been 
called  "the  Indian  Summer  of  Israel."  At  the  open- 
ing of  this  ei)och,  Amaziah  reigned  in  Judah.  He  won 
a  victory  in  Edom,  but,  venturing  to  attack  Israel,  was 
routed  at  Beth-shemesh;  and,  for  the  only  time  in  Judah's 
history,  the  army  of  the  Ten  Tiibes  entered  Jerusalem  as 
victors.  (2  Kings  14.)  Uzziah,  his  successor,  was  more 
successful,  and  held  his  kingdom  in  security  both  against 
Israel  and  the  enemies  on  the  south.  The  outline  map 
represents  the  kingdoms  during  the  reign  of  Jeroboam 
II.,  about  B.  C.  800. 

4.  The  Fall  of  Israel,  B.  C.  742-721.  The  dechne 
of  Israel  after  the  reign  of  Jeroboam  II.  was  rapid.  A 
succession  of  usui'pers  seized  the  throne,  the  foreign 
conquests  melted  away,  and  anarchy  prevailed.  The 
cause  of  these  sudden  changes  was  the  growth  of  the 
Assyrian  power  under  a  succession  of  warUke  kings, 
wlio  made  Nineveh  the  capital  of  the  Eastern  world. 
Syria  feU  before  their  arms,  and  Isi-ael  soon  followed. 
In  the  reign  of  Menahem,  Israel  became  tributary  to 
Assyria;  and  in  that  of  Pekah,  B.  C.  735,  the  portion  of 
Israel  on  the  north,  including  the  tribe  of  Naphtali,  was 
carried  into  captivity  by  Tiglath-pileser.  (2  Kings  15:2tt.) 
In  the  reign  of  Hoshea,  Samaria  itself  was  taken  (B.  C. 
721)  by  Sargon  (having  been  besieged  by  Shalmaneserh 
and  the  Ten  Tribes  were  finally  carried  into  cai)tivity  to 
Halah  and  Habor.  (2  Kings  17.)  This  period  belongs 
to  the  map  of  the  Assyrian  Empii-e. 

."..  The  Fall  of  Juilah,  B.  C.  721-5S7.  The  kingdom 
of  Judah  lasted  more  than  a  hundred  years  after  that  of 
Israel,  though  most  of  tlie  time  as  a  subject-nation  to 
the  "great  king"  of  Assyria,  to  whom  Ahaz  and  most  of 
the  kings  of  Judah  after  him  paid  tribute.  The  most 
important  events  of  this  period  were  :     (1.)  The  reforms 

10 


of  King  Hezekiah.  and  the  dehverance  of  Jerusalem 
from  the  Assyrians  under  Sennacherib.  '2  Chron.  30-32.) 
(2.)  The  captivity  of  King  Manasseh  among  the  Assyr- 
ians, and  his  return.  (2  Chron.  33.)  (3.)  The  attempt 
at  reformation  by  King  Josiah,  and  his  death  at  the  bat- 
tle of  Megiddo.  (2  Chron.  34,  35.)  (4.)  The  rise  of  the 
power  of  Babylon,  and  Nebuchadnezzar's  first  invasion 
of  Judah,  in  the  reign  of  Jehoiakim,  B.  C.  006.  From 
this  date  Judah  was  subject  to  Babylon,  and  the  "sev- 
enty years'  captivity"  began.  (5.)  The  rebellion  of  Zed- 
ekiah,  the  last  king,  against  Nebuchadnezzar,  the  siege 
of  Jerusalem,  the  destruction  of  the  kingdom,  and 
the  final  carrying  of  Judah  into  captivity  to  Babylon, 
B.  C.  5S7. 


Approximate  Scale,  106  miles  to  1  inch. 


We  notice  the  most  imjiortant  wars,  sieges  and  battles 
of  this  period,  indicated  upon  tlie  maj)  of  the  Division 
of  Solomon's  Empire,  by  flags. 

1.  The  battle  of  Zeiuaraiin,  near  Bethel,  fouglit  be- 
tween Jeroboam  and  Abijah,  tlie  second  king  of  Judah, 
B.  C.  917,  and  resulting  in  the  defeat  of  Israel,  and  the 
I'uin  of  Jeroboam's  plans  of  ambition.     (2  Chron.  13.) 

2.  The  battle  of  Mareshali,  in  Judah,  on  the  border 
of  the  mountain  region,  in  which  King  Asa  defeated 
Zerah,  the  Ethiojjian  king  of  Egypt,  and  an  immense 
host,  B.  C.  900.     ^2  Chron.  14.) 

3.  The  siege  of  Samaria,  by  Ben-hadad,  king  of 
Syria,  in  the  reign  of  Ahab,  who  was  able  to  repel  the 


90 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGEAPHY. 


invaders.  (1  Kings  20.)  We  notice,  tliat  from  this  time, 
for  a  centnry,  the  principal  -wars  of  Israel  are  with 
Syria. 

4.  The  victory  at  Aphek,  won  by  Ahab  over  Ben- 
hadad  and  the  Syrians.  Aliab,  however,  allowed  the 
fruits  of  the  victory  to  be  lost,  when  he  might  have 
made  it  decisive  in  its  results.     (1  Kings  20: 26-±3.) 

5.  The  battle  of  Ramoth-gilead,  in  which  the 
Syrians,  under  Beia-hadad,  were  victorious  over  allied 
Israel  and  Judah,  and  Ahab  was  slain.     (1  Kings  22.) 

6.  The  slaughter  of  the  allied  Moabites.  Ammonites 
and  Edomites,  at  Beracliah,  "the  valley  of  blessing," 
in  the  reign  of  Jehoshaphat,  king  of  Judah.  (2  Chron. 
20.) 

7.  The  war  of  Israel,  Judah  and  Edom,  against  the 
Moabites,  in  which  a  great  battle  took  place  at  Kir- 
haraseth,  in  the  land  of  Moab,  when  the  king  of  Moab 
offered  his  own  son  as  a  sacrifice  in  presence  of  the  con- 
tending armies.  (2  Kings  3.)  This  was  during  the  reign 
of  Jehoshaphat  in  Judah,  and  of  Jehoram  in  Israel. 

8.  A  second  siege  of  Samaria,  by  the  Syrians,  under 
Ben-hadad,  in  the  reign  of  Jehoram;  and  a  miraculous 
dehverance.     (2  Kings,  6.  V.) 

9.  A  battle  at  Zair  (probably  Sela,  or  Petra),  in  Edom, 
in  which  Jehoram  was  surroinided  by  the  revolting 
Edomites,  and  won  a  victoiy,  yet  could  not  prevent 


the  Edomites  from  gaining  their  liberty.     (2  Kings  8: 
21,  22.) 

10.  The  capture  of  Gath,  by  the  Syrians,  under  Haz- 
ael,  in  the  reign  of  Jehoash,  king  of  Judah.  (2  Kings 
12: 17.) 

11.  The  victory  of  King  Jehoash,  of  Israel,  over  the 
SjTians,  at  Aphek,  foretold  by  Ehsha.  (2  Kings  13: 
17-25.) 

12.  The  battle  of  Beth-shemesh,  a  victory  of  Israel 
over  Judah,  resulting  in  an  IsraeUte  army  entering  Jeru- 
salem, in  the  reign  of  Amaziah.     (2  Kings  14.) 

13.  The  final  capture  of  Samaria  by  the  Assyrians, 
and  the  extinction  of  the  kingdom  of  the  Ten  Tribes. 
(2  Kings  17:1-6.) 

1-1.  The  battle  of  Megitldo,  in  which  King  Josiah,  of 
Judah,  lost  his  Ufe  while  resisting  the  invasion  of 
Pharaoh-necho.  the  kmg  of  Egypt.     (2  Kings  23:29.) 

15.  Two  battles  at  Carchemisli,  near  the  Euphi-ates, 
in  the  first  of  which,  Pharaoh-necho,  of  Egypt,  was  vic- 
torious  (B.  C.  608)  over  the  Assyrians,  and  in  the  second 
(B.  C.  606)  was  thoroughly  defeated  by  Nebuchadnezzar, 
and  compelled  to  relinquish  aU  his  conquests  in  Asia. 
(2  Chron.  35:20.) 

16.  The  destruction  of  Jerusalem  by  Nebuchadnez- 
zar, and  the  extinction  of  the  kingdom  of  Judah.  (2 
Kings  25.) 


OUTLINE    FOR    TEACHING. 


1.  Draw  on  the  blackboard  the  map  of  Solomon's  Empire,  as  already 
given,  showing  its  boundaries,  and  placing  on  it  the  cilj'  of  Jerusalem,  the 
river  Jordan,  etc. 

2.  Divide  the  map  into  the  five  kinr/domii  of  Syria,  Israel,  Judah,  Moab 
and  Edom,  and  show  their  capitals  and  political  relations. 

3.  Drill  the  class  upon  the  leading  events  of  the  five  histoiieal  periods 


named  in  the  above  description,  placing  upon  the  map  the  localities  named 
in  the  histor}'. 

4.  Name  the  battles  of  the  periods,  and  state  the  circumstances  of  each 
battle,  placing  them  upon  the  map  in  their  hislorical  order. 

5.  Through  all  the  work  let  the  class  draw  their  own  maps,  following 
that  upon  the  Iward,  and  at  the  close  carefully  review  all  the  work.  This 
subject  might  raiuire  several  lessons  iu  a  normal  class. 


M(,)SliL:E    EL  AKSA. 


THE   GREAT   ORIENTAL   EMPIRES. 


The  history  of  the  Bible  is  so  interwoven  with  that  of 
the  East,  that  a  view  of  its  great  empires  is  necessary. 
All  the  lands  between  the  Persian  Gulf  and  the  Mediter- 
ranean were  united  at  different  periods  under  one 
government,  and  formed  an  emphe  which  was  con- 
stantly changing  according  to  the  power  or  weakness  of 
its  dominant  state ;  for  in  the  Oriental  world  there 
never  has  existed  anji^hing  like  a  confederation  of  states 
on  an  equahty.  At  different  periods  Ur,  Babylon  or 
Nineveh  conquered  aU  the  surrounding  lands;  or  at  other 
periods  a  single  race,  as  the  Medes  and  Persians,  obtained 
supremacy.  The  empire  thus  arose  and  fell,  to  be  suc- 
ceeded by  a  similar  empire  with  another  centre.  During 
the  Old  Testament  history,  between 
the  days  of  Abraham  and  of  Ezra, 
more  than  1,500  years,  four  successive 
empires  appeared  in  the  East.  These 
were : 

I.  The  Early  Babylonian    Empire. 
B.  C.  2280-1120. 

II.  The    Assyrian    Empire.     B.    C. 
1120-626. 

III.  The  Babylonian  Empire.    B.  C. 
606-588. 

IV.  The    Persian    Empire.      B.    C. 
538-330. 

I.  The  Early  Babylonian  Empire 
began  about  8000  B.  C,  with  several 
states,  each  having  a  city  as  its 
capital.  Among  these  were  Vr  {3fug- 
heir),  Lagesh  (Slurpurta),  and  Isin.  These  separate 
kingdoms  were  united  in  an  empire,  of  which  Babylon 
was  tlie  capital,  in  the  reign  of  Hamnmrabi  (the 
Amraphel  of  Gen.  14:1),  about  2280  B.  C.  It 
lasted,  with  varying  fortunes,  for  1,000  years.  A  map 
of  this  empire,  in  the  time  of  Abraham,  is  given  on 
page  34. 

II.  The  Assyrian  Empire  arose  from  the  small 
country  Assliur,  about  25  square  miles  in  extent,  lying 
east  of  the  Tigris  and  north  of  the  lower  Zab.  Its  cap- 
ital was  the  city  Asshur,  now  called  Kileh  ShergJiat,  60 
miles  south  of  Nineveh.  The  city  rose  to  power  in  the 
14tli  century  B.  C,  when,  under  Tukulti-niuib,  Babylon 
was  captured  and  the  Babylonian  empire  became  the 
Assyrian.  Afterward  JV/mrud,  20  miles  south  of  Nine- 
veh, became  the  capital.  Not  vmtil  702  was  Ninkvku 
made  by  Sennacherib  the  royal  residence.  It  soon  sur- 
passed the  earlier  capitals  in  size  and  magnificence,  and 
be(!ame  one  of  the  largest  cities  of  the  East.  It  tlien 
included  four  cities,  surrounded  by  one  wall,  and  forming 
a  parallelogram,  as  shown  on  the  plan  on  page  96.     The 


greatest  kings  of  this  empire  were:  Shalmaneser,  who 
made  war  on  Samaria,  and  erected  the  "Black  Obe- 
hsk,"  which  now  stands  in  the  British  Museum,  and 
by  its  inscriptions  furnishes  the  best  record  of  the 
kingdom  down  to  its  own  age ;  Sargon,  who  com- 
pleted the  conquest  of  Samaria,  and  otherwise  added 
to  the  empire ;  Sennacherib,  Avho  enlarged  and  beau- 
tified Nineveh,  warred  from  Babylon  to  Egypt, 
and  extorted  tribute  from  Hezekiah,  king  of  Judah; 
and  Esar-haddon,  son  of  the  preceding,  who  saw 
the  empire  at  its  height,  embracing,  besides  As- 
syria, Armenia,  Media,  Babylonia,  Elam,  Meso- 
potamia,    Syria,     Israel,     Judah,     and    the    northern 


AN   ASSYHIAN     I'ALACE. 


ei 


portion  of  Egypt.  These  lands,  however,  for  the  most 
part  retained  their  own  rulers,  customs  and  govern- 
ment, but  recognized  themselves  as  vassals  to  the  "Great 
King,"  as  he  is  styled  in  the  inscriptions.  Esar-had- 
don took  Manasseh,  king  of  Judah,  captive  to  Baby- 
lon, and  repopulated  Samaria  with  colonists  from  other 
lands.  His  sou,  Asshur-bani-pal,  witnessed  his  kingdom 
declining,  and  was  the  last  of  the  great  kings,  though 
he  built  a  vast  palace  at  Nineveh.  There  was  no  coher- 
ence or  unity  in  the  empire,  whose  provinces  were  held 
together  only  by  the  strong  arm  of  the  king;  and,  on  the 
death  of  Asshur-bani-pal,  a  genei'al  revolt  took  place 
among  the  subject  nations,  liis  son  perished,  and  Nineveh 
was  utterly  destroyed,  never  again  to  appear  in  history. 
The  boimdaries  of  the  Assyrian  empire  are  given  u[)on 
tlie  map  according  to  the  best  autliorities.  On  the  north 
they  were  the  Armenian  Mountains,  the  river  Cyrus 
(now  called  the  Kiir),  north  of   the  Araxes,  and  the 


92 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY' 


20     Xon^'itude      25  !ri>m        30    Greenwich.  35 


102        Xongituae        107  -from  J  72     TVaihiugton.     T>7 


northern  range  of  Moimt  Taurus;  on  the  east,  the  Cas-  III.  The  Babylonian  Empire,  B.  C.  606-538.     This 

plan  Sea  and  the  gi-eat  salt  desert ;    on  the  south,  the  period  has  been  more  correctly  termed  that  of  the  ' "  four 

Persian  Gulf,  the  Ai-ahian  desert  and  Upper  Egypt;  on  kingdoms,"  since  the  East  was  not  then,  as  during  the 

the  west,  the  Mediterranean  and  the  river  Halys.  Assyrian  period,  under  one  government.     The  destruction 


THE  GEEAT  ORIENTAL  EMPIRES. 


93 


of  Nineveh  had  been  wrought  by  the  union  of  the  Medes 
and  Babylonians,  under  their  kings,  Cyaxares  and  Nabo- 
polassar,  and  these  peoples  succeeded  to  most,  but  not 
all,  of  the  conquests  of  Assyria. 

1.  Media  woii  its  own  independence,  and  obtained  pos- 
session of  Armenia,  Assyria  Proper  (north  of  the  Tigris), 
and  Elam.  Persia  had  already  been  conquered,  so  that 
the  largest-,  though  less  important,  portion  of  the  Assj^ian 
empire  now  belonged  to  Media. 

2.  Babylonia  obtained  Chaldea,  Mesopotamia,  Syria 
and  Palestine.  Most  of  these  countiies  had  claimed  then- 
independence  on  the  fall  of  Assyria;  and  their  conquest 
occupied  the  i-eign  of  Nabopolassar,  and  his  greater  son, 
Nebuchadnezzar.  Thus  the  important  parts  of  the  Bible 
world  were  nearly  all  under  the  rule  of  Babylon. 

3.  A  new  kingdom  arose  in  Asia  Minoi-,  tliat  of  Lydia, 

embracing  all  the  lands  be- 
tween the  ^-Egean  Sea  and 
the  i-iver  Halys;  destined, 
however,  to  a  short  his- 
tory, for  it  formed  one  of 
the  earliest  conquests  of 
Cyrus  the  Great. 

4.  Cilicia  also  appears  for 
the  first  time  upon  the 
map.  being  situated  be- 
tween the  Euphrates  and 
Lydia,  north  of  Syria,  and 
south  of  the  Halys  river, 
and  retained  its  independ- 
ence until  the  close  of  the 
Babylonian  period,  when 
it  was  annexed  to  Persia, 
though  even  then  it  re- 
tained its  own  kings. 

.">.  To  these  might  be  add- 
ed Egypt,  though  outside 
of  the  Asiatic  world.  It 
soon  shook  off  the  yoke  of 
Assyi'ia,  and  resumed  its 
independence;  but,  endeavoring  to  contest  with  Babylon 
the  empire  of  the  East,  was  defeated  at  Carchemish  by 
Nebuchadnezzar,  and  compelled  to  retire  fi'om  Asia. 
Some  suppose  that  it  was  conquered  by  Babylon;  and 
it  is  possilile  that  for  a  few  years  Egypt  may  liave  recog- 
nized the  supremacy  of  Nelnichadnezzar  by  paying  trib- 
ute, but  it  was  never  a  part  of  his  empire. 

The  map  of  the  Oriental  world,  as  thus  i-econstructed, 
lasted  about  a  century,  though  with  varying  bomidary 
lines ;  as,  for  instance,  Elam,  or  Susiana,  sometimes 
formed  a  pai-t  of  Babylonia,  and  at  other  times  of  Media. 
During  this  period  Babylon  was  the  metropolis  of  the 
East.  It  was  raised  to  greatness  by  Nebucliadnezzai'. 
who  finished  the  Tower  of  Belus,  i-aised  the  Hanging- 
Gardens,  and  built  great  ])alaces.  Two-thirds  of  the 
bricks  imearthed  in  the  ruins  of  Baltylon  bear  his  name. 
The  city  formed  a  square,  on  b(  )th  sides  of  the  Eui)hrates, 
covering  an  area  of  130  miles,  about  that  of  tlie  city  and 


BLACK   OBELISK. 


county  of  Philadelphia.  It  was  surroimded  with  double 
walls,  one  of  which  is  said  to  have  been  300  feet  high, 
and  so  wide  that  six  chariots  could  be  driven  abreast 
along  its  summit.  The  gi-eatness  of  the  city  was  short- 
Uved.     It  was  taken  bv  the  Medes  and  Persians,  B.  C. 


536,  and  soon  began  to  decline,  though  it  remained,  in  a 
decaying  condition,  for  nearly  1,000  years  afterward. 

IV.  The  Persian  Empire,  B.  C.  538-330.     As  the 

Babylonian  power  arose  with  Neliuchadnezzar,  the  Per- 
sian began  with  Cyrus  the  Great.  He  was  the  hereditary 
king  of  the  Persians,  and  headed  a  revolt  against  the 
Medes,  which  resulted  in  reversing  the  relations  of  the 
two  races,  so  that  the  Persians  became  dominant.     He 


COMPARATIVE  ARE.\S  OF  THE  GREAT  EMPIRES  — 

ASSYRIAN,  BABYLONIAN,  PERSIAN. 


Assyrian, 
700  B.C. 


Persian, 
450  B.C. 


J{ub>1oiiluii, 
cut)   U.C. 


then  led  his  united  people  westward,  and  conquered 
Croesus,  the  king  of  I^ydia,  thus  extending  his  dominion 
from  tht!  Persian  ( Julf  to  the  ^-Egean  Sea.  The  power  of 
Babylon  began  to  fall  on  the  death  of  Nebuchadnezzar, 
whose   successors  were  weaklings,    and    in   B.    C.   538 


94 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


Cyrus  took  the  city  of  Babylon.     His  dominions  were  the  Great,  they  embraced  all  the  lands  from  the  Indus  to 

now  larger  than  those  of  the  old  Assyrian  empire;  and  the  Nile.     The  map  represents  the  empire  of  Persia  at 

under    his    successors    the    conquests    of    Persia   were  this  period,  with  the  twenty  satrapies,  or  provinces,  into 

pushed  both  eastward  and  westward,  until,  under  Darius  which  it  was  divided  by  Darius.     This  empire  lasted  for 


20   Xongitiiae  25  from         30  Greenwich.  35 


10!  LoDgltode  107  !< 


THE  GREAT  ORIENTAL  EMPIRES. 


95 


200  years,  until  its  conquest  by  Alexander  the  Great,  B. 
C.  330,  ^\-hen  the  sceptre  of  the  East  passed  into  European 
hands,  and  Greece  gave  law  to  Asia.  In  the  extent  of 
its  territory,  in  the  strength  of  its  dominion,  and  in  the 
consolidation  of  its  conquests,  Persia  was  far  greater 
than  either  Assyria  or  Babylon.  It  wiU  be  observed  that 
the  scale  of  all  the  maps  of  the  Assyrian,  Babylonian 
and  Persian  Empires,  is  the  same,  so  that  their  relative 
proportions  may  be  seen. 

The  map  of  the  Persian  Empire  represents  the  pohtical 
state  of  the  Oriental  world  at  the  conclusion  of  the 
Old  Testament  peiiod.  When  Ezra  and  Nehemiah 
were  at  Jerusalem,  and  Haggai  and  Malachi  were  the 
prophets  of  Judah,  aU  the 
lands  were  under  the  domin- 
ion of  Persia,  and  were  gov- 
erned from  "Shushan  the 
palace,"  or  Susa. 

PEIMOD  OF  RESTORATION 
o3G  B.  C.-70  A.  D. 

The  closing  portion  of  Old 
Testament  history,  from  tin 
edict  of  Cyrus  the  Great,  B. 
C.  530,  permitting  the  captive 
Jews  to  return  to  Palestine, 
is  known  as  the  Period  of 
Restoration.  From  that  time 
until  the  end  of  the  Jewish 
history,  the  land  was  under 
foreign  rule.  The  Period  of 
Restoration,  from  the  return 
from  captivity  to  the  birth 
of  Christ,  may  be  divided  as 
follows : 

1.  The  Persian  Su- 
premacy, B.  C.  538-330. 
During  the  200  years  of  the 
Persian  empire,  the  Jews 
were  kindly  treated  by  then* 
sovereigns,  and  pennitted  to 
regulate  their  own  affairs.  _^ 
Under  Darius  the  Great, 
who  reigned  B.  C.  521-i86, 
the  second  Temple  was  completed.  Under  Xerxes, 
the  next  monarch,  called  in  the  Bible,  Ahasuerus, 
occurred  the  romantic  events  of  Esther's  deliverance, 
and  the  downfall  of  Haman.  Under  his  successor, 
Artaxerxes  Longimanus,  B.  C.  465-425,  the  Jewish 
state  was  reformed  by  Ezra,  and  the  walls  of  Jerusalem 
were  built  by  Nehemiah.  Soon  after  this  occurred  the 
separation  of  the  Samaritans,  and  a  rival  temple  was 
built  on  Mount  Gerizim. 

2.  The  Macedonian  Supremacy,  B.  C.  330-321, 
though  brief,  brought  to  pass  vast  i-esults.  Alexander 
the  Great,  in  a  briUiant  series  of  battles,  subjugated  the 
entire  Persian  empire,  and  became  the  master  of  the 
Oriental  world.     He  dealt  kindly  with  the  Jews,  not- 


withstanding their  loyalty  to  the  Persian  throne,  and 
permitted  them  to  enjoy  freedom  of  worship  and  of 
government.  We  do  not  give  a  map  of  Alexander's 
empire,  as  its  boundaries  in  Asia  varied  but  little  from 
those  of  Pei'sia,  and  it  has  no  direct  relation  to  Bible 
history.  Soon  after  Alexander's  death,  his  generals 
formed  a  compact  for  the  government  of  his  empire; 
but  it  was  soon  broken,  and  out  of  his  conquests  four 
kingdoms  arose,  of  which  the  most  important  were 
those  of  Seleucus  in  Asia,  and  of  Ptolemy  m  Africa.  In 
the  first  division,  B.  C.  323,  Palestine  became  a  part  of 
Syi-ia. 
3.  The  Egyptian  Supremacy,  B.  C.  321-198.  Pales- 
tine was  taken  from  Syria  by 
Ptolemy  Soter,  the  ruler  of 
Egypt ;  and  his  successors, 
the  Gi'eek  kings  of  Egypt, 
aU  named  Ptolemy,  held  the 
Holy  Land  for  120  years. 
During  this  time  the  Jews 
were  governed,  under  the 
king  of  Egypt,  by  their  high- 
priests.  The  most  important 
event  of  this  epoch  was  the 
Septuagint  translation  of  the 
Old  Testament,  made  at  Al- 
exandria about  285  B.  C. 
The  map  of  the  Division  of 
Alexander's  Empire  I'epre- 
sents  the  Oriental  world  at 
this  period,  after  the  lands 
had  settled  down  into  some- 
thing like  order  mider  stable 
governments. 

Omitting  the  minor  states 
and  free  cities,  the  kingdoms 
of  that  epoch  were  as  fol- 
lows : 

1.  Tlie  kingdom  of  the  Se- 
leucidce,  sometimes  known 
as  Syi'ia.  was  founded  by  Seleucus,  B.  C. 
312.  It  included  the  largest  portion  of  Alex- 
ander's conquests,  embracing  most  of  Asia 
Minor,  and  those  provinces  of  the  Bible 
world  known  as  Syria,  Mesopotamia,  Babylonia,  Persia 
Proper,  Southern  Media,  and  far  beyond  them  eastward 
to  the  Indus.  Throughout  its  history  of  250  years,  it 
remained  a  Greek  government,  though  in  Asia,  and 
introduced  the  Greek  language  and  hterature  to  aU  the 
lands  of  the  Orient. 

2.  The  kingdom  of  the  Ptolemies  included  Egypt, 
Libya,  Palestine,  Phoenicia,  and  the  southern  provinces 
of  Asia  Minor.  It  was  ruled  by  a  succession  of  Greek 
monarch s,  dc^scendod  from  Ptolemy  Soter,  and,  with 
changing  boundaries,  endured  until  the  death  of  its  last 
queen,  the  famous  Cleopatra,  when  it  became  a  part  of 
the  Roman  empire. 

3.  There 'were  other  kingdoms  in  Asia  at  this  time. 


9() 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


appearing  upon  the  map.  Pontiis  and  Cappadocia  inter- 
vened between  the  two  sections  of  tlie  empire  of  the 
Seleucidie.  Southwest  of  the  Caspian,  and  near  the  sea, 
Media  Atropaiene  had  gained  its  independence,  and  on 
the  southeast  Parthia  was  rising  to  power;  while  beyond, 
on  the  east,  was  Bactriaim.  Other  lands  of  less  impor- 
tance might  also  be  named;  but  these  are  all  that  are 
necessary  to  the  reader  of  the  history. 

During  this  epoch  of   12.5  years,  Palestine  remained 
nnder  the  control  of  Egypt. 


3Lineyreli 

X  I  N  E  A'  E  H 
VICIXITY. 


«*hO,  MiiSALLY  A  CO.,   ENGRS,   CHICAGO. 


4.  The  Sjriau  Supremacy,  B.  C.  19S-l«ii.     By  the 

battle  of  ]Mount  Panium,  Antiochus  of  the  Seleucid  line 
wrested  Palestine  from  Egypt.  The  Syrian  domination, 
though  short,  brought  to  the  Jews  greater  tiials  than 
any  previous  period  in  their  history.  Jerusalem  was 
twice  taken  and  sacked,  the  Temple  was  desecrated  and 
closed,  the  Jewish  religion  was  forbidd<»n.  and  those  who 
remained  steadfast  to  it  were  subjected  to  a  cruel  i)erse- 
cution.  The  trials  named  in  Heb.  11:  3.5-37,  belonged  to 
tliis  period,  when  every  attempt  Avas  made  by  Antiochus 
Epiphanesto  destroy  the  worship  of  Jehovah,  and  intro- 
duce Greek  customs  aud  rehgiou  among  the  Jewish 


people.  But  the  very  violence  of  the  tyranny  reacted, 
and  led  to  a  complete  deliverance  and  a  more  thorough 
devotion. 

.5.  The  Maccabean  Independence,  B.  C.  166-40. 
A  priest  named  Mattathias  raised  the  banner  of  revolt; 
and.  after  his  death,  his  five  sons  in  succession  led  the 
efforts  of  tlie  Jews  for  freedom.  The  greatest  of  them, 
though  all  were  heroes,  was  Judas,  called  Maccabeus, 
"the  hammer."  In  B.  C.  165  he  took  possession  of  Jeru- 
salem; and,  after  his  death,  his  brother  Simon  won  the 
recognition  of  the  freedom  of  Palestine.  Other  Macca- 
bean princes  extended  tlie  boundaries  of  the  land  over 
Edom,    Samaria    and    Galilee.     Under  a   succession  of 


XodV-  fK'in"Tr«sh. 


PALESTINE 

UNDEK  THE 

MACCABEES. 
B.  C.  100. 


I.*  C0..CH1.TI4  '      _ 


these  ralers,  also  called  Asmonean  kings,  Palestine  was 
virtually  independent,  though  nominally  subordinate  to 
either  Syria  or  Egyi^t. 

6.  The  Roman  Supremacy,  B.  C.  4o-A.  D.  To. 
Perhaps  this  period  should  begin  with  B.  C.  63,  when 
the  Roman  general  Ponipey  entered  Jerusalem,  and  the 
Romans  began  to  exercise  a  controlling  infiuence.  But 
the  representatives  of  the  Maccabean  line  were  allowed 
to  reign  until  B.  C.  4n.  when  they  were  set  aside,  and 
Herod  the  Great,  an  Idumean  (EdomiteX  was  made 
king  by  the  Romans.  It  was  in  the  closing  portion  of 
his  reign  that  Jesus  Christ  was  born.  The  last  70  years 
of  the  Roman  jieriod  belong  to  New  Testament  history, 
and  will  be  considered  in  connection  with  the  maps  of 
that  period. 


THE    ROMAN    EMPIRE. 


The  last  of  the  Old  World  empires  was  that  having 
its  capital  on  the  seven  hills  of  Rome.  Like  most  of 
the  others,  it  was  the  dominion  of  a  single  city;  but, 
unlike  others,  it  represented  the  conquests,  not  of  a 
single  conquering  king,  as  Nebuchadnezzar  or  Cyrus, 
but  of  a  self-governing  and  conquering  people ;  and, 
unlike  its  predecessors,  it  was  not  a  loose  aggregation 
of  states,  ready  to  fall  apart  as  soon  as  the  hand  that 
fettered  them  was  removed,  but  an  empire,  carefully 
welded  together,  building  up  in  every  land  its  own 
civilization,  and  developing  a  national  unity  which 
held  its  possessions  together  for  a  thousand  years. 

At  the  close 
of  the  Old  Tes- 
tament peri- 
od, the  Per- 
sian empire 
stood  in  all  its 
power.  Four 
hundred  years 
later,  at  the 
opening  of  the 
New  Testa- 
ment epoch, 
the  Persian 
empire  had 
given  place  to 
that  of  Alex- 
a  n  d  e  r  ;  that 
had  broken 
u])  into  many 
f  r  a  g  m  e  n  t  s  ; 
and  most  of 
these  in  turn 
had  been  unit- 
ed under  the 
eagles  of 
Rome. 
The  , 
woi'ld'  s 

capital  had  moved  westwjiid,  nnd  the  Mediterranean  was 
now  a  Roman  lake.  Tlie  ])iiMcij)al  pi-ovinces  of  this 
empire,  omitting  nunor  subdivisions,  were : 

I.  Europeaii  ProviiKH'.s.  1.  Italy.  2.  Hispania, 
now  known  as  Spain,  su])divided  into  three  prov- 
inces. 8.  (jallia,  now  Prance,  including  also  parts 
of  Germany  and  the  Netherlands,  embracing  live 
provinces.  4.  The  Danubian  provinces  of  Rhjetia, 
Noricum,  Pannonia,  and  Moesia,  to  which   Dacia  was 


afterward  added  by  the  emperor  Trajan.  5.  The 
Grecian  jn'ovinces  of  Thracia,  Macedonia,  Achaia,  and 
Illyricum. 

II.  The  Insular  Provinces  were:  1.  Britannia. 
2.  Sicilia.  3.  Sardinia  and  Corsica,  united.  4.  Cyprus. 
The  other  islands  were  attached,  either  to  these,  or  to 
governments  upon  the  mainland. 

III.  The  Asiatic  Provinces  were :  1.  Asia,  a  term 
referring  only  to  the  western  end  of  Asia  Minor.  2. 
Pontus  and  Bithynia.  united.  3.  Galatia.  4.  Pam- 
jjhylia  and  Lycia.  5.  Cilicia.  6.  Syria,  of  which  Pales- 
tine was  a  part.     To  these  were  added,  after  the  New 

Test  a  m  e  n  t 
period,  Arme- 
nia, Mesopota- 
mia, and  Ara- 
bia Petrsea; 
Imt  they  were 
soon  lost  to 
tlie   empire. 

IV.  The  Af- 
rican Prov- 
inces were : 
1 .  .Bgyptus, 
or  Egypt.  2. 
C  y  r  e  n  a  i  c  a , 
called,  in  Acts 
2:10,  "parts of 


exr 


nil-:   lOLOSSEUM   AT   ROME. 


Libya  about  Cyrene."     3.    Africa,  the  district  around 
Carthage.     4.  Mauiitania,  now  Moi-occo. 
This  empire  was  the  most  thoroughly  organized  and 


of  any  in  ancuent  history.  It 
under  the  attacks  of  barbari- 
D.  476.  Even  after  tliis,  the 
empire  remained  with  almost 
unbroken  jxjwer  for  centuries,  and  was  not  finally 
extinguished  until  1453,  the  close  of  the  Middle  Ages. 


the  longest  in  duration 
lasted  until  Rome  fell 
ans  from  the  North,  A 
eastern   division   of  the 


97 


THE  GREAT  ORIENTAL  EMPIRES  AND  THE  ROMAN  EMPIRE. 


99 


OUTLINE  FOR  TEACHING  AND  EEVIEW. 


THE  ANCIENT   EMPIRES. 

It  is  desirable  to  let  the  class  see  the  comparative  area  and  location  of 
the  Four  Oriental  Empires;  hence  they  should  be  presented  upon  the  same 
map.    Each  of  ^W•^e  may  form  a  separate  lesson. 

I.  TTie  Early  Chaldean  Empire.  1.  Draw  in  the  centre  of  the  black- 
board the  outlines  of  the  map  of  Chedorlaomers  Empire,  on  page  34, 
reserving  space  enough  around  it  to  embrace  all  the  lands  of  the  maps  on 
page  93.  2.  Draw  the  four  important  rivers  :  the  Tigris,  Euphrates.  Jordan 
and  Kile.  3.  Show  the  boundaries  of  Chedorlaomer's  empire,  and  its  prin- 
cipal places :  Babylon,  Ur,  Nineveh,  Haran,  Damascus,  Hebron.  4.  State 
briefly  the  histury  of  the  empire.  5.  Review  the  lesson,  and  let  the  class 
state  all  the  information  given. 

X.  B.  Tlie  outlines  ma}'  be  drawn  in  advance  with  slate  pencil  or  soap- 
stone,  and  then  traced  with  chalk  in  the  presence  of  the  class.  Also,  the 
initial  letters  only  of  places  or  rivers  should  be  written,  as  a  hint  to  the 
memory  ;  afterward  the  initial  letters  should  be  erased,  and  the  class  be 
called  upon  to  name  the  places  as  located  by  the  pointer. 

II.  The  Assyrian  Empire.  1.  After  erasing  the  boundaries  of  the  first 
empire,  leaving  the  general  outline  of  sea-coast  and  lands  the  same,  -show 
the  location  of  the  conquering  province,  Assyria,  and  its  capital,  Nineveh. 
3.  Draw  the  loundarus  of  the  Assyrian  empire,  explain  them  to  the  class, 


and  have  them  repeated  in  concert.  3.  Locate  and  name  the  subject  prov- 
inces :  Armenia,  Media,  Misopotatnia,  Suidana.  Babylonia,  Syria,  Palestine. 
4.  Name  its  most  important  kings  :  Tiglath-adar,  Shalmanescr,  Sartjon,  Sen- 
nacherib, Esar-haddon,  Asshurbani-pal.  With  each  king  should  be  named 
the  events  associated  with  his  reign.     .5.  Tlevicw  the  outline  as  before. 

III.  The  Babylonian  Empire.  This  may  be  given  upon  the  same  map 
as  the  two  preceding.  1.  Show  the  location  and  relations  of  the  four  king- 
doms :  Babylonia,  Media,  Lydia,  Cilicia.  2.  Give  an  account  of  Babylon, 
and  its  fall. 

IV.  The  Persian  Empire.  Leaving  the  coast-line  of  the  former  maps  on 
the  board,  add  to  it  the  lines  in  all  points  of  the  compass  requisite  to  show 
the  boundaries  of  Persia.  The  provinces,  or  satrapies,  need  not  be  speci- 
fied (unless  detailed  knowledge  is  desired),  for  they  do  not  relate  to  Bible 
history.  Name  the  leading  monarch?,  Cyrus,  Darius,  Xerxes,  Artaxerxes 
Longimanus,  and  give  an  account  of  the  fall  of  the  empire. 

V.  The  Empire  of  Alexander.  1.  This  may  be  shown  in  outline;  and 
its  history  be  given.  2.  The  division  of  the  empire  and  its  leading  king- 
doms should  be  mentioned. 

VI.  The  Roman  Empire.  This  will  require  a  new  map.  Draw  in  out- 
line the  lands  around  the  Mediterranean  Sea,  and  enumerate  the  provinces  : 
European,  Asiatic,  African. 


GUOTTO  OK  JEREMIAH  (I'NDBR   MOUNT   CALV.\HT). 


Loncitii'le  from  Greenwicb. 


^3301 


-•33  ■ 


30'  LonsiitL^e  from  Washington.  112' 


113' 


Zocation  Vnlino'wn 
Raphana 


THE  KINGDOM 

OF 

—HEROD  THE  GREAT.- 

Tlic  cities  of  theDecapolis  are  sliown  in  rea. 


5  JO  :15  '50  S5  30 

I       '       I       '       t 

Statute  Mnes. 

flAND,MC  NALtv  A  CO.  EHGB'S,  CHICAGO. 

30' 


\30' 


-  32' 


l30' 


31 


100 


NEW   TESTAMENT   PALESTINE. 


The  political  geography  of  Palestine,  during  the  seventy 
years  of  Xew  Testament  history,  is  somewhat  comph- 
cated,  from  the  two  facts,  that  new  provinces  are  named 
in  the  annals,  and  also  that  the  government  was  changed 
from  regal  to  provincial,  and  from  provincial  to  regal, 
oftener  than  once  in  a  genei-ation. 

I.  THE  PROTIXCES  OF  PALESTINE. 

These  were,  on  the  west  of  the  Jordan.  Judaja,  Sama- 
ria and  Gahlee;  and  on  the  east,  Perjea,  and  a  group  of 
minor  principalities,  popularly,  but  not  accurately,  called 
Decapolis.  The)'  are  indicated  upon  the  map  of  the 
Kingdom  of  Herod 
the  Great. 

1.  Jiid?ea  was 
the   largest   prov- 
ince in  Palestine. 
It    embraced    the 
territory  anciently 
belonging    to  the 
four  tribes,.Tnd:ili, 
Benjamin.    Dan, 
and  Simeon.      On 
the  east  its  lionnd- 
ary  was  the  Dead 
Sea;  on  the  south, 
the  desert;  on  the 
west,  the  Mediter- 
ranean. The  north- 
ern line,  sep- 
arating   it 
from  Sama- 
ria,  is    less 
delinitely  known;  l)ut 
we  have  adopted  the 

boundary  as  given  by  Condei-  in  --A  Handbook  to  the 
Bible."  where  the  evidences  in  its  favor  are  shown.  The 
southern  portion  was  properly  Idnniaea,  or  western  Edom. 
The  Philistine  plain,  and  the  Negeb,  or  "South  Country," 
were  lioth  known  as  Daroma. 

2.  8ainai'iii  was  the  central  province,  between  Judaea 
and  the  Cannel  range  of  mountains.  Its  share  of  the 
plain  hx  the  sea  was  known  as  Sarona  (Sharon),  and  was 
occui)ied  almost  entirely  by  Gentiles;  while  its  mountain 
region  was  held  by  the  Samaritans,  a  peo])le  of  mingled 
origin,  partly  descended  from  the  renuiant  of  the  Ten 
Tribes  after  the  captivity,  and  partly  from  heathen  jieo- 
ples  deported  to  the  territory,  of  which  an  account  is 
contained  in  2  Kings  17.  They  separated  fr-om  (or  rather, 
were  disfellowsliiped  by)  the  Jews  in  the  times  of  Nehe- 


101 


miah,  and  built  a  temple  on  Mount  Gerizim,  B.  C.  400. 
A  small  remnant  still  remain  in  the  ancient  city  of 
Shechem,  and  maintain  their  ancient  worship. 

3.  Galilee  was  the  northern  province,  extending  from 
Mount  Carmel  to  Lebanon,  and  from  the  Sea  of  Tiberias 
to  the  Mediterranean  and  Phoenicia.  Its  people  were 
Jews,  and  profoundly  attached  to  the  law,  but  less  super- 
stitious than  those  of  Jerusalem.  In  this  province  most 
of  the  ministry  of  Jesus  Christ  was  accomplished. 

4.  Perjea  extended  from  the  Jordan  and  the  Dead 
Sea  on  the  west  to  the  Syrian  desert  on  the  east,  and 
from  the  river  Anion  on  the  south  to  the  town  of  Pella  on 

the  north;  nearly 
corresijonding  to 
the  location  of  the 
tribes  of  Reuben 
and  Gad.  The  word 
means  "beyond"; 
and  the  country 
was  sometimes 
called  (Mark  10:1) 
■  •  Judsea  by  the 
farther  side  of  Jor- 
dan." It  was  in- 
habited during  the 
N  e  w  Testament 
period  by  Jews, 
among  whom  were 
established  many 
villages  of  Gen- 
tiles. 

5.  Tlie  remaining 
province    has    no 
TiiiKiu.vs.  correct   geograph- 

ical name.  It  is 
sometimes  caUed  Decapolis;  but  the  term  is  not  pre- 
cise, and  strictly  refers  to  ten  cities,  not  all  of  which 
were  ui  the  piovince.  It  emhiaced  no  less  than  iive 
sections,  as  may  be  seen  upon  the  map.  (1.)  Gaulanitis, 
the  ancient  Golan,  now  JauJan,  east  of  the  Jordan, 
Tiberias,  and  Lake  Merom,  which  was  then  called  Sam- 
achonitis.  (2.)  Auranitis,  now  Hatt ran,  the  flat  country 
of  Bashan.  (3.)  Trachonitis,  "  rugged. '' the  mountain- 
ous district  of  Bashan.  now  known  as  el  Leclja.  (4.) 
Iturea,  now  called  Jecliir,  between  Mount  Hermon  and 
the  Ledja,  on  the  noiih.  (.5.)  Batanea,  an  Aramaic 
form  of  the  Hebrew  word  Bashan.  south  of  the  Hieromax. 
Decapohs  was  "the  laud  of  the  ten  cities."  These 
were  ten  confederated  Gentile  cities  standing  in  Pales- 
tine; and.  though  surrounded  by  a  JeAvish  population, 


102 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY 


preserving  their  heathen  character,  and  protected  by  the 
Roman  government.  Their  names,  as  given  by  different 
historians,  do  not  entirely  agree;  but  the  best  hst  is:  (1.) 
Scythopohs  (Beth-shean).  (2.)  Gadara.  (3.)  Gerasa. 
(4.)  Canatha.  (5.)  Abila.  (6.)  Raphana.  (T.)  Hippos. 
(8.)  Dion.     (9.)  Bella.     (10.)  Capitohas.     To  these  may 


be  added:  (11.)  Philadelphia  (Rabbath  Amnion).  (12.) 
Damascus.  As  far  as  identified,  they  are  named  upon 
the  map  in  red  letters.  Many  of  these  cities  were 
destroyed,  and  their  inhabitants  massacred,  by  the  Jews, 
in  the  beginning  of  the  final  war  before  the  destruction 
of  Jerusalem  by  Titus. 

II.    THE  POLITICAL  HISTORY  OF  PALESTINE, 
B.C.  4 -A.  D.  70. 

1.  The  Kingdom  of  Herod  the  Great  included 
all  the  provinces  indicated  upon  the  map,  and  described 
above.  This  organization  came  to  an  end  B.  C.  i,  when 
Herod  died. 

2.  The  Tetrarchy,  B.  C.  4-A.  D.  41.  The  word 
means  "a  government  of  four,"  and  points  to  the  di\is- 
ion  of  the  kingdom  after  Herod's  death,  Avhen  An^helaus 
was  made  tetrarch  of  Judaea  and  Samaria;  Antipas 
(called  in  the  New  Testament  ' '  Herod  the  tetrarch  "),  of 
Galilee  and  Pera^a;  and  Philip,  of  the  fifth  province,  east 
of  the  Sea  of  Tiberias.  The  fourth  tetrarch  was  Lysa- 
nias,  who  ruled  over  the  small  district  of  Abilene,  between 
Mount  Hermon  and  Damascus,  a  separate  dominion 
from  that  of  Herod.     In  A.  D.  6  Archelaus  was  deposed, 


and  Juda?a  and  Samaria  were  annexed  du-ectly  to  the 
empire,  and  governed  by  a  series  of  i:»rocurators,  of  whom 
Pontius  Pilate  was  the  sixth.  This  was  the  pohtical 
arrangement  of  Palestine  during  the  ministry  of  Jesus, 
of  which  a  maja  is  given. 

3.  The  Kingdom  of  Herod  Agrippa,  A.  D.  41-44. 
Herod  Agrijij^a  was  a  grandson  of  Herod  the  Great,  and 
an  intimate  friend  of  the  emperor  Cahgula,  from  Avhom 
he  received  the  title  of  king,  and  all  the  dominions  of 
Herod  the  Great,  with  Abilene  added ;  so  that  he  reigned 
over  more  territory  than  any  Jewish  king  after  Solomon. 
He  was  the  "Herod  the  king"  Avho  slew  the  apostle 
James,  imprisoned  Peter,  and  died  by  the  judgment  of 
God  at  Cpesarea.     (Acts  12.) 

4.  The  Two  Provinces,  A.  D.  44-70.  On  the  death 
of  Hei-od  Agrippa,  his  son,  Herod  Agi'ippa  II.,  was  a 
youth  of  17.  The  emperor  Claudius  gave  him  only  the 
tetrarchies  formerly  held  by  Philip  and  Lysanias,  '"'the 
fifth  province"  of  Palestine,  and  Abilene.  Over  these 
he  reigned  until  the  final  extinction  of  the  Jewish  state 
by  Titus,  A.  D.  70,  when  he  retned  to  a  private  station 
at  Rome.  This  was  the  "King  Agrippa"  before  whom 
the  apostle  Paul  bore  testimony.     (Acts  25,  26.)    During 


his  reign,  Judasa,  Samaria.  Galilee  and  Pera^a  formed 
the  province  of  Juda?a,  under  Roman  procurators,  hav- 
ing their  headquarters  at  Csesarea.  When  the  last 
rebelHon  of  the  Jews  had  been  quelled  by  the  destruction 
of  Jerusalem,  the  entire  country  was  annexed  to  the 
province  of  Syria,  and  the  history  of  Judasa  ended. 


THE    LIFE    OF    CHRIST. 


As  THE  life  of  Jesus  Christ  on  earth  is  the  most  im- 
portant not  only  in  aU  Bible  history,  but  in  aU  human 
history  as  well,  it  is  desirable  that  the  Bible  student, 
and  especially  the  Bible  teacher,  should  obtain  a  clear 
understanding  of  its  leading  events,  associate  them 
with  the  places  where  they  occurred,  and 
arrange  them  in  chronological  order 
Of  the  150  principal  events,  about 
100  are  ttxed  as  to  their  chron- 
ological order  by  the  common 
consent  of  the  leading  har- 
monists ;  about  25  are  agreed 
upon  by  the  majority,  while 
the  remaining  25  are  al- 
together uncertain.  In 
the  outline  here  given, 
the  authorities  most  re- 
lied Ulion  are  Andrews, 
Robinson,  Geikie,  and 
Strong,  yet  no  one  of  them 
is  exclusively  f  oUowed.  We 
divide  the  earthly  life  of 
Jesus  into  nine  periods,  to 
each  of  which  is  given  a 
separate  map,  so  that  the 
student  may  not  be  con- 
fused among  the  various 
lines  of  the  Saviour's  jour- 
neymg. 

The  periods  are  as  fol- 
lows : 

I.  Period  of  Preparation, 
30  years,  from  the  Birth  to 
the  Baptism  of  Jesus. 

II.  Period  of  Inaugura- 
tion, 1.5  months,  from  the 
Baptism  to  the  Rejection 
at  Nazareth. 

III.  Period  of  Early  Gahlean  Ministry,  4  months, 
from  the  Eejection  at  Nazareth  to  the  Sermon  on  the 
Mount. 

IV.  Period  of  Later  Gahlean  Ministry,  10  months, 
from  the  Sermon  on  the  Mount  to  the  Feeding  of  the 
Five  Thousand. 

V.  Period  of  Eetirement,  6  months,  from  the  Feed- 
ing of  the  Five  Thousand  to  the  Feast  of  Tabernacles. 

VI.  Period  of  Judtean  Ministry,  3  months,  from  the 
Feast  of  Tabernacles  to  the  Feast  of  Dedication. 

VII.  Period  of  Peraean  Ministry,  4  months,  from  the 
Feast  of  Dedication  to  the  Anointing  at  Bethany. 


TIIK   TOOL   OF   SII.l).\.M. 


VIII.  Period  of  the  Passion,  8  days,  from  the  Anoint- 
mg  at  Bethany  to  the  Resun-ection. 

IX.  Pei-iod  of  the  Resurrection,  40  days,  from  the 
Resurrection  to  the  Ascension. 

I.    PERIOD  OF  PREPARATION. 

This  includes  the  events  of  30  years,  from 

the  Birth  of  Jesus  to  his  Baptism,  and 

though    the    longest,   contains    the 

fewest  recorded  incidents  of  any. 

Upon  the  map  are  indicated  by 

red  lines  four  journeys  of  Jesus. 

1.  The  Presentation  in 
the  Temple.  (From  Bethle- 
hem to  Jerusalem  and  return.) 
From  Bethlehem,  his  birth- 
place, the  infant  Jesus,  at  the 
age  of  40  days,  was  taken  to 
Jerusalem,  to  be  presented  be- 
fore the  Lord  in  the  Temple. 
Here  he  was  recognized  as  the 
Messiah  of  Israel,  by  Simeon 
and  Anna,  and  then  was  taken 
back  to  Bethlehem.  (Luke 
2:22-38.) 

2.  The  Flight  into  Egypt. 
(From  Bethlehem  to  Egypt.) 
After  the  visit  of  the  Wise  Men, 
the  Saviour,  still  an  infant,  was 
taken  down  to  Egypt,  in  order 
to  escape  the  jealousy  of  Herod 
the  Great.     (Matt.  2:1-18.) 

3.  The    Settlement    at 
Nazareth.    (From  Egypt 

to  Nazareth.)  After  the 
death  of  Herod,  Jesus 
was  taken  from  Egypt 
to  Galilee,  to  the  village 
of  Nazareth,  the  early  home  of  Joseph  and  Mary.  Here 
he  si-)ent  his  youth.     (Matt.  2:19-23.) 

4.  The  Visit  to  the  Temple.  (From  Nazareth  to 
Jerusalem  and  return.)  The  only  recorded  event  of  the 
Saviour's  youth,  is  his  journey  to  Jerusalem,  at  the  age 
of  12  years,  to  attend  the  Passover.  On  the  return  jour- 
ney, he  was  lost  by  his  parents,  and  after  three  days, 
found  in  the  Temple  (probably  in  the  Court  of  the 
Women),  conversing  -v\ath  the  doctors  of  tlie  law.  He 
returned  with  Joseph  and  Mary  to  Nazareth  (Luke  2:40 
-52),  and  thenceforth  no  events  in  his  hfe  for  18  years 
are  related. 


103 


104 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


The  places  in  this  period  are  :  (1.)  Bethlehem,  a  village 
six  niiles  southwest  of  Jerusalem,  now  Beit-lahin.  (2.) 
The  Temple  in  Jerusalem.  (See  plan  on  page  iris.)  (3.) 
Nazareth,  a  village  on  the  border  of  the  Plain  of  Esdrae- 
lon,  in  Galilee,  now  en  Nai^ireh,  a  place  of  6,000  popu- 
lation. 


Approxiniatf  Scalt-.  20  inilosto  1  inch. 


OUTLINE  REVIEW  OF  JOURNEYS  — FIRST  PERIOD. 

Period  of  PRErARATiON. 

1.  Presentation  in  the  Tonple.  (Bethlehem  lo  .Jerusalem  and  reluni.) 
Recognized  by  Simeon  and  Anna. 

2.  Flifjht  into  Egypt.     (Bethlehem  to  Eirypt)     Escape  from  Herod. 

3.  Settlement  at  Nazareth.    (Egypt  to  Nazareth.)    Childhood  and  youth. 

4.  Visit  to  the  Temple.  (Nazareth  to  JervisaU^m  and  return.)  Found 
among  the  doctors. 

II.    PERIOD  OF  INAUGURATION. 

This  embraces  15  months,  from  the  Baptism  of  Jesus 
to  the  Rejection  at  Nazareth,  and  contains  the  record  of 
live  journeys.  Its  places  are  as  follows:  1.  Nazareth, 
already  located.  2.  Bethabara  was  formerly  supposed  to 
be  the  ancient  Beth-Ninu-ah,  now  Nimrin,  on  a  small 
stream  east  of  the  Jordan,  not  far  from  the  Dead  Sea. 
But  Couder  locates  it  at  AbaraJi,  a  ford  of  the  Jordan 
above  Beth-shean,  and  near  the  Sea  of  Gahlee.  3.  "The 
Wilderness  "  is  probably  the  uninhabited  region  of  Judfea 
near  the  Dead  Sea,  though  it  may  have  been  the  desert 
far  to  the  south.  4.  Cana  is  located  at  Xefr  Kenna, 
northeast  of  Nazareth,  though  Dr.  Eobinson  places  it 


at  Kana  tl  Jelil,  'J  miles  north  of  Nazareth.  5.  Caper- 
naum Avas  probably  at  Khan  Minyeh,  on  the  west  of 
the  Sea  of  Gahlee,  though  long  located  at  Tell  Hum, 
on  the  north.  6.  Jerusalem.  7.  Sychar,  the  ancient 
Shechem,  now  Nablns,  beside  Mount  Gerizim.  The 
journeys  of  this  period  are  named,  each  from  its  lead- 
ing event. 

1.  The  Baptism.  (From  Nazareth  to  Bethabara.) 
Near  the  close  of  John  the  Baptist's  ministry,  Jesus  left 
his  carpenter  shop  at  Nazareth,  and  jovu-neyed  down  the 
Jordan  Valley  to  Bethabara.  There  he  was  baptized  by 
John,  and  received  from  heaven  the  testmiony  of  his 
sonship.     (Matt.  3:13-17.) 

•1.  The  Temptation.  (From  Bethabara  to  the  Wil- 
derness and  return.)  (T.)  Immediately  after  his  baptism, 
Jesus  was  led  by  the  Spirit  into  the  Wilderness,  where 
he  fasted  40  days,  and  overcame  the  temirtations  of 
Satan.  (Matt.  4:1-11.)  (2.)  Returning  to  Bethabara, 
he  received  the  testimony  of  John  the  Bajitist,  and  met 
his  earhest  followers,  Andrew  and  Peter,  John,  Philip, 
and  Nathanael.     (John  1:37-50.) 


33 
THE 


XongitHde  froni  GreenwichV        v-^ 

LIFE  OF  CHRIST^        ^*^"'''-^ 

MAP  3. 

Period  of  Inauguration, 

FROM  THE  Baptism  to     . 
TME  Rejection  at         Ct^^A™.- 
Nazaketh. 


Approximate  Scale.  -0  iiiiles  tu  1  inch, 

3.  The  Marriage  at  Cana.  (Bethabara  to  Cana 
and  Capernaum.)  (1.)  Jesus  left  Bethabara,  jovu-neyed 
up  the  Jordan  Valley  to  Galilee,  and  over  the  mountains 
to  Cana,  near  Nazareth.  Here  he  was  present  at  a  wed- 
ding, and  wrought  his  first  miracle,  turnmg  the  water 
into  wine.     (2.)  Thence,  Avith  his  mother  and  brothers, 


THE  LIFE  OF  CHRIST. 


10& 


he  went  down  to  Capernaum,  by  the  Sea  of  GaUlee,  and 
remained  a  few  days.     (John  2: 1-12.) 

tt.  The  First  Passover.  (Capernaum  to  Jerusalem.) 
(1.)  Soon  after  the  wedding  feast  Jesus  went  up  to 
Jerusalem,  probably  by  way  of  the  Jordan  VaUey,  to 
attend  the  first  Passover  of  his  ministry.  (John  2:1.3.) 
(2.)  At  Jerusalem  he  asserted  liis  authority  by  cleansing 
the  Temple  from  the  traders.  (John  2:1-1^22.)  (3.)  He 
held  tlie  conversation  with  Nicodemus  concerning  tb.-? 
new  birth,  and  remained  for  a  time  in  Judcta,  gathering 
a  few  disciples,  yet  not  making  his  ministiy  prominent, 
while  his  foi'erunner  was  stiU  preaching.     (John  3: 1-36.) 

.').  The  Return  to  Galilee.  (Jerusalem  to  Sychar 
and  Cana.)  (1.)  As  soon  as  the  teaching  of  Jolm  the 
Baptist  was  ended  by  his  imprison- 
ment, Jesus  left  Judjea  to  open  his 
own  j)ublic  ministry.  (2.)  He  went 
through  Samaria,  and  paused  at 
Jacob's  well  for  the  conversation 
with  the  Samaritan  woman,  and 
then  remained  at  Sychar,  the  an- 
cient Shechem,  two  days.  (3.)  At 
Cana,  the  place  of  his  earlier  mu-acle, 
he  spoke  the  word  of  healing  for  a 
nobleman's  son,  who  was  sick  at 
Capernaum.     (John  4 : 1-54. ) 


OUTLINE  REVIEW  OF  JOURNEYS- 
SECOND  PERIOD. 

"Period  of  Is-vuguration. 

1.  Baptism.     (Nazareth  to  Bethabara.) 

2.  Temptation.      (Bethabara  to  Wilder- 
ness and  return.)    (1.)  The  temptation.    (3.)  <«  ' -. 
The  first  followers. 

.3.  }fiirriiif/c  lit  C.itmi.  (Bethaluira  to  Cana  and  Capernaum.)  (1.)  The 
first  miracle.     (2.)  The  visit  to  Capernaum. 

4.  First  Pasaover.  (Capernaum  to  Jerusalem.)  (1.)  The  Passover.  (2.) 
Cleansing  the  Temple.     (.3.)  Discourse  with  Nicodemns. 

5.  Jietarii  to  Galilee.  (Jerusalem  to  Sychar  and  Cana.)  (1.)  The  depart- 
ure.    (2.)  The  woman  of  Samaria.     (3.)  The  nobleman's  son. 

III.  PERIOD  OF  EARLY  GALILEAN  MINISTRY. 

This  is  a  period  of  about  four  months,  from  the  Rejec- 
tion at  Nazareth  to  the  Sermon  on  the  Mount.  It  brings 
to  notice  six  places,  most  of  which  have  been  already 
noticed.  1.  Cana.  2.  Nazareth.  3.  Capernaum.  4. 
Eastern  Galilee,  the  region  on  the  shore  of  the  Sea  of 
Galilee.  5.  Jerusalem.  0.  The  mountain  of  tlie  sermon. 
This  was  probably  Ktnan.  Huttiii,  "the  horns  of  Hattin," 
a  mountain  with  a  double  jjeak,  a  few  miles  from  the 
Sea  of  Gahlee.  The  journeys  of  this  period  are  four  in 
number. 

1.  The  Opening-  of  the  Ministry.    (From  Cana  to 

Nazareth  and  Capernaum.)    (1.)  He  came  (perhaps  from 

Cana)  to  Nazareth,  with  the  intention  of  commencing 

liis  ministry  in  his  own  home.      But  his  towns-people 

12 


rejected  his  message,  and  would  have  slain  him  if  he 
had  not  escajaed  from  their  hands.  (Luke  4: 16-31.)  (2.) 
Rejected  in  his  owni  city,  he  removed  to  Capernaum, 
which  thenceforward  was  the  centre  of  his  ministry  for 
more  than  a  year.  (Luke  4:31.)  (3.)  Here  he  called 
from  then-  work  at  the  seaside  his  four  earhest  disciples, 
Simon  and  Andrew,  James  and  Jolm.  They  had  known 
him  before,  but  now  left  all  to  f oUow  him.  (Luke  5 : 1-11.) 
(4. )  In  the  synagogue,  on  the  sabbath,  he  cast  out  an  evil 
spirit  (^Luke  4:33-36),  and  healed  the  mother  of  Peter's 
wife.     (Luke  4:38-40.) 

2.  The  Tonr  in  Eastern  Oalilee.  (From  Caper- 
naum through  Eastern  Galilee  and  return.)  (1.)  This 
journey  was  prol^ably  near  the  Sea  of  Gahlee,  and  may 


not  have,  occupied  more  than  a  few  weeks. 
(2.)  During  its  progress  he  healed  a  leper, 
whose  testimony  led  such  multitudes  to  come 
seeking  miracles  that  Jesus  was  compelled  to  go  into  retire- 
ment. (3.)  On  his  return  to  Capernaum  he  healed  a  para- 
lytic let  down  through  the  roof,  and  (4.)  called  the  publi- 
can Matthew  to  be  one  of  his  disciples.    (Luke  .5 :  17-28. ) 

3.  The  Second  Passover.  (From  Capernaum  to 
Jerusalem  and  return.)  (1.)  In  the  spring  of  the  second 
year  of  his  ministry  he  Avent  up  to  the  feast  at  the 
capital,  and  while  theie  healed  a  cripple  at  the  Pool  of 
Bethe.sda.  (John  5:1-47.)  (2.)  On  his  return,  whUe 
walking  tiirough  the  wheat  fields,  he  asserted  his  author- 
ity as  "Lord  of  the  sabbath."  (Luke  6: 1-.5.)  (3.)  On  a 
sabbath  soon  after,  he  healed  in  the  synagogue  a  man 
with  a  withered  hand.     (Luke  6 : 6-1 1 . ) 

4.  The  Sermon  on  the  Mount.  (From  Caper- 
naum to  the  moimtain.)  (1.)  The  opposition  of  the 
Pharisees  caused  Jesus  to  leave  Capernaum  and  in- 
struct the  people  by  the  sea-shore.  (Mark  3:7-12.) 
(2.)  He  ascended  a  moimtain,  probably  Kurini  Hattin, 
and,  after  a  night  in  prayer,  appointed  the  Twelve 
Apostles.  (Luke  6:12-1(!.)  (3.)  To  the  disciples  and 
the  nuiltitude  he  jjreached  the  Sermon  on  the  Mount. 
(^Matt.  5-7.) 


106 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


OUTLINE  REVIEW  OF  JOURNEYS— THIRD  PERIOD. 

Period  op  Early  Galileax  Ministry. 

1.  Opening  of  the  Miiustry.  (Cana  to  Nuzareth  and  Capernaum.) 
(1.)  Rejection  at  Nazareth.  (2.)  Settlement  at  Capernaum.  (3.)  Calling  of 
Simon  and  Andrew,  James  and  John.  (4.)  Demoniac  healed,  and  Peter's 
wife's  mother  healed. 

2.  Touv  in  Eastern  Galilee.  (Capernaum  to  Eastern  Galilee  and  return.) 
(1.)  Preaching  in  Galilee.  (2.)  Leper  healed.  (3.)  Paralytic  healed.  (4.) 
Matthew  called. 

3.  Second  Passover.  (Capernaum  to  Jerusalem  and  return.)  (1.)  The 
cripple  at  Bethesda.  (2.)  Through  the  wheat  fiekls.  (3.)  Withered  hand 
healed. 

4.  Sermon  on  the  Mount.  (Capernaum  to  the  mountain.)  (1.)  By  the 
sea.     (2.)  Calling  the  Twelve.     (3.)  The  sermon. 


-Kpiiroximate  Scale,  G'^  liiiles  to  X  inch. 


IT.    THE  LATER  GALILEAN   MINISTRY. 

This  period  of  ten  months,  from  the  Sermon  on  the 
Momit  to  the  Feeding  of  the  Five  Thousand,  was  a  time 
of  opposition  on  the  part  of  the  nihng  classes,  but  con- 
tinued popularity  among  the  people.  The  places  which 
Jesus  visited  at  this  time  were :  1.  Capernaum,  already 
noticed,  and  still  the  headquarters  of  his  ministry.  2. 
Nain,  now  called  Nein,  on  the  northwestern  edge  .of 
Little  Hermon,  six  miles  southeast  of  Nazareth,  in  full 
vieAv  of  Momit  Tabor.  3.  "The  coimtry  of  the  Gada- 
renes  "  (Mark  5:1);  called  by  Matthew  (8 :  28)  "  the  country 
of  the  Gergesenes."  Gadara  was  the  largest  city  of  the 
region,  situated  south  of  the  Sea  of  Gahlee,  and  giving, 
its  name  to  the  district;  Gergesa,  the  httle  village  east  of 


the  Sea  of  Gahlee,  now  called  Kliersa.  4.  Nazareth, 
already  noticed  under  Period  I.  5.  Bethsaida,  a  city  at 
the  head  of  the  Sea  of  Gahlee,  supposed  by  some  to  have 
been  on  both  sides  of  the  Jordan,  by  others  on  the  east 
side.  6.  The  plain  of  Gennesaret,  near  to  Capernaum. 
We  arrange  the  events  of  this  period  imder  foiu-  journeys. 

1.  The  Tour  in  Southern  Galilee.  (^From  Caper- 
naum to  Nain  and  return. )  The  f  oUowing  events  belong 
to  this  tour:  (1.)  At  Capernaum,  before  startuig,  Jesus 
healed  the  slave  of  a  beheving  centurion.  (Lirke  t:  1-lU.) 
(2.)  On  the  next  day  he  led  his  disciples  southward  to 
Nam,  where  he  raised  to  hfe  the  widow's  son,  about  to 
be  buried.  (Luke  7:11-17.)  (3.)  Perhaps  at  the  same 
time  and  place  he  received  the  messengers  and  answered 
the  questions  of  John  the  Baptist.  (Luke  7: 18-35.)  (4.) 
During  the  journey  he  was  entertained  by  a  Pharisee,  at 
whose  house  ' '  a  woman  who  was  a  simier  "  washed  his 
feet.  (Luke  7 :  36-50. )  (5.)  On  his  return  the  healing  of 
a  dumb  demoniac  occasioned  the  Pharisees  to  assume  an 
open  opi^osition,  and  to  declare  that  his  miracles  were 
wrought  by  the  power  of  the  evil  spirit.  (Luke  11 :  14-26. ) 
(6.)  At  the  same  time  occurred  the  interference  of  his 
mother  and  brethren,  deshing  to  restrain  him.  (Luke  8: 
19-21.) 

2.  The  Gadarene  Voyage.  (Capernaum  to  Gergesa 
and  return.)  With  tliis  jom'uey  are  associated  four 
events.  (1.)  The  opposition  of  the  enemies  caused  Jesus 
to  leave  the  city,  and  to  teach  in  parables  by  the  sea. 
(Matt.  13:1-53.)  (2.)  From  the  shore,  near  Capernamn, 
he  set  saU  for  the  country  of  the  Gadarenes,  east  of  the 
Sea  of  Galilee,  and  on  the  voyage  stilled  a  sudden  tem- 
pest. (Mark  4:35-41.)  (3.)  At  the  eastern  shore,  near 
the  village  of  Gergesa,  he  restored  two  demoniacs,  per- 
mitted the  demons  to  enter  a  herd  of  swuie,  and  as  a 
result  was  besought  by  the  people  to  leave  their  coasts. 
(4.)  Eeturnhig  across  the  sea  to  Cai)ernaum,  he  raised 
to  hfe  the  daughter  of  Jairus  the  ruler.     (Luke  8:41-56.) 

3.  The  Tour  in  Central  Galilee,  (From  Caper- 
naum to  Nazareth  and  return.)  (1.)  Starting  from 
Capernaum  with  his  disciples,  he  visited  Nazareth  a 
second  time,  but  was  again  rejected  by  its  people. 
(Mark  6:1-6.)  (2.)  He  then  gave  the  Twelve  a  charge, 
and  sent  them  out  to  preach.  (Matt.  10:5^2.)  (3.) 
While  they  were  absent  upon  their  mission,  Jesus  him- 
self also  journeyed  preaching  through  Central  Galilee. 
(Mark  6:6.)  This  was  his  third  tour  in  Gahlee.  (4.)  On 
his  return  to  Capernaum,  he  received  the  report  of  the 
Twelve,  and  the  news  of  John  the  Baptist's  murder  by 
Herod  Antipas.     (Mark  6 :  14-3( ). ) 

4.  The  Retirement  to  Bethsaida.  (1.)  The  nuil 
titudes  following  him  led  Jesus  to  leave  Capernaum  by 
sea  for  a  retired  jalace  near  Bethsaida.  (Mark  6:31,  32.) 
(2.)  The  people  hastened  after  Jesus,  and  met  him  as  he 
landed,  so  that  he  was  compelled  to  teach  them  all  day, 
and  wrought  in  the  afternoon  the  mh-acle  of  the  Five 
Loaves.  (Mark  6:32-44.)  (3.)  After  the  miracle  he  sent 
the  disciples  out  upon  the  sea,  and  at  midnight  walked 
to  them  upon  the  water.     (Mark  6:45-51.)    (4.)  In  the 


THE  LIFE  OF  CHRIST. 


107 


morning  they  landed  at  the  plain  of  Gennesaret,  near 
Capernaum,  where  Jesus  wrought  many  miracles  (Mark 
6:52-50),  and  then  returned  to  Capernaum.  (5.)  Here 
he  completed  his  Gahlean  ministry  by  a  discoui-se  in 
the  synagogue  on  the  "  Bread  of  Life."     (John  G:  25-59.) 


THE 

LIFE  OF  CHRIST 

MAP  4. 

Lateb  Galilean  Ministry 
A.  D.  28-29. 

JOURNEYS. 

1.  Tour  in  Sinitftfm  Galilee. 
{.Capernaum  to 

2fain  and  HelurnJ] 

2.  Gatlarene    Voyarje. 
\_Caprmauni  to  Gergeaa- 

and  i?criim.] 

3.  Tour  in  Central  Galilee. 

[  Capernaum  to  Jfazareth 
andHeturn.] 

i.  Retirement  to  Mefhsaida. 


Approximate  Scale,  6'^  miles  to  1  inch. 

OUTLINE  REVIEW  OF  JOURNEYS  — FOURTH  PERIOD. 

Period  of  L.\ter  G.'Ilile.vn  Ministry. 

1.  Tour  in  Southern  Galilee.  (Capernaum  to  Naia  and  return.)  (1.) 
Centurion's  servant  healed.  (2.)  Widow's  son  at  Nain  raised.  (3.)  Jlcssengers 
from  John.  (4.)  Washing  the  Saviour's  feet.  (5.)  Dumb  demoniac,  and 
opposition  of  Pharisees.     (6.)  Interference  of  relatives. 

2.  Gadarene  V'ryage.  (Capernaum  to  Gergesa  and  return.)  (1.)  Parables 
by  the  sea.  (2.)  Stilling  the  tempest.  (3.)  Gadarene  demoniacs.  (4.)  Jairus' 
daughter  raised. 

3.  Tour  in  Central  Galilee.  (Capernaum  to  Nazareth  and  return.)  (1.) 
Second  rejection  at  Nazareth.  (2.)  Mis.sion  of  the  Twelve.  (3.)  Third  tour 
in  Galilee.     (4.)  Report  of  the  Twelve,  and  death  of  .lohu  (he  Baptist. 

4.  Retirement  to  Bithsaiiht.  (Capernaum  to  Bethsaida  and  return.)  (1.) 
Seeking  retirement.  (2.)  Feeding  the  five  thousand.  (3.)  Walking  on  the 
sea.     (4.)  Miracles  at  Gennesaret.     (5.)  Discourse  on  the  "  Bread  of  Life." 

y.    PERIOD  OF  RETIREMENT. 

During  most  of  the  six  months,  from  the  Feeding  of 
the  Five  Thousand  to  the  Feast  of  Tabernacles,  in  the  faU 
before  Christ's  crucifixion,  he  remained  in  retirement, 
engaged  in  instructing  his  disciples  in  the  deeper  truths 
of  the  gosj^el.  The  places  visited  at  tliis  time  were: 
1.    Phoenicia,  "the  coasts  of  Tyre  and  Sidon,"  probably 


only  the  borders  near  Galilee,  not  the  cities  themselves. 
2.  Decapohs,  the  region  of  the  "tCTL__ cities,"  southeast 
of  the  Sea  of  Galilee;  a  country  mainly  inhabited  by  a 
heathen  poijulation.  3.  Dalmanutha,  a  village  on  the 
western  shore  of  the  Sea  of  GalUee,  not  certainly  iden- 
tified, but  perhaps  at  Ain  el  Barideh,  two  miles  from 
Tiberias.  4.  Bethsaida,  ah-eady  noticed  under  Period 
IV.  5.  Ceesarea  Phihppi,  at  the  foot  of  Mount  Hermon, 
now  Banias.  6.  Capernaum,  already  noticed  under 
Period  II. 

1.  The  Journey  to  Phcenicia.  (From  Caper- 
naum to  the  borders  of  Tyre  and  Sidon.)  (1.)  The  dis- 
course in  the  synagogue,  sho-\\'iiag  the  spiritual  nature  of 
Christ's  kiagdom,  led  to  the  defection  of  the  multitude, 
and  the  retnement  of  Jesus  and  the  Twelve.  (John 
G:()0-T1.)  (2.)  At  the  "coasts,"  or  frontiers,  of  Tjve  and 
Sidon,  he  restored  the  demoniac  daughter  of  a  Syi'o- 
phoenician  woman.     (Mark  7:24-30.) 


Appruximute  Scale,  H>^  miles  to  1  inch. 


2.  The  Journey  to  Decapolis  (From  the  borders 
of  T)Te  and  Sidon  to  Decapolis.)  (1.)  The  crowds 
gathering  around  Jesus  in  Phoenicia,  he  crossed  Gahlee, 
and  sought  seclusion  in  Decapolis,  southeast  of  the  Sea 
of  Gahlee.  (Mark  7:31.)  (2.)  Here  he  wrought  two 
mii'acles,  healing  a  deaf  stammerer,  and  feeding  the 
four  thousand.     (Mark  7: 31-37;  8:1-9.) 

3.  The  Journey  to  Csesarea  Philippi.  (From 
Decapohs  to  Dalmanutha,  Bethsaida  and  Cassarea  Phi- 


I  OS 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


lippi.)  (L)  He  saEsd  across  the  lake  to  Dalniaiiutha, 
but  was  met  by  the  Pharisees  with  unbeheving  demands 
for  a  sign,  so  took  shij)  again.  (Mark  8:10-13.)  ci.)  He 
sailed  uorthward  to  Bethsaida,  where  he  healed  a  bhnd 
man,  who  saw  ' '  men  as  trees  walking. "  (Mai'k  8 :  22-26. ) 
(3.)  Pm-suing  his  way  up  the  Jordan,  he  came  to  Caesarea 
Pliilippi,  at  the  foot  of  Mount  Hermon,  where  he  re- 
mained several  days.  (-1.)  Here  occurred  Peter's  confes- 
sion, "Thou  art  the  Christ,"  the  transfiguration,  and 
the  restoration  of  the  demoniac  boy.     (Luke  9: 18-45.) 

4.  The  Last  Return  to  Oapernauin.  (From  Caes- 
area Pliilippi  to  Capernaum.)  He  probably  went  down 
the  Jordan  to  Bethsaida.  and  thence  by  the  shore  of  the 
sea  to  Capernaum.  Here  he  kept  in  seclusion,  and  gave 
his  disciples  a  lesson  in  humihty,  from  "the  cliild  in  the 
midst."    (Mark  9: 30-50.) 

OUTLINE  REVIEW  OF  JOURNEYS— FIFTH  PERIOD. 


Period  of  Retikemext. 


De- 


1.     To  Phxnicia.     (Capernaum  to  coasts  of  Tjre  uud  Sidon.)    (1. 
fection  of  tlie  multitude.     (2.)  SyrophcEuician  woman. 

3.  To  DecapolU.  (Phcenicia  to  Decapolis.)  (1.)  Jouiney  to  Decapolis. 
(2.)  Healing  the  Stammerer,  and  feeding  the  four  thousand. 

3.  To  Ccemrea  Philippi.  (Decapolis  to  Dalmanutha,  Bethsaida  and 
CoBSarea  Philippi.)  (1.)  Dalmanutha:  a  sign  demanded.  (2.)  Bethsaida : 
blind  man  healed.     (3.)  Cse.sarea  Philippi.     (4.)  Transfiguration. 

4.  To  Gipernaum.  (Cajsarea  Philippi  to  Capernaum.)  The  child  in 
the  midst. 

YI.     PERIOD  OF  JUD^EAN  MINISTRY. 

This  includes  the  events  of  about  three  mouths,  from 
the  Feast  of  Tabernacles  to  the  Feast  of  Dedication. 
The  folloA\ing  places  are  referred  to  during  this  period  : 
1.  Capernamn,  noticed  imder  Period  II.  2.  The  "vil- 
lage of  the  Samaritans  "  where  Jesus  was  inhospitably 
treated,  has  been  traditionally  located  at  En-gannim,  on 
the  border  of  Galilee  and  Samaria.  ?,.  Bethany,  a  small 
village  on  the  Momit  of  OUves,  east  of  Jerusalem,  the 
home  of  Mary  and  Martha,  now  el  Xas/rii/eh.  4. 
Jerusalem.  (See  description  on  page  73.)  5.  Bethabai-a, 
on  the  east  of  Jordan,  referred  to  as  the  place  of  the 
baptism,  in  Period  II. 

This  period  embraces  but  two  journeys,  at  its  beginning 
and  ending;  the  one  before  the  Feast  of  Tabernacles,  the 
other  after  the  Feast  of  Dedication. 

1.  Froin  Galilee  to  Jerusalem.  (1.)  Bidding  fare- 
well to  Galilee,  Jesus  left  Capernaum  for  the  last  time, 
and  jom'neyed  thi-ough  Gahlee  toward  Jerusalem. 
While  starting  he  conversed  "^vith  ' '  the  three  aspirants  " 
(Luke  9:57-62),  and  showed  the  duty  of  fuU  devotion  to 
his  work.  (2.)  On  the  boi-der  of  Samaria,  perhaps  at  the 
village  of  En-gannim,  he  was  rejected  by  the  Samari- 
tans, but  refused  to  allow  his  disciples  to  call  doAvn 
fii-e  from  heaven,  "as  EUas  did."  (Luke  9:52-56.)  (3.) 
Wlnle  in  Samaria  he  healed  the  ten  lepers,  of  whom 
but  one  turned  back  to  give  him  thanks.  (Luke  17: 
11-19).  (4.)  He  found  a  home  at  Bethany,  with  Lazarus 
and  his  two  sisters,  and  reminded  Martha  of  her  need- 
less care,  while  Maiy  was  seeking  "the  good  pari." 
(Luke  10: 38^2.)    (5.)  He  came  to  Jerusalem  during  the 


Feast  of  Tabernacles,  and  gave  the  teachings  embodied 
in  Jolin  7-10.  (6.)  While  here  he  healed  the  blind  man 
at  the  Pool  of  Siloam.     (John  9: 1-41.) 

2.  From  Jerusalem  to  Bethabara.  (1.)  At  the 
Feast  of  Dedication  the  teachings  of  Christ  created  such 
an  opposition  that  he  left  the  city.  (2.)  He  went  to 
Bethabara  beyond  Jordan,  the  place  of  the  baptism,  and 
there  prepared  for  liis  torn  in  Pera^a. 


XoD;;it«de  fro! 


ncl..  3pl       fc 

CaiH^rnlku — 


THE 

!   LIFE  OF  CHRIST  X    ^^ 

M.VP  6.  ^f''       ' 

Period  OF  .JrD.E.\N  Ministry,  "^"•^*^  x> 


A.  D.  29. 

To  THE  Fea*t  of  Tabernaclep 

FROM  THE  Feast  or 

Dedicatiox. 


Approximate  Scale.  20  miles  to  1  inch. 

OUTLINE  REVIEW  OF  JOUENETS- SIXTH  PERIOD. 

Period  of  Judje.^n  Ministry. 

■*.  Pi-om  Oalike  to  Jerusalem.  (1.)  Three  aspirant.s.  (2.)  Rejected  liy 
Sama.itans.  (3.)  Ten  lepers.  (4.)  Mary  and  Alartha.  (5.)  Feast  of  Taber- 
nacles.    (6.)  Blind  man  at  Pool  of  Siloam. 

2.  From  Jerusalem  to  Beihnhnrn.  (1.)  Departure  from  Jerusalem.  (2.) 
At  Bethabara. 

YII.    PERIOD  OF  PER.EAN  MINISTRY. 

This  extends  thi-ough  four  months,  from  the  events 
immediately  succeeding  the  Feast  of  Dedication,  to  the 
Anointing  at  Bethany,  six  days  before  the  crucifixion. 
Its  places  are  as  follows :  1.  Bethabara,  ah-eady  noticed 
in  Period  11.  -2.  Bethany.  (See  Period  YI.)  ?>.  Ei)h- 
raiin.  This  was  probably  the  village  m  a  Avild  region 
northeast  of  Bethel,  in  the  Old  Testament  called  Ophrah, 
now  et  To  11/ /belt.  4.  Pereea  was  the  province  on  the 
east  of  Jordan,  and  south  of  the  Hieromax  river.  It 
was  governed  by  Herod  Antijias,  the  slayer  of  John 
the  Baptist,  and  was  inhabited  by  a  mixed  poi)iUation. 


THE  LIFE  OF  CHRIST. 


1U!J 


No  towns  are  named  as  visited  by  the  Saviour ;  but  we 
have  conjectured  a  route  through  most  of  the  province, 
as  shown  on  the  map.  5.  Jericho,  at  that  time  the 
largest  city  in  the  Jordan  YaUey,  and  recently  beautified 
by  Herod.  It  is  now  a  miserable  village,  called  er  Rika. 
This  period  includes  foiu"  journeys. 


LIFE  OF  CHRIST  ^ 

MAP  7. 

Period  op 
Per.ean  Ministry.  - 

A.D.so.         G-,A^ivsJ/^L  E  ^ 

From  Feast  of  Dedication      ^'>m'>^':':,..* 


■*?!ll!«FiEplirBlin  g^^  ,„ 


XonpStiii 


JOURNEYS. 
1.  To'Stlhanyi/rom^Belhalara] 
•2.  Stiireiiu-nt  al  JJj'li / 
3.  Juitriiey  in  J'eToea 
.^4.  Jericltu  to  Jiethuny 


■  I'fi 


Approximate  Scale,  ^.o  miles  to  1  inch. 

1.  From  Bethabara  to  Bethany.  (1.)  While  at 
Bethabara  Jesus  sent  out  the  Seventy,  to  proclaim  his 
coming  in  the  Peraean  villages.  (Luke  10: 1-10.)  (-2.)  Hear- 
ing of  the  sickness  of  Lazarus,  after  some  delay,  he 
went  to  Bethany,  and  laised  him  from  the  dead,  a 
miracle  which  caused  the  Jewish  leaders  to  formally 
resolve  upon  putting  Jesus  to  death.     (John  11.) 

2.  The  Retirement  to  Ephraim.  The  hour  had 
not  yet  come  for  Jesus  to  die,  and  he  therefore  secluded 
himself  from  the  rulers,  in  the  village  of  E])hraim,  in  a 
wilderness  north  of  Jerusalem,  on  the  mountains  over- 
looking the  Jordan  VaUey.  Here  he  remained  several 
weeks,  probal)ly  instructing  the  Twelve. 

3.  The  Journey  in  Perjea.  Descending  the  mount- 
ains, Jesus  crossed  the  Jordan  Valley,  and  (mtered  the 
province  of  Peraea.  His  ministry,  during  this  journey, 
was  of  teaching  rather  than  mii-acle,  and  is  mamly 
related  by  Luke.  Its  events  were  :  (1.)  The  miracles  of 
heahng  the  woman  bent  together  by  an  infirmity,  and 
the  man  with  the  dropsy.  (Luke  13: 10-17,  and  14: 1-6.) 
(2.)  The  seven  great  parables,  among  them  that  of  the 


Prodigal  Son.  (Luke  14-16.)  (3.)  Blessing  the  little 
children.  (Luke  18:15-17.)  (4.)  The  rich  young  ruler's 
question,  and  Jesus'  answer,  "Sell  aU  that  thou  hast," 
etc.  (Luke  18:18-30.)  (5.)  The  ambitious  request  of 
James  and  John,  for  the  first  places  in  the  kuigdom  of 
Christ.     (Matt.  20:20-28.) 

4.  From  Jericho  to  Bethany.  Jesus  had  now 
reached  Jericho,  on  his  last  journey  to  Jerusalem,  and 
from  this  point  we  notice  the  following  events  :  (1.)  The 
heahng  of  Bartimeus  at  the  gate  of  Jericho.  (Luke 
18:35—13.)  (2.)  The  visit  of  Jesus  at  the  house  of  Zac- 
cheus  the  pubhcan.  (Luke  19:  l-lo.)  (3.)  At  the  end  of 
his  journey,  the  anointing  by  Mary  at  Bethany,  on  the 
Saturday  evening  before  the  Passover.     (John  12:1-8.) 

OUTLINE  REVIEW  OF  JOURNEYS  —  SEVENTH  PERIOD. 

Period  of  Per^an  Ministry. 

1.  Bethabara  to  Bethany.  (1.)  Sending  the  Seventy.  (2.)  Raising  of 
Lazarus. 

2.  Retirement  to  Ephraim. 

3.  Journey  in  Peraa.  (1.)  Two  miracles  (infirm  woman,  and  dropsy). 
(2.)  Seven  parables.  (3.)  Blessing  little  children.  (4.)  Rich  young  ruler. 
(5.)  Request  of  James  and  John. 

4.  Jericho  to  Bethany.  (1.)  Bartimeus.  (2.)  Zaccheus.  (3.)  Anointing 
by  Mary. 


3,AP8.  THE    LIFE    OF    CHRIST. 

Period  op  the  Passion,  fbom  the  Anointing  to  the  Resurrection. 
JOURNEYS. 

.  From  Caiaphas  to  Pilate's  Praetortum. 


1,2,3.  ^rom  Bethany  to  Temple  andHetum. 

4.  From  Bethany  to  the  Supper. 

5.  From  the  Supper  to  (Jetliscmane. 

6.  From  Qeihsemane  to  the  House  of  QaiajetteLf. 


^.  From  Pilate  to  Herod  and  Return. 
9.  From  Pilate  to  Calvary. 


,4,5AfiVARYC?)  : 
i  Tht  Cross 


// 


// 


%... 


A. 


.i^ 


w 


Gctliscmane 


PniW^im  KALLV  A  CO.,E^GR'S,  CHieACO. 


Approximate  Scale,  1.372  feet  to  1  inch,  or  157  yards  to  1  incli. 

Till.    PERIOD  OF  THE  PASSION. 

Although  this  period  embraces  only  the  week  from  the 
Anointing  by  Mary  to  the  Death  of  Jesus  on  the  cross, 


no 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGEAPHY. 


its  events  are  so  minutely  related  by  the  Evangelists  as 
to  occupy  one-third  of  the  Gospels.  If  the  entire  hfe  of 
Jesus  were  as  fuUy  written  out,  it  would  fiU  nearly  80 
volumes  as  large  as  the  Bible.  The  events  of  the  Pas- 
sion-Week took  place  in  and  near  Jerusalem.  The  loca- 
tions on  the  map  are  those  of  tradition  only,  and  are 
largely  conjectural,  while  the  lines  of  the  Jom-neyings 
are  entirely  unknown.  The  map  is  intended  merely  as  a 
guide  to  the  student  in  presenting  the  order  of  events, 
and  must  not  be  regarded  as  fixing  the  places  with  any 
authority.  We  arrange  the  events  under  nme  short 
journeys. 

1,  2,  3.  From  Bethany  to  the  Temple  and  Re- 
turn. These  three  journeys  took  place  on  successive 
days,  and  were  marked  by  distinctive  events.  (1.)  The 
Fii'st  Journey,  on  Sunday,  was  the  triumphal  entry  into 


NAZARETH. 


the  city  and  the  Temple,  after  which  Jesus  returned  for 
the  night  to  Bethany.  (Matt.  21:1-11.)  (2.)  The  Second 
Journey,  on  Monday,  was  marked  by  the  cleansing  of 
the  Temple,  when  for  the  second  time  the  Saviour  di'ove 
out  of  the  Court  of  the  Gentiles  those  who  made  it  a 
place  of  trade.  (3.)  The  Third  Journey,  on  Tuesday,  was 
made  memorable  by  the  last  teacliings  of  Jesus,  to  the 
people  and  rul(»rs  in  the  Temple,  and  to  the  Twelve  on 
the  Mount  of  OUves,  looking  down  upon  the  city.  (Matt. 
21-25.)  At  the  close  of  each  of  these  three  days  Jesus 
returned  to  Bethany,  where  he  remained  in  seclusion  on 
Wednesday,  no  event  of  that  day  being  left  on  record. 

4.  From  Bethany  to  the  Supper.  The  traditional 
place  of  the  Ccenacuhim,  or  supper-room,  is  on  Mount 
Zion,  Avhere  Jesus  came  with  his  disciples  on  Thursday 
evening.  Here  took  place  the  Last  Supper,  and  the 
farewell  conversation  of  Jesus  with  his  disciples.  (John 
13-17.) 

5.  From  the  Supper  to  Gethsemane.  Near  mid- 
night of  Thnrsday,  Jesus  and  his  disciples  (Judas  being 


absent)  left  the  supper-room,  and  walked  up  the  Yalley 
of  Jehoshaphat  to  the  Garden  of  Gethsemane.  Here 
Jesus  endured  the  agony,  and  here  he  was  arrested  by 
the  officers  of  the  Jews,  led  by  Judas.    (Matt.  26:36-56.) 

6.  From  Gethsemane  to  the  House  of  Caiaphas. 

The  fettered  Jesus  was  dragged  by  the  crowd,  lirst  to  the 
house  of  Annas  (John  18: 13-15),  for  a  brief  examination, 
thence  to  the  house  of  Caiaphas  for  the  formal  trial 
before  the  Sanhedrim.  This  place  is  traditionally  located 
on  Mount  Zion,  near  the  house  of  the  Last  Supper. 
Here  he  was  condemned  by  the  rulers,  and  mocked  by 
their  servants.     (John  18:1 6-28. ) 

7.  From  Caiaphas  to  Pilate.  Jesus  was  brought 
before  the  Roman  procurator  at  his  pnetorium,  or  jalace 
of  judgment.     We  are  inclined  to  think  that  this  was 

the  castle  built  by  Herod  the  Great  on 
Mount  Zion;  but  we  give  on  the  map 
the  traditional  location  at  tlie  Tower 
Antonia,  north  of  the  Temple.  Here 
Jesus  was  examined  by  Pilate,  who 
vainly  sought  to  deliver  him,  being  con- 
vinced of  his  innocfence.  (John  18:28-38.) 

8.  From  Pilate  to  Herod  and  Re- 
turn.    Wishing  to  avoid  the  respon- 
sibility of   condemning  Jesus, 
Pilate  sent  him  to   Herod  An- 
tipas,  who  was  then  in  the  city, 
probably  in  the  palace  of  the 
Asmonean    (Maccabean) 
kings.     But  Herod  only 
mocked   Jesus,    and    re- 
turned   him    to    Pilate. 
(Luke  23:8-12.) 
9.  From  Pilate  to  Cal- 
vary.    At  last  Pilate  gave 
-  "^i '  orders   for  the   crucifixion 

^  •        of  Jesus.     He  was  now  led 

forth,  bearing  his  cross,  perhaps  by  the  street  called  Via 
Dolorosa,  "the  Sorrowful  Way,"  to  the  place  Golgotha, 
or  Calvary,  outside  the  wall,  where  three  crosses  were 
erected,  and  the  Saviour  of  the  world  was  crucified.  As 
two  locations  of  Calvary  are  now  given,  both  are  indi- 
cated, and  a  journey  from  Pilate's  castle  to  each.  The 
route  to  the  northern  locality  is  indicated  by  dotted 
lines. 

OUTLINE  REVIEW  OF  JOURNEYS  — EIGHTH  PERIOD. 

Period  op  the  Passion. 

1.  Bethany  to  Temple  and  Return.     Triumphal  entry. 

2.  Bethany  to  Temple  and  Return.     Cleansing  the  Temple. 

3.  Bethany  to  Temple  and  Return.    Last  discourses. 

4.  Bethany  to  Supper.    Last  Supper. 

5.  Supper  to  Gethsemane.     (1.)  Agony.     (2.)  Arrest. 

6.  Gethsemane  to  Caiaphas.     (1.)  To  Annas.     (2.)  To  Caiaphas. 

7.  Cmriphas  to  Pilate. 

8.  Pilate  to  Herod  and  Return. 

9.  Pilate  to  Calvary.    (1.)  Crucifixion.     (2.)  Death.    (3.)  Burial. 


THE  LIFE  OF  CHRIST. 


Ill 


IX.    PERIOD  OF  THE  RESURRECTION. 

The  events  of  tlie  forty  days  between  the  Resurrection 
and  the  Ascension  of  Jesus  cannot  be  arranged  as 
journeys,  since  his  resurrection  body  moved  from  place 
to  place  by  the  will  of  his  spirit.  The  student  may  there- 
foi'e  consult  the  Map  of  Palestine  during  the  ministry  of 
Jesus  for  the  places  referred  to  in  the  account  of  this 
period.  Of  the  ten  recorded  appearances,  five  were  on 
the  day  of  the  resurrection,  the  fii'st  Easter  Sunday. 

1.  At  Jerusalem,  on  Easter  morning,  to  Mary  Mag- 
dalene, after  the 
other  women  liad 
received  from  the 
angels  the  news 
that  he  was  alive. 
(John  20:1-18.) 

2.  At  Jerusa- 
lem, soon  after- 
ward, to  the  other 
women,  when  Je- 
sus greeted  them 
with  the  words 
"All  hail!"  (Matt. 
28:1-10.) 

3.  Near  Em- 
maus,  on  Easter 
afternoon,  to  two 
disciples,  not 
apostles,  to  whom 
he  unfolded  the 
Scriptures  con- 
cerning himself. 
(Luke  24 :  13-33. ) 
Various  locations 
have  been  pro- 
posed for  Em- 
maus,  of  which 
we  prefer  Kidonieyeli,  four  miles  west  of  Jerusalem. 

4.  At  Jenisalem,  on  the  afternoon  of  the  same  day, 
to  Simon  Peter.  (Luke  24 :  34. )  No  account  of  this 
appearance,  more  than  the  mention  of  the  fact,  has  been 
preserved. 

5.  At  Jerusalem,  on  Easter  evening,  to  the  ten  dis- 
ciples, Thomas  being  absent.     (John  20  :  19-25.) 

6.  At  Jerusalem,  a  week  after  the  resurrection,  to 
the   eleven  apostles,    when  Thomas  received  a  tender 


rebuke  for  the  slowness  of  his  faith.  (John  20:26-29.) 
Perhaj)s  these  last  two  appearances  were  at  the  place 
of  the  Supper,  on  Mount  Zion. 

7.  Near  the  Sea  of  Galilee,  to  seven  apostles, 
when  Peter  received  a  new  commission.    (John  21: 1-23.) 

8.  On  a  Mountain  in  Galilee,  perhaps  Kurun 
Hattin,  the  place  of  the  Sermon  on  the  Mount.  Here 
were  gathered  500  disciples,  and  the  final  commands  of 
Christ  were  given.     (Matt.  28  :  16-20;  1  Cor.  15 : 6.) 

9.  At  Jerusalem  ('?).  To  James,  the  Lord's  brother. 
Only  a  mention  of  this  appearance  is  left  on  record. 

(1  Cor.  15  :  7.) 

10.  Near  Bethany. 
Forty  days  after  the 
resurrection,  Jesus  ap- 
peared to  the  eleven 
apostles,  gave  them  his 
last  charges,  and  as- 
cended to  heaven,  from 
whence  he  has  prom- 
ised to  come  once  more 
to  earth.  (Acts  1:9-12.) 


The  Ten  Appearances  oftJie 

Risen  Christ: 

1.  Jerusalem.     Mary  Magdalene. 

2.  Jerusalem.     Other  women. 

3.  Emmaus.  Two  disciples. 

4.  Jerusalem.     Peter. 

5.  Jerusalem.     Ten  aposlles. 

6.  Jerusalem.    Eleven  apostles. 


7.  Sea  of  Galilee.     Seven  apostles. 

8.  Mountain  in  Galilee.     Five  hun- 

dred disciples. 

9.  Jerusalem,  (f).    James. 

10.    Bethany.  Apostles.  [Ascension.] 


OUTLINE  FOR  TEACHING  AND  REVIEW. 


1.  Let  each  period  be  given  as  a  separate  lesson. 

2.  Draw  the  map  for  the  period  on  the  blackboard,  and  show  each  place 
named  in  the  period. 

3.  Let  each  scholar  also  draw  the  map,  and  locate  the  places  upon  it. 

4.  Draw  the  lines  of  the  journeys  in  the  period  in  colored  chalk, 
naming  the  places  and  events  of  the  journeys,  and  writing  only  initials  or 
catch-syllables. 


5.  Review  carefully  and  thoroughly  each  period,  each  journey  under 
it,  and  each  event  of  the  journey. 

6.  Erase  the  map,  and  call  upon  the  scholars  to  draw  its  different  parts 
in  turn  ;  one  the  outlines,  another  the  places,  a  third  the  journeys,  a  fourti 
the  events,  etc. 

7.  Review  with  each  lesson  the  leading  points  in  all  the  previous  les 
sons,  until  the  whole  series  is  thoroughly  understood  and  remembered. 


33'  Longitude  from  Greenwicli.  35^ 


37° 


XoDgitucle        ^°'      Jrom 


"^Va3liiJlStoD.  //2 


115 


EARLY  APOSTOLIC   HISTORY. 


During  the  seven  years  following  the  ascension  of  the 
Saviour,  the  Christian  church  was  entirely  Jewish  in  its 
membership,  and,  so  far  as  we  can  leain,  limited  to  the 
city  of  Jerusalem  and  the  surrounding  villages.     There 
was  at  that  time  no  thought  of  the  gospel  for  the  Gen- 
tiles, and  the  conception  of  the  apostles  was  that  the 
only  door  into  the  chuixli  lay  through  the  profession  of 
Judaism  and  the  rite  of  cu'cumcision.    Probably  the  first 
to  attain  to  wider  views  of  the  gospel  was  Stephen,  and 
the  persecution  in  which  he  became  the  first   martyr 
arose  from  the  tendency  of  his  teachings  toward  extend- 
ing among  the  Gentiles  the  privileges 
of  the  new  kingdom.     This  state  of      ' 
affairs   was   suddenly  ended   by  the 
deatli  of  Stephen,  and  the  scattering  of 
the  churcli  at  Jerusalem.    The  more 
liberally  inclined  of  its  members,  when 
driven  abroad,  were  led  to  preach  the 
gospel,  first  to   Samaritans;   then  to 
believers  in  the  Jewish  faith  who  had 
not  yet  submitted   to  circumcision, 
and  hence  were  called  "Proselytes  of 
the  Gate";  and  at  last  to  the  general 
Gentile  Avorld.    The  peiiod  from  the 
deatli  of  Stephen,  A.  D.  37,  to  the  first 
missionary  journey  of    the   Apostle 
Paul,  A.  D.  4o,  may,  therefore,  be  re- 
garded as  an  age  of  transition  from 
Jewish  to  Gentile  Christianity. 

This  period  requires  us  to  notice  two  provinces, 
Palestine  and  Syria.  Palestine  appears  at  this  time 
under  several  foniis  of  government  in  frequent  suc- 
cession. During  the  jiublic  life  of  Ciuisf,  Jiula>a  and 
Samaria  were  under  the  direct  rule  of  Rome,  governed 
by  a  procurator,  while  Galilee  and  Perjea  belonged  to 
Herod  Antipas,  and  the  region  north  and  east  of  the 
Sea  of  Galilee,  anciently  called  Bashan,  was  held  l)y 
Herod  Philiji,  both  of  these  having  the  title  of  ti^trdrdi. 
'•ruler  of  a  fourth  j^arf."'  In  A.  I).  '.M  Herod  Agrippa 
received  Philip's  tetrarchy,  and  in  41  he  was  made 
king  of  all  Palestine.  ("Herod  tlu'  king,""  Acts  VIA 
In  A.  D.  44  he  died,  and  his  dominions  were  divided. 
Judrca,  Samaria,  Galilee  and  Pertea  again  became  a 
procuraforship,  under  a  succession  of  Roman  rulers, 
until  the  final  destruction  of  the  Jewish  state,  A.  D.  70. 
The  principality  of  Bashan  was  given  to  Herod  Agrippa 
II.  in  A.  D.  53,  and  held  by  him  until  A.  D.  70.  Syria, 
the  great  region  north  of  Palestine,  extending  from 
Damascus  to  Antioch,  was,  during  this  time,  a  province 
of  the  Roman  empire,  govei-ned  by  a  prefect. 

The  events  of  this  period  gather  around  seven  cities 


1.  Jerusalem.  This  place  has  been  already  descriljed. 
(See  page  73.)  '1.  Samaria  (Acts  S:5-:i5),  the  field  of 
Philip's  eai-ly  ministry,  was  the  ancient  capital  of  the 
Ten  Tribes  (see  page  ST),  located  30  miles  north  of  Jeru- 
salem, and  6  miles  northwest  of  Shechem.  It  had  been 
rebuilt  l)y  Herod  the  Great,  and  named  Sebaste,  in  honor 
of  Augustus.  It  is  now  a  village  called  Sebastiyeh.  3. 
Csesarea  (Acts  f  0: 1),  the  place  where  the  Gentile  Cor- 
nehus  became  a  disciple,  was  the  Roman  capital  of  Pal- 
estine, and  the  residence  of  the  procurators.  It  was 
called  Ca?sarea  Stratonis,  to  distinguish  it  from  Ca-sarea 


113 


DA-MASCUS. 

Pliilippi,  under  Mount  Hermon;  ami  was  located  on  the 
sea-coast,  47  miles  northwest  of  Jerusalem;  and  is  now 
a  desolate,  uniiiliabited  ruin,  called  Kti/'sar/ct/eh.  4. 
Joppa,  where  Dorcas  was  raised  to  life,  and  Peter 
received  a  vision  (Acts  !t:3(V43;  10:11).  is  one  of  the 
most  ancient  towns  in  the  world,  in  all  ages  the  jirin- 
cipal  seaport  of  Palestine.  It  lies  30  miles  south  of 
Ca'sarea,  and  35  miles  northwest  of  Jerusalem;  and 
is  now  a  flourishing  city  called  Yafa,  or  Jaffa.  5. 
DamasciLS,  the  place  where  Saul  was  converted  (Acts 
!i:l-25),  is  an  ancient  and  famous  city  of  Syria,  133  miles 
northeast  of  Jerusalem,  beautifully  situated  in  a  plain 
at  the  foot  of  the  Anti-Lebanon  mountains.  Recently 
it  had  a  population  of  150,000,  but  is  rapidly  decaying 
from  the  diversion  of  the  Easfein  trade  through  the 
Suez  Canal.  Its  modern  name  is  d  Sliaitis.  (1.  Anti- 
och, seat  of  the  first  missionary  church  I  Acts  11:19-30), 
was  the  metropolis  of  northern  Syria,  situated  on  the 


114 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGEAPHY. 


river  Orontes,  16|-  miles  from  the  Mediterranean,  and 
300  miles  north  of  Jei'usalem,  in  a  deej)  pass  between  the 
Taurus  and  Lebanon  ranges  of  mountains.  It  is  now  a 
mean  village  of  6,000  people,  called  Antakia.  7.  Tar- 
sus, the  home  of  the  apostle  Paul,  was  the  capital  of 
Cihcia,  in  Asia  Minor,  and  one  of  the  leading  cities  of  the 
Eoman  world.  It  was  12  miles  from  the  Mediterranean, 
the  same  distance  from  Mount  Taurus,  and  about  SO 


PLAN  OF 

'ANCIENT  ANTIOCH. 


y  ii  CO., 


JTpiphanes    or 


miles  northwest  of  Antioch.  across  an  arm  of  the  sea. 
It  is  now  a  place  of  30,000  inhabitants,  called  Tersous. 

The  most  important  events  of  this  period  may  be 
arranged  under  five  journeys,  which  are  indicated  upon 
the  map. 

I.  Philip's  Journey.  (Acts  8:5-40.)  Philip,  one 
of  the  "seven"  (Acts  6:3-5),  Avas  compelled  to  leave 
Jerusalem  in  the  persecution  that  arose  on  account  of 
Stephen.  He  went  first  to  Samaria,  the  city  known  by 
the  Greeks  as  Sebaste,  now  Sebastiijeh,  6  miles  north- 
west of  Shechem,  or  Sychar,  and  there  began  to  preach 
the  gospel.  This  was  a  step  outside  of  narrow  Judaism, 
as  the  Samaritans  were  considered  at  least  semi-Gentile 
by  the  Jews.  After  planting  a  church  here,  he  was  sent 
by  tlie  Spirit  soutliAvard  ' '  unto  the  way  that  goeth  down 
from  Jerusalem  unto  Gaza,  which  is  desert"  (Acts  S: 
26) ;  that  is,  by  the  less  f  I'equented  road.  There  he  met 
a  nobleman  from  Ethiopia  (the  kingdom  of  Meroe,  in 
Nubia),  whom  he  instructed  in  the  gospel,  and  baptized 
as  a  believer.  Suddenly  caught  away  by  the  Spirit, 
Philip  next  appeared  at  Azotus,  the  ancient  Ashdod, 
now  Asclud.  He  followed  the  line  of  the  coast  north- 
ward, preaching  in  the  cities  of  tlie  maritime  plain. 
These  cities  were  mostly  inhabited  by  heathen,  though 
in  aU  of  them  there  were  many  Jews.  We  find  in  the 
after-history  the  results  of  his  preaching,  in  chui'ches  at 
Joppa,  at  Lydda,  and  at  Ceesarea,  where  he  made  his 
home  for  20  years,  and  was  met  by  the  apostle  Paul, 
who,  long  before,  as  Saul  the  persecutor,  had  driven  him 
from  Jerusalem.  Philip's  journey  is  indicated  by  a  line 
of  red  color  on  the  small  map. 


II.  Saul's  Journey.  (Acts  9:1-30.)  The  destroyer 
of  the  Jerusalem  chuich  now  began  a  journey  for  perse- 
cution, which  was  ended  in  his  own  flight,  as  a  Christian, 
from  persecutors.  1.  He  went  to  Damascus,  expecting 
to  bind  others,  but  was  himself  bound  by  the  cords  of 
the  gospel,  and  preached  the  truth  he  had  sought  to 
destroy.  2.  From  Damascus,  as  a  discii^le,  he  went  into 
Arabia,  a  name  which  may  refer  to  almost  any  region 
from  the  Euphrates  to  the  Indian  Ocean,  but  probably 
here  indicating  the  desert  lands  on  the  border  of  Syria, 
and  not  necessarily  distant  from  Damascus,  to  which  he 
returned  after  a  stay  of  from  one  to  three  years.  (Gal. 
1:17.)  3.  Escaping  from  Damascus  by  being  let  down 
over  the  wall  in  a  basket,  he  returned  to  Jerusalem, 
where  he  was  introduced  to  the  church  by  Barnabas,  and 
received  by  the  aj^ostles  Peter  and  James.  1.  After  a 
fortnight's  visit  at  Jerusalem,  he  left  the  city  by  divine 
dii-ection  in  a  vision  (Acts  22:17-21),  and,  aided  by  the 
disciples,  descended  to  the  seaport  of  Caesarea,  where 
in  after  years  he  was  destined  to  spend  two  years  in 
imprisonment.  5.  From  Ctesarea  he  sailed  to  his  birth- 
place. Tarsus,  in  Cihcia,  where  he  spent  several  years  in 
retirement,  preparing  for  the  great  "work  which  was  to 
oi^en  before  him.  This  journey  is  shown  by  a  red  line 
on  the  large  map. 

in.  Peter's  Journey.  (Acts  9:32-11:18.)  This 
was  the  journey  in  which  the  door  of  faith  was  finally 
opened  to  the  Gentiles.  During  the  ' '  rest "  which  the 
churches  enjoyed  aftei'  Saul's  conversion,  and  while  the 


IXougitude  £ut  from  Grcenvidi.     ,'^^ ' 


1%    DAMASCUS 

AND 

VICINITY. 


Jewish  leaders  were  too  busy  Avith  the  alarming  state  of 
their  relations  with  Eome  to  disturb  the  disciples,  Peter 
went  forth  to  visit  the  churches.  1.  He  came  downi  to 
Lydda,  now  Lndd,  on  the  border  of  the  Shefelah,  and 
restored  to  health  ^neas,  a  paralytic.  (Acts  9:32,  33.) 
2.  From  Lydda  he  was  summoned  to  Joppa,  the  prin- 
cipal seaport  of  Palestine,  where  Tabitha,  or  Dorcas, 
"the  gazelle,"  had  died.     She  was  restored  to  the  weep- 


EARLY  APOSTOLIC  HISTORY. 


115 


ing  church,  and  Peter  remained  in  Joppa  "many  days." 
(Acts  9:43.)  3.  He  was  called  to  Cfesarea  by  the  Roman 
centurion,  Cornelius,  who,  under  Peter's  ministry,  ac- 
cepted Christ,  received  the  endowment  of  the  Holy 
Spirit,  and  was  baptized  into  the  church  by  the  apostle, 
without  reference  to  Jewish  requirements  (Acts  10);  thus 
marking  an  era  in  the  history  of  the  church.  4.  Peter 
returned  to  Jerusalem,  and  there  met  the  complaints  of 
the  Judaistic  element  in  the  church,  by  showing  that 
God's  hand  had  led  in  the  conversion  of  Cornehus  and 
the  reception  of  Gentiles  into  the  church.  (Acts  11 : 1-18.) 
This  journey  is  indicated  by  a  red  Line  on  the  small  map, 
lower  right-hand  corner. 

IV.  Barnabas'  Journey.  (Acts  11:19-30.)  After 
the  death  of  Stephen,  certain  disciples,  driven  from 
Jerusalem,  traveled  along  the  coast  past  Tyre  and  Sidon, 
as  far  as  Antioch,  and  at  the  latter  place  began  preaching 
the  gospel,  at  fu-st  to  the  Jews  only,  but  after  a  while  to 
the  Gentiles  also.  As  a  result,  a  church  arose  at  Antioch 
(on  tlie  Orontes,  near  its  mouth,  now  Antakia),  the  first 
where  Jews  and  Gentiles  became  one,  the  fii-st  to  receive 
the  name  Christian,  and  the  first  to  send  out  missionaries 
to  the  heathen  world.  When  the  news  of  this  work 
came  to  Jerusalem,  there  was  some  alarm  lest  it  might 


cause  a  division  in  the  chm-ch.  Barnabas  was  dispatched 
by  the  apostles  to  visit  Antioch.  He  came,  gave  the 
work  his  hearty  mdorsement,  and  remained  to  direct  it. 
Soon  feehng  the  need  of  a  co-worker,  he  went  to  Tarsus, 
a  short  voyage  across  the  northeastern  corner  of  the 
Mediterranean.  Here  he  found  Saul,  and  thenceforward 
the  two  were  united  in  labors  for  many  years,  until 
parted  forever  by  an  unhappy  difference.  This  jom-- 
ney  of  Barnabas  is  shown  on  the  map  by  a  broken 
red  hue. 

V.  Barnabas  and  Saul's  Journey.  (Acts  11:26- 
30;  12:25.)  1.  Starting  from  Tarsus  the  two  gospel 
workers  sailed  across  the  narrow  sea  to  Seleucia,  the 
seaport,  and  thence  journeyed  up  the  river  Orontes  to 
Antioch.  Here  they  labored  together  for  a  year,  and 
aided  in  establishing  a  church,  which  became  one  of  the 
most  important  in  the  early  age  of  Christianity.  2. 
Learning  by  revelation  of  coming  famine,  the  church  at 
Antioch  prepared  a  contribution  for  the  poorer  disciples 
in  Judsea,  and  sent  it  by  the  hands  of  Barnabas  and 
Saul.  3.  About  the  time  of  the  death  of  Herod  Agrippa, 
the  two  evangehsts  returned,  from  their  charitable 
errand,  to  Antioch,  where  they  remained  until  the  next 
great  event,  the  first  missionary  jom-ney. 


OUTLINE  FOR  TEACHING  AND  REVIEW. 


Let  the  teacher  draw  on  the  blackboard  tho  outline  of  the  map,  including 
the  borders  of  the  Mediterranean  Sea,  and  the  two  provinces  of  Palestine 
and  Syria.  Then  locate  the  seven  important  places.  1.  Jerusakm.  2. 
Samaria.  3.  Casarea.  4.  Joppa.  5.  Damascus.  6.  Antioch.  7.  Tarsns. 
Ne.\t  draw  the  five  lines  representing  the  journeys,  relating  the  events 
connected  with  them.  If  the  journeys  can  be  given  in  chalk  of  different 
colors,  it  will  make  them  more  distinct. 


I.  Pldlip's  Juurncy.     Jerusalem,  Samaria,  Azotus,  Lydda.  .Joppa,  Cses- 
area. 

II.  Saul's  Journey.    Jerusalem,  Damascus,  Arabia,  Damascus,  Jerusalem, 
Csesarea,  Tarsus. 

III.  Peter's  Journey.     Jerusalem,  Lydda,  Joppa,  Caisarea,  Jerusalem. 

IV.  Barnabas'  Journey.     Jeru.salem,  Antioch,  Tarsus. 

V.  Barnahas  and  Saul's  Journey.     Tarsus,  Antioch,  Jerusalem,  Antioch. 


MOUNT   ZION. 


JOURNEYS   OF   THE   APOSTLE   PAUL. 


During  the  twenty  years  between  A.  D.  45  and  65,  of 
which  the  events  of  church  history  are  recorded  in  Acts 
13-28,  the  most  important  personal;*'  is  the  apostle  Paul. 
While  the  Avork  of  the  original  Twelve  is  scarcel}^  re- 
ferred to,  the  journeys  of  the  last  apostle  are  related 
with  considerable  detail.  The  probable  reason  for  this 
is,  that  Paul  was  the  leader  in  the  great  movement  by 
which  the  church  of  Cln-ist  was  broadened  from  an 
inconsiderable  Jewish  sect,  scarcely  known  out  of  Jeru- 
salem, to  a  religion  for  all  the  world.  This  distinction 
from  the  other  apostles  is  considered  of  so  much  impor- 
tance that  he  is  called,  almost  uni- 
versally, by  the  descriptive  title  he 
gave  liimsell'  —  the  Apostle  of  the 
Gentiles.  The  localities  and  events 
of  tills  period  are  represented  u])()n 
four  maps,  three  of  Paul's  Mis- 
sionai-y  Journeys,  and  the  last  of 
his  Voyage  to  Rome. 

THE  PROA  INCES  OF  ASIA 
MINOR. 

As  the  first  missionary  journey 
was  mainly  in  Asia  Minor,  a  l)rief 
description  of  that  iieninsula  is 
necessary.  It  embraces  about 
l.')6,0()0  square  miles,  or  about  two- 
thirds  the  size  of  Texas,  and  was 
located  between  the  Black,  iEgean, 
and  ]\Iediterranean  Seas  on  the 
north,  west  and  south,  and  l^ound- 
ed  on  the  east  by  the  provinces 
of  Armenia,  Mesopotamia  and  Syria. 
provinces  which  it  contained  at  the  New 
Testament  epoch  may  be  vaiiously  stated, 
since  in  their  pohtical,  racial  and  geogra]ihical  relations 
they  Avere  dilferent.  The  map  of  the  Roman  Empire, 
on  page  98,  gives  them  according  to  their  i)olitical  ar- 
rangement, which  united  two  or  moi'e  under  one  goA^- 
ernment,  and  gaA'e  to  some  ncAv  names.  Thus  there 
Avere  four  districts  united  under  the  name  Asia,  Avhich 
in  the  NeAV  Testament  never  denotes  the  avIkiIc^  con- 
tinent, nor  yet  the  Avhole  peninsula,  but  the  scaboai'd 
provinces  of  Caria,  Lydia,  Mysia,  and  the  intei'ior  land 
of  Phiygia.  So,  too,  Bithynia  and  Pontus  formed  one 
government,  Lycaonia  Avas  included  in  Galatia,  and 
Lycia  and  Pisidia  in  Pamphylia.  We  can  best  arrange 
these  provinces  of  Asia  Minor,  according  to  tei-ritorial 
relations,  in  four  groups.  1.  The  tluee  northern  proA'- 
inces,  on  the  Black  Sea:  Pontus,  Pa])hlagouia.  Bithynia. 


2.  The  three  Avestern  provinces,  on  the  ^gean  Sea : 
Mysia,  Lydia,  Caria.  3.  The  three  southern  provinces, 
on  the  Mediterranean  Sea  :  Lycia,  Pamphyha,  CiUcia. 
•i.  The  fiA'e  interior  proA'iuces:  on  the  north,  Galatia;  on 
the  east,  Cappadocia;  on  the  south,  Lycaonia  and  Pisidia; 
and  on  the  Avest,  Phrygia.  All  of  these  fourteen  proA-- 
inces,  except  foui',  are  named  in  the  New  Testament. 

L  The  Provinces  on  the  Black  Sea.  {\.)  Pontus 
(Acts  2:9;  18:2;  1  Pet.  1:1)  AA^as  the  northeastern  i^roA^- 
iuce,  between  Paphlagonia  and  Armenia,  and  having 
Cappadocia  on  the  south;  uoaa'  rejiresented  by  I'lx-bizond 


The 


.\XTI(l(ll    IN    SYHIA. 


in  the  Turkish  empire. 
Some  of  its  Jewish  in- 
halutauts  were  in-esent 
in  Jerusalem  on  the 
Day  of  Pentecost;  Aquila,  a  helper  of  Paul,  was  a  native 
of  this  region;  and  its  Christian  Jcavs  Avere  among  those 
addressed  in  Peter's  first  Epistle.  (2.)  Pap]iUitji))iia,  not 
mentioned  in  tlie  New  Testament,  lay  betAveen  Pontus 
and  Bithynia,  and  north  of  Galatia.  (3.)  BUhiiniu  (Acts 
l<i:7;  1  Pet.  1: 1)  Avas  the  nortlnvestern  province,  having 
the  Propontis  (now  called  the  Sea  of  Marmora)  on  the 
Avest,  and  Mysia  and  Pluygia  on  the  soutli,  from  Avhich 
it  Avas  sepai'ated  by  Mount  Olympus.  Though  the  region 
is  only  incidentally  named  in  the  New  Testament,  two  of 
its  cities,  Nica-a  and  Nicomedia,  were  prominent  in  the 
history  of  the  Greek  clnu'ch. 

2.  The  Provinces  on  the  ^gean  Sea.  These  are 
all  included  under  the  name  Asia,  by  which  the  Avestern 
portion  of  the  peninsula  Avas  knoAvn  to  the  Romans. 


117 


118 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


(1.)  Mysia  (Acts  16:7,  8)  -vvas  separated  from  Europe  by 
the  Hellespont  and  the  Propontis,  and  had  Bithynia  on 
the  north,  Phrygia  on  the  east,  and  Mysia  on  the  west. 
It  contained  Troas,  on  the  ruins  of  ancient  Troy,  whence 
Paul  could  dimly  see  the  hUls  of  Eui-ope  on  the  west, 
and  where  the  vision  of  "the  man  of  Macedonia"  led 
to  the  voyage  for  the  evangelization  of  Europe.  (2.) 
Lyclia,  once  the  centre  of  the  great  empke  of  Croesus, 
extended  along  the  ^gean  Sea  from  Mysia  to  Caria, 
and  eastward  to  Phrygia.  Its  principal  city  was  Ephe- 
sus,  the  metropolis  of  Asia  Minor,  and  one  of  Paul's 
most  important  fields  of  labor;  and  Sardis,  Thyatira  and 
Philadelphia  were  also  large  places  and  seats  of  churches 
addressed  in  the  Apocalypse.  (3.)  Caria  was  the  south- 
western province,  not  named  in  the  New  Testament, 
though  its  cities   Cnidus  and  Miletus,  are  referred  to; 


MAP 

GIVING  COMPABATrV'E  SIZE 


ASIA  MINOR  AND  TEXAS,  U.S. 


the  latter  as  the  place  where  Pavil  parted  from  the 
Ephesian  elders.     (Acts  20:15.) 

3.  The  Provinces  on  the  Mediterranean.     (1.) 

Lycia  (Acts  27:5)  lay  south  of  Mount  Taurus,  and  oppo- 
site to  the  island  of  Rhodes.  Two  of  its  cities,  Patara 
and  Myi-a,  were  visited  by  the  apostle  Paul.  (Acts  21:1; 
27: 5.)  (2.)  Pampliylia  (Acts  13: 13)  was  a  small  province 
between  Lycia  and  Cilicia,  and  also  between  Mount  Tau- 
rus and  the  sea.  Its  capital,  Perga,  was  the  first  city  in 
Asia  Minor  visited  by  Paul  on  liis  first  missionary  jour- 
ney. On  his  return,  he  preached  in  its  seaport,  Attaha. 
(Acts  13: 13;  14: 21,  25.)  (3.)  Cilicia  (Acts  6:0)  is  a  long 
and  narrow  province,  also  lying  between  Mount  Taurus 
and  the  sea,  and  separated  from  Syria  by  the  Syi'ian 
Gates,  a  pass  in  the  mountains.  Its  capital,  Tarsus, 
was  one  of  the  leading  cities  of  the  Roman  empire,  and 
the  birthplace  of  Paul. 

4.  The  Provinces  in  the  Interior.      (1.)   On  the 


north  was  Galatia,  a  land  of  uncertain  and  varying 
boundaries,  but  located  between  Bithynia,  Cappadocia, 
Lycaonia  and  Phrygia.  It  received  its  name  from  a 
race  of  Gauls,  who  conquered  it  about  300  B.  C,  was 
twice  visited  by  Paul,  and  its  Christian  population  was 
addressed  in  the  Epistle  to  the  Galatians.  (Acts  16:6; 
18:23;  Gal.  1:2.)  (2.)  Cappadocia  lay  on  the  southeast 
of  Galatia,  and  south  of  Pontus.  It  was  the  largest 
province  in  Asia  Mmor.  Some  of  its  people  were  in 
Jerusalem  at  the  Feast  of  Pentecost  (Acts  2:9);  and  its 
churches  were  among  those  addressed  in  1  Peter.  (3.) 
Lycaonia  (Acts  14:1-23)  was  not  a  pohtical  division,  but 
a  district  in  southern  Galatia.  It  Avas  west  of  Capjaado- 
cia  and  east  of  Phrygia,  and  separated  by  the  Taurus 
range  from  Cihcia.  Its' principal  places  were  Iconium, 
Derbe  and  Lystra,  in  all  of  which  Paul  preached  the 
gospel  and  suffered  persecution.  (4.)  Pisidia  was  polit- 
ically connected  with  Pamphyha,  but  lay  north  of  the 
Taurus,  between  Lycaonia  and  Phrygia.  Its  princii^al 
city  was  Antioch  (to  be  distinguished  from  Antioch  in 
Syria),  twace,  at  least,  visited  by  the  apostle  Paul.  (Acts 
13:14;  14:21.)  (5.)  Phrygia  varied  greatly  at  different 
periods,  and  in  Paul's  time  liad  no  separate  existence  as 
a  province.  In  the  earlier  days,  when  Galatia  was  a  part 
of  it,  it  was  said  to  touch  in  some  way  every  other  land 
in  Asia  Minor.  In  its  southern  section  lay  the  three 
cities  of  Laodicea,  Hierapolis  and  Colosse,  aU  named  in 
Paul's  letters. 

THE  FIRST  MISSIONARY  JOURNEY. 

1.  Paul  and  Barnabas,  with  John  Mark  as  their  assist- 
ant, set  forth  upon  the  first  missionary  journey  from 
Antioch,  the  metropohs  of  Syria  (Acts  13:1),  already 
described  on  page  107. 

2.  They  descended  the  mountains  to  Seleucia  (Acts 
13:4),  the  seaport  of  Antioch,  16  miles  from  the  city, 
named  from  its  fouudei',  Seleucus  Nicator,  B.  C.  280. 
It  is  now  a  small  village  known  as  el  Kalusi,  having 
among  its  ruins  an  ancient  gateway,  stiU  standing, 
through  which  Paul  and  Barnabas  may  have  passed. 

3.  Setting  sail,  they  crossed  over  the  arm  of  the  Med- 
iterranean to  the  island  of  Cyprus  (Acts  13:4-13),  the 
early  home  of  Barnabas,  60  miles  west  of  Syria,  and  40 
miles  south  of  Asia  Minor;  of  irregular  shape,  140  miles 
long  and  50  wide;  then  thickly  inhabited,  and  governed 
by  a  Roman  proconsul,  now  under  the  rule  of  Great 
Britain. 

4.  Their  first  stopping  place  was  at  Salamis  (Acts 
13: 5\  on  its  eastern  shore,  on  the  river  Pedigeus,  where 
they  found  a  Jewish  synagogue.  The  city  is  now 
desolate,  and  its  unoccupied  site  is  known  as  Old 
Famagonsta. 

5.  They  crossed  the  island  from  east  to  west,  preach- 
ing on  their  way,  and  came  to  Paphos  (Acts  13:6),  the 
capital,  and  residence  of  the  proconsul.  This  city  con- 
tained a  famous  shrine  of  Yenus,  to  w^hose  worship, 
with  all  its  immoralities,  its  people  were  devoted.  There 
Avas  an  old  and  a  new  city,  of  which  the  former  was 


JOUENEYS  OF  THE  APOSTLE  PAUL. 


119 


the  one  visited  by  Paul  and  Barnabas.  It  is  now  called 
Baffa. 

6.  Sailing  in  a  northwesterly  direction  a  distance  of 
170  miles,  they  reached  Asia  Minor,  in  the  province  of 
Pamphylia.  Passing  by  Attaha  for  the  present,  they 
ascended  the  river  Oestrus,  and  landed  at  Perga  (Acts 
13:13),  Ti  mdes  from  the  sea.  Tliis  was  a  Greek  city, 
devoted  to  the  worship  of  Diana :  now  in  ruins,  and 
called  Eski  Xalessi.  Here  their  young  assistant,  Mark, 
left  the  two  missionaries  to  prosecute  the  hardest  part 
of  the  journey  without  his  help. 

1.  Their  next  field  of  labor  was  Antioch  in  Pisidia,  a 
city  east  of  Ephe&us,  and  northwest  of  Tarsus,  now 
known  as  Yalobatch.  Here  Paul  pi'eached  in  the  syna- 
gogue a  discourse  reported  more  at  length  than  any 
other  in  his  mmistry,  and  here  a  chm'ch  was  founded. 
(Acts  13:11-52.) 

8.  Driven  out  of  Antioch  by  the  persecution  of  the 
Jews,  they  went  on  GO  miles  eastward  to  Icoiiium,  a 
large  city,  stiU  in  existence  as  Konieh,  and  in  the  Middle 
Ages  the  capital  of  a  jjowerful  Mohammedan  kingdom. 
This  region,  in  the  apostle's  time,  was  independent  of 
the  Eoman  empire.     (Acts  11:1-5.) 

9.  Again  compelled  to  endure  j)ersecution,  they  trav- 
eled to  Lystra,  a  heathen  city  in  the  district  of  Lycaonia, 
where  a  mii'acle  wrought  by  Paul  led  the  superstitious 
people  to  offer  worship  to  the  two  apostles  as  the  gods 
Jupiter  and    Mercury  (in   Greek,    Zeus  and    Hermes). 


Xongitutle  from      3t^  Greenwicli, 


A    J^    ^    ^ 


WcalPoEboK 

yjierorci'ia'j 

J^hrurium  3*r.  y 


loogltiHe  from  Av aih logtoD. 


ISLAND  OF  CYPRUS. 

ENGLISH      MILES. 


r  A  CO  ,  tW?'i,  CHICUO. 


;;,;" 


There  is  reason  to  suppose  that  Lystra  was  at  the  place 
now  known  as  Bin  hir  KiUsseh,  "the  thousand  and 
one  churches,"  a  mass  of  ruins  in  the  Kara  Dagh,  or 
Black  Mountain. 

10.  Paul  having  been  stoned  at  Lystra,  the  apostles 
went  on  to  Derbe,  20  miles  distant,  but  in  the  same 
province,  where  they  were  suffered  to  labor  in  peace. 
It  is  supposed  to  be  represented  by  the  modern  village  of 


Divle.  This  marked  the  furthest  place  reached  by  the 
evangehsts.  They  were  now  quite  near  the  pass  in 
Momit  Taurus,  known  as  the  Cilician  Gates,  and  could 
easily  have  reached  Tarsus,  and  thence  taken  a  short 
voyage  home. 

11.  But  they  preferred  to  return  by  the  same  route, 
perilous  as  the  journey  was  from  the  enmities  excited 
by  their  i^reaching;  and  revisited  Lystra,  Iconium  and 


REVIEW   CHART   OF   PALL  8  FIRST  JOURNEY. 

Antioch,  confirming  the  churches  which  they  had 
planted,  and  estabhshing  new  ones  m  other  neighboring 
places  in  Pisidia  and  Pamphylia,  as  in  Attalia,  a  seaport 
on  the  river  Katarrhaktes,  16  miles  from  Perga,  now 
known  as  Adcdiu,  where  they  took  ship  once  more,  and 
thence  sailed  over  the  CiUcian  section  of  the  Mediterra- 
nean, north  of  Cyprus,  to  Antioch  in  Syria,  where  they 
wei-e  gladly  received  by  the  church  which  had  sent  them 
forth 

OUTLINE  FOR  TEACHING  AND  REVIEW. 

1.  Draw  on  the  blackboard  the  subjoined  Review  Chart  of  Asia  Jfinor, 
and  let  the  class  also  draw  the  same  on  slates  or  paper,  in  a  i-ougli  sketch. 
Then  insert  the  provinces,  and  drill  the  class  upon  their  names,  reviewing 
from  the  beginning:  after  each  group  is  given. 

Black  Sea.     Poutus,  Paphlagonia,  Bithynia. 

uSgean  Sea.    Mysia,  Lydia,  Caria. 

Mediterranean  Sea.     Lycia,  Pamphylia,  Cilicia. 

Interior.    Galatia,  Cappadocia,  Lycaonia,  Pisidia,  Phrygia. 

2.  Draw  in  colored  chalk  the  line  representing  Paul's  travel,  calling 
attention  to  the  places  and  events;  and  frequently  review  the  list,  as  a  new 
name  is  presented.  (1.)  Antioch  in  Syria.  (3.)  Seleucia.  (3.)  Wand  of 
Cyprus.  (4.)  Salamis.  {'>.)  Paphos.  (6.)  Perga.  (7.)  Antioch  in  Pisidia. 
(8.)  Iconium.     (9.)  Lystra.     (10.)  Derbe.     (11.)  Return,  and  Attalia. 

THE  SECOND  MISSIONARY  JOURNEY. 

The  map  presents  the  field  of  the  apostle  Paul's  labor 
during  four  of  the  most  active  years  of  his  hfe,  according 
to  Alford's  chronology,  from  A.  D.  50  to  51.  To  this 
period  belong  two  journeys :  a  journey  from  Antioch 
to  Jerusalem  and  return,  and  the  second  missionary 
journey,  thi'ough  Asia  Minor,  Macedonia  and  Greece. 

The  journey  to  Jerusalem,  not  indicated  ui^on  the 


JOURNEYS  OF  THE  APOSTLE  PAUL. 


121 


r 


map,  was  Paul's  third  visit  to  that  city  after  his  conver- 
sion. His  first  ^asit  was  in  A.  D.  40,  when  Barnabas 
introduced  him  to  Peter  and  James  (Acts  9:20-30);  his 
second  was  in  A.  D.  4.5,  when  with  Barnabas  he  brouglit 
the  gifts  of  the  church  at  Antioch  (Acts  11: 30);  his  third 
was  in  A.  D.  50,  when,  again  accompanied  by  Barnabas, 
he  attended  the  council  in  Jerusalem,  called  to  establish 
the  principle  upon  which  Gentiles  were  to  be  received 
into  the  Christian  church.     (Acts  15 : 1-30.) 

The  second  missionary  journey  began  with  an  unfor- 
tunate disagreement  between  Paid  and  Barnabas,  which 
resulted  in  their  separation,  Barnabas  going  to  the  island 
of  Cyprus,  and  Paul  to  the  mainland.  (Acts  15:36-40.) 
The  apostle  chose  as  his  companion  Silas,  or  Silvanus, 
and  was  afterward  joined  by  Timothy,  and  Luke,  the 
author  of  the  third  Gospel  and  the  Acts.  We  may  sub- 
divide this  journey 
into  three  sections, 
as  follows  : 

I.  The  Stations  in 
Asia,  seven  in 
number. 

n.  The  Stations 
in  Europe,  e  i  g  h  t 
in  number. 

in.  The  Stations 
of  the  Return,  four 
in  number. 

L  The  Asi- 
atic Stations. 
These,  a  re  most- 
ly the  names  of 
provinces  in 
Asia  Minor  al 
ready  described 
in  connection 
with  a  previous 
map. 

1.  Starting  from  Antioch,  Paul  first  traveled  through 
Syria,  visiting  the  churches.  (Acts  15:  41.)  This  tour 
was  probably  through  nortliern  Syria  only,  in  the  region 
around  Antioch  ;  and  the  general  direction  Avas  toward 
Asia  Minor,  which  he  probably  entered  through  the 
Syrian  Gates,  now  the  Beilan  Pass  in  Mount  Amanus. 
No  cities  ai^e  named  in  this  region  as  visited  by  the 
apostle;  but  the  principal  places  were  Issns  and  Alex- 
andria, both  of  which  lay  along  the  route  of  his 
journey. 

•2.  The  next  province  visited  was  Cilicia  (Acts  15:41), 
the  land  of  Paul's  birth.  As  eveiywhere  he  made  the 
chief  cities  his  stations  of  labor,  we  may  supi)ose  that 
he  passed  through  Mopsuestia  and  Adana,  on  his  way  to 
Tarsus,  the  metropohs  of  the  province.  From  Tarsus 
he  journeyed  Avestward  toward  Mount  Taurus,  the 
northern  boundary  of  the  province,  and  crossed  the 
range  through  the  Cilician  Gates,  from  which  he 
emerged  upon  the  gi'eat  Lycaonian  plain. 

3.  We  read  of    a  station  at  Derbe,   where   he  had 

14 


^i^- 


TUK    M  KllI'dl.lS    AT    ATHENS 


planted  a  church  on  the  first  journey,  and  which  was 
now  strengthened  by  his  second  visit.     (Acts  IG:  1.) 

4.  Next,  at  Lysfra,  where>  in  other  days  he  had  been 
first  worshiped  and  then  stoned.  Here  he  found  a 
church,  the  result  of  his  early  labors,  and  was  joined  by 
his  life-long  companion,  Timothy.     (Acts  16:1-4.) 

5.  We  read  of  Paul  and  Silas  as  having  next  "gone 
throughout  PJu^ygia."  Probably  this  refers  to  a  tour 
among  the  churches  at  Iconium  and  Antioch  in  Pisidia, 
the  fields  of  former  labors.  There  is  no  indication  in 
the  Acts  or  Epistles  that  he  preached  in  any  new  places 
in  this  district. 

6.  From  Antioch  he  turned  northward  and  entered  for 
the  first  time  the  province  of  Galatia.  (Acts  16:6.) 
But  W.  M.  Ramsay  has  shoAvn  that  Lycaonia  itself  was 
only  a  district  in  the  political  province  of  Galatia,  and 

• _  that    the    Galatian 

journey    (and    also 
the  Galatian  epistle) 
may    refer    to     the 
region    of  Derbe, 
Lystra,    and    Iconi- 
um, not  to  the  entire 
province.      In  that 
case  the  dotted  red 
line  on  the  map  may 
indicate  Paul's  jour- 
ney,    and     the 
line     through 
Pessinus,      An- 
cyra,  and  Tavi- 
um    should    be 
omitted. 

These  conclu- 
sions are  not,  as 
yet,  generally 
accepted. 

(ATtKOI'AlilS   o.\    THE    LEFT.)  7.     PaulS  de- 

sire  was  to  preach  the  word  throughout  the  Roman 
proconsular  province  of  Asia,  which  comprised  Phry- 
gia,  and  the  maritime  districts  of  Mysia,  Lydia  and 
Caria.  But  divine  infiuences  closed  up  his  path,  both 
in  this  direction  and  northward  toward  Bithynia ; 
so  he  journeyed  westward  across  Phrygia  and  Mysia, 
and  at  last  reached  the  shore  of  the  ^gean  Sea 
at  Troas.  (Acts  16:6-8.)  This  was  the  site  of  ancient 
Troy,  the  scene  of  Homer's  Ihad,  and  has  been  the  place 
of  great  discoveries  in  modern  times.  Tliere  was  a  city 
near  the  ancient  site  in  Paul's  time;  and  it  is  probable 
that  in  it  he  founded  a  church,  for  there  he  was  joined 
l)y  Luke,  the  historian  of  the  Acts  and  author  of  the 
third  Gospel,  and  in  a  later  journey  met  "the  disciples  " 
of  the  place.  (Acts  20 : 7. )  Here  the  vision  of  the  ' '  man 
of  Macedonia"  summoned  Paul  fnmi  Asia  to  Europe 
(Acts  16:!>,  10),  and  opened  a  new  chapter  in  the  history 
of  Christianity. 

II.  The  European  Stations.  All  the  places  named 
as  visited  by  the  apostle  in  this  journey  were  included 


i'i'2 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGEAPHY. 


in  the  two  provinces  of  Macedonia  and  Greece,  of  which 
the  Roman  name  was  Achaia. 

Macedonia  was  the  province  north  of  Greece,  and 
famous  in  liistory  from  its  conquering  kings,  Pliilip,  and 
his  greater  son,  Alexander.  Its  boundaries  were :  on 
the  north,  the  Haemus  or  Balkan  Mountains ;  on  the 
east,  Thrace  and  the  ^gean  Sea;  on  the  south,  Achaia 
(Greece) ;  on  the  west,  the  Pindus  Mountains,  separating 
it  from  Epirus  and  lUyricum.  It  consists  of  two  great 
plains,  watei'ed  respectively  by  the  Axius,  near  Thessa- 
lonica,  and  the  Strymon,  near  Apollonia.  Between 
these  two  rivers  projects  a  peninsula,  having  three 
points,  like  a  hand  of  three  fingers,  across  the  palm  of 
whicli,  in  Paul's  time,  ran  the  great  Roman  road  known 
as  the  Ignatian  Way.  It  was  divided  by  the  Romans 
into  four  districts,  of  which  the  cajjitals  were  Amphip- 
olis,  Thessalonica  (the  residence  of  the  jjrovincial  pro- 
consul), PeUa  (the  birthplace  of  Alexander  the  Great), 
and  Pelagonia.  Of  these,  Amphipolis  had  become  less 
important  than  the  rival  city  of  Philippi,  in  the  same 
district. 

^c/i«m. was  the  Roman  name  of  the  Uttle  land  of 
Greece,  whose  fame  has  fiUed  aU  history.  In  the  later 
period  of  its  independence,  its  ruling  state  had  been 
Achaia,  which  gave  its  name  to  the  entire  province 
when  annexed  to  the  Roman  empii'e.  In  the  apostoUc 
age,  Corinth  was  its  metropolis  and  i)olitical  capital, 
though  Athens  stiU  retained  its  fame  as  a  centre  of  art 
and  literature. 

The  apostle  Paul  and  his  companions  sailed  across 
the  ^gean  Sea  from  Troas,  in  a  northwesterly  direc- 
tion, passing  the  storied  isles  of  Tenedos  and  Inibros; 
anchored  for  the  first  night  off  Samothracia,  ' '  the  Thra- 
cian  Samos,"  a  rocky  island  near  the  coast  of  Thrace; 
and  the  next  day  passed  northward  of  Thasos,  and 
anchored  in  the  harbor  of  Neapolis,  on  the  border  of 
Thi-ace.  They  did  not  remain  at  the  seaport,  but 
pressed  inland  to  the  larger  city,  which  was  to  be 
memorable  as  the  first  foothold  of  the  gospel  in  Europe. 
In  the  European  part  of  the  second  missionary  journey 
we  notice  eight  places  visited  by  the  apostle. 

1.  FJiH/j)j)i  {Acts  16:12-40).  This  was  an  ancient  town, 
enlarged  and  renamed  by  Phihp,  the  father  of  Alexander 
the  Great.  Near  it  was  fought  the  great  battle  between 
Augustus  and  Antony  on  one  side,  and  Brutus  and 
Cassius  on  the  other,  in  which  the  hojie  of  a  Roman 
reiJublic  i)erished,  and  the  empire  was  ushered  in.  It 
had  been  made  a  colony;  that  is,  a  branch  of  Rome 
itself,  and  enjoyed  certain  privileges  of  self-government, 
so  that  its  magistrates  bore  Roman  titles,  as  noticed  by 
Luke.  Here  Lydia,  the  first  convert  in  Europe,  was 
baptized,  and  a  church  was  planted;  Paul  and  Silas  were 
scourged  and  imprisoned,  and  set  free  by  divine  power; 
the  jailer  was  brought  to  Christ;  and  the  officials  of  the 
city  were  made  to  tremble  at  having  inflicted  violence 
upon  citizens  of  Rome. 

2.  Amphipolis  was  33  miles  southwest  of  Philippi, 
and  3  miles  from  the  ^gean  Sea.     It  was  a  town  of 


ancient  fame;  but,  in  Paul's  time,  decayed  in  jjopulation; 
and,  having  no  synagogue  or  Jewish  population,  was 
not  yet  made  a  field  of  his  labors.  After  a  delay  of 
only  a  day,  he  journeyed  on  stih  further  westward. 
(Acts  17:1.) 

3.  Apollonia  was  30  miles  from  Amphipolis,  and  an 
imjwrtant  city ;  but  for  some  reason  Paul  did  not  choose 
to  labor  in  its  vicinity,  and  remained  there  but  a  day. 
(Acts  17:1.) 

■4.  Thessalonica  (Acts  17:1-9)  Avas  the  capital  of  the 
entire  province,  and  40  miles  from  the  preceduag  station. 
It  was  named  after  a  sister  of  Alexander  the  Great,  and 
had  many  historic  associations.  An  arch  is  stfil  stand- 
ing, and  was  doubtless  seen  by  the  apostle,  which  com- 
memorated the  victory  at  Philippi.  There  was  a  large 
Jewish  population,  and  a  synagogTie,  in  which  Paul 
preached  for  three  sabbaths.  He  succeeded  in  founding 
a  church,  mostly  of  Gentiles,  to  which  he  soon  after 
wi-ote  his  two  earliest  epistles.  First  and  Second  Thessa 
lonians.  But  the  Jews  excited  a  riot,  and  the  apostles 
were  compelled  to  leave  the  city  by  night.  Thessalonica, 
now  caUed  Saloniki,  is  stiU  the  second  city  of  European 
Turkey,  and  contains  80,000  inhabitants. 

5.  Berea  (Acts  17:10-13)  was  a  small  city,  chosen  by 
the  apostle  on  account  of  its  retired  situation.  It  lay 
on  the  eastern  side  of  Mount  Olympus.  Its  people  were 
generous  in  hearing  the  truth,  and  candid  in  examina- 
tion of  its  claims;  so  that  many  of  them  beheved,  and 
"the  Bereans"  have  furnished  a  name  for  earnest  stu- 
dents of  the  Bible  in  all  lands.  The  place  is  now  called 
Verria,  and  has  a  population  of  about  G,000. 


6.  Athens  (Acts  17:15-34)  was  one  of  the  most  famous 
cities  of  the  world.  It  was  situated  5  miles  northeast  of 
the  Saronic  Gulf,  between  the  two  little  streams  Cephis- 
sus  and  Ilissus,  and  connected  by  long  walls  with  its  two 
seaports,  the  Pira?us  and  the  Phaleric  Gulf,  where  prob- 
ably Paul  landed.  Around  it  stand  mountains  noted  in 
history,  and  within  its  walls  rise  four  important  hills  • 


JOURNEYS  OF  THE  APOSTLE  PAUL. 


123 


the  Acropolis,  surmounted  by  the  Parthenon,  the  most 
pei'fect  specimen  of  Greek  architectui'e;  the  Areopagus, 
northwest  of  the  Acropohs,  where  Paul  dehvered  his 
memorable  discoui'se;  the  Pnyx,  still  further  west;  and, 
on  the  south,  the  Museum.  In  Paul's  time  Athens  was 
no  longer  the  i>ohtical  capital,  but  was  still  the  literaiy 
centre,  not  only  of  Greece,  but  of  the  civilized  world. 
Paul's  discourse  before  its  philosophers  was  not  attended 
with  inuuediate  results,  as  no  church  appears  to  have 
been  founded  ;  but,  four  centuries  afterward,  the  Par- 
thenon became  a  Christian  church,  and  the  Athenians 
were  among  the  most  bitter  foes  of  image  worship. 
After  many  changes  of  fortune  —  at  times  being  with- 
out inhabitants  —  Athens  is  now  the  growing  capital 
of  the  kingdom  of  modern  Greece,  and  the  seat  of  a 
university. 

7.  Corinth  (Acts  18:1-18),  the  next  station  of  the 
apostle,  was  iO  miles  west  of  Athens,  on  the  isthmus 
between  Hellas  and  Peloponnesus,  whicli  is  here  10  miles 


CORINTH 

AND 

VICINITY.     „ 


JVe,7klmn 

■  '■■■■'        ">-i*itf'-'^ 

ENGLISH  MILES.''"'      ■ 


Gtilata 


nAKD.MCHAav  &   CO. ,EHGR'S, CHICAGO. 


wide.  In  Paul's  time  it  was  the  commercial  and  polit- 
ical metropolis  of  Greece,  being  the  residence  of  the 
Roman  proconsul.  It  was,  however,  a  most  wicked 
city,  and  a  by-word  for  corruption  and  licentiousness. 
Paul  preached  in  Corinth  for  a  year  and  a  half,  working 
meanwhile  at  his  trade  as  a  tent-maker,  and  during  his 
stay  wrote  the  two  Epistles  to  the  Thessalonians.  After 
leaving,  he  wrote  to  the  Corinthian  Christians  two  of 
his  longest  Epistles,  First  and  Second  Corinthians.  The 
site  of  the  city  is  now  desolate,  except  for  a  small  and 
wretched  village,  named  GortJto. 

8.  Cenchrea  (Acts  18:18),  nioi'c  acciu-ately  Cenchrete, 
is  named  merely  as  the  place  fi-om  which  Paul  set  forth 
on  his  retui'u  journey,  and  whei'e  he  perfoiined  the 
Levitical  service  of  cutting  off  his  hair  in  token  of  a  vow. 
We  know,  however,  that  he  had,  directly  or  indirectly, 
planted  a  church  here,  as  its  deaconess,  Phebe,  is  named. 
(Rom.  16: 1,  2.)  This  was  the  eastern  harbor  of  Corinth, 
on  the  Saronic  Gulf,  !•  miles  from  the  city.  It  is  now 
called  Kekhries. 


III.  The  Return  Stations  of  the  apostle,  in  his 
joui-ney  from  Corinth  to  Antioch,  are  given  as  four  in 
number,  thougn  the  journey  was  more  than  a  thousand 
miles  in  length. 

1 .  Saihng  eastward  across  the  ^gean  Sea,  and  passing 
many  celebrated  islands,  after  a  voyage  of  250  miles,  he 
reached  Ephesus.  (Acts  18:19-21.)  He  had  been  hin- 
dered from  preaching  in  this  region  before,  and  now 
remained  but  a  few  weeks,  though  urged  by  the  Jews  to 
remain  longer.  He  left  behind  him  his  friends  Aquila 
and  Priscilla,  by  whose  labors  the  brilUant  young  Apol- 
los  of  Alexandria  was  led  into  the  church,  and  the  way 
was  prepared  for  Paul's  labor  on  his  second  visit,  in 
connection  with  which  Ephesus  wiU  be  noticed  again. 

2.  A  voyage  around  the  southwestern  border  of  Asia 
Minor,  thence  past  the  isle  of  Rhodes  in  a  southeasterly 
direction,  leaving  Cyprus  on  the  northeast,  bi'ought  the 
apostle  to  Ccesarea.  (Acts  IS:  22.)  This  was  the  Roman 
capital  of  Palestine,  and  a  harbor.  Here  Paul  debarked 
fi'om  the  vessel  on  which  he  had  sailed  600  miles,  and 
entered  once  more  the  Holy  Land.  (For  an  account  of 
Cfpsarea,  see  page  113.) 

3.  Jerusalem.  (Acts  18:22.)  The  apostle  chmbed  the 
mountains,  and  for  the  fourth  time  smce  his  conversion 
entered  the  Holy  City.  He  stayed  only  to  salute  the 
church,  and  perhaps  leave  the  gifts  of  the  Gentile 
Christians  to  the  poorer  saints  of  Judaea,  and  then  left 
once  more. 

■i.  He  traveled,  overland  most  probably,  to  Antioch,  his 
home,  if  any  place  might  be  so  named;  for  here  were  his 
nearest  friends,  here  he  had  begun  his  missionary  jour- 
ney, and  here  he  doubtless  received  a  glad  welcome  from 
the  church.  He  brought  with  him,  on  his  return,  not 
only  Silas,  who  had  set  out  as  his  companion,  but  Timo- 
thy, and  perhaps  also  Aristarchus,  Gains  and  Erastus, 
whose  names  we  find  associated  with  Paul's  soon  after. 

OUTLINE  FOR  REVIEW. 

I.  Draw  the  map  of  Asia  Minor,  and  review  the  names  of  its  provinces 
as  alre.afly  given. 

II.  Notice  llic  Stations  in  Axia,  antl  the  events  of  the  journey  assoeialed 
Willi  them.  1.  Syria.  2.  Cilicia.  3.  Derbe.  4.  Lystra.  5.  Phrygia.  6. 
Galatia.     7    Troas. 

III.  Notice  the  Stations  i)i  Europe.  1.  Philippi.  2.  .Vmphipolis.  3. 
Apollonia.  4.  The.s.saloniea.  5.  Berea.  6.  Athens.  7.  Corinth.  8. 
Cenchrea. 

IV.  Notice  the  Stations  of  tlie  Return,  Journey.  1.  Ephesus.  2.  Ctcsa- 
rea.     3.  .Terusalem.     4.  .Vntioch. 

THE  THIRD  MISSIONARY  JOURNEY. 

This  journey  of  the  apostle,  beginning  at  Antioch,  led 
him  as  far  west  as  Corinth,  and  then  as  far  east  as 
Jerusalem.  It  probably  occupied  about  four  years,  from 
A.  D.  54  to  58,  and  may  be  subdivided  into  two  stages. 
I.  The  Outward  Journey,  from  Antioch  to  Corinth, 
including  seven  stations.  II.  The  Return  Journey,  from 
Coiinth  to  Jerusalem,  with  fifteen  stations.  More  than 
half  of  this  period  was  spent  at  Ephesus,  where  Paul 
l)reached  for  nearly  three  years. 


124 


JOURNEYS  OF  THE  APOSTLE  PAUL. 


125 


L  The  Outward  Journey.     (Acts  18:23-20:3.) 

1.  We  note  Antioch,  the  starting  i3oint  for  each  of 
Paul's  three  missionary  joui'neys.  This  place  has  been 
ah-eady  described,  on  page  113,  in  connection  with  the 
map  of  the  Early  Apostolic  History. 

2.  His  westward  course  lay  through  Galafia  (Acts 
18:23),  Avhere  he  visited  the  churches  planted  upon  his 
former  tour.  But  as  before,  this  may  refer  to  the 
part  of  Galatia  embraced  in  Lycaonia;  and  we  have 
thus  indicated  upon  the  map  by  a  dotted  line.  (See 
page  121.) 

3.  Still  journeying  westward  toward  the  coast,  Paul 
passed  through  Fhrygia  (Acts  18:23),  already  described 
on  page  118.  No  events  of  this  part  of  the  journey  are 
related. 

4.  He  came  from  the  highlands  of  the  interior  to 
Ephesus,  where  he  had  touched  on  his  previous  jom'uey, 


and  was  now  to  remain  longer  than  at  any  other  place 
during  his  active  ministry.  (Acts  19:1-20:1.)  Ephesus 
was  the  metropolis  of  Proconsular  Asia,  and  may  be 
regarded  as  the  third  capital  of  Christianity,  as  Jerusa- 
lem had  been  its  birthplace,  and  Antioch  the  centre  of 
its  foreign  missions.  It  stood  a  mile  from  the  JEgcan 
Sea,  fronting  an  artificial  harbor,  in  which  met  the  ships 
of  all  lands,  and  above  which  I'ose  the  Temi^le  of  Artemis 
(Diana),  celebrated  as  the  most  magnificent  building  in 
Asia  Minor,  though  the  image  which  it  enshrined  was 
only  a  shapeless  block.  Its  population  was  principally 
Greek,  though  with  a  large  ( )riental  mixture.  Here  a 
preparation  for  Paul's  labor  had  been  made  by  Apollos, 
who  had  instructed  a  small  company  of  Jews  up  to  the 
twilight  of  John  the  Baptist's  teachings  concerning  the 
Messiah.  From  Paul's  friends,  Aquila  and  Piiscilla, 
he  had  leai-ned  the  gospel  of  Chiist;  and,  just  before 
the  apostle's  arrival,  had  gone  to  Corinth.     For  three 


months  Paul  labored  in  the  synagogue  with  the  Jews 
and  inquiring  Gentiles;  but,  when  the  Jewish  opposition 
endangered  the  work,  he  took  the  step  (at  this  time 
first  in  the  history  of  Christianity)  of  caUiug  the 
behevers  in  Christ  out  of  the  synagogue.  Paul  I'e- 
mained  at  Ephesus  in  all  more  than  two  years,  working 
at  his  trade  through  the  week,  while  preaching  on  the 
Jewish  Sabbath.  Through  his  endeavors  most  of  '"the 
Seven  Churches,"  addressed  long  afterward  by  John, 
were  founded  at  this  time.  Just  before  Paul's  departure 
a  riot  arose,  and  a  tumultuous  mob  occupied  the  theatre, 
whose  ruins  may  still  be  seen.  Ephesus  is  now  an  utter 
desolation,  haunted  by  wild  beasts.  Near  its  ruins  is  a 
smaU  Turkish  village,  called  Ayasalonk.  Near  the  close 
of  his  stay  at  Ephesus,  Paul  wiot9  th3  First  Epistle  to 
the  Corinthians. 

5.  The  next  stopping  place  of  the  apostle  was  at 
Troas.  (2  Cor.  2:12,  13.)  This  is  mentioned,  not  in  the 
Acts,  but  in  the  Epistle  written  soon  afterward.  Here 
he  had  expected  to  meet  his  companion  Titus,  with  news 
from  the  church  at  Corinth.  While  waiting,  he  found 
an  opportunity  for  preaching,  and  success  in  winning 
souls.  But,  as  the  expected  tidings  did  not  come,  Paul 
again  took  ship,  and  sailed  once  more  (see  the  previous 
journey)  from  Asia  to  Europe. 

6.  His  next  station  is  named  as  Macedonia  (Acts 
20:2);  but  it  may  be  inferred  that  he  visited  Phihppi, 
Thessalonica  and  Berea,  the  places  of  foi'mer  labors, 
already  described  in  the  account  of  th(j  second  joui'uey. 
Perhaps  it  was  at  this  time  that  he  journeyed  "round 
about  unto  Illyricura,"  which  was  a  pro'viuce  on  the 
Adriatic  Sea,  west  of  Macedonia.  (Rom.  15:19.)  While 
in  Macedonia,  perhaps  at  Phihppi,  Paul  Nvrote  the  Second 
Epistle  to  the  Corinthians. 

7.  The  last  place  in  Paul's  outward  journey  is  men- 
tioned as  Greece,  the  province  elsewhei-e  called  Achaia. 
(Acts  20: 2,  3;  18: 27.)  His  principal  errand  was  to  Corinth 
(ah-eady  described  on  page  123),  where  troubles  in  the 
churcli  required  his  attention.  While  here  he  wrote  the 
Epistle  to  the  Galatians,  and  his  great  statement  of 
Christian  doctrine,  the  Epistle  to  the  Romans. 

II.  The  Return  Journey.  (Acts  20:6-21:6.)  This 
was  undertaken  with  the  desire  of  reaching  Jerusalem 
in  time  for  the  Feast  of  Pentecost,  A.  D.  58.  For  some 
reason,  probably  on  account  of  a  Jewish  plot  to  nmrder 
him,  Paul  did  ncjt  take  the  direct  route,  but  went  around 
the  JEgean  Sea  by  way  of  Philippi  and  Troas,  and  was 
accompanied  by  a  number  of  friends. 

1.  From  Corinth,  Paul  and  his  friends  journeyed  over- 
land, through  Greece  and  Macedonia,  to  Philippi  (Acts 
20:3-6),  a  place  now  visited  for  the  third  time.  Here 
Paul  was  rejoined  i)y  Luke  the  Evangelist,  who  hence- 
forth shared  his  dangers  to  the  end  of  his  life. 

2.  Most  of  Paul's  company  sailed  from  Philippi  across 
the  ^gean  Sea  to  Troas,  in  advance  of  the  apostle,  but 
were  soon  followed  by  Paul  and  Luke.  (Acts  20:5-13.) 
At  Troas  they  remained  for  a  week  with  the  church; 
and  here  Eutychus  was  restored  to  hfe  by  the  apostle. 


JOUENEYS  OF  THE  APOSTLE  PAUL. 


J  27 


3.  From  Philippi,  most  of  the  company  set  sail  for 
Palestine,  but  Paul  went  on  foot  as  far  as  Assos,  where 
he  was  taken  on  board.  (Acts  20:13,  li.)  Tliis  place 
was  situated  19  miles  from  Troas,  and  is  now  marked 
by  extensive  ruins. 

4.  MityJene.  This  was  on  the  island  of  Lesbos,  famed 
as  the  home  of  Sappho,  the  Greek  poetess.  Here  they 
anchored  for  the  night,  as  the  channel  was  not  easy  to 
follow  among  the  islands.  (Acts  20:1-1.)  This  and  the 
succeeding  stations  in  the  ^gean  Sea  may  be  noticed 
on  the  map  of  the  islands  and  coasts  of  Asia  Minor,  on 
page  132. 

5.  Chios.  (Acts  20:15.)  This  is  an  island  32  miles 
long,  and  5  miles  from  Asia;  said  to  have  been  the  birth- 
place of  Homer;  and  now  caUed  Scio.  Here  Paul's  ship 
anchored  only  for  a  night. 

6.  Samos.  (Acts  20:15.)  This  is  an  island  near  the 
mainland,  42  miles  southwest  of  Smyrna;  and  27  miles 
long.  It  was  the  birthplace  of  the  philosopher  Pythag- 
oras. They  barely  touched  at  the  island,  and  then 
sailed  across  to  the  shore  of  Asia  Minor. 

7.  TrogyUinm  (Acts  20:15)  is  a  town  and  cape  on  the 
coast  of  Asia  Minor,  at  the  foot  of  Mount  Mycale.  The 
place  at  which  they  anchored  for  the  night  is  stiU  called 
St.  PaiiPs  Port.  On  the  next  day  they  sailed  past  the 
harbor  of  Ephesus  without  stopping,  for  Paul's  stations 
were  controlled  by  the  movements  of  the  ship  and  its 
masters. 

8.  Miletus.  (Acts  20:16-38.)  This  was  at  the  mouth 
of  the  river  Masander,  36  miles  south  of  Ephesus;  and  at 
that  time  on  the  shore,  though  now  ten  miles  inland,  by 
the  changes  in  the  coast.  Here,  while  the  ship  was 
delayed,  Paul  sent  for  the  elders  of  the  cliurch  at  Ephe- 
sus, and  gave  to  them  a  farewell  address  of  deep  tender- 
ness.    This  place  is  now  a  small  village,  called  Melas. 

9.  Coos,  or  Cos  (Acts  21: 1),  where  they  next  anchored, 
is  a  small  island,  northwest  of  Rhodes ;  now  called 
Stanch  io. 

10.  Rhodes  (Acts  21:1)  is  an  island  of  note  in  both 
ancient  and  modern  history,  13  miles  from  Asia  Minor, 
46  miles  long,  and  18  wide.  Upon  it  had  stood  the. 
Colossus,  a  figure  over  100  feet  high,  but  overthrown  by 
an  earthquake,  B.  C.  224,  and  prostrate  at  the  time  of 
Paul's  visit. 

11.  Patara  (Acts  21:1)  was  a  seaport  in  the  province 
of  Lycia,  in  Asia  Minor,  opposite  Rhodes.  Here  the 
vessel  ended  its  voyage,  and  the  apostoUc  company 
found  another,  which  was  bound  for  Phoenicia.  The 
place  is  now  a  ruin,  and  buried  in  the  encroaching  sand. 

12.  The  disciples  took  another  ship  at  Patara,  and 
sailed  in  a  southeasterly  direction  for  Phoenicia,  passing 
by  Cyprus  without  stopping.  The  vessel  paused  for  a 
week  at  Tyre  to  unlade  its  burden,  and  here  Paul  found 
a  church,  perhaps  planted  by  Philip  the  evangelist. 
Tyre  had  once  been  the  great  connnercial  metropohs  of 
the  Mediterranean,  known  as  ' '  the  strong  city  "  as  early 
as  the  time  of  Joshua.  It  was  the  capital  of  Phcenicia, 
and  in  Old  Testament  times  held  friendly  relations  with 


Israel,  but  was  idolatrous  and  abominably  wicked.  It 
was  besieged  by  Nebuchadnezzar  for  13  yeai's,  was 
destroyed  by  Alexander  the  Great,  rebuUt  by  the  Seleu- 
cidse,  and,  in  Paul's  time,  was  stiU  a  large  city.  It  is 
now  a  miserable  village,  called  Sin\  and,  in  the  fulfill- 
ment of  prophecy,  ' '  a  place  for  the  spreading  of  nets. " 
(Ezek.  26:14.) 

13.  Taking  ship  once  more,  for  the  last  time,  they 
sailed  southward  along  the  coast  of  Palestine  to  Ptole- 
mais.  (Acts  21 : 7.)  This  was  the  Old  Testament  Accho, 
in  the  tribe  of  Asher,  but  never  possessed.  It  was  8 
miles  north  of  Mount  Carmel.  In  media?val  history  it 
sustained  a  siege  by  the  Crusaders,  and  was  known  as 
St.  Jean  cVAcre.  Here  Paul  spent  a  day  with  the 
church,  and  then  journeyed  with  his  fiiends  southward 
over  the  Plam  of  Esdraelon  and  Mount  Carmel. 

14.  At  Ccesarea,  the  next  station,  they  wei*e  enter- 
tained by  Philip,  who,  years  before,  had  been  driven  out 
of  Jerusalem  by  Saul  of  Tarsus.  (See  Philip's  Journey, 
page  112.)  Caesarea  was  the  Roman  capital  of  Palestine, 
and  was  in  aU  respects  a  heathen  city,  though  containing 
many  Jews.  Here  Paul  received  a  message  from  the 
aged  prophet  Agabus,  warning  him  not  to  go  to  Jerusa- 
lem; but  he'persisted  in  his  purpose. 

15.  For  the  fifth  time  in  his  life  as  a  Christian,  and 
for  the  last  time,  Paul  entered  the  city  of  Jerusalem, 
from  which  he  was  soon  to  go  forth  "the  prisoner  of 
the  Lord." 

OUTLINE  FOR  REVIEW. 

I.  Outward  Jovrney.  1.  Antioch.  2.  Galatia.  3.  Phrygia.  4.  Ephe- 
sus.    5.  Troas.     6.  Macedonia.     (Philippi.)     7.  Greece.     (Corintli.) 

II.  Bettmi  .Journey.  1.  Pliilippi.  2.  Troas.  3.  Assos.  4.  Mitylcne. 
5.  C'liios.  6.  8amos.  7.  Troajyllium.  8.  Jliletus.  9.  Coos.  10.  Rhodes. 
11.  Patara.     13.  Tyre.     13.  Ptoleniais.     14.  C'fcsarea.     15.  Jerusalem. 

THE  YOYAGE  TO  ROME. 

The  last  of  Paul's  recorded  journeys  was  that  which 
he  took  as  a  prisoner  under  Roman  power.  He  was 
seized  by  a  Jewish  mob  in  the  Com-t  of  the  Women  in 
the  Temple  (see  plan  of  the  Temple  on  page  141),  in  or 
near  the  room  set  apart  for  the  ceremonies  of  a  Naza- 
rite's  vow.  Dragged  by  the  crowd  into  the  Court  of  the 
Gentiles,  he  would  have  been  slain  but  for  the  arrival  of 
a  company  of  Roman  sokUers  from  the  Tower  of  Anto- 
nia.  He  made  an  address  to  the  throng  from  the  stairs 
leading  from  the  Court  of  the  Gentiles  to  the  Tower, 
and  was  then  taken  to  the  prison  in  the  tower. 

1.  From  Jenisalem  he  began  his  journey,  as  a  prisoner. 
The  immediate  cause  of  his  departure  from  the  city  was 
the  information  received  by  the  Roman  officer  in  charge 
of  the  Tower  of  Antonia,  that  a  band  of  Jews  had 
formed  a  plan  to  slay  Paul.  That  night  he  was  sent, 
under  a  strong  escort,  out  of  the  reach  of  his  enemies. < 

2.  The  guard  2'aused  at  Antipatris  (Acts  23:31,  32), 
beyond  which  the  soldiers  were  not  needed,  so  they  were 
sent  back,  and  Paul  journeyed  the  rest  of  the  way  under 
an  escort  of  cavalry.     Antipatris  was  built  by  Herod  the 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


Great,  and  named  for  his  father,  Antiijater.  It  was 
26  miles  southeast  of  Caesarea,  on  the  dii-ect  road  from 
Jerusalem,  and  16  miles  northeast  of  Joppa.  Its  loca- 
tion is  not  identified  with  certainty,  but  is  probably  to 
be  found  at  a  ruin  known  as  Ras  el  'Am. 

3.  The  apostle  was  taken  to  Ccesarea  (Acts  23:33), 
where  he  was  remanded  to  prison.  Here  he  remained 
for  more  than  two  years,  was  tried  by  Fehx,  and 
made  his  memorable  defense  befoi'e  the  younger  Herod 
Agrippa.  (Acts  24-26.)  Ha\^ng  appealed,  as  a  Roman 
citizen,  to  the  supreme  court  of  the  emperor  at  Rome, 
he  was  sent  on  shipboard  for  the  voyage  with  a  com- 
pany of  prisoners,  and  a  guai-d  commanded  by  the  cen- 
turion Julius.  Luke  and  Aristarchus  were  with  Paul 
on  the  vessel.     (Acts  27:1,  2.) 

4.  The  day  after  starting  from  Cfesarea,  the  vessel 
touched  at  Zidon,  and  Paul  was  permitted  to  go  on  shore 
with  the  soldier  to  whom  he  was  chained.  (Acts  27: 3.) 
Zidon  was  one  of  the  most  ancient  towns  in  history,  and 
the  mother  city  of  Tyre,  which  was  2i»  miles  south  of 
it.  It  lay  in  the  hmits  of  the  tribe  of  Asher,  but 
was  never  possessed  by  Israel.  Its  commerce  was  exten- 
sive^  but  early  superseded  by  that  of  Tyre.  It  was  a 
battle  ground  more  than  once  during  the  Crusades,  and 
changed  masters  frequently.  Its  site  is  now  occupied  by 
a  small  fishing  vUlage,  called  Said  a. 

5.  The  wind  being  unfavorable,  the  vessel  was  carried 
to  the  north  of  Cyprus,  and  sailed  over  waters  traversed 
by  Paul  more  than  once,  in  the  northeastern  corner  of 
the  Mediterranean,  past  his  church  home  at  Antioch, 
and  his  bkthplace.  Tarsus,  to  the  harbor  of  Myra,  a  city 
in  the  pro\ince  of  Lycia,  in  Asia  Minor.  (Acts  27:1-6.) 
This  city  stood  at  the  entrance  to  a  gorge  in  Mount 
Taurus,  two  mUes  from  the  sea.  Its  port,  where  Paul 
landed  to  be  transferred  to  another  vessel,  was  called 
Andriadice.     It  is  now  in  ruins. 

6.  The  next  station  was  to  have  been  Cnidus,  100 
miles  from  Myi-a,  on  the  coast  of  Caria;  but  the  vessel 
only  reached  it  with  difficulty,  and  was  unable  to  enter, 
on  accomit  of  contrary  winds :  so  the  prow  was  turned 
southward  toward  the  island  of  Crete.  This  lies  at  the 
entrance  to  the  ^gean  Sea,  and  is  140  miles  long  by  35 
wide.  They  rounded  Cape  Sahnone,  at  the  eastern  point 
of  the  island,  and  anchored  for  a  time  at  a  place  then 
known,  and  still  known,  as  Fair  Havens,  on  the  south- 
ern coast,  about  midway  between  the  two  extremes  of 
the  island.  Here  they  were  delayed  for  some  time,  and 
Paul  urged  the  centurion  to  I'emain  during  the  winter, 
and  escape  impending  dangers.  But  it  was  resolved  to 
follow  along  the  shore  stiU  further  westward,  to  the 
more  commodious  harbor  of  Phenice.  But  in  this  they 
were  disappointed  ;  for  they  were  driven  out  to  sea, 
and  to  the  final  result  predicted  by  the  apostle.  (Acts 
27:7-13.) 

7.  Soon  after  leaving  Fair  Havens,  the  storm  set  in. 
It  was  of  the  kind  then  called  Euroclydon  (Revised  Ver- 
sion, Euro-aquilo,  "east-northeaster'"),  now  known  as 
"a  Levanter."     They  were  able  to  run  under  the  lee  of 


the  little  island  of  Clauda,  28  miles  from  Fair  Havens, 
where  they  strengthened  the  vessel  for  the  gale  by 
"frapi^ing,"  or  winding  ropes  around  the  huU.  Thence 
for  foui-teen  days  and  nights  they  were  driven  before 
the  wind  in  a  westward  direction,  until  hope  perished 
in  every  heart  save  Paul's.  They  were  ch-iven  47f')  miles, 
upon  the  island  of  Melita,  which  is  62  miles  south  of 
Sicily,  and  is  17  miles  long  by  S  or  9  wide.  It  is  of 
u-regular  oval  shape,  and  its  coast  is  indented  by  many 
bays.  The  one  in  which  the  ajjostle  was  shipwrecked  is 
on  the  northeastern  side  of  the  island,  and  is  known  as 
St.  Paul's  Bay.  A  close  investigation  of  the  locality,  its 
sm-roun  dings,  and  the  soundings  of  the  sea  approaching 
it,  show  the  remarkable  accuracy  of  Luke's  statements. 
The  island  is  now  known  as  Malta,  and  is  under  British 


rule.  Some  years  ago  an  ancient  inscription  was  found 
on  the  island,  giving  to  its  ruler  the  same  title,  protos, 
"first  or  chief  man "  (Acts  28: 7),  given  by  Luke. 

8.  After  wintering  in  the  island  of  Melita,  Paul  and 
the  other  prisoners  were  jjlaced  on  board  an  Alexandrian 
ship  which  was  bound  toward  Rome.  The  first  stop- 
ping place  in  this  part  of  the  voyage  was  at  the  historic 
city  of  Syracuse,  on  the  eastern  shore  of  Sicily.  (Acts 
28: 12.)  Here  they  paused  for  three  days,  and  then  con- 
tinued their  voyage. 

l>.  The  next  station  was  at  Rhegium,  where  they  lay, 
awaiting  a  favorable  wind,  for  one  day.  (Acts  28:13.) 
This  is  at  the  "toe"  of  the  Italian  boot,  opposite  Sicily, 
from  which  it  is  separated  by  a  strait,  only  6  mUes  wide. 
It  is  now  a  flourishing  town,  called  Rlieygio. 

10.  The  vessel  ended  its  voyage,  and  Paul  and  his 
fellow-prisoners  disembarked,  at  Puteoli,  near  Naples. 
This  was  one  of  the  leading  ports  of  Italy,  being  to 
Rome  what  Liverpool  is  to  London.  Here  Paul  found 
a  Christian  church,  and  was  permitted  to  remain  for  a 


JOUENEYS  OF  THE  APOSTLE  PAUL. 


129 


week  before  going  ouward  to  the  capital,    141   miles 
distant.     The  city  is  now  called  Pozzuoli. 

11.  At  a  place  called  Appii  Forum,  "the  forum  of 
Appius,"  a  village  on  the  Appian  Way,  43  miles  from 
Eome,  and  again  at  the  "Three  Taverns,"  10  miles 
nearer,  Paul  was  met  by  some  Christians,  who  had 
heard  of  his  coming,  and  came  to  give  him  a  welcome, 
which  rejoiced  his  heart. 

12.  At  last  great  Rojie  was  reached,  and  the  apostle 
was  at  the  end  of  Ms  long  journey.  For  two  years  he 
dwelt  as  a  prisoner  at  large,  chained  to  a  Roman  soldier, 
but  in  "his  owii  hired  house."  At  this  point  ends  all 
that  is  positively  known  of  the  journeys  of  the  apostle. 

The  city  of  Rome  stands  on  the  river  Tiber.  In  the 
period  of  its  gi-eatness  it  occupied  ten  hills,  with  the 
valleys  between  them,  and  a  plain  near  the  river.  The 
apostle  hved  near  the  Pretorian  Camp,  on  the  north- 
eastern border  of  the  city,  and  at  the  opposite  end  of  the 
city  from  the  Jewish  quarter,  which  was  on  the  west  of 
the  Tiber.     At  the  time  of  Paul's  imprisonment,  Rome 


contained  about  1,200,000  inhabitants.  One-half  of  the 
population  were  slaves,  and  two-thu-ds  of  the  rest  were 
paupers,  supported  in  idleness  by  the  free  distribution 
of  food.  During  the  two  years  of  Paul' s  imprisonment 
he  wrote  at  least  four  Epistles  —  Ephesians,  Philippians, 
Colossians,  and  Philemon.  After  about  two  years  of 
imprisonment,  Paul  was  released  and  spent  two  or  more 
years  at  liberty. 

OUTLINE  FOR  REVIEW. 

1.  Jerusalem.  3.  Antipatris.  3.  Caesarca.  4.  Zidon.  5.  Myra.  6. 
Crete.  (Fairllavens.)  7.  Melita.  8.  Syracuse.  9.  Rhegium.  10.  Puteoli. 
11.  Appii  Forum  and  Three  Taverns.     12.  Rome. 

THE  LAST  JOURNEYS  OF  PAUL. 

The  definite  history  of  the  apostle  Paul  ends  with  the 
last  verse  of  the  Acts  of  the  Apostles;  but,  from  the 
later  Epistles  and  the  dim  light  of  early  tradition,  we 
may  j,ather  a  few  facts,  and  perhaps  can  indicate  a 
few  more  journeys.     From  Philippians  and  Philemon, 


130 


JOUENEYS  OF  THE  APOSTLE  PAUL. 


131 


it  is  clear  that  Paul  expected  an  acquittal  and  release; 
from  1  Timothy  and  Titus,  it  is  evident,  that  after  his 
imprisonment  there  were  two  years,  perhaps  more,  of 
liberty.  Combining  the  allusions  in  the  Epistles,  we 
offer  a  conjectural  outhne  of  the  apostle's  journeys 
during  that  year,  following  mainly  the  order  of  Canon 
Farrar. 

1.  Near  the  close  of  his  imprisonment  he  expressed  an 
expectation  of  speedily  visiting  the  churches  of  Procon- 
sular Asia,  esjieciaUy  that  at  Colosse  (Philem.  1:22\  and 
desired  a  lodging  to  be  prepared  for  him  at  the  house  of 
Philemon.  We  may  take  for  gi-anted  that  this  purpose 
was  accomphshed,  and  that  Ejjhesus,  as  well  as  Colosse, 
was  visited  at  this  time.  Ephesus  has  been  already 
described.  (See  page  125.)  Colosse,  called  also  Colassa?, 
was  a  city  on  the  Lycus,  near  Hierapolis  and  Laodicea, 
and  on  the  great  caravan  road  from  Ejjhesus  to  the 
Euphrates.  At  one  time  it  was  a  large  and  flourishing 
place,  but  declined  as  other  cities  gained  its  Eastern 
trade.  Paid  had  never  before  visited  this  city,  and  its 
chm-ch  had  been  founded  by  Epai^hras.  Yet  Paul  w^as 
well  acquainted  with  several  of  its  members,  and  ad- 
dressed to  it,  during  his  imprisonment,  the  Epistle  to  the 
Colossians;  and  to  one  of  its  members  the  Epistle  to 
Philemon.  The  site  of  the  ancient  city  is  near  the 
modern  village  of  Chonas. 

2.  Just  before  his  release,  Paul  dispatched  Timothy  to 
Philippi.  expecting  soon  to  follow  him.  (Phil.  2:10-24-.) 
Timotliy  fulfiUed  his  mission,  and  came  to  Ephesus, 
where  Paul  left  him  in  charge  of  the  church,  and  him- 
self went  to  Macedonia.  (1  Tim.  1:3.)  Here  he  doubt- 
less visited  the  churches  which  he  had  planted  in 
Phihppi,  Thessalonica  and  Berea,  and  probably  jour- 
neyed as  far  south  as  Corinth. 

3.  We  judge  that  to  this  time  belongs  his  visit  to 
Crete.  (Titus  1  :.">.)  He  had  touched  at  this  island  dur- 
ing his  voyage  to  Eome,  and  may  have  gone  on  shore  at 
Fair  Havens;  but  now  he  organized  the  church,  and  left 
it  under  the  care  of  Titus,  who  had  accompanied  him  to 
the  island. 

4.  We  find  that  after  this  Paul  was  at  NicopoUs,  a 
place  not  previously  mentioned  in  his  history.  (Titus 
3:12.)  There  were  no  less  than  ten  cities  of  this  name 
in  the  ancient  world;  but  it  must  have  been  one  of  three 
among  them:  Nicopolis  of  Thrace,  of  Cilicia,  or  of  Epi- 
rus.  The  latter  has  been  generally  accepted  as  the  one 
where  Paul  "determined  to  winter."  It  was  in  the 
Roman  province  of  Achaia,  near  the  Adriatic  Sea  and 


the  Ionian  Isles;  and  was  built  by  Augustus  to  com- 
memorate his  victory  at  Actium.  The  place  is  now 
called  Paleo-prevesa,  "old  Prevesa,"  and  contains  exten- 
sive ruins,  among  which  is  a  building  said  to  have  been 
Paul's  place  of  prayer.  Some  think  that  Paul  was 
arrested  here  before  his  final  imprisonment;  but  there  is 
no  certainty  concerning  it. 

5.  Troas.  (2  Tim.  4:13.)  It  is  evident  that  Paul 
passed  through  this  place,  and  stopped  with  a  certain 
person  named  Carpus,  where  he  left  his  mantle  for 
whiter  wear,  and  some  manuscrii^ts.  Farrar  is  of  the 
opinion  that  he  was  hei'e  arrested,  and  in  such  haste 
that  he  could  not  obtain  these  articles.  He  may  have 
come  from  Nicopolis  by  way  of  Macedonia,  passing 
through   Phihppi,  and   sailing  across  the  ^gean   Sea. 

6.  An  aUusion  in  2  Tim.  4:20  hints  at  another  place 
\'isited  by  the  apostle,  perhaps  as  a  prisoner.  If  arrested 
at  Troas,  he  would  probably  be  sent  to  Ephesus,  the 
residence  of  the  proconsul,  for  trial.  And  at  Miletus, 
near  that  city,  we  find  that  he  left  his  companion, 
Trophimus,  who  had  been  with  him  at  the  time  of  his 
former  arrest  in  Jerusalem.  It  is  a  slight  confirmation 
of  this  view,  that  there  is  among  the  ruins  of  Ephesus 
a  place  pointed  out  as  the  prison  of  Paul. 

7.  From  Ephesus  he  may  have  set  sail  once  more  as  a 
prisoner  for  Rome.  He  was  accompanied  by  several 
friends,  as  Titus,  who  had  left  Crete  once  more  to  foUow 
him;  Luke  the  physician,  his  companion  to  the  last;  and 
Tychicus.  We  know  nothing  concerning  the  voyage, 
and  therefore  represent  it  on  the  map  by  the  most  direct 
route  from  Ephesus.  At  Rome  we  know  only  that  his 
imprisonment  was  short;  that  his  friends  were  few,  for 
the  church  had  been  scattered  by  the  terrible  persecution 
of  Nero;  that  Paul  was  left  alone  at  his  first  hearing, 
his  friends  having  gone  in  various  directions,  some  on 
errands  of  duty,  and  others  in  fear  of  the  world;  that 
he  wrote  earnestly  to  Timothy  to  come,  bringing  Mark 
with  him  (2  Tim.  4:i»,  11);  and  we  infer  from  his  own 
expectations  and  the  tradition  of  the  church,  that  his 
martyrdom  was  not  long  delayed. 

The  traditional  place  of  his  execution  is  sho\\ai  at 
Aqua'  Salva:>,  now  Tre  Fontane,  three  miles  from  Rome, 
near  the  road  to  Ostia. 

OUTLINE  FOR  REVIEW. 

1.  Colosse  and  Ephesus.  2.  Macedonia.  (Philippi,  Thessalonica,  Berea, 
Corinth.)  3.  Crete.  4.  Nicopolis.  5.  Troas.  (Arrest?)  6.  Ephesus.  7. 
Rome.     (Martyrdom.) 


THE  ISLES  OF  GREECE  AND  THE  SEVEN  CHURCHES. 


I.  As  THE  islands  of  the  ^gean  Sea  are  often  referred 
to  in  the  Acts,  especially  in  the  account  of  Paul's  voyage 
to  Phoenicia,  in  his  third  missionaiy  journey,  we  present 
a  map  representing  them  upon  a  larger  scale,  with  those 
portions  of  Asia  and  Em'ope  adjoining  thein.  Such  of 
the  islands  as  are  mentioned  in  the  history  have  been 
already  described.  One  of  the  smallest  is  brought  to 
our  notice  in  the  book  of  Eevelation,  Patiuos,  to 
which  tlie  apostle  John  was  banished.  This  lies  20 
iniles  south  of  the  island  of  Samos,  24  miles  west  of 
Asia  Minor,  and  about  To  miles  southwest  of  Ephesus. 
It  is  about  20  miles  in  circum- 
ference, and  is  rocky  and  bar- 
ren. Its  loneliness  and  seclusion 
made  it  a  suitable  place  lor  the 
banishment  of  criminals;  and  to 
it  the  apostle  John  was  banished 
by  the  emjieror  Domitiau,  near 
the  close  of  the  first  Chiistian 
century:  though  some  scholars 
give  an  earlier  date,  under  the 
emperor  Nero.  A  narrow  isth- 
mus di\ides  the  island  into  two 
parts,  north  and  south. 
On  a  hill  in  the  south- 
ern part  is  a  monasteiy 
named  after  the  apostle 
John,  and  near  it  is  the 
cave  where  it  is  said  by 
tradition  that  he  re- 
ceived the  vision  of  the 
Apocalypse.  In  the 
Middle  Ages  the  island 
was  called  Patmosa,  and 
now  kno^vn  as  Patrno. 

II.  The  tenn  Asia  was  used 

by  the  ancients  in  varied  extent  of  meaning.  1.  Its 
earliest  use  in  Homer  refers  only  to  a  meadow  near  Troy 
(Troas).  which  was  called  the  "Asian  meadow."  2.  The 
lands  of  Mysia,  Lydia,  Caria,  and  a  part  of  Phrygia, 
were  knoAvn  as  Proconsular  Asia,  as  they  formed  the 
province  of  Asia  under  the  Roman  government.  This 
was  originally  the  dominion  of  the  last  king  of  Perga- 
mos,  whose  title  was  "king  of  Asia";  and  was  by  him 
bequeathed  to  the  Romans.  3.  Asia  Miuoi',  as  a  whole, 
was  sometimes  called  by  the  name  Asia,  though  not 
often.  4.  The  entire  Asiatic  continent  was  known  by 
This  name  in  ancient  times;  but  this  use  of  the  word  is 
not  found  in  Scripture. 

III.  The  Seven  Churches  of  Asia  were  all  located 
in  Proconsular  Asia,  in  the  immediate  neighborhood  of 
Ephesus.     There  were  other  churches  besides  these,  as 


Hierapolis  and  Colosse,  both  near  Laodicea,  and  referred 
to  in  the  Pauline  Epistles;  but  these  are  named  as  the 
most  important,  and  a  group  of  seven  is  the  arrange- 
ment most  frequently  found  in  the  Bible,  especially  in 
its  symbolical  writings.  To  these  Seven  Churches 
were  sent  the  messages  in  the  opening  chapters  of  the 
Revelation. 

1.  Ephesus  (Rev.  2 : 1)  was  the  most  important  city  of 
the  district,  its  church  was  the  largest,  and  it  was  the 
tirst  addressed.  (A  description  and  plan  of  this  city  may 
be  found  on  page  125.) 


l,Alil>H  KA    FKOM   HIEKAPOLIS. 

2.  Smyrna  (Rev.  2:8)  is  north  of  Ephesus,  about  40 
miles  in  a  direct  line,  though  longer  by  the  route  of 
travel.  It  is  on  the  ^Egean  Sea,  at  the  head  of  the  Her- 
mfPan  Gulf,  at  the  foot  of  Mount  Pagus.  The  earlieet 
city  was  built  B.  C.  15(X),  by  the  Greeks,  and  destroyed 
and  rebuilt  several  times.  From  the  time  of  Alexander 
the  Great,  who  was  one  of  its  1)uilders,  it  became  an 
important  city.  Its  earliest  mention  in  Christian  history 
is  in  the  Revelation.  Polycarp,  a  pupil  of  John,  was 
martjTed  here  A.  D.  l^o.  His  grave  is  still  shown  on  a 
hill  near  the  city.  Despite  fires,  earthquakes  and  wars, 
it  has  retained  its  imjjortance,  and  is  now  the  largest  city 
on  the  Asiatic  side  of  the  iEgean  Sea,  having  a  popu- 
lation of  nearly  200,000  people.  The  modern  city  is 
about  two  miles  from  the  ancient  site. 

3.  Pergamos  (Rev.  2:12),  more  properly  Pergamum, 


133 


lU 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


was  60  miles  northeast  of  Sm}Tna,  in  the  district  of 
Mysia,  3  miles  north  of  the  little  river  Caicus,  and  20 
miles  from  the  ^gean  Sea.  It  was  the  capital  of  a 
smaU  but  wealthy  kingdom,  which  arose  in  the  breaking 
up  of  Alexander's  empire.  It  was  celebrated  for  its 
large  Ubrary,  which  at  one  time  contained  200,000 
manuscripts,  but  was  by  Mark  Antony  presented  to 
Cleopatra,  and  removed  to  Alexandria.  The  city  was 
devoted  to  the  worship  of  ^sculapius,  the  patron  divin- 


ISLE 


P  A  T  M  0 


ity  of  medicine ;  and  was,  hke  most  idolatrous  places, 
corrupt  in  its  morals.  It  is  now  a  city  of  25, 000  inhab- 
itants, called  Pergama. 

4.  Thyatira  (Rev.  2:  IS)  was  a  city  in  the  province  of 
Lydia,  on  the  road  from  Pergamos  to  Sardis.  It  was 
founded  by  Alexander  the  Great,  who  planted  it  witli 
people  from  Macedonia,  which  may  account  for  the 
fact  that  "Lydia  of  Thyatira"  was  found  by  Paul  at 
PhiUppi,  in  Macedonia.     It  was  a  prosperous  manufact- 


uring town,  but  never  a  great  city,  and  its  scarlet  cloth 
still  has  a  reputation  throughout  the  Orient.  It  is  now 
a  i^lace  with  a  population  of  from  17,000  to  20,000,  and 
is  called  ak  Hissar,  "white  castle." 

5.  Sardis  (Rev.  3:1)  lay  30  miles  south  of  Thyatira, 
between  the  river  Hermus  and  Mount  Tmolus.  It  was 
the  capital  of  Croesus,  the  wealthy  king  of  Lydia,  whose 
emi^ire  was  overthrown  by  Cyixis  the  Great.  After  the 
time  of  Alexander  it  belonged  to  the  kingdom  of  Perga- 
mos, until  its  absorption  into  tlie  Roman  empire.  It 
was  a  place  of  extensive  commerce,  which  led  to  pros- 
perity, and  the  worldhness  of  the  Christian  church, 
rebuked  in  the  message  of  the  Revelation.  It  is  now  a 
miasmatic  region,  witli  scarcely  an  inhabitant,  and  bears 
the  name  Sert  Kalessi. 

G.  PhUadelpliia  (Rev.  3:7)  was  about  25  miles  south- 
east of  Sardis,  on  the  river  Cogamus,  a  branch  of  the 
Hermus.  It  was  built  and  named  by  Attains  Philadel- 
phus,  king  of  Pergamos,  and  was  the  centre  of  a  rich 
farming  region,  which  has  kept  it  inhabited  througli  all 
the  vicissitudes  of  the  centuries.  It  was  destroyed  by 
an  earthquake  A.  D.  17.  but  rebuilt.  Its  population  is 
now  about  10,000,  and  its  modern  name  is  Allal)  Shehr, 
"city  of  God." 

7.  Laodicea  (Rev.  3:14)  was  the  capital  of  Phrygia, 
and  was  50  or  60  miles  from  Philadelphia,  according  to 
route.  It  was  on  the  bank  of  the  Lycus,  near  Hiei'- 
apohs  and  Colosse.  Its  ancient  name  was  DiospoUs,  but 
was  changed  by  the  Syrian  king,  Seleucus  II.,  in  honor 
of  his  wife,  Laodice.  In  A.  D.  62  it  was  destroyed  by  an 
earthquake;  but  its  people  were  sufficiently  I'ich  to  de- 
cline the  aid  of  the  Romans  in  rebuilding  their  citj'.  Its 
worldly  prosperity  was  reflected  in  its  church,  which 
received  the  sharpest  rebukes  of  the  Revelator.  The 
Mohammedans  destroyed  the  city,  which  is  now  a  mass 
of  ruins,  surrounding  a  village  called  Eski -hissar. 

It  will  be  noticed,  that,  in  the  order  of  the  Revelation, 
the  Seven  Churches  are  arranged  in  a  circuit,  as  one 
would  find  them,  starting  from  Ephesus,  and  traveling 
north  to  Smyrna  and  Pergamus,  then  southeast  to 
Thyatira,  Sardis  and  Philadelphia,  until  the  southern 
and  eastern  hmit  is  reached  at  Laodicea. 


OUTLINE    FOR    REVIEW. 


1.  Let  the  teacher  draw  the  outlines  of  the  coast  of  both  Europe  and 
Asia,  and  call  attention  to  the  lands  as  already  noticed  \mder  otlier  maps. 
Then  locate  and  name  the  principal  Manil.i,  especially  those  referred  to  in 
Paul's  voyage  to  Palestine  (map  on  page  132),  and  Patmos. 


II.  Explain   the  four  meanings   of   the  name   Asia,  as  used    by  the 
ancients. 

III.  Locate  and  name  the   Seven,   Churches,   as  given   in   Revelation. 
Ephesus,  Smyrna,  Pergamos,  Thyatira,  Sardis,  Philadelphia,  Laodicea. 


THE  TABERNACLE. 


I.  Its  Origin.  The  Tabernacle  was  the  tent  in  which 
the  emblems  for  divine  worshii)  were  kept  from  the 
time  of  Moses  to  that  of  Solomon,  4()()  years.  It  repre- 
sented the  idea  of  God  dweUing  among  his  people,  in 
the  centre  of  the  camp  of  Israel.  The  earUest  institu- 
tion for  woi'ship  was  the  Altar,  built  wherever  the 
patriarchs  pitched  their  tents.  Next  we  find  a  place 
consecrated  and  kept  for  the  house  of  God,  as  Jacob's 
pillar  at  Bethel,  to  which  the  patriarch  returned  as  to 
a  sanctuary  in  after  years.  The  Tabernacle  arose  when 
Israel  was  no  longer  a  family,  but  a  nation,  needing  a 
centralizing  power  and  a  system  of  worship  as  the 
uniting  element  among  the  tribes. 
It  was  erected  under  the  direction 
of  Moses,  by  divine  command, 
wliile  the  Israelites  were  encamped 
at  Mount  Sinai. 

II.  Its  History.  Dm-ing  all  the 
journeys  of  the  Israelites  through 
the  wilderness,  the  Tabernacle 
stood  in  the  centre  of  their  camp, 
or.  wliile  on  the  march,  was  taken 
apart  and  earned  by  the  Levites. 
At  the  time  of  the  conquest,  it 
remained  at  Gilgal,  the  forti- 
fied camp  of  Israel,  near 
Jericho.  After  the  war  it  was 
established  at  Sliiloh,  in  the 
tribe  of  Ephraim,  where  it 
continued  until  the  great  de- 
feat of  Israel  at  Ebenezer  (1 
Sam.  4  :  1-11),  when  the  ark  was  taken,  and  probably 
8hiloh  was  ravaged.  The  Tal)ernacle  was  removed  to 
Nob,  in  the  tribe  of  Benjamin,  where  it  remained  until 
Saul's  slaughter  of  the  priests.  (1  Sam.  21:1-6;  2'2: 
18,  19.)  It  seems  to  have  been  at  Gibeon,  while  the  ark 
was  in  seclusion  at  Kirjath-jearim.  (2  Chron.  1:1.) 
There  is  no  mention  of  the  Tabernacle  after  the  building 
of  the  Temple;  but  a  Jewish  tradition  is  that  its  cur- 
tains were  roUed  uy>  and  laid  away  in  one  of  the  rooms 
connected  with  the  Temple. 

III.  Tlie  Departments  of  the  Tabernacle.  This 
will  require  us  to  notice:  1.  The  Court.  2.  The  Altar. 
3.  The  Laver.  4.  The  Tent.  5.  The  Holy  Place.  6. 
The  Holy  of  Holies.  The  dimensions  of  these  are  given 
in  cubits ;  and,  as  the  authorities  differ  as  to  the  length 
of  the  cubit,  we  will  consider  it  here  as  being  about  a 
foot  and  a  half,  or  is  inches,  the  length  generally  given. 

1,   The  Court  was  150  feet  long  by  75  wide.     It  was 


THE   TABERNACLE,  ACCORDING  TO   FERGUSSON. 


135 


sejiarated  from  the  camp  by  a  curtain  of  fine  Hnen,  sup- 
ported by  60  pillars,  of  which  20  were  on  each  side,  and 
10  on  each  end.  The  pillars  were  probably  of  wood 
covered  with  brass.  (There  is  strong  reason  for  behev- 
ing  that  the  word  "brass"  in  the  Old  Testament  refers 
to  copi^er.)  They  were  fastened  together  by  cords,  and 
rested  upon  bases  of  brass,  wliich  were  fastened  to  the 
ground,  perhaps  by  spikes  from  the  bottom.  Each  pil- 
lar was  7i  feet  (5  cubits)  high,  and  was  covered  with  a 
silver  cap.  The  curtain  was  made  of  linen,  m  sections, 
extending  from  pillar  to  pillar,  a  distance  of  about  8 
feet,  and  was  fastened  to  the  pillars  by  hooks  of  sil- 
ver. The  entrance  was  on  the  end 
toward  the  east,  30  feet  wide,  and 
consisted  of  an  embroidered  hang- 
ing, which  could  be  raised  or  low- 
ered at  pleasure.  None  but  the 
priests  and  Levites  were  allowed 
within  the  court ;  and  the  wor- 
shipers presented  their  ott'erings 
without  at  the  entrance.  (Eeview. 
1.  Dimensions.  2.  Pillars.  3. 
Curtain.  4.  Entrance.  5.  Priests. 
2.  T/ie  Altar  stood  within  the 
court,  in  front  of  the  entrance, 
in  the  most  prominent  situa- 
tion of  the  camp,  and  was  the 
largest  article  of  the  taber- 
nacle furniture.  It  was  a 
j)lain  structure,  7^  feet  sqiiare 
and  4^  feet  high,  hollow 
within,  and  made  of  acacia  wood,  to  avoid  excessive 
weight;  but  covered  with  plates  of  brass,  as  it  was 
exposed  to  the  fire.  Upon  each  corner  projected  a  horn 
from  the  top,  upon  which  the  blood  of  the  victim  was 
sometimes  sprinkled,  and  to  which  suppliants  sometimes 
fled.  Ai-ound  the  altar,  midway  between  the  top  and 
bottom,  was  a  "compass"  (Exod.  27:5),  or  ledge,  upon 
which  the  priest  stood  while  sacrificing.  There  is  men- 
tion also  of  "a  grate"  (Exod.  27:4),  which  was  formerly 
supposed  to  have  been  placed  inside  the  altar,  so  that 
the  fire  might  be  built  upon  it,  and  the  ashes  fall 
through  it;  but  this  is  now  by  the  best  scholars  consid- 
ered to  have  been  upright,  and  under  the  "compass," 
and  not  a  grate,  but  a  lattice-work  of  brass,  surrounding 
the  altar.  It  is  believed  that  at  each  encampment  the 
altar  was  filled  with  earth,  and  that  upon  this  the  fire 
was  kindled,  according  to  Exod.  20:24,  25.  At  each  cor- 
ner was  a  brass  ring,  and  through  the  pair  of  rings  on 


136 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGEAPHY. 


each  side  a  rod  was  passed,  by  wliich  the  altar  was  car- 
ried from  place  to  place  during  the  marches  of  Israel. 
The  fu-e  upon  the  altar  was  kindled  miraculously  (Lev. 
9 :  24),  and  was  never  suffered  to  go  out,  but  was  kept 
aUve  even  on  the  march  by  live  coals  in  a  vessel.  Twice 
each  day  the  high-priest  offered  the  general  sacrifice  for 
the  peojjle,  besides  the  individual  offerings  of  wor- 
shipers. In  officiating,  tlie  piiest  ai)proached  the  altar 
by  an  ascent  of  earth,  as  steps  were  forbidden  (Exod. 
20:26),  and  he  stood  upon  either  the  north  or  south  side, 
as  the  ashes  were  thrown  out  on  the  east  side.  (Lev. 
1: 1(>.)    The  utensils  of  the  altar  were  five,  all  of  brass. 

I.  Pans,  used  to  convey  the  ashes  outside  the  camp. 
(Lev.  6:10,  11.)  2.  Shovels,  for  taking  off  coals  of  fire 
to  put  in  the  censers.  3.  Basins,  for 
receiving  and  carrying  the  blood  of 
offerings.  4.  Flesh-hoolis,  for  placing 
the  sacrifice  on  the  fire.  S.  Fire-pans, 
for  carrying  the  fire  while 
on  the  march.  (Note  for 
Review.  1.  Situation.  2. 
Dimensions.  3.  Horns. 
4.  Compass.  5.  Grate. 
6.  Earth  contents.  7.  .^ 
Eings.  8.  Fire.  9.  Sac-  ' 
rifices.    10.  Approach. 

II.  Utensils.) 

3.  TJie  Lavier 
is  less  minutely 
described  than 
the  altar.  It  was 
a  large  tank  for 
holding  water, 
an  abundance  of 
which  was  needed 
in  the  sacrifices,  i;nd  w;is 
made  out  of  the  metallic 
' '  looking-glasses ' '  of  the 
women  who  worshiped  at 
the  Tabernacle.  (Exod.  38:8.)  It  stood  at  the  door  of  the 
Tabernacle,  and  west  of  the  altar.  (Exod.  30: 18.)  With 
it  is  mentioned  ''its  foot.''  which  was  probably  a  lower 
basin,  into  which  the  water  ran  from  above,  made  to  pre- 
vent the  earth  ai'ound  from  becoming  saturated  with 
water.  Its  size  and  form  are  not  stated  in  the  account. 
(Review.    1.  Purpose.    2.  Material.    3.  Place.    4.  Foot.) 

4.  The  Tent.  This  was  the  Tabernacle  proper,  to 
which  the  court  was  the  adjunct.  It  stood  as  the  repre- 
sentation of  God's  house,  wherein  he  dwelt  in  the  midst 
of  his  own  chosen  people.  It  was  15  feet  wide  and 
high,  and  45  feet  long,  divided  into  two  I'ooms  by  a 
curtain,  or  vail.  Though  many  details  are  given,  yet  it 
is  not  possible  to  give  certain  conclusions  either  concern- 
ing its  plan  of  construction,  or  even  its  general  appear- 
ance. For  example  :  some  authorities  conclude  that  the 
curtained  roof  was  flat,  or  even  sagging  downward  in 
the  middle,  while  others  are  sure  that  it  was  pointed,  by 
means  of  a  ridge-pole,  as  represented  in  our  engraving. 
We  consider  neither  as  certain,  but  inchne  to  the  latter 


Tin;   TAIll.K 


opinion.  The  walls  and  rear  end  of  the  tent  were  made 
of  upright  boards,  covered  with  gold,  each  15  feet  high, 
and  2  feet  3  inches  wide;  of  which  there  were  20  boards 
on  each  side,  and  10  ui  the  rear,  while  the  front  was  open. 
Upon  each  board  were  rings  of  gold,  so  arranged  that, 
when  the  walls  were  erected,  the  rings  were  in  three 
rows,  and  through  them  long  poles  were  passed  to  hold 
the  structure  together.  Each  board  was  furnished  at  its 
lower  end  with  two  tenons,  which  fitted  into  mortises  in 
bases  of  solid  silver,  each  weighing  nearly  100  pounds. 
These  bases  stood  side  by  side,  forming  a  firm  and  con- 
tinuous foundation,  and  protecting  the  lower  ends  of 
the  boards  from  decay.  The  roof  of  the  tent  was  sup- 
ported by  jiillars,  of  which  there  seem  to  have  been  five 
in  the  front  (Exod.  36  :  38),  and  probably 
as  many  in  the  rear.  These  were  covered 
wath  gold,  and  rested  upon  bases  of  brass. 
The  covering  of  tlie  Tabernacle  consisted 
of  four  curtains,  one 
over  another.  1.  A  cov- 
ei'ing  called  the  ' '  taber- 
nacle cloth,"  of  linen, 
woven  in  vaiious  colors, 
and  embroidered  with 
figures  of  cherubim.  2. 
Over  this  was  stretched 
a  covering  of  cloth  made 
Irom  goat's  hair,  laig'er 
than  the  other,  and 
therefore  extend- 
ing beyond  it.  3. 
Next  came  a  cov- 
ering of  "rams' 
skins  dye  d 
red."  4.  Overall 
was  spread  a  cover- 
ing skin, called  in  the  He- 
brew, tachasJi,  translat- 
ed ''badgers'  skins, "but 
supposedby  many  to  mean  seal  skin,  taken  from  animals 
found  in  the  Red  Sea,  and  intended  to  preserve  the  roof 
from  the  effects  of  the  weather.  The  front,  on  the  eastern 
end,  was  protected  by  a  hanging  of  fine  linen,  embroidered 
in  blue,  purple  and  scarlet,  and  resting  upon  the  five  pillars 
named  above.  (Review.  1.  Purpose.  2. Dimensions.  3.  Form. 
4.  Walls.  5.  Rings.  6.  Bases.  7.  Pillars.  8.  Coverings.  9.  Front.) 
5.  The  Holy  Place.  This  was  the  larger  of  the  two 
rooms,  and  was  separated  from  the  smaller  room  within 
by  the  VaiJ,  which  was  an  embroidered  curtain  hanging 
upon  four  pillars.  Its  diinensions  were  15  feet  in  width 
and  30  feet  in  length,  with  walls  15  feet  high.  There  is 
no  mention  of  a  floor,  and  probably  there  was  none.  It 
contained  three  articles  of  furniture.  On  the  right  of  a 
person  entering,  midway  between  the  two  ends  of  the 
room,  stood  the  Table,  made  of  shittim  wood  (acacia), 
covered  with  gold ;  it  was  3  feet  long,  a  foot  and  a  half 
wide,  2  feet  3  inches  high,  and  surrounded  with  a 
"crown,"  or  ornamental  band,  of  gold.  On  the  corners 
were  rings,  through  which  rods  were  passed,  to  carry  it 


siii'.w  i;ki:aii 


THE  TABERNACLE. 


137 


from  place  to  place.     On  this  table  -were  kept  12  loaves 
of  unleavened  liread,  which  were  renewed  every  Sab- 
bath.    On  the  left,  opposite  to  the  table,  was  the  Lamp- 
stand,  generally  called  the  Candlestick,  but  incorrectly, 
as  it  contained  lamps,  not  candles.     This  was  a  tree  of 
gold,  probably  40  inches  high,  having  three  branches  on 
each  side  of  tlie  central 
trunk,  so  arranged  that 
the  seven  summits,  each 
holding  a  lamp,  stood 
in    a    horizontal    line. 
It  is  uncertain  whether 
the    lamps    were    kept 
burning  at  all  times,  or 
only  during  the  night. 
Directly  in  front  of  the 
vail,  at  the  western  end 
of     the     Holy     Place, 
stood  the  Altar  of  Li- 
cense.     This     was    of 
acacia    wood,    overlaid 
with    gold,    whence    it 
was    frequently   called 
"the  golden  altar."     It 
was  a  foot  and  a  half 
square,  and  three  feet 
high.     It  had  liorns  on 
its   corners,    and    rings 

for   carrying,    and    an  tue  brazen  altar. 

opening  in  the  top,  wherein  was  placed  daily  a  censer     called 
full  of  incense.  Avhich  was  hghted  by  live  coals  from  the 
altar  of  burnt  offering  in  the  court.     The  Ughting  of  the 
incense  with  common  fire  was  the  crime  for  which  the 
two  elder  sous  of  Aaron  '"died  before  the  Lord."    (Lev. 


10:1,  2.)  Into  the  Holy  Place  the  priests  entered  daily, 
to  trim  and  refill  the  lamps,  and  offer  the  incense. 
(Review.  1.  Vail.  2.  Dimensions.  3.  Table.  4.  Lamp- 
stand.     5.  Altar  of  Incense.     6.  Daily  uses.) 

fi.   The  Holy  of  Holies.     This  was  the  inner  room,  at 
the  western  end  of  the  building,  entered  only  on  one  day 

in  the  year,  the  Day  of 
Atonement,  and  only  by 
the  high  priest.  Its  di- 
mensions were  those  of  a 
cube,  15  feet  in  breadth, 
length  and  height.  It 
contained  the  most  sa- 
cred Ark  of  the  Cove- 
nant, which  was  a 
chest,  the  receptacle 
for  the  stone  tables  of 
the  Law,  given  by  the 
Lord  to  Moses.  It  was 
of  shittim  or  acacia 
wood,  covered  without 
and  within  with  gold, 
3  feet  9  inches  long, 
by  2  feet  3  inches  wide 
and  deep;  furnished  on 
the  side  with  rings, 
that  it  miglit  be  car 
ried.  The  hd  wa& 
made  of  gold,  and  was 
the  propitiatory, — in  our  version,  "mercy 
seat."  Upon  it  stood  golden  figures  of  the  cherubim, 
and  between  them  was  believed  to  dwell  the  cloud 
which  denoted  God's  presence.  (Review.  1.  Uses.  2, 
Dimensions.     3.  Ark.) 


OUTLINE    FOR    TEACHING    AND    REVIEW 

1.  Draw  upon  the  blackboard  a  diagram  representing  the  ground-plan  2.  Locate  upon  the  diagram  each  of  the  parts  referred  to,  and  describe 

of  the  Court  of  the  Tabernacle,  and,  within  it,  the  Tabernacle  itself.     Tell      them,  following  the  outline  given  at  the  end  of  earh  paragraph. 
the  class  its  origin  and  history.  3.  Review  the  facts  given,  frequently  during  the  lesson,  and  tinally  at 

the  close. 


y 


^■:<''::::»'S'' 


THK   BRAZEN   All  \i:,     \^ 


■  l\i.    IM    \ii;vEU. 


16 


THE    TEMPLE. 


The  Temple  was  the  centre  of  Jewish  thought,  not 
only  in  Palestine,  bnt  also  throughout  the  world.  Even 
when  it  lay  in  ruins,  Daniel,  in  the  land  of  captivity, 
opened  his  window  toward  its  site  when  he  prayed ;  and 
the  front  of  every  synagogue  looked  toward  it.  It  stood 
on  Mount  Moriah,  which  was  originally  outside  the 
wall  of  the  city,  east  of  Mount  Zion.  In  order  to 
give  room  for 
all  its  courts, 
the  surface  of 
the  hill  was 
increased  by 
building  out 
from  its  sides 
on  successive 
platforms, 
supported  by 
immense  sub- 
structions of 
brick  and 
stone,  so  that 
the  e  n  t  i  !•  e 
mountain  is 
honeycoml)ed 
with  artiticial 
caves. 

There  were 
three  succes- 
sive Temples. 
1.     Solomon\s 

Temple  dedicated  aljout  95()  B.  C.  The  aceounts 
of  this  building  are  so  meager,  and  the  text  is  so 
uncertain,  that  it  is  impossible  to  construct  its  plan 
with  any  satisfaction.  A  conjectural  ground  plan  is 
given  on  page  71.  This  temple  stood  until  587  B.  C, 
when  it  was  destroyed  by  Nebuchadnezzar.  2.  After 
a  period  of  desolation  of  50  years,  ZerKhhabeV  s  Temple 
was  begun,  536  B.  C,  and  finished  20  years  after. 
Still  less  is  known  of  its  architecture ;  bnt  it  was 
probably  on  the  same  general  plan  as  Solomon's, 
less  magnificent.  It  passed  through  many 
desecrated  by  enemies,  and  reconsecrated 
by  the  Jews,  but  stood  until  30  years  before  the  birth 
of  Christ.  3.  HtrocT  s  Temple  was  a  i-estoration, 
enlargement,  and  improvement  ui^on  Zerubbabel's.  It 
was  built  by  Herod  the  Great,  in  sections,  taking  down 
the  old  and  building  the  new  part  by  part,  so  that  it 
occupied  many  years,  and  was  not  completed  until 
after  Herod's  death,  and  less  than  ten  years  before  its 
final  destruction.  This  was  the  TeiniJe  standing  in 
the  time  of  Christ,  and  refeiTed  to  in  the  allusions  of 


TUE    DU.ME   (IK   TlIK    Km  K. 


though 


the  New  Testament.  It  was  destroyed  by  the  Romans 
under  Titus,  A.  I).  70,  and  was  never  rebuilt  by  the 
Jews,  though  its  restoration  was  more  than  once 
attempted.  Its  site  is  now  occiipied  by  the  Moham- 
medan "Dome  of  the  Rock,"  often,  but  erroneously, 
called  the  Mosque  of  Omar. 
The  Temple  of  Herod  is  the  one  usually  described 

in    works     on 
the  subject. 
The    authori- 
ties   are:     1. 
The     Scrip- 
tures,      fro  m 
which  we  gath- 
er     references 
to  this  Temple, 
and    analogies 
from    the    de- 
scription of  the 
Tabei'nacle,    of 
which  the  Tem- 
ple was  an 
e  n  1  a  r  g  e  d 
c  o  J)  y .     2. 
-  The'    de- 
scription 
given  by  Jose- 
phus,     which 
was      wiitten 
20  years  after 
its     fall,     and 
gives     general 
impressions 
rather   than  accurate    details.     3.    The    tract  Middoth 
"measures,"  in  the  Talmud,  which  gives  precise  meas- 
urements, but  not  complete  information.    4.  The  allusions 
in  ancient  Jewish  litei'ature,  of  more  or  less  value  and 
authority.     5.  The  results  of  recent  explorations  under 
the  Temple  area,  which  are  very  valuable.     Different  in- 
vestigators have  come  to  very  different  conclusions  con- 
cerning the  Temple  and  its  courts.     We  present  in  this 
description  those  of  Dr.  James  Strong,  in  McClintock  & 
Strong's  Cyclopedia,  from  which  our  diagram  is  taken,  by 
l)ermission.     From  the  uncertainty  of  many  dimensions, 
and  especially  the  difference  of  opinion  with  regard  to  the 
length  of  the  Jewish  cubit,  in  which  all  tlie  ancient  meas- 
urements are  given,  most  of  our  figures  must  be  regarded 
as  general  estimates,  rather  than  i)recise  statements. 

The  Temple  consisted  of  a  building  called  "the  House 
of  God,"  surrounded  by  a  number  of  open  courts,  the 
the  inner.     On  the  north  of  it  was 


outer  ones  including 


139 


140 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


the  Tower  of  Antonia;  east,  VaUey  of  the  Kedron; 
south,  Ophel;  west,  A'aUey  of  the  Tyropceou;  aud  beyond, 
Mount  Zion. 

I.  The  Court  of  the  Gentiles  was  the  largest,  and 
the  first  entered  by  a  visitor  from  without.  It  was  so 
named  because  it  was  tire  only  part  of  the  building  in 
Avhich  foreigners  were  allowed;  hence  not  regarded  as 
sacred  by  the  Jews.  Speaking  roughly,  it  was  an  open 
square,  of  about  1,000  feet  on  each  side;  more  precisely, 
a  quadrangle,  whose  inside  measurements  were  090  feet 
on  the  north,  1,000  on  the  east,  910  on  the  south,  1,060 
on  the  West.  On  two  sides  there  was  a  covered  cor- 
ridor; Solomon's  Porch  on  the  east,  Herod's  Porch  on  the 
south.  It  was  entered  on  the  north,  east  aud  south,  by 
a  single  gate  in  each  wall :  north,  the  Gate  Tedi,  a  stair 
case  leading  up  to  the  Tower  Antonia,  from  which  Paul 
made  his  speech  to  the  Jewish  mob  (Acts  22) ;  east,  the 
Gate  Shushau,  du-ectly  opposite  to  the  altar,  and  leading 
to  the  VaUey  of  the  Kedron;  south,  the  Gate  Huldah,  a 
subterranean  passage  thi'ough  the  floor  of  the  court, 


fragment  of  this  wall,  with  its  insciiption,  was  recently 
discovered  in  Jerusalem.  Within  this  wall  was  a  cor 
ridor  24  feet  wide,  containing  an  ascent  of  steps  8  feet 
high;  and  alcove  them  the  inner  wall,  which  was  like 
that  of  a  castle,  very  thick,  from  40  to  iM)  feet  liigh,  and 
more  than  once  used  as  a  fortress  by  the  Jews.  Through 
both  the  outer  lattice  and  the  inner  Avail  wei'e  nine  gates, 
four  each  on  the  north  and  south;  one  on  the  east, 
opposite  to  the  altar;  but  none  on  the  west.  Though 
most  of  the  worshipers  came  from  that  side,  the  rear 
of  the  Temple  stood  toward  it,  and  the  fi'ont  faced  the 
east.  The  C'hel,  then,  was  a  terrace  of  24  feet,  between 
two  walls,  an  outer  lattice  and  an  imier  castle.  Paul 
was  arrested  under  a  false  report  of  his  having  led  Gen- 
tiles into  this  Sacred  Enclosure.     (Acts  21: 28,  29.) 

III.  The  Court  of  the  Women,  often  called  "The 
Treasury."  occupied  a  square  in  the  eastern  end  of  the 
Sacred  Enclosure.  Passing  through  the  thick  wall,  the 
Jewish  visitor  (for  none  other  was  allowed  to  enter) 
foimd  himself  in  an  open  court,  about  240  feet  square, 


ENCLOSURE,  o.TEN      CAL,..o..MOUNr>5 


SECTION    THROUGH    THE    MIDDLE    OF    THE    TEMPLE    FROM    EAST    TO    WEST. 


RANDiMCWALLV  *  C0..EWGR'S,CH1C*G0. 


wliich  was  here  much  higher  than  the  ground  outside 
the  waU;  west,  four  gates  :  the  southern,  near  the  angle 
of  the  wall,  the  Gate  Shalleketh,  or  Kiponos,  opening  to 
a  bridge  over  the  TjTopoeou;  next.  Gate  Parbar;  then, 
the  South  Gate  of  Asuppim;  and  near  the  northern  cor- 
ner of  the  wall,  the  North  Gate  of  Asuppim.  On  the 
floor  of  this  court  was  a  market  for  the  sale  of  sacrificial 
meats,  with  "tables  of  the  money  changers";  twice 
broken  up  by  Jesus  in  his  ministry.  (John  2:14-16; 
Matt.  21: 12,  13.)  [Notice,  in  this  account :  1.  Name.  2. 
Dimensions.     3.  Porches.     4.  Gates.     5.  Market.] 

II.  The  Sacred  Enclosure  was  an  elevated  section 
in  the  northwestern  part  of  the  Com-t  of  the  Gentiles, 
containing  the  sacred  buildings.  It  was  called  by  the 
Jews  the  Chel  (pronounced  Kel).  It  stood  8  feet  higher 
than  the  level  of  the  surrounding  court ;  and  its  outside 
measurement  was  630  feet  on  the  north  and  south,  by 
300  east  and  west.  Its  outer  waU  was  a  lattice  Avi-ought 
in  stone,  called  Soreg.  "interwoven."  4^  feet  high,  con- 
taining inscriptions  in  many  languages,  warning  all 
foreigners  not  to  enter  it,  under  penalty  of  death.     A 


surrounded  by  high  walls,  and  3  feet  higher  than  the 
platform  of  the  Chel.  To  this  led  four  gates,  or  rather 
doors,  in  the  middle  of  the  waU  on  each  side;  that  on  the 
east,  probabl}',  Ijeing  the  Beautiful  Gate  (Acts  3 : 2),  and 
that  on  the  west  the  Gate  of  Nicanor,  because  the  head 
of  Nicanor,  a  Syrian  enemy  of  the  Jews,  had  once  been 
hung  upon  it.  In  each  corner  of  the  court  was  a  room, 
open  overhead,  GO  feet  square.  That  in  the  southeast 
was  used  for  the  ceremonies  of  the  Nazarite's  vow,  and 
was  the  one  where  Paul  was  seized  by  the  Jews  (Acts 
21:26);  in  the  northeast,  for  the  preparation  of  wood  for 
the  altar;  in  the  northwest,  for  the  ceremonies  of  cleans- 
ing for  lepers;  in  the  southwest,  for  the  storage  of 
sacrificial  oil.  Between  these  rooms  were  gaUeried 
cloisters,  of  which  the  upper  story  was  set  apart  for 
women,  who  were  not  aUowed  to  j^enetrate  further  into 
the  Temple,  but  from  the  gaUery  over  the  Gate  of 
Nicanor  could  ■ndtness  the  sacrifices.  Around  the  wall 
were  fastened  13  treasure-chests,  for  gifts  of  the  wor- 
shipers, from  Avhich  came  the  name  "Treasmy." 
(Mark  12:41,  42;  John  8:20.)     Under  the  floor  of   this 


^ 


o 

o 

w 

O 

tzi 
O 

o 

CO 

d 
w 

W 

W 

c 
o 

CO 
H 


U2 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGEAPHY. 


couit  Avas  a  subterranean  passage  from  the  Tower  of 
Antonia,  by  which  soldiei's  were  sent  to  queU  riots 
among  the  Jews,  the  opening  being  by  the  Gate  Beauti- 
ful, over  which  was  a  guard-room.  Through  this  pas- 
sage the  soldiers  came  who  rescued  Paul  from  the  Jewish 
mob.  (Acts  21:31,  32.)  Under  the  steps  leading  up  to 
the  Gate  Nicanor  were  two  rooms  in  which  musical 
instruments  were  stored  for  use  at  the  festivals.  [Ee- 
view.  1.  Names.  2.  Dimensions.  3.  Doors.  4.  Eooms. 
5.  Galleries.  6.  Treasm-e-chests.  7.  Uudergroimd  jjas- 
sage.     8.  Music-rooms.     0.  Scripture  allusions.] 

IV.  The  Court  of  Israel,  or  Coui-t  of  the  Men, 
occupied  the  western  end  of  the  Sacred  Enclosure,  and 
was  a  narrow  corridor  suiroimding  the  Com-t  of  the 
Priests.  It  was  10  feet  higher  ihan  the  Com^  of  the 
Women;  320  feet  east  and  west,  by  2-10  north  and  south. 
The  width  of  the  corridor  on  the  north  and  south  was 
16  feet,  and  on  the  east  and  west  2i  feet.  It  was  the 
place  where  the  men  of  Israel  stood  to  view  the  sacri- 
fices. On  the  outside  of  it  rose  the  high  inner  wall  of 
the  Sacred  Enclosure ;  on  the  inside,  a  low  balustrade 
sufficed  to  separate  it  from  the  space  set  apart  for  the 
priests.  Three  gates  led  up  to  it  on  the  north;  as  many 
on  the  south;  and  one,  the  Gate  of  Nicanor,  on  the  east. 
In  the  wall  on  the  north  were  chambers  used  severally 
for  treasuries,  guard,  the  storage  of  salt,  the  storage  of 
hides  and  of  earthenware.  On  the  south,  at  its  eastern 
corner,  was  the  session-room  of  the  Sanhedrim,  caUed  the 
HaU  Gazith,  and  beyond  it  rooms  in  the  waU  for  guard, 
storage,  etc.  In  the  HaU  Gazith,  the  elders  sat  on  seats 
of  stone  arranged  in  semicucular  form.  [Eeview.  1. 
Name.  2.  Location.  3.  Dimensions.  4.  Pm-pose.  5. 
WaUs.     6.  Gates.     7.  Eooms.] 

Y.  The  Court  of  the  Priests  was  a  raised  platform 
vdthin  the  Court  of  Israel,  and  standuig  3  feet  above  it. 
It  was  about  275  feet  long,  by  200  feet  wade.  It  was 
mainly  occupied  by  the  House  of  God,  m  front  of  which 
stood  the  great  Altar  of  Burnt  Offering,  built  upon  the 
stone  which  now  rises  imder  the  Dome  of  the  Eock. 
The  altar  was  a  rude  structure  of  rough  stone,  white- 
washed, and  15  feet  high.  Fi-om  its  southwestern  corner 
an  underground  dram  passed  beneath  aU  the  com-ts  to 
the  brook  Kedron.  Opposite,  also,  to  the  southwestern 
comer,  was  the  Laver,  supphing  Avater  for  the  services 
and  washings.     Around  the  altar  were  marble  tables  for 


various  uses  in  the  sacrifices,  and  in  the  pavement  were 
rings  for  secm-uig  the  animals'  to  be  slain.  [Eeview.  1. 
Name.  2.  Dunensions.  3.  Altar.  4.  Drain.  5.  Laver. 
6.  Tables,  rings,  etc.] 

VI.  The  House  of  God,  or  Temple  Proper,  occupied 
moie  than  half  the  space  in  the  Couil  of  the  Priests. 
Its  flooi-  was  S  feet  above  the  level  of  the  surrounding 
court;  and  it  had  four  parts.  1.  The  Porch,  or  Vestibule, 
extended  across  the  front :  it  was  120  feet  high,  and  con- 
sisted of  several  stories.  Its  I'oof  was  steep,  and  covered 
with  golden  spikes  to  keei>  bii'ds  from  setthng  upon  and 
defiLiug  it .  It  was  built  of  marble,  and  richly  ornamented. 
2.  The  Chambers  were  on  each  side  of  the  house,  but 
separate  from  it,  and  not  attached  to  its  wall.  They 
were  three  stories  high,  aiid  entered  from  the  north  and 
south  by  winding  stairs.  Their  vise  was  to  furnish  homes 
for  the  priests  during  their  two  weeks  of  service  each 
year.  3.  The  Holy  Place  was  30  feet  wide  and  60  feet 
long,  double  the  dimensions  of  the  same  room  in  the 
Tabernacle.  It  was  entered  from  the  vestibule  by  double 
doors  plated  with  gold;  and  both  floor  and  ceihng  were 
covered  with  gold.  On  the  right  side  of  one  entering 
was  the  Table,  on  wliich  12  loaves  of  unleavened  bread 
w-ere  kept  standing ;  on  the  left  was  the  Lamp-stand, 
generally  caUed  (but  incorrectly)  the  Golden  Candlestick, 
for  it  held  seven  lamps,  not  candles;  and  at  its  fiu-ther 
end  was  the  golden  Altar  of  Incense,  hghted  each  day 
by  coals  from  the  Altar  of  Burnt  Offering.  In  tliis  room 
Zacharias  received  the  promise  of  the  birth  of  John  the 
Baptist.  (Luke  1.)  4.  The  Holy  of  Hohes  Avas  a  cube, 
each  dimension  being  30  feet.  It  w^as  separated  from 
the  Holy  Place  by  a  vail,  said  to  be  8  inches  thick  (but 
probably  consisting  of  Iavo  Avails  8  niches  apart\  Avhich 
Avas  rent  from  top  to  bottom  at  the  hour  of  the  SaAiour's 
death  on  the  cross.  (Mark  15:38.)  In  the  fii-st  Temple 
tliis  room  contained  the  Ark  of  the  CoA^enant ;  but  in  the 
second  and  third  Temi:)les  the  place  of  the  lost  ark  Avas 
taken  by  a  marble  stone,  upon  Avhich  the  high  priest  laid 
the  censer  on  the  Day  of  Atonement,  the  only  day  m  the 
year  Avhen  the  Holy  of  Hohes  AA-as  entered.  The  Eoman 
conqueror,  Pompey,  insisted  upon  entering  it,  expectmg 
to  see  some  object  of  worship,  and  j^erhaps  treasure,  but 
was  surprised  to  find  nothing  within  the  A'ail.  [EeAiew. 
1.  Porch.  2.  Chambers.  3.  Holy  Place  and  contents. 
4.  Holy  of  Hohes.] 


OUTLINE  FOR  TEACHING  AND  REVIEW. 


I.  Let  the  teacher  relate  tlie  history  of  Uie  Temple,  with  its  three 
periods  of  building,  under  Solomon,  Zerubbabel  and  Herod,  and  review  the 
class  on  the  names  and  events. 

II.  Draw  the  elevations  of  the  several  courts  and  buildings,  showing  how 
they  successively  rose  one  above  another,  and,  as  each  is  Indicated,  give  its 
name,  and  its  elevation  above  the  preceding.  1.  Court  of  Gentiles.  2.  Sacred 
Enclosure,  8  feet  elevation.  3.  Court  of  Women,  3  feet  higher.  4.  Court  of 
Israel,  10  feet.    5.  Court  of  the  Priests,  3  feet.     6.  House  of  God,  8  feet. 


III.  Draw  ne.\l  the  ground  plan  of  the  six  departments  as  given,  and 
describe  each,  following  the  order  given  in  the  description  above.  Fre- 
quently review  the  class  upon  the  names,  dimensions  and  facts. 

IV.  Number  the  Scripture  references  given  in  the  description,  write 
them  on  slips  of  paper,  distribute  to  the  class,  and  call  for  them  in  con- 
nection with  the  parts  of  the  Temple  to  which  they  refer.  At  the  close 
call  upon  the  class  to  name  the  Scripture  incidents  connected  with  each 
department. 


LESSONS  IN  THE  GEOGRAPHY  OF  PALESTINE. 


More  than  two-thirds  of  the  events  of  Bible  history 
are  associated  with  the  land  of  Palestine,  and  a  knowl- 
edge of  that  country  and  its  principal  places  is  needed  by 
every  Sunday  School  scholar  and  Bible  student.  Any 
Superintendent  who  will  take  ten  minutes  of  the  Sun- 


jar. 


D,    S. 


Names :  CA..  ISR.,  JUD.,  PAL. 


/ft^'Ct'CT*. 


Lesson  I. 

day  School  session  for  the  purpose  or  teaching  Bible 
Geogi-aphy,  can  in  less  than  three  months  give  to  his 
school  a  sufficient  knowledge  of  Palestine  for  the  general 
needs  of  Bible  study.  The  requisites  are  :  a  blackboard; 
some  crayons  (of  various  colors,  if  possible  to  obtain 


them);  a  clear  idea  on  the  part  of  the  instructor  of  what 
he  proposes  to  teach;  precise  statements  of  the  things 
taught,  in  as  few  words  as  possible;  giving  nothing  ex- 
cejjt  the  important  facts  wliich  are  to  be  remembered; 
and  frequent  reviews,  from  the  beginning,  of  all  the 
facts  acquired.  The  lessons  here  given  have  been  taught 
many  times  in  Sunday  Schools  and  childi-en's  classes  at 
Assemblies,  and  are  now  pubhshed  in  the  hope  that  they 
may  be  made  generally  useful. 

LESSON  I.    LINES  AND  WATERS. 

I.  Draw  in  presence  of  the  class,  in  wliite  chalk,  the 
tTPO  lines,  one  representing  the  Coast  Line,  the  other, 
the  Jordan  Line.  Notice  that  the  cape  on  the  Coast 
Luie  is  one-third  the  distance  from  the  top  of  the  map; 
that  the  second  of  the  thi-ee  lakes  is  du-ectly  opposite  to 
the  cape;  and  that  the  distance  between  the  second  and 
third  lakes  is  just  six  times  that  between  the  first  and 
the  second.  The  teacher  may  draw  the  hues  in  advance 
of  the  lesson,  with  a  soapstone  slate  pencil,  wliich  wdll 
make  a  faint  mark,  not  distinguishable  at  a  distance,  but 
seen  by  the  teacher,  and  easily  traced  in  presence  of  the 
class  with  white  crayon.  Let  the  class  repeat  the  names 
of  the  two  lines.     1.  Coast  Line.     2.  Jordan  Line. 

II.  Locate  the  different  Bodies  of  Water,  indicating 
then-  names  by  initial  letters.  1.  The  Mediterranean  Sea, 
on  the  west,  called  in  the  Bible  "the  Great  Sea."  2.  The 
river  Jordan,  flowuig  from  north  to  south.  3.  Lake 
Merom,  on  the  north.  4.  The  Sea  of  Gahlee.  5.  The 
Dead  Sea,  into  which  the  Jordan  flows.  Show  the  class 
that  this  sea  Ues  so  low,  that,  if  a  canal  were  cut  to  the 
Mediterranean,  the  ocean  would  run  in,  instead  of  the 
Dead  Sea  running  out.  Drill  the  class  on  :  1.  Lines.  2. 
Bodies  of  Water. 

LESSON  II.    NAMES  AND  DISTANCES. 

Draw  the  same  map  as  in  Lesson  I.,  but  omit  the  let- 
tering, and  review  the  Lines  and  Waters. 

I.  State  and  drill  upon  the  Names  by  which  the  land 
has  been  known  in  different  times.  L  In  the  earliest 
ages  it  was  called  Canaan,  because  its  best-known  peo- 
ple were  the  Canaanites.  2.  After  the  Israehtes  con- 
quered it,  it  was  known  as  the  Land  of  Israel.  ?>.  In 
the  tune  of  Christ  it  was  generally  called  Judaea,  because 
the  Jews  were  its  inhabitants.  4.  Its  name  is  now 
Palestine.  [Write  an  initial  or  syllable  of  each  name, 
and  recall  it  from  the  class.  ] 

n.  Give  the  Distances.  1.  Begin  ^^ith  the  country 
best  known,  and  state  first  the  distance  from  America  to 
Palestine,  7,800  miles.     [Write  on  the  board  A.  P.  7,800.] 


143 


lU 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


2.  The  Coast  Line,  from  a  point  opposite  the  source  of 
the  Jordan  to  a  point  opposite  the  lower  end  of  the 
Dead  Sea,  180  miles.  [Write  C.  L.  180.]  3.  The  Jordan 
Line,  from  its  source  to  the  lower  end  of  the  Dead  Sea, 
100  miles.  [J.  L.  180.]  4.  From  the  Jordan  to  the 
Mediterranean,  on  the  north,  30  mUes.  [J.  M.  30.]  5. 
Fr')m  the  Dead  Sea,  at  its  southern  end.  to  the  Mediter- 
ranean, 90  mUes.     [D.  S.  M.  90.]     6.  The  most  northern 


A.T.         7S00                                 / 

/ 

( 

C.  X.           180                             ~> 

?pD. 

.T.  r,.         ISO                     J 

/ 

J.  :h.           30                 j 

M)3r. 

i>.  s.ai.      90               / 

j 

D.H.           150                   / 

}^ 

S.  M.         6600                   I 

A 

/        ? 

1 

y 

J 

1                    c 
/                     ^ 

/           ^ 

> 

? 

^7         / 
A?/        / 

J        / 

,  c 

c 

3 

OB. 

,        \ 

Names  :  CA..  ISR.,  JUD.,  PAL. 

1 

'^Mr,'/CT'.c 

Lesson  II. 

town  in  Palestine  was  Dan  [mark  D.  on  the  map];  the 
most  southern  was  Beersheba  [mark  B.].  Hence,  to 
sliow  the  extent  of  the  land,  they  said  "from  Dan  to 
Beersheba,"  wliich  was  150  mQes  in  a  straight  hue. 
[Write  D.  B.  150.]  7.  Palestine,  between  the  Jordan 
and  the  sea,  includes  about  6,600  square  miles,  which  is 
a  little  smaller  than  Massachusetts.  [Write  S.  M. 
6,600.]  Review  the  facts  already  given  from  the 
beginning.     1.  Lines.     2.  Waters.     3.  Distances. 


LESSON  III.    NATURAL  DITISIONS. 

Draw,  as  before,  the  outUne  of  the  map,  and  review 
all  the  facts  ah-eady  taught.  1.  Lines.  2.  Waters.  3. 
Names.  4.  Distances.  Test  the  memory  of  the  class 
on  these  without  giving  the  initials. 

There  are  four  Natural  Di-^dsions  to  Palestine;  that  is, 
four  sections  in  the  country,  lying  imraUel  with  each 
other.  Indicate  them  on  the  map  in  brown  chalk,  not 
making  them  very  prominent. 

1.  We  find  the'  Sea-Coast  Plain  [S.  C.  P.]  extend- 
ing along  the  Coast  from  north  to  south,  narrow  at  the 
north,  and  wider  at  the  south. 

2.  Further  inland,  we  come  to  the  Mountain  Re- 
gion [M.  R.],  the  backbone  of  the  country,  a  section  of 
hills  and  mountains,  and  the  home  of  the  Israehtish 
people. 

3.  Passing  over  the  mountaius,  we  find  the  Jordan 


A. 

T. 

rsoo 

C. 

X. 

ISO 

J. 

X. 

ISO 

J. 

M. 

30 

a 

s.ai. 

90 

u 

TJ. 

130 

s. 

M. 

(:«00 

Names  :  CA..  ISR.,  JUD.,  PAL. 


/CVfj'dvfVfi 


Lesson  III. 


LESSONS  IN  THE  GEOGRAPHY  OF  PALESTINE. 


145 


Valley,  a  deep  gorge,  and  deeper  the  further  we  travel 
southward,  until,  at  the  Dead  Sea,  it  is  mor^-;  than  1,300 
feet  lower  than  the  Mediterranean. 

4.  Still  further  eastward,  we  chmh  the  ste^^j  mount- 
ains again,  and  reach  the  Eastern  Table-Land,  a  lofty 
plain  sloping  gradually  to  the  great  desert  beyond  it. 

Review,  as  before.  1.  Lines.  2.  Waters.  3.  Names. 
4.  Distances.     5.  Natui'al  Divisions. 

LESSON  IV.    MOUNTAINS. 

Review,  as  usual,  from  the  begiiming,  before  com- 
mencing the  advance  lesson.     The  events  of  the  Bible 


Lesson  IV. 


are  often  associated  with  Mountain.s,  of  which  there 
are  many  in  Palestine.  We  select  eight  of  the  most  im- 
portant, gi-oup  them  in  pairs,  and  state  witli  each  the 


fact  which  gives  it  interest. 


On  the  north  of  the  comitry,  near  the  source  of  the 
Jordan,  we  find  two  mountains,  nearly  opposite  to  each 
other.  1.  Mount  Hermon,  on  the  east,  the  highest 
mountain  in  Palestine,  and  the  place  where  the  Saviour 
was  transfigured.  2.  Mount  Lebanon,  on  the  west, 
famous  for  its  cedars. 

Next,  we  find  two  mountains  nearly  in  Une  with  the 
Sea  of  Gahlee,  one  directly  west  and  the  other  southwest 
of  it.  3.  Movnt  Cannel,  by  the  Mediterranean,  where 
Ehjah  called  down  fire  from  heaven  upon  the  altar.  4. 
Mount  Oilboa,  where  King  Saul  feU  in  battle  with  the 
Philistines. 

In  the  centre  of  the  country  we  find  two  mountains, 
where  Joshua  read  the  law  to  the  Israehtes.  5.  On  the 
north.  Mount  Ebat,  the  mount  of  cursing.  G.  On  the 
south.  Mount  Gerizim,  the  mount  of  blessmg. 

In  the  south,  directly  in  line  with  the  northern  end  of 
the  Dead  Sea,  are  two  mountains.  7.  On  the  west, 
Mount  Olivet,  or  the  Mount  of  Olives,  where  Jesus 
ascended.  8.  On  the  east,  Mount  Xebo,  where  Moses 
died. 

With  each  of  these  mountains  the  event  associated 
might  be  briefly  related.     At  the  close,  review  as  before. 

1.  Lines.  2.  Waters.  3.  Names.  4.  Distances.  5. 
Divisions.  6.  Mountains.  Be  sure  that  the  class  can 
name  the  event  with  each  mountain. 

lESSON  y.    PL.4CES. 

This  lesson  may  weU  be  divided  into  from  two  to  four 
sections,  according  to  the  time  Avhich  can  be  given  to  it. 
Draw  the  map,  as  usual,  from  the  beginning;  and,  as 
each  subject  is  presented  upon  it,  review  the  pupils,  until 
all  then-  past  lessons  are  clearly  fixed  in  mind.     1.  Lines. 

2.  Waters.  3.  Names.  4.  Distances.  5.  Natural  Divis- 
ions. 6.  Mountains.  See  that  with  each  mountain,  as 
it  is  located,  the  event  connected  with  it  is  named. 

We  have  uoav  to  fix  the  most  important  Places  in 
Palestine.  We  locate  them  by  their  arrangement  in  the 
Natural  Divisions,  and  name  an  event  for  which  each 
place  is  remembered. 

I.  Places  in  the  Sea-Coast  Plain.  [These  may 
constitute  one  lesson,  if  desired.]  1.  Gaza,  where  Sam- 
son puUed  down  the  idol  temple  upon  the  Philistines  and 
himself.  This  hes  on  the  Mediterranean,  directly  in  Une 
west  of  the  middle  point  of  the  Dead  Sea.  2.  Joppa, 
the  seaport  of  Palestine,  from  which  the  propliet  Jonah 
started  on  his  voyage.  This  hes  nearly  half  way  between 
Gaza  and  Mount  Carmel.  3.  Ca'sarea,  where  Paul  made 
his  defense  before  King  Agrippa,  and  was  a  prisoner  for 
two  years.  This  is  a  little  more  than  half  way  between 
Joi)pa  and  Mount  Carmel.  4.  Tyn\  the  city  which  sent 
ships  to  all  lands;  a  little  further  north  of  Mount  Carmel 
than  C;«sarea  is  south  of  it.  As  each  place  is  named, 
locate  it  on  the  board,  and  mark  it  by  an  initial  letter. 

II.  Another  lesson  may  include  the  most  important 
Places  in  the  Monntain  Region.  1.  Beersheba,  the 
home  of  Abraham;  opposite  the  loAver  bay  of  the  Dead 


146 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


Sea.  2.  Hebron,  where  the  patriarchs  were  buried;  op- 
posite the  middle  of  the  Dead  Sea,  aud  in  hue  with  Gaza. 
3.  Bethlehem,  where  David  aud  Jesus  were  born,  6 
miles  south  of  Jerusalem.  4.  Jeruscdenu  the  capital  of 
Palestine,  where  David  reigned,  and  where  Jesus  was 
crucified;  dii-ectly  in  line  with  the  northern  end  of  the 


Lesson  V. 
Dead  Sea.  5.  Bethel,  10  miles  north  of  Jerusalem,  where 
Jacob  saw  the  vision  of  the  heavenly  ladder.  6.  She- 
chein,  between  the  twin  mountains  of  Ebal  and  Gerizim, 
where  Jesus  talked  with  the  woman  of  Samaria.  7.  Naz- 
areth,  where  Jesus  spent  his  boyhood ;  directly  in  hue 
with  the  southern  end  of  the  Sea  of  Gahlee. 

III.  Places  in  the  Jordan  Valley.  Two  of  these 
are  near  the  northern  end  of  the  Dead  Sea.  -  1.  Jericho, 
west  of  the  Jordan,  where  the  waUs  fell  down  before  the 
Israehtes.  2.  Bethabara,  east  of  the  Jordan,  where  Jesus 
was  baptized.     Two  more  are  near  the  northern  shore  of 


the  Sea  of  GaUlee.  3.  Capernanm,  where  Jesus  hved 
during  liis  ministry,  and  wrought  many  miracles ;  on 
the  northwestern  shore  of  the  sea.  4.  Bethsaida,  where 
Jesus  fed  the  five  thousand  with  five  loaves;  on  the  north 
of  the  sea.  5.  The  last  is  at  the  source  of  the  river  Jor- 
dan, Dan,  the  most  northerly  town  in  Palestine. 

rV.  Places  in  the  Eastern  Table-Land.  There 
are  not  many  in  this  section,  because  few  events  of  Bible 
history  took  place  there.  1.  Machcerus,  where  Jolui  the 
Baptist  was  imprisoned  and  beheaded;  opposite  the  north- 
ern part  of  the  Dead  Sea.     2.  Penuel,  on  the  brook  Jab- 


Lesson  VI. 

bok,  where  Jacob  wrestled  -with  the  angel.  This  is  about 
midway  between  the  Dead  Sea  and  the  Sea  of  Gahlee. 
3.  Mahanaim,  where  David  wept  over  Absalom's  death. 
This  is  about  half  way  between  Penuel  and  the  Sea  of 
Galilee.  4.  Ccesarea  Philippi,  at  the  foot  of  Mount  Her- 
mon,  where  Jesus  taught  his  disciples. 


LESSOxXS  l.X    THE  GEOGRAPHY    OF  PALESTINE. 


liT 


It  may  be  desirable  not  to  give  these  places  in  a  single 
lesson,  but  to  divide  it  into  two,  or  even  four  sections, 
and  give  one  at  a  session.  In  that  case,  with  each  les- 
son aU  the  places  ah-eady  located  should  be  reviewed, 
together  with  the  events  associated  with  tliem.  If  the 
places  can  be  mai'ked  upon  the  board  in  bright  red  chalk, 
they  will  be  prominent. 


LESSON  YI.    PROVINCES. 

Review  from  the  beginning,  as  usual.  1.  Lines.  2. 
Waters.  3.  Names.  4.  Distances.  5.  Natural  Divis- 
ions.    6.  Mountains.     7.  Places. 

In  this  lesson  we  are  to  learn  the  Provinces,  or  parts  of 
the  covmtry,  in  the  time  of  Christ.  We  do  not  take  the 
division  by  tribes;  as  that  is  more  difficult  to  learn,  and 
not  often  referred  to  in  history.  At  the  time  when 
Christ  was  among  men,  Palestme  was  divided  into  five 
Provinces,  though  two  of  these  were  under  one  rider. 

I.  Draw  the  boundary  line  of  Judaea,  and  wiite  its 
initial,  J.  This  was  the  southern  province,  and  the 
largest.  [Review  the  names  of  the  places  contained  in 
it.]  Its  people  were  the  Jews,  oi'  men  of  the  tribe  of 
Judah,  and  its  principal  city  was  Jerusalem. 

II.  North  of  Juda3a  was -the  province  known  as  Sa- 
maria, having  Shechem  as  its  principal  city.  Its  people 
were  the  Samaritans,  with  whom  the  Jews  had  no  deal- 
ings. In  Christ's  day  Judaea  and  Samaria  were  under 
one  government.  It  contained  the  t^\'in  mountains  Ebal 
and  Gerizim. 

III.  North   of    Samaria  was   Galilee,   where  Jesus 


lived  during  most  of  his  Ufe.  Its  people  were  also  Jews, 
but  were  called  ' '  Gahleans  "  by  the  Jews  in  Jerusalem ; 
and  in  Christ's  time  it  was  under  the  rule  of  Herod,  who 
slew  John  the  Baptist.  Notice  the  mountains  and  towns 
situated  in  it.  Mountains  :  Lebanon  and  Gilboa;  towns  : 
Nazareth,  Capernaum  and  Dan. 

IV.  On  the  east  of  the  Jordan,  and  south  of  the  Sea 
of  Gahlee,  was  the  province  of  Perjea,  a  word  which 
means  "beyond";  so  named,  because  it  is  "beyond 
Jordan."  Here  Jesus  taught  at  one  time  during  his 
mmistry,  and  blessed  the  httle  children.  The  places 
which  we  have  noticed  in  it  are  Macha?rus,  Bethabara, 
Penuel  and  Mahanaim;  and  its  mountain,  Nebo.  This 
province,  in  Christ's  day,  was  also  ruled  by  Kmg  Herod. 

V.  The  jirovince  north  of  Pei'a?a  and  east  of  the  Sea 
of  Galilee  is  not  named  in  the  New  Testament.  We 
wiU  caU  it  by  its  Old  Testament  name,  Bashau,  a  word 
meaning  "woodland."  It  was  rvUed  by  a  brother  of 
Herod,  named  Philip,  whose  title  was  "tetrarch";  hence 
it  is  sometimes  caUed  "  Phihp's  Tetrarchy."  The  momit- 
ain  we  have  noticed  in  it  is  Hermon,  and  the  two  places, 
Bethsaida,  and  Caesarea  Phihppi,  or  "  Phihp's  Ca?sarea," 
to  distinguish  it  from  the  other  Caesarea,  by  the  sea- 
shore. 

At  the  close  of  the  lesson,  i-eview  once  more  from  the 
very  beginning  of  the  series;  then  erase  the  map,  and, 
pointing  to  the  jilaces  on  an  "invisible  map,"  caU  for 
their  names  from  the  class.  There  can  scarcely  be  too 
much  i-eviewmg  of  these  leachng  facts,  in  order  to  im- 
press them  on  the  scholar's  memory. 


AHi.lII-,1    IN    THIS   TliMI'l.t:    AUIiA. 


THE   MEASURES   OF   THE   BIBLE. 


The  student  of  the  Bible  meets  with  some  difficulty  in 
adapting  the  names  of  weights,  measures  and  coins,  to 
the  standards  now  in  use,  and  finds  that  the  authorities 
are  not  agreed  upon  the  i^recise  signification  of  the  Bible 
terms  used  in  relation  to  these  subjects.  These  difficul- 
ties and  discrepancies  arise  from  three  facts :  1.  The 
Oriental  mind  has  never  been  accustomed  to  the  exact- 
ness of  our  systems  of  measurement.  Among  eight 
cubit  measures  found  on  the  Egyptian  monuments,  no 
two  were  j^recisely  aUke.  2.  The  models  or  standards  of 
weights  and  measures  referred  to  in  Hebrew  history 
were  long  ago  lost,  and  it  is  not  easy  to  reproduce  them. 
3.  The  Jews  adopted  the  measurements  of  peoples  among 
whom  they  were  dispersed,  yet  often  retained  the  names 
of  such  of  their  own  as  were  nearest  to  them  in  amount, 
so  that  at  different  periods  in  Bible  history  the  standard 
was  different.  The  same  word  may  refer  to  dift'erent 
measurements  at  dift'erent  times.  We  have  adopted  in 
this  section  the  measurements  of  F.  E.  and  C.  R.  Conder 
in  "The  Hand  Book  of  the  Bible,"  except  where  other 
authorities  are  specified. 

I.  Smaller  Measures  of  Length.  1.  The  lowest 
dimension,  as  in  our  own  table  of  hnear  measure,  was 
the  Barleycorn.  2.  Two  barleycorns  laid  endways  niade 
the  Finger-breadth  (Hebrew,  Atzbah),  two-thirds  of  an 


SMALLER  JrEASURES  OF  LENGTH. 


inch.  3.  Four  finger-breadths  made  the  Palm  (Heb., 
Tupah),  2|  inches.  4.  Sometimes  the  Hand-breadth  and 
Palm  are  the  same;  elsewhere,  the  hand-breadtli  (Heb., 
Zereth)  is  double  the  pahn,  or  5^  inches.     5.  Three  pahns 


made  the  Span  (Heb.,  Sit),  S  inches,  the  width  of  the 
outspread  hand,  from  the  end  of  the  thumb  to  that  of 
the  little  finger.  0.  Four  palms  made  the  Foot  (Heb., 
Regal),  li)|  inches.  7.  Six  palms  made  the  Cubit  (Heb., 
Ameh),  1()  inches  (Condei'),  or  the  distance  from  the 
elbow  to  the  tip  of  the  middle  finger,  when  held  in 
a  straight  line.  The  cubit,  however,  varied  (just  as 
the  ijound  with  us  varies  in  troy  and  avoirdui^ois 
weight),  as  indicated  in  the  expressions  "the  cubit  of 
a  man"  (Deut.  3:11),  "a  great  cubit"  (Ezek.  41:8),  etc. 
In  the  length  of  the  cubit,  authorities  vary  from  15 
to  21  inches.  We  have  adopted  the  general  opinion, 
and  ijlace  it,  conjecturally,  at  a  foot  and  a  half,  or  IS 
inches. 

II.  Larger  Measures  of  Length.  The  cubit  (reck- 
oned more  precisely  at  16  inches)  is  here  regarded  as  the 
unit  of  measurement.  1.  The  Fathom  was  6  or  6^  feet. 
2.  The  Reed  (Heb.,  Keneh;  compare  our  word  cane)  was 
4  cubits,  according  to  Conder,  but  6  cubits  according  to 
other  authorities,  thus  varying  between  Si  feet  and  8 
feet.  3.  The  Furlong  (named  only  in  the  New  Testa- 
ment) was  a  Greek  measurement  (Stadium),  of  606|  feet, 
or  53i  feet  less  than  our  furlong.  4.  The  Mile  (Matt. 
5:41)  was  1,61S  yards.  The  Hebrew  mile  is  not  re- 
ferred to  in  the  Bible,  but  was  of  two  kinds,  "the  small 
mile"  (Heb.,  Mil),  being  about  1,000  cubits,  or  about  a 
quarter  of  our  mile;  and  "  the  long  mile, "  twice  as  far. 
5.  The  Sabbath  Day's  Journey  is  stated  by  Conder  at 
2,000  cubits,  or  half  an  Enghsh  mile;  but  by  most  other 
writers  at  seven-eighths  of  oiu'  mile.  G.  The  Day's 
Journey  Avas  variable,  from  10  to  30  miles;  generally 
about  20  miles.  So  most  authorities  decide,  but  Conder 
gives  it  at  If  miles. 

III.  Dry  Measures  of  Capacity.  1.  The  Cab  (2 
Kmgs  6:25),  96  cubic  inches,  or  675  thousandths  of  a 
quart.  2.  The  Omer  (Exod.  16:  36)  contained  1723*xr  cubic 
inches,  or  about  2^  quarts.  3.  Tlie  Seah  (in  Greek,  Mo- 
dios)  was  the  ordmary  household  measui-e  of  quantity, 
translated,  generally,  "measm'e"  in  our  Bibles,  but  in 
Matt.  5: 15  "bushel."  It  contained  six  times  as  much  as 
the  cab,  or  a  httle  over  a  peck;  according  to  Conder,  1.012 
pecks;  according  to  the  Revised  Version  (Matt.  13:33, 
marginal  note),  a  peck  and  a  half.  4.  The  Ephah  (Exod. 
16:36)  contained  3  seahs,  or  10  omers;  about  three-quar- 
ters of  a  bushel.  5.  The  Cor  contained  10  ephahs,  or  7i 
bushels.  The  cor  is  also  called  "the  homer"  (Isa.  5: 10), 
which  is  to  be  carefully  distinguished  from  the  omer, 
which  contained  one-hundredth  of  its  quantity.  The 
two  words  are  not  ahke  in  the  Hebrew.  It  will  be  no- 
ticed that  the  omer,  the  ephah  and  the  cor  (or  homer) 
formed  a  decimal  scale  of  measurement. 


14? 


THE  MEASURES  OF  THE  BIBLE. 


149 


OMER 

(2!^  Quarts) 


^m>3^^ 


SEAH 

(1!5  JVc7£) 


ONE  PECK 


ONE  BUSHEL 


EPHAH 

(  '4  Busltel) 


3ibl&  Measures,  Ordinary  JiLeasures, 

DRY  MEASnHES. 

rV.  Liquid  Measures  of  Capacity.  1.  Tlie  Au- 
phauk  (not  named  in  the  Bible)  was  the  smallest,  con- 
taining 6  cnbic  inches,  or  675  thousandths  of  a  gill.  2. 
The  Log  (Lev.  14: 10\  four  times  as  large  as  the  auphauk. 
was  "six  egg-shells  fuU,"  24  cubic  inches,  or  a  little  more 

HIN 

( One  GdUon  I 


ONE 
QUART 


than  half  a  pint  (675  thousandths).  3.  The  Hin  (Exod. 
29: 40)  contained  12  logs,  or  a  Uttle  over  a  gallon.  4.  The 
Seah  (see  above,  under  Dry  Measures)  contained  twice  as 
much  as  the  hin.  5.  The  Bath,  containing  3  seahs  or  6 
hins,  contained  1,728  cubic  inches,  or  6.036  gallons.  Be- 
sides these,  the  New  Testament  names  two  Greek  meas- 
ures, the  Metretes  (John  2:6,  "firkins"),  equivalent  to 
10^  gallons;  and  the  Choenix  (Rev.  Q:<d,  "measure''), 
about  a  pint  and  a  half. 

V.  Measures  of  Weight.  (Fi-om  the  Oxford  Teach- 
er's Bible.)  1.  The  Clerah,  "a  bean, "  weighed  a  little  less 
than  half  of  a  dram  avou'dupois  (.439  di-amj.  2.  The 
Bekah,  10  gerahs,  weighed  about  a  quarter  of  an  ounce 
(4.39  drams).  The  word  means  "half,"  i.  e.,  of  a  shekel. 
3.  The  Shekel,  "weight,"  used  as  a  sUver  coin,  2  bekahs, 
weighed  8.9  drams.  4.  The  Maneh  (Greek,  Mina),  60 
shekels  (Conder  says  50  shekels,  which  would  agi-ee 
with  paragraph  VI.,  below),  2  lbs.  1  oz.  5.  The  Talent, 
"circle,"  meaning  "an  aggregate  sum,"  50  manehs, 
weighing  1(12  lbs.  14  ozs.  The  weights  are  of  lower  de- 
gi-ee  than  those  in  common  use  at  present,  because  in 
the  early  times  money  was  weighed,  and  not  counted, 
and  exact  weighing  was  necessary  with  gold  and  sUver. 

VI.  Measures  of  Value.  Two  systems  of  money  are 
referred  to  in  the  Bible  :  the  Hebrew,  or  that  in  use  in 
Old  Testament  times  and  lands;  and  the  Eoman,  which 
was  used  during  the  New  Testament  period.  In  the  He- 
bi-ew  system  the  weights  referred  to  in  pai-agraph  V. 
were  used  in  silver  as  measures  of  value.  1.  The  Gerah 
(Exod.  3(»:13)  was  the  lowest,  and  was  worth  2f  cents. 

2.  The  Bekah,  10  gerahs  (^Exod.  38:26),  was  woilh  27iVt 
cents,  or  about  2  cents  more  than  our  quarter  of  a  dollar. 

3.  The  Shekel,  2  bekahs,  was  worth  54f  cents,  or  about  5 
cents  more  than  half  a  dollar.  4.  The  Maneh,  or  Mina, 
50  shekels  (Luke  19:13,  "pound"),  $27.37i.  5.  The  Tal- 
ent of  Silver,  60  manehs,  $1,642.50.  6.  The  Talent  of 
Gold  was  nearly  twenty  times  as  valuable,  being  esti- 
mated at  !fi26,280.  7.  So  the  Shekel  of  Gold  was  worth, 
in  the  same  proportion  of  Aveight  ■\\ath  the  ordinary 
shekel  of  sUver,  $8.75.  It  is  to  be  I'emembered  that  a 
given  amount  t^f  coin  in  those  times  would  purchase  ten 
times  as  much  as  now. 


LIQUID  MEASURES, 


This  is  a  copper  coin, 
a  quarter-gerah,  worth 
about  half  a  cent;  was 
made  about  the  time  of 
Alexander  the  Great. 
B.  C.  325. 


A  silver  coin,  three- 
quarters  of  a  shekel, 
called  a  righin,  used 
especially  foi-  paying 
the  temple  tax.  It  was 
worth  about  40  cents. 


150 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


Tlie  Greek  and  Roman  coins  are  chietly  referred  to  in 
the  New  Testament.  The  smallest  was  the  Lepton  (Mark 
12:42,  "mite"),  worth  a  lifth  of  a  cent.  2.  The  Quad- 
rans  (Mark  12:42,  "farthing"),  2  mites,  or  less  than  half 
a  cent.  3.  The  Assarion  (Matt.  10:29,  "farthing'"),  four 
times  the  quadrans,  or  If  cents.  Notice  tliat  two  coins, 
one  worth  foxir  times  as  mticli  as  the  other,  are  both 
translated  "farthing"  in  our  version.  4.  The  Denarius 
(Matt.  22:19,  "penny"),  10  times  the  assarion,  or  16 
cents.  It  was  the  latter  which  in  Christ's  time  bore  the 
face  of  the  Roman  emperor. 


The  smallest  copper  coin 
in  use  among  the  Jews,  the 
lepton^  called  in  Hebrew 
chalcous,  "copper  money.'' 
The  widow's  mite  was  of 
this  coin. 


The  denarius,  or  penny, 
bearing  tlie  face  of  the 
emperor  Til)ei'ius. 


BETHAJtr. 


INDEX  TO  MAP   OF   PALESTINE. 

(SURROUNDING  COUNTRY  INCLUDED.) 


EXPLANATION.— The  letter  aud  narnber  following  each  name  show  it3  location  on  the  map. 
between  the  letters  top  and  bottom  and  a  horizontal  lino  between  the  figures  on  either  side. 


The  name  will  be  found  at  or  near  the  intersection  of  a  vertical  line  drawu 


Abana Rll 

Abbin -.. M-20 

Abdon ----  G15 

Abil J-13 

Abilin G-17 

Abud G23 

Acco  Ptolemais- F-16 

Acrabi H-23 

Acre F16 

Acre 015 

Adian ,....  H-13 

Adonis J-7 

Adiha  .-.. R-11 

Afka - L-7 

Ahiry_ _ Q-16 

Ai --- H24 

AiuAta  N-6 

Ain  Barada N-10 

Ain  Burdai  0-8 

Ain  Fcshivhah - I  26 

Aia  Haudh  _ E-18 

Ain  Jiddv- -- 128 

Ain  Yebrud H-24 

Aithy.. MIO 

Ajalon F-25 

Ajlan D-27 

Ajlun L-21 

Ajiltun  ..   K8 

Akir D25 

Akka         F-16 

Akka,  Plain  of G  16 

Akkaba 121 

Akobar P-10 

Akralx-b H-23 

Akurah L-7 

Allan ■__. L22 

Allcikah    K15 

Alma J-15 

Araaad K-19 

Amaleh K18 

Amatili... K-21 

Amatluis K-21 

Amkali G-16 

Amman ...  N-24 

Ammik _ L-10 

Ammonites M-2.5 

Amsliir _ J  6 

Amwas E-25 

Amvan L-5 

Anab F-28 

Anat J-11 

Anatliotli 11-25 

Anti  Lebanon R-6 

Antipatris. E-22 

Anz    T-20 

Apollonia D  22 

Ar  (Rabbatb  Moab) L  29 

Araba 117 

Arad : G  29 

Arair L  28 

jLrak  el  Emir M-24 

Aramun J-9 

Arar 0-18 

Ararah F-30 

Arbela N19 

Arbin P-11 

Ard  Asierah K-16 

Aici  el  Huleb.' .114 

Areiva K-9 

Areopolis L-29 

Arnau K-6 

.\rnon L  28 

Arnun 113 

Arny M  13 

Arocr F.30 

Aroer L-28 


Anabeh G-20 

Arrabeb ..    1-17 

Arsuf D22 

Arv R-19 

Ascalon B-26 

Ashdod _  C-26 

Aslier L21 

Askulan B  26 

Asbkut L-8 

Astifa F-18 

Ataibeb Rll 

Atara G-21 

Atarotb K-27 

AUilit .-  E-18 

Atil R-17 

Atny S-8 

Attii. F-21 

Attir .-  F-29 

Atuf L32 

Aulara J-18 

Aaranitis P-18 

Aurncy M13 

Ayun  cd  Dura. P-9 

Ayun  el  Alak S-5 

Azzun .-  F-33 

Baalbek 0-7 

Baal  Meor L-26 

Babda J-9 

Biiliret  Bala T-14 

Babretel  Aleibeb T-12 

Baliiel  el  Hijaiieb S-13 

Balir  TubariycU K-17 

Bakah F-20 

Bala.... Qll 

Balin... D  26 

Banias K-14 

Bar  Elias M-9 

Bashan 017 

Batanaea T-16 

Batlianiyeh S  17 

Ballianiyeh T16 

Batneli K-23 

Batiuny N-10 

Becliar  F  21 

Beeroib G-24 

BterSheba... D-29 

Beer  Sbeba,  Desert  of D  30 

Beirut 1-8 

BeitAuwa.. E  28 

BcitDcjan    ..   D  24 

Beit  Dirdis B-27 

Beit  er  Ras M19 

Beit  Far E  25 

Beit  Llis K-20 

Beit  Imrim H-21 

Beitin G-24 

BeitJala  G-26 

BeitJenn M13 

Bf'itJibrin E-27 

Beit  Kurm K-29 

Beit  Lahm G18 

BeitLalun G  26 

Beit  Lid F-23 

Beit  Luna Ml 

Beit  Nebala E-24 

Beit  Ur  Tahta  ...  G-25 

Beka S  20 

Belat MO 

Bclateh ...  N-25 

Belfoit. J-13 

Bereikut  _ ". G-26 

Bereilan OS 

Berkha 0-6 

Berya MO 

Bery  tus 1-8 

Besbara 1-14 


Besum J-18 

Betbany 11-25 

Betbar F-21 

BetbDagon D-24 

Bethel....         G  24 

Beth  Gamul P-21 

Betb  Hosla J  25 

Belliboro'h G-24 

Beth  Jesimoth . .   K-25 

Bethlehem ...G-26 

Belh  Ximrah K-24 

Betlishean J-20 

Beth  Sheme.-ili F-26 

Beth  Tappuah F-27 

Bethzur F-27 

Billias L-7 

Bireh G-24 

BiresSeba D  29 

Birweh. G  16 

BirZeit G-24 

Bisri Jll 

Biut  Jebeil M5 

Blabura L-6 

Bludan NIO 

BotalMeon L  36 

Botrys J  6 

Bozrah.... R-19 

Brummana J  8 

Bsherreb .-.    M-ii 

Budeih N  7 

Bukfeiya K-8 

Bukha R-8 

Burak  Q-14 

Burd... S-I9 

Burka :....    C-25 

Burmeb M-23 

Busrah R-19 

Byblus   J7 

Bziza L-5 

Cabul H-17 

Caesarea D-20 

C'sesarea  Pliilippi  K-14 

Callirhoe J  27 

Cana H-18 

Capercotia H-20 

Carmel...- G-28 

Castellum  Peregrinorum D-18 

Che.salloUi. M8 

Cliorazin K-16 

Conna Q-5 

Convent E  17 

Corea; H  23 

Daberath         M8 

l)ahiel  Ahmar L-11 

Damascus P-11 

Damascus R-9 

Damct  el  Alyali Q-16 

Dan K-13 

Dareiya O  12 

Dead  Sea J-28 

Decapolis Q-16 

Deir  Alv P-14 

Deir  el  Ahmar N  7 

Deir  el  Kamr J-10 

Denna J  19 

Derat -   018 

Dhekir R-15 

Dhiban L-27 

Dibbin M-21 

Dibnn L-28 

Dilly 0-16 

Dinias Nil 

Dinneh B-37 

Dimesk.. P12 

Dimonah F  31 

Doroa - P17 


Draa J.30 

Dulbeb R-13 

Duma L-6 

Duma P-11 

Dumah  F-28 

Dummar ..   Oil 

Dura F-27 

Duris N-8 

Eaumia 1-23 

Ecdippi  Achzib F-15 

EdDur P-17 

Edhra 0-17 

Eglon D-27 

Eiidcn M-5 

Eib P15 

Eidum M-20 

Ejlil D-22 

Ekron D-25 

Elal  ...         L-25 

El  Batrum J-5 

ElBelka K-36 

ElBellan. N  13 

El  Bukaa M  10 

El  Bukeia.. 116 

El  Burj....    E38 

El  Burj    M3 

El  Daumeh F-28 

El  Dekwa T-12 

Elealeh L  25 

Eleuiberopiilis E-37 

ElFejjeh E-23 

El  Fuhais L-24 

El  Fuleh H19 

Ll  P'ureidis J-10 

El  Futian N-27 

El  Ghor  .. .' J-23 

ElGhnr J-31 

El  Ghuzlaniveh Q-13 

El  Hadeth." J-9 

El  Hadeth N-8 

El  Hatber.... L-13 

El  Herath... K-22 

El  m.'^h L-15 

El  Husm  M19 

ElJisr K7 

El  Kana N-8 

El  Kerak M-8 

El  KhuHl G-37 

El  Kireb   G-19 

El  Kud.s G  25 

El  Kusein  F  30 

Ellar G21 

El  Latron E.25 

El  Lisan J-29 

El  Mejdel C-26 

EI  Merj L-9 

El  Mezzch Oil 

EI  Mokhrah 0-7 

El  Mukhtarah J-10 

ErRiha L-28 

ElTell K  16 

Elu.sa D31 

Endor 118 

En  gannim L20 

Engedi 128 

Ephraim,  Mountains  of F.23 

Erilia -    J-25 

Er  Ram H  25 

Er  Remtheh N  19 

Esdraelon,  Plain  of H-19 

Esdud C-26 

Eshmiskin 0-17 

EsSalt L-23 

EsSamieh 124 

EsSawatir 0  26 

Es  Semuy J  16 


151 


C  D  E     S5-    F  G  H 


Map  of 

Palestine 

AND 

surrounding 
Country. 


1  K  L  111     V       HO  P  Q     »v 


C  D  E     »i-    F  0  H  I     iw     1 


H    US'    N  0  P 


154 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGEAPHY. 


Es  Sencliyaneli K-IW 

EsSiiheir P-20 

Ks  Sheikh -.--  F-18 

EsZib F-15 

EtTib,  Desert  of B  30 

Et  Tireh E  18 

EtTireh E24 

Et  Tireh ---   J19 

Eyat  07 

EzZumleh  - 0-19 

Farah ---  K-31 

Fawara -.. K-19 

Fcrata G  £3 

Fedar K6 

Fcrkha - G  23 

Fijeh Is  11 

Fik  Apheca LIT 

Fikeh --    QC 

Frank H  26 

Furzul ---    L8 

Fusail ---- J-23 

Gaba ..- H  21 

Gabara H16 

Gabata H  19 

Gadara L-19 

Gadtia 0  33 

Galilee. H17 

Gamala L-I8 

Gath D26 

Gaulanitis L-17 

Gaza ..-  B28 

Gebal J  7 

Gedor F-26 

Gennesaret : J-17 

Gerada  ...: -     S9 

Gerar B  29 

Gerasa M-23 

Gercrasa K-17 

Glialz 0-19 

Glmsiilcli K13 

Gliautha R-18 

Gliazir : K-7 

Glicdenih _ D-25 

Ghusnm Q-19 

Gliuzzeli A2S 

Gibeah G  25 

Gibeah G-26 

Gibeon G-25 

Gilboa - 120 

Gilead L-20 

Gilead,  JLiunlaiii.-i  of. L-24 

Gilsal F-23 

Gilsal G-23 

Gilsal .- 1-25 

Gimzo -   -  E-24 

GInsea 120 

Giscala J  15 

Gophua.- - ..-.  G24 

Hadar--..  IM5 

Hafir - QIO 

Haifa F-17 

Halbun O  10 

Halhul.. G-27 

Hahvv Mil 

Hamiil       G15 

Harraii.. Q-IG 

Harran IM  I 

Hanin 115 

Haris _ 114 

Hasbeiya K-12 

Hauran Q  17 

llawara H23 

Hazor I)  25 

Hazor H  24 

Hebras M  19 

Hebron G-i7 

Helaweli K-20 

Heldiia 19 

Heliopolis 0  8 

Hepha .,  F-17 

Herodion . .  G  26 

Hesban  el  Kusur L.26 

Hesbon L  2G 

Hieroraax L  18 

Hijaneh.   R-13 

Hippos    K  IS 

Hit S-10 

Homeis ...   M-5 

Hormah.-» C-31 

Huj C-27 

Hukkok 1-17 


Uuleh  Lak,' 
Hunin  . 

Idhua.    . 
Ijon 


i;.15 
J  14 
F  27 

J-12 

Iksim El9 

Irbid J17 

Irbid...  N  19 

Iron -    I  15 

Ituraea... K  15 

Jaarah F  19 

Jabesh K-21 

Jabneli C-25 

Jabbok - .-  L22 

Jacob's  Well  H-22 

Jaczer M-24 

Jaffa D-23 

Jaj L-6 

Jambruda R-8 

Janinia C-25 

Janohah 1-23 

Japbia... H-18 

Japho.. C-23 

JarmutU F-26 

Jasem    .. N-16 

Jattir F-39 

Jaulan L-16 

Jeba H21 

Jebaa J-11 

Jebalha... H-18 

Jebcil J-6 

Jebel  Ajlun   31-20 

Jebel.\meto N-6 

Jebel  Bludih 0-9 

Jebel  Dvihv 119 

Jebel  el  :\I,"uiia 013 

Jebel  e.sli  Slieikh M- 13 

Jebel  esh  Slierkv , P-9 

Jebel  Fureidis  .1 H-26 

Jebel  Hauran T-17 

Jebel  Jehid     L-23 

Jebel  J<rmuk I  15 

Jebel  Libna L-9 

Jebel  Shibaii K  28 

Jebel  Sunnin M-8 

Jedal Q  16 

Jedur F-26 

Jedur N-15 

Jefal.. ...H-17 

Jehab • P-lo 

Jelbon. .. 1-20 

Jcnin.. H-20 

Jerash M-22 

Jericho 1-25 

Jerjua ..    1-13 

Jcrud. S-9 

Jerusalem 6-25 

Jezreel I- '9 

Jezzin J-11 

Jib  Jenin  L-U 

Jibin L-17 

Jifna G-24 

Jiljilia.. G-23 

Jiljuliah F-23 

Jirazu .-  E-24 

Jisb J-15 

Jisr  Beiiat  Yakub K-15 

Jisr  Daniieb J-23 

Jiyeh... C-27 

Jobar      -. P-U 

Jokneam F18 

Joppa D-23 

Jordan J-21 

Jotapala H-I7 

JubbAdin    Q9 

Judah,  Desert  of n-28 

Judali.  Mountains  of F-27 

Judea G  27 

Julias K-16 

Julis C-36 

Juneh K-8 

Kab  Elias : .     L9 

Kabul H-17 

Kadisha . .     L-5 

Kahn  Jubb  Yusef J-16 

Kaisariyeh D19 

ICakon E  21 

Kallaat , J  13 

Kamid  el  Loz  .'. L  10 

Ivana    H  14 

Kanah D  20 

Kara  Comocbara S-6 


Karobiu .M-6 

Katarna ()-12 

Ivaltin.... J-11 

Kaukab  0-12 

Kedes  . . . .      _  . .    J- 14 

Kcdron H-36 

Kcffin K-7 

Kefr  Abil -.K-20 

Kef  r  Birini L 15 

Kefr  Ilajla.- J-25 

KefrHata L-5 

KefrKaiinir E20 

KefrKenna.. H-18 

KefrKiid H-20 

KefrKuk M-11 

Kefr  Malik H-24 

Kefr  Rahla .   L-19 

Kefr  Saba E  22 

KefrSabt 1-18 

KefrZebad M-9 

Keftuu K-5 

Kenath S-17 

Kerak.. J-18 

Kerak L-SO 

Kerak Q-18 

Kerazeli ...  K-16 

Kereimbeh 31-14 

Kereitein G-29 

Kerun K-1 1 

Kes  Sumrali K-18 

Keswch 0-13 

Kelherabba K  31 

Khan J-19 

Khan  Arus S  8 

Khan  El  Khulda L9 

Khan  el  Tujjar. I  18 

Khan  Yuuas A-29 

Khauzireh K-31 

Khersa K  17 

Khertin K-7 

Khisbet  es  Suk  . . K-23 

Khirbct  Silim M3 

Khubab P-15 

Khulasah D-30 

Khuidsh M24 

Khureb Q-20 

Kilkilia F-22 

Kiralah.... P  16 

Kirjath-arba  (see  El  Khuhl)...  G-27 

Kir jath  Jcarim F-25 

Kir  Moab L-30 

Kishoii -  F-17 

Kubbet  el  Baul G-3D 

Kudna E-36 

Kufr S-18 

Kulat J17 

Kulatel  Ilusn K-18 

Kulat  Zerka O  23 

Kulmon E-17 

Kunawat S-17 

Kuneilirah    L-14 

Kurahta P-12 

Kurawa F  23 

Kureim P  15 

Kurcivat  J K  27 

KureiVeh IM9 

Kmiut   -. II  23 

Kurivet  es  Suk N  25 

Kurniul    G-28 

Kurn  llaltin 117 

Kurnub G-31 

Kustul -. S-8 

KuteibeU O  l(i 

Kuteifeh K-9 

Kut  ranch N-30 

Lachish C  27 

Lahlil L-6 

Lala Lll 

Lebweh P6 

Leja Q  15 

Lejjun -  G-19 

Lejum  ._ X27 

Leontes L13 

Litlli'  Hermoa. 1-19 

laibban  ._ F  23 

Lul)i,k J-17 

Ludd....  ....  E24 

Lybo P6 

Lycus J -8 

Lydda,  Diospolis E-24 

Afaad K-6 


ilacatha M-18 

Madeba  . . L-26 

Magdala  .  __..   J-17 

Mahajjch  _  _  P-16 

Main L-36 

JIaksura S  10 

Malatha F-30 

Malia.. H  15 

ilalula Q-8 

Marabun    0-9 

JIar  Elias G-25 

Maresa E-27 

Mar  Saba H  26 

Masada... 129 

.Ma-hita N-25 

JIaleh  Burak Q  14 

Medaba L-26 

Me-iddo G-19 

JfeUuk , . K-6 

Meiron. 1-16 

Meis J-14 

Mejdel F-23 

Mcjdel G-17 

Mejdel M7 

3Ic.idel L-13 

3[e,]del  Keram H-16 

Mejellun Ill 

Menarah J-14 

Meneh... O  21 

Menin P-10 

Menjab     ..3125 

3Ierjaneh Q-13 

3Ieshahara K  11 

3Iezarib ISMS 

3Ieziaah  . P-9 

3Iezraatesh  Shuf J- 10 

Jlirkib G-31 

3[isiliva H-21 

3Iizpab G-25 

Mkaur K-27 

3Ioab,  3Iountains  of K-26 

Jloabites 31-29 

3Ioharfer  1-25 

Jlount  Carmel F-18 

3Iount  Ebal G-22 

3Iouut  Gerizim G-22 

Jlount  Gil  boa 1-20 

Jlount  Herraon 31-12 

Jlount  Xebo K-26 

Jlc.unt  of  Olives H  25 

Jlciiuit  Tabor J18 

Jlukani B-28 

JIukhalid.. E-21 

JIukhnias H-25 

JIurduk ...   S-17 

Nabativeh. 1-12 

Nabuliis G-33 

Nabv  Shaib K-24 

Nahr  Abu  Zabura D-21 

Nahr  Amman N-24 

NahrBarada OH 

NahredDamur I-IO 

Xabrel  Asy P-5 

Nahr  el  Aujeh D-23 

Nahr  el  Au'waly Ill 

Nahr  el  Falaik D-21 

Nalir  el  Ja/eb  . .    ,. L-6 

Nahr  el  Kasimiyeh G13 

Nahr  el  Kelb K-8 

NabresSikal R-11 

Nahr  es  Zaherani 11-11 

NahrLilany K  12 

Nahr  Rubin C  24 

Nahr  Yarniuk K  18 

NahrZurka E-19 

Nain.._. H  19 

NakbelJurd L-8 

Nasar H  12 

Nawa. N  16 

Nazareth Hi  8 

Neapolis R17 

Nebha 0-6 

Nebk ---     S-7 

Nebv  Samwil G-25 

Neby  Suia Lll 

NebyZalur- 31-9 

Nein H  19 

Nejha... P  13 

Nejran Q-17 

Nemariyeh I  12 

Nezib.: F-37 


INDEX  TO  MAP   OF  PALESTINE. 


155 


Nicopolis- E-25 

Niha.. .1-11 

Nimriin ..      J-31 

Nimrin . .  _ K-34 

Nmeireh J-30 

Nob - n-25 

Noleh Q-13 

Nujeiu -  -  P-16 

Ophra 1-24 

Orak K-31 

Orman T-19 

PaliE  Tvriis. G-14 

Pi'lod". F17 

Pliarpar Q-13 

Phiala -  1.13 

Philadelphia    0-24 

Philippopoli*; T19 

Philistia,  Plain  of D-25 

Philistines,  Counliy  of  the D-26 

PlKeueutus P-14 

Phcenicia -.  H-13 

Pirathoii G-32 

Rabba L-29 

Rabbath  Amraon 0-24 

Rachels  Tomb G-26 

Ragaba K-21 

Raha.... S18 

Rajib. K-21 

Ramah  F-27 

Ramah _  H  14 

Ramah _..,  H16 

Ramah H-25 

Rameh F-16 

Rameh  G-27 

Rameh ._ H-21 

Ramleh E-24 

Ramoth  Gilead L-23 

Ras  Baalbek Q-5 

Rasheiva L-11 

RasheiVet K-13 

Rehnb" J-30 

Rehoboth D31 

Renthieh E-23 

Reyak N9 

Rhamdun K-9 

Ridgah .1-20 

Rihan Qll 

Rimeh R-17 

Rimmou 11-24 

Rininmh 1-17 

Ruhciba D-31 

Ruheim  SelamcU G-29 

RukhUh Mil 

Rum J-ll 

Rumanch 1-17 

Riimcish -  H-15 

Rumin 112 

Rummaneli H19 

Rummoii H-34 

Sabha.... R-21 

Saccoea S  16 

Safcd __ J16 

Safriyeh E-24 

Sahmuf K-11 

Sahr Qlo 

Sahwet  el  Kamh Q  19 

Saida II  11 

Saidnava P-10 

Sair  ..■ G-27 

Salamch E-23 

Salf-ah.... ....  T20 

Salch T18 

Salim 11-22 

Samaria G-22 

Samaria 11-21 

Sansamiah ('-29 

Samir 11-21 

Saphir C-26 


Sardak M-7 

Sasa 1-15 

Sasa N-13 

Saufin F-22 

Sawanieh E-19 

Sawiet _ 11-23 

Sbeta .- :....  C-30 

Scopus _ G  25 

Scy thopolis J -20 

Sea  of  the  Plains .1-28 

Sea  of  Tiberias K-17 

Sebasto G-22 

Sebata C-31 

Sebbeh- 1-39 

Sefurieh H-17 

Seilun H-2:i 

Selakhid R-16 

Semakh K  18 

Scmme P-19 

Semunieh G-18 

Sepphoris ...  G-18 

Serepta H-13 

Seweh.... S-10 

Shabat 0-8 

Shalem _. H-22 

Sharon,  Plain  of. D-22 

Shebaa P-12 

Shebruh L7 

ShefaOmar G-17 

Shehim 110 

Sheikh  Abret G-18 

Shelifa   N-7 

Sheriat  el  Kebir J-24 

Shihon K-28 

Shiloh H-23 

Shukah S-16 

Shumlan J-9 

Shunem ._H-19 

Shuttah 1-19 

Shuweikeh E-26 

Shuweikeh F-28 

Sidon _ H-11 

Sihil S-7 

Sijn R-17 

Siloam _ H-25 

Sinjil H-23 

Sir... .     H-21 

Solomon's  Pools G-26 

Subhiyeh R-20 

Subbarin F-19 

Succoth... _.  J-21 

Suf-. ...M-21 

Suffa F-24 

Suk N-11 

Suleim R-17 

Sulima K-9 

Sulkhad T-'.'O 

Sunamein <)-15 

Sur._ __ G-13 

Surafend E-18 

Surafend 11-12 

Surah   F  25 

Suwaret  el  Kebir R-14 

Suweideh R-18 

Taanach II  20 

Taanuck 1130 

Taiyibeh H-24 

Taiitura E  19 

Tanuiinel  Fokliar M-6 

Tappoah T-32 

Tarichrea J-18 

Teffuh F-27 

Tckoa H37 

Tekua H-26 

TellArad G  39 

Tell  Dothan H-20 

Tell  el  Kamon F-18 


Tell  es  Saffoyeh D  26 

TellHabeish G-14 

Tell  Hazor. H-16 

Tell  Hum J-16 

TellLukiyeh E-29 

Tell  Main. G-28 

TellMilh F-30 

Tell  Sheriah D-29 

Telseaj T-10 

Temnin. M-8 

Terbikha H-15 

Tershiha H-15 

Teyasir 1-21 

Thebez 1-21 

Thimncith r-24 

Tiberias J-H 

Tibueh F-24 

Tibneh E-26 

Tibnin 1-14 

Tibny L-20 

Tibny P-15 

Tima E-26 

Timnath E-26 

Tireh... E-28 

Tireh G-17 

Tirzah H-22 

Trachonitis. R-16 

Tubakat  Fahel K;20 

Tubakoh C-27 

Tubariyeh J  17 

Tubas  ..  1-31 

Tufs N18 

TulielelFul H-25 

Tura... H-13 

Turah 117 

Turkumich F-27 

Tyre G-13 

Tyrus. G-13 

UmelFahm G-20 

Umel.lema! P-20 

Umcl.Temal-- P  21 

UmoLlerar ....  B-29 

Um  er  Rusas _  _ 0-37 

Um  Jaujy M-24 

Um  Keis L-19 

Um  Lakhis C-27 

Umm  el  Kuten . .  S-31 

Umm  es  Sural) P-30 

UmmWulad Q-18 

Um  Rasas.--. M  27 

UmTail J  23 

Unkhul -.  0-15 

Urniebeh N-26 

Urtas G-26 

Wady  Ain  Feranjy ..M-30 

Wady  Allan M-16 

Wady  Awaj Q-13 

Wady  Belat.... F-23 

Wady  Benillamcd K-29 

WadyDebr 125 

Wadyed  Dan P-18 

WadyelAbiad .1-24 

Wadyel  Akib R.20 

Wady  el  Azzi yeh G-14 

Wadyel  Butm S-20 

WadyelGhar.... P-17 

Wadyel  Harram .  ()-16 

Wad y  el  liasy lJ-37 

Wady  el  .lerayeh R-14 

Wady  el  Kady 1-10 

Wad.VelKeis D-28 

WadV  el  Mahanwait .  11-30 

Wady  el  Mojib . .  K-28 

WadyEnkeileh M-28 

Wady  en  Nar 126 

Wady  esh  Shahnir 19 

Wady  es  Suuam L-16 


Wady  es  Suny B-29 

Wady  Ezrak L  24 

Wady  Fedar K-7 

WadyFikreh 1-31 

Wady  Fusal. J-23 

Wady  Harir L-10 

Wady  Hrer 0-17 

Wady  Husasah 1-27 

Wady  Kell J-25 

WadyKerak K-30 

Wady  Kerkera G-15 

Wady  Khuberah C-30 

Wady  K  h  usneh 1-20 

Wady  Kunawat _  R-17 

Wady  Kurawa F-33 

Wady  Kurn G-15 

Wady  Luia R-15 

Wady  Mukubrit S-10 

Wady  Nawaimeh J-34 

Wady  Satar _ .   Q-19 

Wady  Seir K-25 

Wady  Seiyal H-29 

Wady  Sheriah C-29 

Wady  Surar E-25 

Wady  Tallit .'.  P18 

Wady  Teim K-12 

WadyTufileb J-31 

Wady  Um  Baghek H  30 

Wady  Umm  Dubeb S-13 

Wady  Waleh L-27 

Wady  Yabis K-20 

Wady  Zakur _.  E-23 

Wady  Zcdi P-19 

Wady  Zerka K-22 

Waters  of  Merom K-15 

Welgha R-18 

Yabrud R-7 

Yabud G-30 

Yafa H18 

Yalilfeh... 0-9 

Yakak 1-17 

Yalu F-25 

Yauuk. _ H-16 

Yanuu _ 1-23 

Yarmuk F-26 

Yaron _. 1-15 

Yarun 113 

Yalir 1-14 

Yazur D  25 

Yazur E-23 

Yebna C-25 

Yelda P-13 

Yerka G-16 

Yesir ...11-13 

Yosela J-23 

Yuuin P-7 

Yutta G-28 

Zahleh   M-9 

Zarephath G-12 

Zcbdany N-10 

Zcbdeh _ G-20 

Zebdin 1-12 

Zebireh Q-16 

Zeila.., F-21 

Zeita Ill 

Zelah G-26 

Zeiarieh .  _ H-13 

Zerin H-19 

Zifteh I-ia 

Ziph G-28 

Ziph G-31 

Ziza N-26 

Zoar J-80 

Zora 0-17 

Zorah P-25 

Zuk J-8 

Zuweirah H-30 


INDEX  TO  MAP  OF  OLD  TESTAMENT  WORLD, 

GIVING  ONLY  BIBLE  AND   MODEEN   NAMES. 

(See  Map,  pages  18,  19.) 


EXPLANATION.— The  letter  and  number  following  cacti  name  show  its  location  on  the  map.    The  name  will  be  found  at  or  near  the  intersection  of  a  vertical  line  drawn 
between  the  letters  top  and  bottom  and  a  horizontal,  line  between  the  liguree  on  either  side.     The  italicB  designate  modern  names. 


Abronas,  Nalir  Ibrahim,  R...  L-12 

Accad,  Nmbin - .  6-23 

Accho .- N-11 

Ahava,  Hit .- N-24 

Ain,  Aiii  el  Asy L-14 

Aramon Q  14 

Antioch     H-14 

Aphek,  4fAM L-13 

Aphek 013 

Arad ---.  R-11 

Aram L-15 

Aram  Naharaim. N-26 

Ararat B-31 

Ararat,  Mt.-. A-29 

Argob      - N-14 

Armenia B-24 

Arnon,  R... R  13 

Arvad,  Biiad,  I K-13 

Asia  Minor D-10 

Assliur J-80 

AsshuT,  Kileh  Sherghat J-27 

Assyria K-30 

Ava,  Hit N-26 

Baal  Zephon T-6 

Babylon,  Hillah P-29 

Bashan .__ 0-14 

Beersheba R-11 

Berea,  Aleppo _ H-16 

Berolhah M12 

Bethel Qll 

Bethlehem    Qll 

Bethshemesh,  Ain  Shems S  5 

Bozrah.. S-12 

Calah 1-26 

Calah(?),  Holwan L-82 

Calneh P-31 

■Carchemish G-17 

Carmel,  Mt Oil 

Chaldea _ Q-32 

Charran  (J),  Harran G-21 

Ch.\Xi\'ai,  Clyprus J-9 


Chun M-13 

Damascus N-14 

Dan  .- - -..  N-13 

Daphne,  Beit  el  Mdd _.  H-14 

Dor Oil 

Ecbatana,  North,  Takht-i-Suki- 

man _ H-34 

Ecbatana,  South,  Hamalan K  37 

Edom T-12 

Egypt S-3 

Egypt,  Stream  of,  Wady  el  Arish     S-8 

Elam 0-34 

Elath U-11 

Elim V-7 

EHasar,  Senkereh Q-32 

Ephraim,  Mt P-12 

Erech,    Warka R-31 

Elham S-6 

Euphrates,  el  Frat,  R.   L-25 

EzionGeber U-10 

Galilee 0-12 

Gaza -. Q-10 

Gebal,  JeteY L-12 

Gilead P  13 

Gilgal Pll 

Gozan ._ H-22 

Great,  el  F>-at,  R K  22 

liahor,Khubou);'R--.- J-22 

Halah  .,.. 1-26 

Halah ,  Ifoboan L-83 

Hnlak.  Mt T-10 

Ham,  Land  of.... U-3 

Hamath K-15 

Hamath,  Haviah.. .1-15 

Hara  ( ?),  Harran G-20 

Hara,  Znrmifh M-32 

Haran  (?),  Harran G-20 

H;iran,  Harran  el  Awamid N-l.'i 

Hazar-enan,  Kuryetein L-16 

Hebron Qll 

Helbon M-14 


Hena,  Anah- L-24 

Hermon,  Mt .N-13 

Heshbon Q  13 

Hiddekel,  Tigris.  R 0-31 

Hor,Mt L14 

Horeb,  Mt W9 

Israel 0-13 

Ivah,  Hit N-25 

Javan,  Cyprus... J-8 

Jerusalem Q-12 

Jezreel 0-12 

Joppa P-10 

.Jordan,  R P-12 

Judah Qll 

Kedesh N-13 

Kedar S-22 

KirHaraseth R-13 

Luristan N-36 

Mahanaim P-13 

Marah _    U-7 

Media K-44 

Memphis T-4 

Mesopotamia,  El  Jezireh J-24 

Migdol,  Tel  cl  Her R-6 

Minni C-31 

Moab    _ R-18 

Nebaioth T-18 

Nineveh H-27 

Noph T-4 

On,  Ain  Shems T-6 

Padauaram J-22 

Paran...   W-9 

Paran,  Wilderness  of U-9 

Pebsia T-45 

Philistines Q-10 

Phcenicia M-13 

Pibeseth 8-4 

Pihahiroth  - . . T-7 

Rabbath  Amnion P-13 

Rahab W-8 

Rameses S-5 


Red  Sea Y-10 

Rehob,  Rulieibeh .  M-1.5 

Rehoboth R9 

Viehohoth,  Jiahctbeh J-21 

Rephidim W-8 

Resen,  Selamyeh H-27 

Rezpeh J  19 

Riblah L-14 

Salcah P-15 

Samaria... Pll 

Sea  of  the  Plain R-12 

Sela. T-12 

Sepharvaim,  Mosaib 0-28 

Shihor,  the  River  of  Egypt,  Nile    U-3 

Shinar.. P-30 

Shur,  W^ilderness  of S-8 

Shushan,  Sus P-37 

Side G-6 

Sin,  ElFarma R-7 

Sin,  Wilderness  of.  El  Kd  'a..    X-8 

Sinai,  Mt W-9 

Sinai,  Wilderness  of  Mt. W-9 

Sippara,  Mosaib 0-27 

Solomon,  Kingdom  of 0-15 

South  Country,  The,  Negeb  ..  R-lf 

Syria Life 

Syrian  Desert K-18 

Taberah V-9 

Tadmor K-18 

Tiphsah,  Suriyeh 118 

Togarmah C-25 

Tripolis,  Tarablous L-12 

Tyre N-12 

Ur,  Mugheir S-33 

Uz,  Land  of Q-22 

Zarephath M12 

Zephath S-10 

Zidon M12 

Zin,  Wilderness  of S12 

Zoan R-4 

Zobah M-14 


1S6 


INDEX  TO  DESCRIPTIVE  MATTER. 


PAGE 

Abel-beth-maachah 57,  71 

Abel-meholah 62 

Abel  miziaim 35 

Abila 102 

Accad 91 

Achaia -- 122 

Acra 74 

Admah - - 38 

Adullam,  Cave  of 66 

Ai     52,54,83 

Aijalon-- 62,  63 

Akaba,  Gulf  of _ 43 

Alexandria 42 

Alexander's  Empire 95 

Amalekites 40 

Araalekite  War 65 

Amnion  -_ 70 

Ammonite 62 

Ammonites 89,  40 

Amorites 39 

Amphipolis  ...' 132 

Anakim 38 

Anamim 25 

AnaUioth 83 

Antioch - 113 

Antioch  in  Pisidia 119 

Antipatris 127 

Aphek 56,88,  90 

Apollonia 122 

Appii  Forum 129 

Ar _ 71 

Arad 56 

Aram -  -  -     26 

Ariel 73 

Arkites 40 

Arnon 31 

Aroer 55,62,  63 

Arpliaxad 26 

Arvadites 40 

Ashdod ....63,  114 

Asher 57 

Ashkelon 63 

Ashkenaz 23 

Ashtaroth 56 

AsUteroth  Karnaim 37 

Asia 133 

Asia  Minor --   117 

Asshur 26,  91 

Assyrian  Empire 91 

Atarotli -     55 

Athens 122 

Attalia .- 119 

Auranitis 101 

Avim -^ 38 

Azotus 114 

Baalah 85 

Babylon 91,  93 

Babylonia 93 

Babylonian  Empire .91,  93 

Bashan 32,  51 

Batanea _ 101 

Beer-lahai-roi 34 

Beeroth 83 

Beersbeba 34,  35,  54,  56,  63 

Benjamin 56 

Berachah 88,  90 

Berea 122 

Besor 31 

Bcthabara -   ..  104 

Bethany..-. 84,  108,  111 

Bethbarah 62,  63 

Bethel 33,  35,  56.  62,  63,  83 

Beth-hoglah 35 

Bethhoron 52,  57,  85 

Bethlehem... 56,  57,  62,  84,  103,  104 

Beth-nimrah 56 

Beth-rehob 57 

Bethsaida... 106 

Beth-shean 57.  62.  63.  102 

Belh-shemesU 57,  59,  89,  90 

18 


PAGE 

Bczek 53,  61,  63.  65 

Bezer ..55,  59 

Bezetha 74 

Bithynia 117 

Ccesarea 113 

Caesarea  Philippi 107 

Camon 62 

Cana 57,  104 

Canaan 26,  29 

Canaanite 62 

Canaanites 38 

Canatha 102 

Capernaum 104 

Caphtorim 25 

Capitolias 103 

C'appadocia 118 

Carchemish 90 

Caria 118 

Carmel -     56 

Casluhim 25 

Cenchrea 123 

Chaldean 21 

Cherith 31 

Chios 127 

Chittim 25 

Cilicia 93,  118 

Colosse 131 

Coos -  127 

Corinth... _ 123 

Crete 38,  138 

Gush 25 

Cyprus 118 

Daberath 57 

Dalmanulha 107 

Damascus. 70,  71,  103,  113 

Dan ..33,  54,  57,  59,  61 

Danite 63 

Debir 53,  56.  61.  63 

Decapolis... 101,  107 

Dedan 25 

Derbe 119 

Dibon 55 

Dion 102 

Dodanim 25 

Dor 57 

Dothan 57 

Ebal 32 

Ebenezer. 63 

Edom.... 45,  70,  71,  87 

Edomites 40 

Edomite  War. 65 

Edrei ...51,  54.  56 

Egypt 33,41,  93.  103 

Egypt,  River  of 29,  43 

Ekron 63 

Elah 66 

Elah,  Valley  of 84 

Elam 26 

Elim 46 

Elishah 25 

Emim 38 

Emmaus ..84,  111 

Endor 67 

Engannim ..57,  108 

En-gedi 33,  56,  66 

Enon 31 

Ephes-daniniim  66 

Ephesus 125 

Ephraim 57,84,108 

Ephraim,  The  Wood  of 71 

Ephrath 35 

Erech 91 

Esdraelon,  Plain  of 33 

Eshtaol 57 

Etham... 46 

Etham ,  Wilderness  of 43 

Fair  Havens 138 

Farah 31 

Gad 55 

Gadara 56,  102 


Gadarenes,  Country  of  the 106 

Galatia ". 118 

Galilee 101 

Gath 63,  6B,  69,  71.  88,  90 

Gathhepher 57 

Gaulanitis 101 

Gaza 63 

Geba.... 57,  62,  65 

Gehenna 74 

Gerar 34,  56 

Gerasa :.. .-  102 

Gerizim 33 

Geshur 70 

Gether 26 

Gibeah 56,61,  63,  65,  66,  83 

Gibeon... 52,  56,  71,85 

Gihon 74 

Gilead 51 

Gilgal 52,  56,  63,  65 

Girgashites 39 

Golan. 56,  59 

Gomer 23 

Gomorrah 33,  34,  38 

Goshen 41 

Hadadrinimon 63 

Ham 37 

Hamalhites 40 

Haphraim 57 

Haran 33,  35 

Hareth.... -.     66 

Harosheth 62,63 

Hauran 33 

Havilah. 25 

Hazerim 38 

Hazeroth 46 

Hazezon-tamar 33 

Hazor 58,54.57.63 

Hebron. . .33,  38,  56,  59,  61,  63, 67, 84 

Hclam... 70.  71 

Heliopolis 42 

Heshbon .54,  55 

Hieromax ...       31 

Hil  I  of  Evil  Counsel  . 74 

Hinnom.  Valley  of 73 

Hippos 103 

Hittiles 39 

Hivites 39,  40 

Hobah 33 

Horim 38 

Hormah 56 

Hul.. 36 

Iconium 119 

Iturea 101 

Jabbok 31 

Jabesh -gilead 56,  65 

Jahaz 54 

Japheth 23 

Jarmuth 57 

Javan 25 

Jazer 56 

Jebel  Jirniuk 29 

JebelMukbmeel 32 

Jebus 63,  69 

Jebusites 39 

Jericho 54,  5i;,  61,  63.  109 

Jerusalem 56,  69,  71.  73,  90 

Jeshimon 56,  84 

Joppa 113,114 

Jordan,  Fords  of. 63 

Jordan,  Plain  of 32 

Judffia 101 

Judah 56 

Kade.slibarnea 46,  47 

Karkor 62,63 

Kedemoth 55 

Kedesh 57,  59 

Kedron,  Valley  of  the 73 

Kenath 56 

Kenites 40 

Keilah 66 


PAGV 

Kibrothhattaavah 46 

Kingdom  of  Israel 87 

Kingdom  of  Judah 87 

Kir-haraseth 88,  90 

Kiriathaim 55 

Kirjath-jearim 54,  56,  63.  85 

Kirjalh  sepher .38,  53 

Kishon 31,  63 

Kittim 25 

Kuriin  Hattin 33 

Laish 33,  54,  57,61,  63 

Laodicea 134 

Lehabim 25 

Lehi ... 63 

Leontes... 31 

Leshem 54 

Levi 59 

Libnah 56 

Little  Hermon 33 

Lubim i;5 

Lud.... 26 

Ludim. 25 

Lycaonia 1 18 

Lycia 118 

Lydda 114,  118 

Lydia 93,  118 

L3stra 119 

Maachah 70 

Macedonia 122 

Madai 25 

Magog 53 

Mahanaim 35,  56,  70 

Manasseh ..56,  57 

Maon 56,  66 

Marab 46 

Mareshah 89 

Mash 26 

Mcdeba 55,  70,  71 

Media 93 

Meffiddo .57,  63,  90 

Meiita 128 

M^mpliis 42 

ifeshech 25,  26 

Michmash 56,  65,  83 

Miletus 127 

Midian 51 

Midianite 62 

Minnith 63 

Misraim. .  _ 25 

Mitylene 127 

Mizpah 35 

Mizpeh 56,  63,  83 

Mizpeh  of  Gilead 63 

Mizpeh  of  Moab .*    66 

Moab 70,  87 

Moab,  Fords  of 62,  63 

Moabite 61 

Moabites 39,  61 

Moabite  War 65 

Moreh.  Hill  of 82,  57,  63,  63 

Moriah 34 

Mount  Carmel 32 

Mount  Ephraim 29 

Mount  Gilboa 32,  62,  67 

Mount  Gilead 33 

Moiwit  Helton 33 

Mount  Hermon 32 

Mount  Hor 45,  47,  49 

Mount  Lebanon-   82 

Mount  Moriah 74 

Mount  Nebo .32,  55 

Mount  of  Offense 74 

Mount  of  Olives 74 

Mount  Pisgah 32 

Mount  Seir 45 

Mount  Tabor 32,  62,  63 

Mount  Zion 33,  74 

Myra 128 

Mvsia 118 

Kain  ..     57,106 


157 


158 


MANUAL  OF  BIBLICAL  GEOGRAPHY. 


PAGE 

N;iplitali_ 57 

N;iiilituliiin 25 

Xaziuelh 57,  103,  104 

Negeb • 32 

Nicopolis 131 

Nimrod 25 

Nimrud 91 

Nile.... 41 

Nob 66,  83 

Oplirah -    -     02 

Palestine -        29 

Pamphylia 118 

raphlagonia 117 

Paphos 118 

Paran,  AVilderncss  of. 43 

Patara 127 

Pathrusim 25 

Patmos 133 

Pella. 102 

Pelusium 43 

Peniel 35 

PemieL.-- 56,  62 

Persa.... 101,  108 

Perga -   119 

Pergamos 133 

Perizzites 39 

Persian  Empire. 93 

Philadelphia 102,  134 

Philippi... - 132 

Philistia 32 

Philistine 62 

Philistines 38 

Pha?nicia 32,  107 

Phrygia 118 


PAGE 

Phut 26 

Piratlion _ 62 

Pisidia 118 

Pontus 117 

Ptolcmais 127 

Puteoli 128 

Raamah _. 25 

Kabbah 70,  71 

Rabbath  Ammon _ .     55 

Rachels  Tomb 84 

Ramah 03,  65,  60,83,85 

Rameses 43,  46 

Ramothgilead 56,  59,  88,  90 

Raphana 103 

Rehob 70 

Rehoboth _ 34 

Rephaim 37,  69 

Rephaim,  Plain  of 84 

Reuben 55 

Rhenium 128 

Rhodes _ 127 

Rimmnn  _ 84 

Riphath -_ 23 

Rodanim 25 

Rome 129 

Roman  Empire 97 

Sabtah 25 

Sabtechah , 25 

Salamis _ 118 

Samaria 57,  87,  89,  90,  101,  113 

Samos _ 127 

Sardis- 134 

Scopus 74 

Scythopolis 102 


PAGE 

Seba 25 

Seleucia 118 

Shalem 35 

Shalisha 65 

Shamir 62 

Sharon 33 

Sheba - 25 

Shechem 33,  53,  57,  59,  62,  63 

Shefelah,  The 29 

Shiloh  -- 57 

Shochoh 6C 

Shunem. 57 

Shur,  Wilderness  of 48 

Simeon 56 

Sin,  Wilderness  of 43 

Sinaitic  Mountains __     43 

Sinites 40 

Smyrna ._  133 

Sodom 33,  34,  38 

Succoth 35,  46,  56,  62 

Sychar _-- 104 

Syracuse _-. 128 

Sjria 87 

Taanach 57,  63 

Tabbath 62 

Tarshish _ .     25 

Tarsus 114 

Tekoa 70 

Telaim 65 

Tetrarchv 102 

Thebes. ." '. . .     43 

Thebez 63,63 

Thessalonica 132 


PAGS 

Thyatira 134 

Timnath 57,  63 

Tiras 25 

Tob 62,  70 

Togarmah 23 

Tophet 74 

Trachonitis 101 

Troas..... 121 

Trogvllium.  _  _ _ .  127 

Tubal 25 

Tyre 127 

Tyropoeon,  Valley  of  the  ...        73 

Ur 33,91 

Uz 26 

ViriGalilaei 74 

Wilderness 104 

Wilderness  of  the  Wandering..    43 

Zair 88.  90 

Zamzummim 37 

Zeboim 38 

Zebulon... 57 

Zemaraim.. _ .88,  89 

Zephath 61,  63 

Zidon 128 

Zidonians 38 

Ziklag .56,  06 

Zin,  Wilderness  of 43 

Ziph 66 

Zoar 38 

Zobah 85,  70,  71 

Zorah .57,  63 

Zuph 65 

Zuzim 37 


i 


'^iJPP^WWiiPr- 


■-ms^m 


UC  SOUTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 


D    001  046  235    6 


)^^ 


m 


mst 


